essentials Cover 1.qxp_Layout 1 25/08/2021 12:22 Page 1
for Commercial Leisure Facilities
JPLennard Cat No.44
2021
essentials cover 2.qxp_Layout 1 25/08/2021 12:25 Page 1
for Commercial Leisure Facilities
JPLennard
Swift Point Rugby Warwickshire CV21 1PX Tel: 01788 544839 Email: sales@JPL.co.uk Website: JPLennard.com
P 1 - IFC LH 2020.qxp 14/02/2020 15:17 Page 1
2020
I N F O R M AT I O N
1
INTRODUCTION
A family business created in 1955 by Joy and Gordon
JPLennard are always looking for fresh ideas and welcome any
baths throughout the UK, JPLennard evolved into
The 2020/21 catalogue features eleven colour keyed sections
Lennard, initially supplying shampoo sachets to slipper Great Britains leading supplier to Commercial Leisure
new product suggestions.
covering Swimming, Pool Play, Pool Area, Maintenance, Changing
Facilities, including Swimming Pools, Health and Fitness
Area, Health Suite, Fitness, Sports, Playtime, Office/Reception and
Universities.
There are over 4000 carefully selected items, with International
Clubs, Leisure Centres, Holiday Parks, Hotels, Schools and From its inception, the company
built a fine reputation with Local
Authorities, based on many years dedicated hard work supplying
quality products at the right price backed by a fast efficient delivery service.
Each year the product range
increased, and with the evolution
of Leisure Centres, Health and Fitness Clubs and Hotel Leisure Facilities, the opportunities multiplied.
In 1998 the company settled into a new purpose-built facility with land for future expansion.
This consolidated the companys’
position within the leisure industry
providing space and technology for the new millennium.
First Aid.
brands from Assa Abloy to Zoggs!
The company endeavours to
produce the catalogue in as ‘user friendly’ way as possible with an
A-Z format of indexing supported
by colour coding and extensive cross-referencing with Links boxes...
JPLennard Orderlines are
featured on every other page,
to help customers find and order products more easily.
JPLennard thank you, the customer, for your support and hope
this catalogue will be of assistance to all those involved in the purchase of swimming, sports, fitness and leisure equipment. A new catalogue will be available on the 1st March 2021.
Stock is warehoused on site and
Website
by telephone or e-mail to receive
in this catalogue together
customers are encouraged to order the fastest possible response and delivery time.
Links... Pro-Box See Pages 334-336
To see products featured with any amendments or updates go online:-
JPLennard.com
HOW TO ORDER
2
P 2 RH 2020.qxp 17/02/2020 09:38 Page 1
Name
I N F O R M AT I O N
Delivery Account No.
Minimum Order
A minimum payment with order value of £50.00 nett will apply to non-account holders.
Delivery
For items in stock the majority of orders are delivered within 2/3 days. We can offer Guaranteed Next Day Delivery as long as the items required are in stock at the time in question. Carriage will be charged in full on all guaranteed next day deliveries.
Carriage Charges
Please do not hesitate to telephone our Sales Department on 01788 544839 with any catalogue queries.
Orders
Account holders are encouraged to telephone or email orders which will receive our immediate attention. When telephoning orders please have the following information ready:-
• • •
YOUR DELIVERY ACCOUNT NO.
(If unsure please ask and note it down in the box above for future reference).
JPL PRODUCT CODES & BRIEF DESCRIPTIONS
YOUR PURCHASE ORDER NO.
Telephone: 01788 542777
8.30am-5.00pm, Monday to Friday.
E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk
24 hour service, 7 days a week.
On-line: www.JPLennard.com Post: J P Lennard Ltd Swift Point Rugby CV21 1PX
Personal Callers:
Personal callers between the hours of 9 - 11am, 2 - 4pm only please, Monday to Friday.
All product codes marked ❋. All bespoke/non-catalogue products. BEFORE SENDING PAYMENT WITH ORDER PLEASE TELEPHONE FOR CARRIAGE COSTS.
Payment
For established accounts our terms are strictly nett 30 days from invoice date. Overdue accounts are put on stop until the arrears are paid, consistently overdue accounts will have credit facilities withdrawn. To ALL other customers we require payment with order, please telephone for exact carriage and VAT.
Price Guarantee
This catalogue is effective from 1st March 2020 and cancels all previous price lists. Prices quoted hereafter are guaranteed until 28th February 2021. A new catalogue will be available 1st March 2021.
Claims
Please advise us immediately upon receipt of goods of shortages, non-delivery or damage in transit.
Returns
If returning goods for credit please state invoice number under which they were received. Unless a genuine complaint against the quality of goods or an error on our part is justified a handling charge of up to 25% will apply. Customers are responsible for carriage costs when returning goods.
New Products
Look out for new products identified by this symbol.
NEW!
Conditions of Sale See page 570.
Web Site Website
SeeJPL online online See at at JPLennard.com www.JPLennard.com
VAT
All prices are subject to VAT at the prevailing rate except where marked †. Orders to the EU are subject to UK VAT unless customers VAT No. is given. All prices in Pounds Sterling.
Measurements
All size and weight measurements quoted are approximate.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Enquiries
Carriage will be charged at cost as follows: UK Mainland - orders below £500 nett. Rest of UK - orders below £1,000 nett. Eire and the Channel Islands - all orders.
P 3 - New Products LH 2020.qxp 17/02/2020 10:05 Page 1
2020
I N F O R M AT I O N
3
NEW PRODUCTS 2020
NEW!
Speedo Swimwear
Beco BEbells
Page
Pages Speedo Swimming Goggles
13
Pages Speedo Learn to Swim
Pages
30
42
Wilton Bradley Inflatables
Pages
36
98
Polyethylene ..! RANGE W E N Pool Rafts
Floating Wheel Chair
Pages Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
102 Health Suite
Maint.
Pages
Page PXB Pool Extraction Board Fitness
Sports
110
Pages Spot Pro Pool Cleaners
122
134
Pages Heavy Duty Storage Bins
162
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
NEW!
Open Water Accessories !
ANGE..
NEW R
Pages Vendiplas Storage Bench
218
Magma Hand Dryers
Page
220
I N F O R M AT I O N
NEW PRODUCTS 2020
4
P 4 - New Products RH 2020.qxp 17/02/2020 10:07 Page 1
Pages
144
Coin ed at p O er
Solis Hair Dryers
Pages
222
Pages Solis Super Deluxe Hair Dryers
222
Massage Couches
Plastic Bench Seats
Page
234
Page Fresco Arm/Side Chairs
236
Pages Pages Realistic Replica Plants
240
Spa Pool Tool Sets
Pages
250
244
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
on Butt ted a Oper
P 5 - New Products LH 2020.qxp 17/02/2020 10:08 Page 1
2020
I N F O R M AT I O N
5
NEW PRODUCTS 2020
NEW!
Gym Equipment
Truvox VTVe Pages Vacuum Cleaner
253
Page SureAir Air Freshener
270
Pages Brabantia Bins
Page
284
Omron BP Monitor
Page
332
298
Pro-Box
SECA 777/787 Pages Column Scales
Page Mad Training Pack
303
Pages Page JPL Exercise Bands
344
328
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Studio Half Rollers
Page
338
352
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Samba Speed Goals
Mad Yoga
Pages
360
Page Gravity Multi Page Functional Trolley
420
456
Pages Veho Earphones/Speakers
406
Page Playm8 Multi Cones & Poles
502
Defibrillators
Zoft Touch Balls
Pages
502
First Play Balls
Pages
505
Pages First Play Sets
Studio Half Rollers
Pages
554
506
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
I N F O R M AT I O N
NEW!
2020
NEW PRODUCTS 2020
6
P 6 - New Products RH 2020.qxp 17/02/2020 10:09 Page 1
P007 LH 2020.qxp 17/02/2020 10:11 Page 1
7
CONTENTS
I N F O R M AT I O N
SWIMMING 11 - 74
• Aqua Fitness • Aqua Therapy • Competitive Training • Resale • Tuition
POOL PLAY 75 - 108
• Baby/Toddler Pool • Diving Items • Games/Goals • Inflatables • Play Rafts • Ride-Ons • Riders/Rings • Stepping Stones
Palintest
®
Leaders in Water Analysis Technology
POOL AREA 109 - 192
• Access/Security • Cleaning... General/Pool/Poolside • Competition • Life Saving • Markers/Booms • Posters • Signs • Storage • Timing • Water Polo • Water Testing
CHANGING AREA 193 - 232
• Baby/Toddler Care • Floor Matting • Lockers • Locks/Security • Seating • Shower/Washroom
®
HEALTH SUITE 233 - 250
2020
• Furniture • Replica Plants • Robes/Towels • Sauna • Spa/Steam/Sunbed • Treatment Room
MAINTENANCE 251 - 296
• Cleaning... Floors/General/Windows • Fixtures/Fittings • Floor Marking/Segregation • Litter Bins • Protection • Signs • Storage
FITNESS 297 - 412
• Assessment • Education/Charts • Gym/Studio... Active/ActiveCombat/Balance/Core/Mind/Fans/Cooling/Flooring/ Strength • Performance Training • Resale • Sound • Storage • Timing
SPORTS 413 - 498
• Accessories...Resale/Storage • Badminton • Basketball • Bowls/Curling • Cricket • Dodgeball • Floor Marking • Football • Golf • Gymnastics • Hockey • Indoor Games • Netball • Rounders • Rugby/NFL • Squash/Racketball • Table Tennis • Tennis • Timing • Unihoc • Volleyball
PLAYTIME 499 - 522
• Activity/Games/Primary • Soft Play • Space Dividers • Storage
beemat
OFFICE/RECEPTION 523 - 540
• Display/Notice Boards/A Frames/Leaflet Dispensers • Entrance Mats • Fans/Cooling • Furniture • Lockers • Security • Timing
FIRST AID 541 - 566
• Cold/Hot Therapy • Dressing/ Hygiene • Evacuation/Transit • Eyecare • First Aid Room... Equipment/Resusitation • Defibrillators • Kits & Refills... Sports/Statutory • Posters/Signs/Books • Protection
CLEARANCE 567 - 569 • While Stocks Last! Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception
First Aid Clearance
Aquafit Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-20, 31, 72 Aqua Epoxy Stick . . . . . . . . .278 Aqua Support Rings . .19, 20, 104 Aqua Swim Collar . . . . . . . . . .20 Arm Bands (Inflatable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41, 49, 52, 54, 55, 67, 68 Artificial Plants . . . . . . . .237-240 Attachments Gym . . . . .379, 380 Baby Changing Mat . .197 Baby Changing Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195-198 Baby High Chairs . . . . . . . . . .194 Baby Playpens . . . . . . . . . . . .193 Baby Seats-Inflatable . .71, 41, 48 Baby Swimmers (Nappies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63-66 Backstroke Warning Set . . . .130
b
Badminton . . . . . . . . . . .424-429 Balance Boards . . . . . . .347, 348 Ball Inflators . . . . . . .79, 414, 447 Ball Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518 Bandages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 Barrier Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 Barrier Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . .280 Barrier Gates . . . . . . . . . . . .279 Barrier Posts . . . . . . . . .280, 281 Basketball . . . . . . . . . . . .429-434 Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Battle Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 Beach Balls . . . . . . . . . .79, 95, 97
Bean Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511 Bench Seating . . . . .154, 216-218 Benches Fitness/Gym . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329-331, 350, 374-376 Bibs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 Billiard Chalk . . . . . . . . . . . . .467 Blankets (Emergency Foil) . . .565 Blankets (First Aid Cotton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549 Blood Pressure Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297, 298 Board Games . . . . . . . . . . . .516 Body Composition Analysers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299-300 Boiler Suits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 Bowls (Indoor) . . . . . . . . . . .435 Boxing Accessories . . . .333-344 Broom Heads . . . . . . . . . . . .261 Brushes (Poolside) . . . . .114-116 Buckets (Plastic) . . .118, 257, 258 Bulgarian Bags . . . . . . . . . . . .315 Certificate Frames . .526 Chainlink . . . . . . . . .280 Chairs (General) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233, 234, 529-532 Chairs (Lifeguard) . . . . 135, 136 Cleaner (General Purpose) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117, 269-276 Cleaner (Sauna) . . . . . . . . . . .243 Cleaner (Sunbed) . . . . . . . . .245 Cleaning Cart . . . . . . . . . . . .258 Clipboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414 Cloakroom Furniture . . . . . .216 Clocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169-173 Cold Wraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 Combs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Comparator Kits . .185, 186, 190 Cooling Fans . . . . . . . . .533-536 Cones . . . . . . .260, 279, 439, 502 Core Bags . . . . . . . . . . .312, 313 Couch Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246 CPR Manikins . . . . . . . .137, 138 Cricket . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437, 438 Curling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436 CV Equipment . . . . . . . .329-332 Darts . . . . . . . . . . . .467 Defibrillators . . .551-554 Deodoriser . . . .274, 415 Descaler . . . . . . . . . . . . .271-276 Disinfectant Spray . . . . .271-276 Display Boards and Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523-526 Dive Bricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
c
d
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Dive Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40, 42, 50-56, 80-84 Dive Masks . . . . . . . . . . . . .22, 32 Dodgeball . . . . . . . .438, 504, 505 Drinks Bottles . . . . . . . . .32, 415 Dry Markers . . . . . . . . .523, 524 Dry Wipe Boards . . . . .523, 524 Dumbbells . . . .325, 326, 387-390 Dumbbells (Aqua) . . . . . . . . . .13 Dustpan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261 Earphones . . . . . . . . .406 Ear Plugs . . . . . . . . . . .61 Entrance Mats . . . . . .527 Equipment Trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154-164, 407-411 Epoxy Resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278 Evacuation Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .546 Examination Couches . .246-250 Exercise Bands . . . . . . . .327, 328 Exercise Mats . . . . . . . . .354-368 Eye Guard (Squash) . . . . . . . .477 Eye Guard (General) . . . . . . 289 False Start Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Fans (Cooling) . .533-536
e f
Fins . . . . . . . . . . . . .21, 22, 32, 34 First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . .541-566 Fitness Assessment . . . .297-306 Fitness Charts . . . .307, 308, 324 Fitness Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311-316, 325, 326, 383-390 Flip Chart/Markers/Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524, 525 Floor to Ceiling Ball . . . . . . .342 Floor Cleaning Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251-254 Floor Marking Paint . . . . . . . .280 Floor Marking Tape . . . .439, 440 Floor Matting . . . . . . . . .199-204 Flume Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Foam Balls . . .493, 503, 504, 505 Foam Dice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504 Foam Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Foam Play Structures (Pool) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104-108 Foliage Displays . . . . . . .237-240 Football Boundary Flags . . . .448 Football Goal Mats . . . . . . . .454 Football Goal Nets . . . .449-457 Football Goal Posts . . . .449-457 Footballs . . . . . . . . . . . . .441-447 Fun Rings Rubber . . . . . . . . .108
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
OFFICE/RECEPTION
a
Access Ladders . . . . .111 Accident Book . . . . .564 Aerobic Mats . . .361-364 Aerobic Steps . . . . . . . .317, 318 Aerobic Weights . . . . . .325, 326 Agility Ladders . . . . . . . . . . . .391 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . .554 Air Fresheners . . . . . . . .219, 270 Air Horn . . . . . . . . . . . .174, 434 Air Pumps . . . . . . . .79, 414, 447 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . .399-406 Ankle Weights . . . . . . . . . . . .326 Aquaboard Immobilisation . . . . . System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Aqua Belts . . . . . . . . . .14, 31, 72
2020
A-Z INDEX
8
P 8 - Index RH 2020.qxp 17/02/2020 09:40 Page 1
P 9 - INDEX LH 2020.qxp 17/02/2020 09:40 Page 1
2020
I N F O R M AT I O N
9
INDEX
k
Furniture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kettlebells . . . . .385, 386 . . . . .216-218, 233-236, 528-532 Key Cabinets . . . . . .539 Games Balls . . . . . . . . . . Key Straps . . . . . . . . .112 . . . . . . . . . .503-505, 509 Kwik Cricket . . . . . . . . .437, 438 Glass Cleaner . .274, 277 Lane Markers . .145, 146 Gloves Disposable . . . . . . . . .565 Lanyards . . . . . . . . . .139 Gloves Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 Leaflet Dispensers . .526 Lifebuoys . . . . . . . . . . . .141, 142 Lifeguard Chairs . . . . . . .135, 136 Lifeguard Clothing . . . . . . . . .140 Gloves Boxing . . . . . . . .333-338 Lifeguard Whistles . . . . . . . . .139 Goggles (Sunbed) . . . . . . . . .245 Life Saving . . . . . . . . . . . .134-144 Goggles (Swimming) . . . . . . . . . . Line Marking Paint . . . . . . . . .280 . . . . . . . . . . .35, 36, 45-47, 45-59 Liquid Chalk . . . . . . . . . . . . .382 Golf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458 Liquid Soap . . . . . . . . . .226, 228 Graphics Poolside . . . . . . . . . .77 Litter Bins . . . . . . . . . . .282-288 Gym Attachments . . . . .379, 380 Litter Pickers . . . . . . . . . . . . .261 Gym Equipment . . . . . . .297-412 Lockers . . . . . . . . . . . . .205-213 Gymnastic Balls . . . . . . . . . . .345 Loungers . . . . . . . . . . . .235, 236 Gymnastic Benches . . . . . . . . . . . Marker Cones . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350, 459-464 . . . . . .260, 279, 439, 502 Gymnastic Mats . . . . . . .361-368 Marker Pens . . .112, 524 Gymnastic Mat Trolleys . . . . .368 Gymnastics Junior . . . . .459-464 Marking Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . .280 Gym Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321 Marking Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . .439 Hair Dryers . . . .221-222 Masks (Diving) . . . . . . . . . .22, 32 Hand Cleanser .225-226 Masks (Safety) . . . . . . . . . . . .289 Hand Dryers . . . . . . .220 Massage Couches . . . . . .246-250 Hand Paddles . . . . . . . . . . .21, 34 Massage Rollers . . . . . . .351, 352 Hand Towels/Dispensers . . . . . . . Measuring Tapes . . . . . . .302, 440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266-230, 268. Medical Screen . . . . . . . . . . .549 Height Meters . . . . . . . .302, 303 Medicine Balls . . . . . . . .309, 395 High Chairs (Baby) . . . . . . . .194 Megaphones . . . . . . . . . . . . .414 Hockey . . . . . . . . . .465, 466, 496 Microfibre Cleaning Products . . . Hoops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255, 256 Hosepipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Microphones . . . . .399-406, 414 Hot/Cold Treatments . . . . . .541 Mini Goals (Pool) . . . . . . . .85-88 Hydrotherapy Equipment . . . . . . Mini Goals (Sports) . . . .455-457 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19, 20, 109, 110 Hygiene Brushes . . . . . . . . . .115 Indoor Footballs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444, 447 Mini Tennis . . . . . . . . . . .493, 494 Indoor Football Goal Mini Squash . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476 Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453, 454 Indoor Games . . . . . . . .467, 468 Mops (Dry) . . . . . .255, 256, 261 Inflatable Goals . . . . . . . .85, 177 Mops (Wet) . . . . . . . . . .257, 258 Nappies (Swimming) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63-65 Netball . . . . . . . .469-472 NFL Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475 Inflatable Toys . . . . . . . .79, 88-98 Inflators . . . . . . . . . .79, 414, 447 Nose Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Information Boards . . . .523-526 Noticeboards . . . . . . . . .523-524 Odour Control . . . . . . . . Information Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149-153, 293, 294, 563 . . . . . . . . . .219, 270, 415 Judo Mats . . . . .365, 367 Olympic Weights . . . .383 Judo Mat Trolleys . . .368 Open Water Bouyancy Aids .143 Open Water Marker Bouys .144
g
h
i
J
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
l
m
n
o
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Open Water Helmets . . . . . .143 Open Water Wet Suits . . . . .144 Overshoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 PA Systems . . . .399-406 Pace Clocks . . . .169, 170 Padlocks . . . . . . . . . .215 Panic Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Paper Towel Dispensers .227-230 Parachutes (Play) . . . . . . . . . .514 Parallettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321 Pedal Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
p
Performance Training . . .391-396 Ph Meters . . . . . . . . . . .180, 189 Photometer Kit/Reagent Tablets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181-188 Pilates Accessories . . . . .351-356 Plant Displays . . . . . . . . .237-240 Plasters . . . . . . . . . . . . .543, 560 Playballs . . . . . . . . .503-505, 509 Playbricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Playmats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517 Play Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510 Playpens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193 Play Rafts . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-106 Playtunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .516 Pool Booms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Pool Cleaners Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120-124 Plyometric Platforms . . .319, 395 Pool Games . . . . . . . . . . . .80-88 Pool Lifts/Hoist . . . . . . .109, 110 Pool Platform . . . . . . . . . . .73, 74 Pool Scoops . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Pool Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 Poolside Graphics . . . . . . . . . .77 Poolside Signs . . . . . . . . .149-153 Power Bands . . . . . . . . . . . . .378 Power Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . .349 Protective Clothing . . . .289-292 Pullbuoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21, 34 Pump Sets (Fitness) . . . . . . . .316 Punchbags . . . .333, 334, 343, 344 Punchbag Mitts . . . . . . . .333-338 Putting Green Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458 Racing Lanes . . .125-127 Racketball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473 Racket Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . .416 Rebounder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 Recycling Bins . . . . . . . .287, 288
r
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
s
Slam Balls . . . . . . . . . . . .310, 395 Slide (Pool) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Snooker/Pool Cues . . . . . . . .468 Snorkels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22, 32
Soap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226-228 Soap Dispensers . . . . . .225-229 Soft Play Equipment . . . .517-520 Speedball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342 Speedball Mitts . . . . . . . .335-338 Sports Marker Sets . . . . . . . .439
Thermometers . . . . . . . .178-180 Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167-173 Toilet Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267 Toilet Tissue . . . . . . . . . .227-229 Towels/Robes . . . . . . . . .241, 242 Training Ropes (Swim Pool) .146
Squash . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476-478 Squat Stand . . . . . . . . . .332, 379 Squeegees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Starting Blocks (Swimming) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-133 Steam Room Milk . . . . . . . . .244 Steps - Aerobic . . . . . . .317, 318 Steps - Swimming Pool . . . . .111 Stepping Stones . . . . . . . . . . .108 Stirrup Pumps . . . . .79, 414, 447 Stopwatches . . . . . . . . .167, 168 Storage Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154-166, 420-423 Stretcher . . . . . . . . . . . .134, 546 Studio Accessories (Fitness) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297-412 Sub Aqua . . . . . . . . . . .21, 22, 32 Sunbed Accessories . . . . . . . .245 Supports (Lifting) . . . . . . . . .377 Suspension Training . . . .322-324 Swim Arm Bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41, 49-55, 67, 68, 71
Training Ropes (Fitness) . . . .320 Transit Chairs . . . . . . . .109, 545 Treatment Couches . . . .246-250 TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323-324 Tumbling Mats . . . . . . . . . . . .517 Turning Boards . . . . . . .129, 131 Unihoc . . . . . . . . . . .496
Swim Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Swim Belts . . . . . . . . . .14, 33, 72 Swim Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . .31, 60 Swim Fins . . . . . . . . . . .21, 22, 32 Swim Floats . . . . . . .33, 51-55, 70 Swim Goggles 35-36, 45-47, 56-59 Swim Jackets . . . . . . . . . . .42, 50 Swim Rings . . . . . . . . . .67, 93, 94 Swim Socks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Swimsuit Dryer . . . . . . . . . . .223 Swimwear . .24-30, 37-39, 43, 44 Table Tennis . . . . . . . . . .479-488 Tag Rugby . . . . .475, 501 Tally Counters . . . . .168 TDS Meters . . .178, 190 Team Bibs . . . . . . . . . . . .413, 446 Telescopic Poles . . . . . . . . . .115 Temperature Display Boards .149 Tennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489-494 Test Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . .181-192
t
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
u v
Vacuum Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253, 254 Vinyl Play Balls . .503, 509 Volleyball . . . . . . . . . . . .497-498 Warning Signs . . . . . . . . . . .149-154, 260, 293, 294 Waste Bags (Clinical) .566 Waste Bins (Regular) . . . . . .284 Waste Bins . . . . . . . . . . .282-288 Water Basketball . . . . . . . .85, 86 Water Bottles . . . . . . . . .32, 415 Waterflow Brush System . . .114 Water Polo . . . . . . . . . .174-177 Water Testing . . . . . . . . .178-192 Water Volleyball Games . .85, 86 Weights . . . . . .311-316, 383-390 Weight Benches . . . . . . . . . . . .329-332, 374-376 Weight Mats . . . . . . . . . .371-373 Weight Scales . . . . . . . . .302-306 Wet Kit Bags/Dispenser . . . .231 Wet Wipes . . . . . . . . . . .265-268 Window Cleaning . . . . . . . . .277 Wheelchairs . . . . . . . . . .109, 545 Whistles . . . . . . . . . . . . .139, 413 Wobble Boards . . . . . . . . . . .347 Woggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Work Stations . . . . . . . . . . . .296 Wrist Bands . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Wrist Weights (Fitness) . . . .326 Yoga Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357-360
w
y z
Zebra Tapes . . . . . . .280 Zoftskin/Touch Balls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504, 505
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
I N F O R M AT I O N
Resale (Fitness) . . . . . . .397-398 Resale (Sport Accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415-418 Resale (Swimming Accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23-72 Rescue Can . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141 Rescue Dummy . . . . . . . . . . .137 Rescue Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Resuscitation Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137, 138, 550-554 Rope Training . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 Rostrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Rounders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .474 Rugby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475 Safes . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Safe Storage Cabinets . . . . . . . . .158, 205-210, 296 Safety Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 Safety Marker Sets . . . . . . . .439 Safety Matting .199-203, 371-373 Safety Mattresses . . . . . . . . .367 Safety Throw Bag . . . . . . . . . .142 Safety Treads . . . . . . . . .135, 224 Sand Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313 Sanitising Gun . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Sanitising Wipes . . . . . . .265-268 Sauna Accessories . . . . . . . . .243 Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299-306 Scoreboards . . . . . .174, 488, 498 Scrubbing Machines . . . .251, 252 Seating (Office/Reception) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529-532 Seating (Poolside/Health/Spa) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233-236 Shampoo . . . . . . . . . . . .225-228 Sharps Disposal . . . . . . . . . . .566 Shirts (Lifeguard) . . . . . . . . . .140 Shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 165 Shorts (Lifeguard) . . . . . . . . .140 Shorts (Swimming) . . . . . .30, 44 Shower Curtains . . . . . . . . . .224 Shower Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 Shuttlecocks . .417, 425, 428, 429 Signs . . . . . . . .149-153, 293, 294 Sit and Reach Box . . . . . . . . .301 Skimmer Nets . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Skipping Ropes . . . . . . .322, 340
2020
A-Z INDEX
10
P 10 - Index RH 2020.qxp 17/02/2020 09:41 Page 1
P 11 Swim LH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 12:58 Page 1
11
AQUA FITNESS AQUA GLOVE • Full neoprene gloves • Open finger design • Velcro fitting
SWIMMING
SW2627 Small Turquoise SW2628 Medium Red SW2629 Large Blue pair.
Note: Colour may vary.
SPEEDO AQUAGYM MITTS
2020
Features • Webbed gloves for resistance training • Upper body workout without overloading shoulder muscles • Durable Neoprene SW1486 Medium. SW1497 Large. pair.
• Fitness, endurance and reflex training in water • Foam gloves with formed upper (for fingers)
AQUA BOXING GLOVES SW1640 pair.
JPL AQUA MITTS • Neoprene construction offers excellent fit
• Webbed open finger design • Ideal for resistance exercises/training
• Two sizes
SW2900 Medium, SW2901 Large. pair.
TPR AQUA GLOVES • Thick walled thermoplastic rubber • Very durable - ideal for regular use • Open finger design for optimum fit - easy to take on and off Medium only. SW1271 pair.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
AQUA FITNESS
12
P 12 Swim RH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 13:00 Page 1
ORIGINAL WATER WOGGLES • Countless ways to zap up your
2020
SWIMMING
aqua classes and achieve all the fitness aims • The perfect way to float - while strengthening muscles in the water, especially the abdominals • Great for aerobic exercise, for relaxation and for good plain fun • Water Woggles are personally endorsed by Glenda Baum, the founder of Aquarobics • Size: 1500 x 65mm diameter • Colours: Red, Green, Blue and Yellow SW473 each.
WOGGLE STORAGE TROLLEY • Mobile solid synthetic basket for up to 40 woggles
• Open design allows easy drainage of water • Size: 40 x 60 x 106cm high
SE673 each.
STORAGE CONTAINER
Weatherproof and extremely hard wearing this container offers a multitude of applications, including the storage of woggles. Holds up to 30 Woggles. 76cm high x 43cm dia. SU235 each.
DUSTBIN • 540ø x 660mm high • Will hold approx 30 woggles
• Polypropylene • C/w clasp lid for other storage solutions
• Blue only
SU1138 each.
Links...
More Storage See Pages 159-166
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 13 Swim LH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 13:21 Page 1
13
AQUA FITNESS BECO BEbell AQUA DUMBBELLS
SWIMMING
New generation unibody tech BEbells, ergonomically shaped with no loose parts combine buoyancy and resistance in a single piece making them extremely robust and durable • Training goal: Coordination; Balance; Strength and endurance; Flexibility • Buoyancy: Medium/high • Resistance: Firm/flexible • Water depth: Deep/shallow water • Size: 140 x 250mm • Material: EPP SW3387 pair.
BECO AQUA DUMBBELLS • Super quality PE foam • Soft padded handles c/w extra loop handle • Train muscles for Coordination, Balance, Strength and Flexibility
2020
• Two sizes
Medium Length: 270mm, discs 45 x 147mm Ø SW2897 pair. Large Length: 300mm, discs 72 x 147mm Ø SW2898 pair.
• • • •
AQUA DUMBBELLS
Made of CL35 foam Special soft feel grips Suitable for intense use Provide resistance in form of buoyancy
Senior 185mm Ø. SW862 pair.
Universal 155mm Ø. SW2077 pair. Junior 100mm Ø. SW863 pair.
Note: Colour may vary.
AQUA HANDS • Flat formed
polyethylene dumbbell
• Vary resistance by turning
• 265 x 140 x 28mm
SW1747 pair.
TRIANGLE AQUA DUMBBELLS • Made of CL35 foam • Soft feel grips
AQUA ANKLE BAND • Nylon ankle bands
SW1638 pair.
with four removable foam inserts allowing variable buoyancy • Velcro fastening provides a tight, positive fit around the ankles allowing free movement of the feet SW1251 pair. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SWIMMING
AQUA FITNESS
14
P 14 Swim RH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 13:39 Page 1
BEbelts
2020
RANGE OF USE Aquatic Fitness, swimming lessons, aqua jogging TRAINING GOAL Coordination, balance, strength and endurance RESISTANCE High WATER DEPTH Deep water, shallow water
BEbelts Aqua jogging BEbelts can be used in deep or shallow water • For up to 80kg and 120kg body weight • High quality PE coated foam • Universally adjustable due to wide belt band with patented fastener BEbelt BEbelt Maxi Up to 80kg bodyweight Up to 120kg bodyweight SW2894 each. SW2895 each.
BECO AQUA JOGGING RUNNER BELT • Super quality laminated PE foam • Broad belt with adjustable safety clip • Train for Co-ordination, Balance,
STAR AQUA BELT • Made of CL35 foam • Adjustable belt with buckle fitting • Universal size - 730 x 225 x 28mm
Strength and Endurance
SW861 each.
• Buoyancy level: High • For all sizes up to 100kg weight Size: 720 x 245 x 40mm SW2896 each.
Links...
Aqua Mono Belts, Tahiti Belts See Page 72
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 15 Swim LH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 13:41 Page 1
SWIMMING
15
AQUA FITNESS
AQUASPORT in touch with water
2020
is a well-established and leading European Swim Brand supplying high quality swimming equipment. are also specialists in Aqua Fitness and have developed a specific range of unique world class tools for use in the pool for both general aquatic fitness and rehabilitation. In order to support the use of these tools have been providing specialist training throughout Europe for 12 years and this is now available through Aqua College UK for holders of a Level 2 Aqua qualification. REPS endorsed and approved training is available for the products JPL offer following the Aqua College training system “Power Circle” ®
AquaDisc AQUADISC SZ
• Can be used by everybody - competitive, convenient, easy to handle, compact and above all completely flexible • Perfect workout in shallow and deep water is guaranteed • Designed to allow various training possibilities such as balance improvement, enhancing common coordination, estimating necessary strength intensity, strengthening the muscles of your wrist, hands, thumbs, arms and shoulders • Made of extra stable coated PE foam SW1537 pair. RANGE OF USE Aqua fun, Aqua aerobic Performance training TRAINING GOAL Coordination, Balance, Strength endurance, Flexibility BUOYANCY High RESISTANCE Flexible MATERIAL Extra stable coated PE foam WATER DEPTH Deep water, Shallow water
Note: Colours may vary.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RANGE OF USE (EXAMPLES) Aquatic fitness, Seniors’ gymnastic, Rehabilitation, Leisure and animation TRAINING GOAL Coordination, Strength endurance, Flexibility BUOYANCY Medium RESISTANCE Medium WATER DEPTH Deep water, Shallow water MATERIAL E.V.A. SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Easy to fix on arms and feet.
muscular endurance as well as flexibility and coordination • With the easy handling from hand to foot, a variety of diversified and imaginative programs for all groups are possible – with just one tool • Due to its fine bars even people with small-sized hands can hold the BEtomic comfortably • Multifunctional aquatic fitness tool • Small and handy • Ergonomically designed • Easy handling from hand to foot • Suitable for all groups • Allows resistance exercise training for the whole body SW2728 each.
Note: Colour may vary
BEFLEX • Extremely flexible material offers an optimal
RANGE OF USE (EXAMPLES) Aquatic fitness, Seniors’ gymnastic, Rehabilitation, Performance training TRAINING GOAL Coordination, Strength endurance, Flexibility BUOYANCY Negative RESISTANCE Flexible WATER DEPTH Shallow water SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Due to negative buoyancy the BEflex is the ideal tool to be combined with other BECO buoyancy equipment.
transmission of power
• Handy shape makes a comfortable handling for people with small-sized hands possible
• Due to negative buoyancy the BEflex is the ideal
tool to be combined with other BECO buoyancy equipment • Multifunctional aquatic fitness tool made of silicone • Small and handy • Ergonomically shaped SW2622 pair. Note: Colour may vary
BECO AQUA SHOE • Neoprene poolside swim shoe • Part mesh upper, anti-slip rubber sole Colour: Navy SW2634 Size 4/37 SW2635 Size 5/38 SW2636 Size 6/39 SW2637 Size 7/41 SW2638 Size 8/42 SW2639 Size 9/43 SW2640 Size 10/45 SW2641 Size 11/46 pair.
BECO POOLSHOES SW2674 Size 4/37 SW2675 Size 5/38 SW2676 Size 6/39 SW2677 Size 7/41 SW2678 Size 8/42 SW2679 Size 9/43 SW2680 Size 10/45 SW2681 Size 11/46 pair.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Ultralite moulded EVA with soft flexible foot bed for extreme comfort in two popular styles, size 4-11 SW2904 Size 4/37 Slide V Strap SW2905 Size 5/38 Navy Navy SW2906 Size 6/39 SW2907 Size 7/41 SW2908 Size 8/42 SW2909 Size 9/43 SW2910 Size 10/45 SW2911 Size 11/46 pair.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
SWIMMING
BETOMIC • Provides great possibilities to improve
2020
AQUA FITNESS
16
P 16 Swim RH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 13:43 Page 1
P 17 Swim LH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 13:55 Page 1
17
AQUA FITNESS
SWIMMING
Aqua Glove AQUA GLOVE • Full neoprene gloves • Open finger design • Velcro fitting
SW2627 Small Turquoise SW2628 Medium Red SW2629 Large Blue pair.
Note: Colour may vary.
DynaPad RANGE OF USE (EXAMPLES) Aquatic fitness, Rehabilitation, Preventive back pain training TRAINING GOAL Coordination, Balance, Strength endurance, Flexibility BUOYANCY - Medium RESISTANCE - Medium WATER DEPTH - Shallow water SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Activates stabilising musculature
DYNAPAD • Upright position starts on the feet! • DynaPad improves balance and
2020
strengthens the musculoskeletal system. • Knob surface stimulates the muscles Size: 280 x 230 x 45mm SW2624 each. Note: Colour may vary.
POWER STICK • The Power Stick shows strong
performance in shallow and deep water
• Extremely effective training tool
strengthens the whole body, and is especially suitable for training, coordination and balance • A versatile tool, it is of great benefit in swimming lessons with children as well as adults, suitable for children entertainment, rehabilitation and of course for aquatic fitness • An all-rounder which can be converted within seconds into a kick-board, pull-buoy, dumbbell, nordic-walking stick or simply a pool noodle • Warning! Do not stretch parallel with hands and feet. Expansion may not exceed a maximum length of 40cm per tube SW2619 each.
NORDICJET • The right tool for Nordic Walking in shallow and deep water • Due to its special design the water flows through the tube blank and allows an economical work movement
• It provides great possibilities to improve muscular endurance as well as flexibility and coordination
• The two cones are of different sizes and the handle which connects the cones is suited with little knobs for a great massage during the workout • The Aqua nordicJET allows a safe walk through the water and stabilises the whole body SW2630 pair.
Note: Colour may vary
RANGE OF USE (EXAMPLES) Aqua aerobic, Swimming lessons, Rehabilitation, Aqua nordic walking, Aqua yoga, Aqua fun TRAINING GOAL Coordination, Balance, Strength endurance, Flexibility BUOYANCY High RESISTANCE Flexible WATER DEPTH Deep water, Shallow water Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
RANGE OF USE (EXAMPLES) Aqua nordic walking, Aqua aerobic, Rehabilitation TRAINING GOAL Coordination, Balance, Strength endurance, Flexibility BUOYANCY Low RESISTANCE Flexible WATER DEPTH Shallow water, Deep water (with additional buoyancy tool, e.g. aqua jogging belt) Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
BARBELL MULTI-TRAINER • Floating large aqua-barbell • Multi-purpose aqua-fit, training or swim instruction
• Allows great variety of aqua exercises • Hand held as float for swim instruction • Use as upper body support for leg training
• Suitable for hydrotherapy • Width 107cm - floats 10cm diameter SW1637 each.
SWIMMING
AQUA FITNESS/THERAPY
18
P 18 Swim RH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 14:20 Page 1
SPEEDO BIOFUSE POWER PADDLES
2020
Speedo Biofuse technology ensures maximum comfort and fit, designed to improve your upper body’s fitness, enhancing your speed in the water • Power Paddles encourage high elbows and proper hand entry into the water, making stroke technique more efficient, helping conserve energy - crucial for long distance swimming • Increased paddle surface area helps catch more water, improving strength and endurance • Medium size only SW3221 pair.
ORIGINAL WATER WOGGLES • Countless ways to zap up your aqua classes and achieve all the fitness aims
• The perfect way to float - while strengthening muscles in the water, especially the abdominals
• Great for aerobic exercise, for relaxation and for good plain fun
• Water Woggles are personally endorsed by Glenda Baum, the founder of Aquarobics
• Size: 1500 x 65mm diameter • Colours: Red, Green, Blue and Yellow SW473 each.
• Fitness, endurance and reflex training
AQUA BOXING GLOVES in water
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
• Foam gloves with formed upper
(for fingers) SW1640 pair.
Links...
Aqua Mitts See Page 11
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 19 Swim LH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 15:09 Page 1
2020
SWIMMING
19
AQUA THERAPY
AQUA SUPPORT RING • Great for hydrotherapy sessions. • 45kg/m polyethylene. • Two or more rings required for adults. • Size:- 400mm inside Ø, 25mm thick.
AQUAFIX Maximum support for weak or disabled swimmers of all ages • Bend into any position • Change its shape in seconds • Commercial quality foam • 2 metres long for maximum buoyancy SW2481 each.
3
SW294 each.
Note: Colour may vary
400mm
RELAXATION SUPPORT RING • Designed to hold the head out of the water allowing
floating and relaxation without fear • Inside diameter 30cm • Outside diameter 98cm SW2080 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Links...
Playrafts... See Pages 99-104
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
AQUA THERAPY
20
P 20 Swim RH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 15:58 Page 1
2020
SWIMMING
SWIM COLLAR SENIOR
Can be used for physical training i.e. running in the water or as a hydrotherapy collar. SW229 each.
AQUA BODY SUPPORT SET • Hydrotherapy, exercise, training, bobbing, relaxation; all in one • Inflatable support elements offer more than adequate buoyancy
(from child up to heavy adult) Optimise the individual buoyancy by inflation Support elements can be placed where buoyancy is needed Clear, extra strong and flexible PVC with coloured foam pieces Set consists of a body float and two smaller floats for head and legs Size (inflated): Head & Leg Floats 550 x 250mm Body Float 1100 x 220mm SW3280 each.
• • • • •
ASSISTANT ADULT 985 x 980 x 70mm SW3087 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
ASSISTANT CHILD 595 x 609 x 50mm SW3086 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 21 Swim LH 2020.qxp 26/05/2021 16:08 Page 1
SWIMMING
21
SHORT TRAINING FINS • Ideal short training fin made in a high quality rubber • Unique blade shape has been specifically designed for •
2020
COMPETITIVE TRAINING
improved workout conditions using arms and legs simultaneously The short blade allows all the advantages of strong fast kick development, improves leg speed, leg strength and endurance
SW2722 Size 2-3 (34-35) Grey/Orange SW2723 Size 3.5-4.5 (36-37) Grey/Green SW2724 Size 5-6 (38-39) Grey/Yellow SW2725 Size 6.5-7.5 (40-41) Grey/Purple SW2726 Size 8-9 (42-43) Grey/Red SW2727 Size 9.5-10.5 (44-45) Grey/Navy
pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair.
SPEEDO BIOFUSE TRAINING FINS • Compact lightweight training fin • 100% silicone for comfort • Optimum blade stiffness for resistance and propulsion
• Soft heel and foot pocket for
excellent comfort SW2328 35/36 SW2329 37/38 SW2330 39/41 SW2331 42/43 SW2332 44/46 pair.
BECO DYNAMIC PRO SWIM PADDLES • Ergonomic shape • Special design Silicone fingerhold SW2913 Medium SW2914 Large pair.
SPEEDO CENTRE SNORKEL
Allows swimmers to focus on improving body alignment, stroke and kick technique. Suitable for use with mask or goggle. Flexible mouth piece with purge valve. SpeedFIT head strap STRAP: Silicone MOUTH PIECE: Silicone SW2608 each.
DELUXE PULLBUOYS • Made from polyethylene giving excellent durability
• Very flexible
SW22 Senior each. SW595 Junior each.
DRAG RING
Open cell foam ring fits around ankles and absorbs water for increased drag and resistance. SW368 each.
Links...
Large Swim Fins See Pages 22, 30 Snorkels See Page 22 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SWIMMING
D I V I N G ‘ S U B A Q U A’
22
P 22 Swim RH 2020.qxp 28/05/2021 08:34 Page 1
SW2381 Junior Size 8.5-11 SW2382 Junior Size 12-1.5 SW2383 Junior Size 2-3 SW2384 Junior Size 3.5-4.5
pair. pair. pair. pair.
SW2385 Senior Size 5-6 SW2386 Senior Size 6.5-7.5 SW2387 Senior Size 8-9 SW2388 Senior Size 9.5-10.5
BECO MIAMI MASK • Strong rigid frame • Skirt: Top quality hypo-allergenic silicone • Lens: Tempered Glass • Head Strap: Silicone c/w quick release • Tested in accordance with PPE • Suitable for adults SW3024 each.
BECO PORTO MASK • Skirt: Silicone • Lens: Tempered Glass • Head Strap: Silicone c/w quick release • Tested in accordance with PPE • Suitable for adults
pair. pair. pair. pair.
BECO BAHIA MASK • For children from 12 years • Skirt and Headstrap: Polyvinyl • Lens: Polycarbonate • Tested in accordance with PPE
ool use! Ideal for p
SW3027 each.
BECO HAVANNA MASK • Entry level junior mask recommended for pool use
• Plastic safety lens with vinyl
skirt for good sealing and wide vision SW1968 each.
SW3025 each.
ool use! Ideal for p
BECO DRY TOP SNORKEL • Tube: Polyvinyl • Mouthpiece: Silicone • Certified in accordance with EN:1972 SW3026 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
BECO SNORKEL SMALL • Snorkel with Siltra (without Phthalates) mouthpiece and polythene tube
• Suitable for juniors • Compliments the Beco Havanna and
Beco Bahia masks SW2836 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
LONG SWIM FINS • Floating shoe type fin • Moulded rubber
P 23 Speedo LH 2020.qxp 28/05/2021 08:35 Page 1
23
RESALE
SWIMMING
PAGE’S
28
Women’s Swimwear Men’s Swimwear
PAGE’S
2020
PAGE’S
Training Aids
35
34
Goggles... ...Adult
PAGE’S
...Junior
36
PAGE’S
Junior Swimwear
37
PAGE’S
Tots Swimwear PAGE’S
42
30
Swim Accessories
32 PAGE’S
PAGE’S
39
Learn to Swim
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE
24
P 24 Speedo RH 2020.qxp 28/05/2021 08:37 Page 1
SCULPTURE WATERGEM 1 PIECE BLACK Colour: Black Leg Height: Low SW2717 34” SW2718 36” SW2719 38” SW2720 40” SW2721 42” each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SWIMMING
WATERGEM A little black dress for the water, to boost your figure and your confidence. Defined cups and gentle ruching of the Watergem enhance your bust, whilst our signature style visually lengthens and narrows the body offering a timeless look that will continue to deliver swim after swim. Features: • All over body-shaping - exclusive lightweight, shaping fabric smooths and flatters in all the right places • Medium bust support - shaping fabric and seaming supports and flatters the bust, and adjustable straps ensure a great fit • Tummy control - provides support where you need it without compromising on comfort • Control fabric - combines shapewear innovation with swimwear technology • Shaping – Controls the body and gives a smooth silhouette • Ultra chlorine resistant - LYCRA® XTRA LIFE™ lasts twice as long as standard swimwear fabrics ShapeComprex Ultra Fabric Composition: 69%Nylon 31% Xtralife Lycra
P 25 Speedo LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 09:35 Page 1
2020
SWIMMING
25
RESALE
+
ENDURANCE ®
Designed to last longer
COLOURBLEND PLACEMENT DIGITAL POWERBACK
COLOURGLOW PLACEMENT DIGITAL MEDALIST
Inspired by the sensory perception of flowing water over the body, features swirls of bright colours on a sleek black background. • Powerback design - aids shoulder movement and flexibility making it ideal for training • Premium digital print • 100% Chlorine resistance for long lasting performance • Quick dry - dries faster after a swim workout Endurance+® 100% Polyester Colour: Black/ Mango/White/ Lava Red/ /Jade SW3281 34” SW3282 36” SW3283 38” SW3284 40” each.
Features bright beams of rainbow colours on a sleek black background and pink contrast straps. Updated for 2020, popular medalist cuts a clean, modern silhouette. • Medalist design - aids shoulder movement and flexibility, making this suit ideal for training • Premium digital print • 100% Chlorine resistance for long lasting performance • Quick dry - dries faster after a swim workout Endurance+® 100% Polyester Colour: Black/ Electric Pink/ Lava Red/Mango/ Green Glow SW3288 40” each.
BOOMSTAR PLACEMENT TANKINI BOYLEG
BOOMSTAR PLACEMENT FLYBACK
Celebrating the iconic Speedo branding, this tankini in timeless black features a top panel of a grey tonal fade behind our bold new Boomstar print • Racerback design - aids shoulder movement and offers increased back coverage • Light bust support - a comfortable elastic underband keeps your bust in place • Boy leg - offers increased coverage • 100% Chlorine resistance for long lasting performance • Quick dry - dries faster after your swim workout Endurance+® 100% Polyester Colour: Black/ Oxid Grey SW3325 34” SW3326 36” SW3327 38” SW3328 40” each.
Giving you everyday style with bold colours and an eye-catching design, features stand out print of Speedo's new Boomstar graphic • Flyback design - offers greater flexibility and freedom of movement, so you can swim in comfort • Light bust support - a comfortable elastic underband keeps your bust in place • 100% Chlorine resistance for long lasting performance • Quick dry - dries faster after a swim workout Endurance+® 100% Polyester Colour: Electric Pink/ Galinda SW3321 34” SW3322 36” SW3323 38” SW3324 40” each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE
26
P 26 Speedo RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:36 Page 1
BOOMSTAR SPLICE FLYBACK
ESSENTIAL LEGSUIT
PRINTED MEDALIST
Endurance+® 100% Polyester Colour: Black Bust Support Leg Height: Legsuit SW2041 34” SW2042 36” SW2043 38” SW2044 40” SW2290 42” each.
For a classic look that never goes out of style this iconic silhouette is for you. Updated for 2020, our popular medalist cuts a clean, modern silhouette. A medium neck, back and leg cut makes this suit comfortable for regular training sessions • Medalist design - aids shoulder movement and flexibility, making this suit ideal for training • 100% Chlorine resistance - for long lasting performance • Quick dry - dries faster after a swim workout Endurance+® 100% Polyester Colour: Black/White SW3330 34” SW3331 36” SW3332 38” SW3333 40” each.
MEDALIST
MEDALIST
MEDALIST
Endurance+® 100% Polyester Colour: Neon Blue Leg Height: Medium †SW2917 32” SW2918 34” SW2919 36” SW2920 38” SW2921 40” each.
Endurance+® 100% Polyester Colour: Black Leg Height: Medium †SW1450 32” SW1451 34” SW1452 36” SW1453 38” SW1454 40” SW1455 42” each.
Endurance+® 100% Polyester Colour: Navy Blue Leg Height: Medium †SW2960 32” SW2961 34” SW2962 36” SW2963 38” SW2964 40” SW2965 42” each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SWIMMING
Timeless black or navy with side panels printed with our new Boomstar print in eye-catching white, pool or pink • Flyback design - offers greater flexibility and freedom of movement, so you can swim in comfort • 100% Chlorine resistance - for long lasting performance • Quick dry - dries faster after a swim workout Endurance+® 100% Polyester Colour: Colour: Colour: Black/Pink Black/White Navy/Pool SW3317 34” SW3309 34” SW3313 34” SW3318 36” SW3310 36” SW3314 36” SW3319 38” SW3311 38” SW3315 38” SW3320 40” SW3312 40” SW3316 40” each. each. each.
P 27 Speedo LH 2020.qxp 28/05/2021 16:21 Page 1
SWIMMING
27
RESALE
ENDURANCE
10 ®
• Great comfort and shape retention, swim after swim • Durable fabric that is resistant to snagging • Now with new Creora® Highclo™ elastane with higher chlorine resistance than standard elastane
2020
• Provides UVA & UVB protection from the sun
DIGITAL PLACEMENT U-BACKS Retro look swimsuit features a print of an idyllic sunrise over a beautiful blue Mediterranean sea and Speedo logo celebrating 90 years of swimwear design • Scoop Neck, U-Back design • Front and Back Lining for improved comfort • Premium Digital print • Higher chlorine resistance than standard swimwear fabrics - fits like new for longer with CREORA® HighClo™ • Shape retention - fabric stretches so you can enjoy your swim without feeling restricted Endurance10® 80% Polyamide 20% Elastane (Creora HighClo) Colour: Black/White/Sky Blue/ Cornwall/Blue Bay/ Powder Blush SW3289 34” SW3290 36” SW3291 38” SW3292 40” each.
PLACEMENT DEEP U-BACK Coupling our iconic heritage with accents of the bold colours you'd find in a beautiful Mediterranean summer this retro look navy and white stripe swimsuit features a rainbow accent • Scoop Neck with Deep U-Back and High Leg for an on-trend fit • Front lining for improved comfort • Higher chlorine resistance than standard swimwear fabrics fits like new for longer with CREORA® HighClo™ • Shape retention - fabric stretches so you can enjoy your swim without feeling restricted Endurance10® 80% Polyamide 20% Elastane (Creora HighClo) Colour: True Navy/White/ Orange Fizz/Mango/ Sky Blue/Blue Bay SW3297 34” SW3298 36” SW3299 38” SW3300 40” each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Features as above this retro look swimsuit features a print of an idyllic Mediterranean sunset to create a style that makes you look as good as the water feels Colour: True Navy/Sky Blue/Lava Red/ Orange Fizz/Mango/ Maroon USA/White SW3293 34” SW3294 36” SW3295 38” SW3296 40” each.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE
28
P 28 Speedo RH 2020.qxp 28/05/2021 16:23 Page 1
2020
Celebrating the iconic Speedo branding this swimsuit in timeless black is printed with our new Boomstar print. With a medium neck and leg cut and modest back opening, the Muscleback design is perfect for regular pool use • Muscleback design - offers flexibility and freedom of movement, so you can swim in comfort • Front and back lining for improved comfort • Higher chlorine resistance than standard swimwear fabrics - fits like new for longer with CREORA® HighClo™ • Shape retention - fabric stretches so you can enjoy a swim without feeling restricted Endurance10® 80% Polyamide 20% Elastane (Creora HighClo) Colour: Colour: Colour: Black/Pink Navy/Pool Black/Grey SW3205 34” SW3305 34” SW3118 34” SW3206 36” SW3306 36” SW3119 36” SW3207 38” SW3307 38” SW3120 38” SW3208 40” SW3308 40” SW3121 40” each. each. each.
SWIMMING
BOOMSTAR ALLOVER MUSCLEBACK
TECH PLACEMENT MEDALIST For a sportier look which still offers feminine charm, this navy suit features our modern hexagonal print in vibrant bright blue. Updated for 2020, our popular medalist cuts a clean, modern silhouette. A medium neck, back and leg cut makes this suit comfortable for regular training sessions. • Medalist design - aids shoulder movement and flexibility, making this suit ideal for training • Higher chlorine resistance than standard swimwear fabrics - fits like new for longer with CREORA® HighClo™ • Shape retention - fabric stretches so you can enjoy your swim without feeling restricted Endurance10® 80% Polyamide 20% Elastane (Creora HighClo) Colour: Navy/Pool SW3301 34” SW3302 36” SW3303 38” SW3304 40” each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 29 Speedo LH 2020.qxp 28/05/2021 16:24 Page 1
SWIMMING
29
RESALE
+
ENDURANCE ®
• Endurance®+ uses a blend of PBT and Polyester fibres which help to provide high chlorine resistance
• Longer lasting fi t through wear and use.
2020
Resists snagging and fading longer than other swim fabrics • Featuring multidirectional stretch fabric for added softness and comfort • Provides UVA & UVB protection from the sun
ESSENTIAL AQUASHORT + ENDURANCE ®
ESSENTIAL JAMMER
Leg Height: 27cm SW2254 32”/80cm SW2255 34”/85cm SW2256 36”/90cm SW2257 38”/95cm SW2258 40”/100cm pair.
Leg Height: 22.5cm SW2817 32”/80cm SW2818 34”/85cm SW2819 36”/90cm SW2820 38”/95cm SW2821 40”/100cm pair.
+ ENDURANCE ®
Colour: Black 100% Chlorine Resistant Quick Drying
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Colour: Black 100% Chlorine Resistant Quick Drying
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE
30
P 30 Speedo RH 2020.qxp 28/05/2021 16:32 Page 1
Blue SW3132 Blue Small SW3133 Blue Medium SW3134 Blue Large SW3135 Blue Extra Large pair.
Red SW2940 Red Small SW648 Red Medium SW649 Red Large SW650 Red Extra Large pair.
Black SW2941 Black Small SW651 Black Medium SW652 Black Large SW653 Black Extra Large pair.
VINTAGE PARADISE WATERSHORTS Inspired by the moment when the sunset meets the water, this tropical leaf print short couples our iconic heritage look with the bold colours you'd find in a beautiful Mediterranean summer • Leg: 16” (40cm) • Concealed press stud waistband with zip fly for a secure and tailored fit • Slim fit with vintage inspired design • Side pockets • Side vents for freedom of movement • Made using 100% polyester - this method of manufacturing recycles post consumer waste plastic into fabric, resulting in less waste versus standard polyester production • Brushed finished for softer hand feel • Mesh inner brief Peached Poly: 100% Recycled Polyester Colour: True Navy/ Mango/Sky Blue SW3334 Small SW3335 Medium SW3336 Large SW3337 X Large pair. Colour: White/ Mango/ Sky Blue SW3338 Small SW3339 Medium SW3340 Large SW3341 X Large pair.
CHECK LEISURE WATERSHORT
Navy SW2939 Navy Small SW576 Navy Medium SW577 Navy Large SW578 Navy Extra Large pair.
Speedo Male Watershorts Size Guide Small 31”-33” 78 - 83cm Large 35”-37” 88 - 93cm Medium 33”-35” 83 - 88cm X Large 37”-39” 93 - 98cm
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Coupling our heritage influence with effortless modernity, this black and grey check short is finished with a vintage style Speedo badge logo • Leg: 16” (40cm) • Tailored front with semi elastic waist • Back pocket • Mesh inner brief • The Polyester fabric in this garment uses an environmentally friendly dying method that results in less water, energy and chemical usage, as well as colour that is more resistant to fading. • Yarn Dyed Check Ecoya Check: 100% Polyester Colour: Black/Oxid Grey/ Charcoal SW3342 Small SW3343 Medium SW3344 Large SW3345 X Large pair.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Leg Height: 16” (40cm) • 100% Quick Drying Nylon • Elasticated Waist • Durable and Water Repellant and Pocket Drainage
SWIMMING
ESSENTIAL WATERSHORT
P 31 Speedo LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 09:01 Page 1
SWIMMING
31
RESALE
SILICONE SWIM CAP PINK
SILICONE SWIM CAP NEON BLUE
Ergonomic 3D Design for improved fit. 100% Silicone
Ergonomic 3D Design for improved fit. 100% Silicone
SW2215 Ecstatic Pink £33.40 12. MOULDED LONGper HAIR
SW876 Neon Blue
£33.40 per 12. MOULDED SILICONE CAPS
SILICONE CAPS
Featuring an ergonomic 3D design silicone caps CAP offer SILICONE SWIM improved WHITE fit and comfort, aErgonomic great choice for leisure 3D Design for swimming improved fit.or regular training 100%Silicone Silicone, durable and •100% long lasting Designed for regular swimming •SW875 White Ergonomic 3D design for •£33.40 per 12. improved fit and comfort • Easy on/off, won’t snag or pull hair CAP Hydrodynamic – helps create a •BUBBLE Classic makesand smoothBubble profiledesign in the water this cap drag ideal for low water reduce Helps protect hair against chlorine •temperatures. 100% Silicone. and other pool chemicals Black of and Sold in packs 12White. of one colour •Assorted SW2215 Purple SW56 Chrome SW2216 £50.40 per 12. SW874 Black SW876 Neon Blue per 12.
Specifically designed for
2020
swimmers with longer hair, extra SILICONE SWIM CAP space allows hair to be tucked BLACK
inside without compromising Ergonomic 3D Design for a smoothfit. fit improved for medium to long hair • IdealSilicone 100% • 100% Silicone, durable and long lasting SW874 Black for regular swimming • Designed £33.40 per 12. • Ergonomic 3D design for improved fit and comfort • Easy on/off, won’t snag or SILICONE SWIM CAP pull hair CHROME • Hydrodynamic – helps create a Ergonomic 3D Design smooth profile in the for water improved fit. drag and reduce 100% protect hair against chlorine • HelpsSilicone and other pool chemicals SW2216 packs of 12 of one colour • Sold in Chrome £33.40 per 12. SW3136 Pink SW3141 Black per 12.
LONG HAIR CAP JUNIOR MOULDED ASSORTED COLOURS SILICONE CAPS
Ergonomic Design for size Features as3D above in junior improved fit. SW3137 Black 100% Silicone SW3138 Navy per 12. SW2948 £44.10 per 12.
BIOFUSE AQUATIC EAR PLUG Earplug featuring Speedo Biofuse technology for maximum comfort and fit • Ergonomic design aids easy insertion and removal • Multiple flange construction creates improved seal • Reusable case FLANGE: TPR CORE: PP
Universal nose clip • Available in a wide range of colours • Memory plastic frame for optimum fit • Soft Silicone pads for maximum comfort • Reusable case FRAME: Nylon PAD: Silicone
SW1248 pair.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
NOSE CLIP ASSORTED VARIOUS COLOURS
SW1199 each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SWIMMING
RESALE
32
P 32 Speedo RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 09:18 Page 1
GLIDE JUNIOR SCUBA SET
Self adjusting heal strap, great for juniors.Soft moulded rubber foot pocket. TPR mask seal with hypoallergenic silicone strap. LENS: Polycarbonate SEAL: TPR STRAP: TPR SW1363 Small (31-33) SW1364 Medium (33-36) SW1365 Large (36-38) each.
Ideal for swimming pool use. Angled for excellent vision. LENS: PC SEAL: TPR STRAP: STPR MOUTHPIECE: TPR Adjustable Side Clips. Sliding Strap Clip Caged purge valve for effective quick cleaning. SW2599 each.
Colour may vary
PVA SPORTS TOWEL Soft, super-absorbent, quick drying material. Compact and lightweight. Easy to store and ideal for poolside or gym use. 40cm x 30cm. PVA Foam. SW922 Pink SW3085 Blue each.
GLIDE JUNIOR MASK & SNORKEL SET
Ideal for swimming pool use. Angled for excellent vision. LENS: PC SEAL: TPR STRAP: STPR MOUTHPIECE: TPR Adjustable Side Clips. Sliding Strap Clip Caged purge valve for effective quick cleaning. SW2947 each. Colour may vary
SPEEDO MESH BAG
COLOUR: Black. • 35-litre capacity • 100% Polyester • Mesh allows for drainage and ventilation SW3142 each.
SPEEDO BORDER TOWEL Soft and durable cotton towel with Speedo woven border design. 70cm x 140cm. 100% cotton. Colour: True Navy/Bondi Blue SW2076 each.
WATER BOTTLE 800ml
Water bottle ideal for training. Extra wide neck for easy filling and cleaning. BOTTLE: LDPE TOP: PP/TPR Rubberised side sections for increased grip when wet. SW920 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
GLIDE MASK & SNORKEL SET
P 33 Speedo LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 09:33 Page 1
2020
SWIMMING
33
RESALE
AQUA BELT
Designed for buoyancy, support and stability. Promotes efficient aquagym training. Adjustable buoyancy levels. Will fit Minimum Waist of 56cm to Maximum 145cm. EVA Nylon Belt SW2326 each.
KICKBOARDS
Designed to target and tone the lower body, improves leg strength and kick technique. Grip holes increase grip and allow different positions when training. Contoured for extra comfort. EVA
AQUA MITTS
SW2324 each. 400 x 280 x 35mm
SW1486 Medium SW1497 Large pair.
Designed to increase resistance in water and improve upper body strength. Durable Neoprene Webbed Gloves for aquatic resistance training. Low impact upper body workout mitts minimise loading on joints. Neoprene
HYDRO DISCS
Designed for multi-directional aquatic resistance training and to increase upper body strength and endurance. Ergonomic design for maximum grip and comfort. EVA SW2323 pair.
AQUA DUMBBELLS
Designed for aquatic resistance training and to increase upper body strength and endurance. Soft padded grips for comfort. EVA with Plastic Tubing SW2327 pair. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
BIOFUSE POWER PADDLES
CENTRE SNORKEL
Biofuse technology ensures maximum comfort and fit, designed to improve your upper body’s fitness, enhancing your speed in the water • Power Paddles encourage high elbows and proper hand entry into the water, making stroke technique more efficient, helping conserve energy - crucial for long distance swimming • Increased paddle surface area helps catch more water, improving strength and endurance • Medium size only SW3221 pair.
STRAP: Silicone MOUTH PIECE: Silicone
BIOFUSE TRAINING FIN
Engineered to increase speed through the water, improves leg strength and ankle flexibility.100% Silicone construction for excellent comfort. Dual density design, offering stiff blade and soft comfortable foot pocket. FIN: Silicone SW2328 35/36 SW2329 37/38 SW2330 39/41 SW2331 42/43 SW2332 44/46 pair.
Allows swimmers to focus on improving body alignment, stroke and kick technique. Suitable for use with mask or goggle. Flexible mouth piece with purge valve. SpeedFIT head strap
SW2608 each.
2020
SWIMMING
RESALE
34
P 34 Speedo RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 09:37 Page 1
PULLBUOY
Engineered to isolate the upper body, improves strength and technique. Designed to aiddevelopment of upper body technique. Improved comfort and rounded design. EVA SW1141 each.
PULLKICK
PADDLE: PP STRAP: Silicone
Pullkick doubles up as a pullbuoy and kickboard, to get the most from your workout Leg strength - allows you to build up leg muscle and strength, by forcing your lower body to do all of the hard work. Arm strength - use with any stroke to isolate muscles in your upper body, forcing them to do the work of propulsion, increasing arm and shoulder strength. Endurance - increasing buoyancy keeps your body in a better position even as you get tired, so it’s easier to swim for longer. • Engineered for optimum buoyancy • Space saving design doubles as a pullbuoy and kickboard • Engineered for comfort Composition: EVA
SW1247 pair.
SW3364 each.
TECH PADDLE
Engineered to promote optimum hand position in water and improve stroke technique. Hydrodynamic design for optimum contact with water. Unique air foil shape to improve hand lift motion. Flow holes improve aquatic sensitivity.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 35 Speedo LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 09:44 Page 1
SWIMMING
35
RESALE
Adult JET GOGGLES ASSORTED
Entry level active goggle with hypoallergenic seal and strap. Double head strap provides secure fit when training. Adjustable nose bridge to fit a range of face shapes. LENS: PC SEAL: Silicone STRAP: Silicone • Antifog • UV Protection SW2616 per 12 pairs.
2020
Note: Colour assortment may vary
FUTURA PLUS
Original multi purpose SoftFrame goggle with a TPR frame. Patented SoftFrame technology. LENS: CP SEAL: TPR FRAME: TPR STRAP: Silicone • AntiFog Ultra impregnated lens for excellent clarity. • Split head strap for a secure fit. UV Protection. Clear/Blue SW708 pair.
U N TI
ED
N O C
S I D
Worn by millions of swimmers worldwide designed with Speedo Biofuse technology using supersoft, gel-like materials.
FUTURA BIOFUSE ASSORTED
HYDROPULSE Great for all round swimmers, the brand new Hydropulse
FUTURA ONE goggle offers excellent comfort for everyday swimming Wide Vision lenses for enhanced peripheral vision • • Super soft seals for a comfortable and cushioned fit • Double silicone head strap for a secure fit and easy adjustment • Blue lenses reduce glare in bright conditions. Suitable for indoor & outdoor swimming
• Anti fog coated lens with
100% UV Protection Lens: PC Seal: TPE Frame: TPE Strap: Silicone Entry level soft frame goggle with TPR frame and easy adjustment. Pool Blue/Clear/Blue LENS: PC SW3353 SEAL: TPR Grey/Smoke STRAP: SW3354 Liquid Silicone Antifog. UV Protection pair. SW2711 Clear/Smoke SW2712 Clear/Blue SW2713 Clear/Clear £6.56 pair.
FUTURA CLASSIC
• Ideal for regular swim sessions • Flexible frame with super soft seals • Wide vision lens,
• Soft frame construction for added comfort • Wide seals and strap for great comfort and fit • Easy to adjust side clips for quick and secure fit • Anti fog coated lens with 100% UV protection
anti fog coated with UV protection LENS: PC SEAL: TPE STRAP: SILICONE SW3064 per 12 pairs.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
LENS: PC SEAL: TPR STRAP: Silicone Clear/Clear SW3139 Clear/Blue SW3058 Red/Smoke SW3059 pair.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE
SWIMMING
Junior
36
P 36 Speedo RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 10:15 Page 1
JET JUNIOR GOGGLE
Entry level active goggle with hypoallergenic seal and strap. Adjustable nose bridge to fit a range of face shapes. LENS: PC SEAL: Silicone STRAP: Silicone Antifog UV Protection 6 - 14yrs SW2710 Assorted. per 12 pairs.
FUTURA PLUS JUNIOR
FUTURA CLASSIC JUNIOR
Original multi purpose SoftFrame goggle with a TPR frame. Patented SoftFrame technology. LENS: CP SEAL: TPR FRAME: TPR STRAP: Silicone AntiFog UV Protection Ultra impregnated lens for excellent clarity. Split head strap or a secure fit. 6 - 14yrs
Soft frame – added comfort Easy adjust straps Anti fog coated lens UV protection Entry frame LENS:level CA soft SEAL: SEBS STRAP: Silicone goggle with TPR frame and easy adjustment.LENS SW3063 Clear/Blue STRAP: Silicone SW3140 Liquid Red/Clear Antifog. Protection SW3143UV Pink/Violet SW2708 Assorted pair. £77.14 per 14 pairs.
HYDROPULSE JUNIOR
FUTURA BIOFUSE JUNIOR ASSORTED
Perfect for young swimmers with a growing love of the pool, the brand new Hydropulse Junior goggle offers excellent comfort • Wide Vision lenses for enhanced peripheral vision • Super soft seals for a comfortable and cushioned fit • Double silicone head strap for secure fit and easy adjustment • Blue lenses reduce glare in bright conditions • Suitable for indoor/outdoor swimming • Anti fog coated lens with 100% UV Protection LENS: PC SEAL: TPE FRAME: TPE STRAP: Silicone
Junior version of the worldwide popular goggle featuring Speedo Biofuse technology • Ideal for regular swim sessions • Flexible frame with super soft seals • Wide vision lens, anti-fog coated with UV protection • Assorted three colourways LENS: PC SEAL: TPE STRAP: SILICONE SW3357 per 12 pairs.
SW710 Violet/Spearmint SW3210 Peppermint/Lime SW3211 Grey/Red pair.
Deep Plum/Clear/ Light Blue SW3355 pair.
Pool Blue/Chilli Blue/ Light Smoke SW3356 pair.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Note: Colour assortment may vary
P 37 Speedo LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 10:17 Page 1
2020
SWIMMING
37
RESALE
Girls PRINTED MEDALIST For a classic look that never goes out of style this iconic silhouette is for perfect for regular young swimmers. Updated for 2020 our popular medalist is a sleek and modern silhouette design. Let them brighten up the pool in this retro look navy and white striped style • Medalist design - aids shoulder movement and flexibility, making this suit ideal for training • 100% Chlorine resistance - for long lasting performance • Quick Dry - dries faster after your swim workout Endurance®+ 100% Polyester Colour: True Navy / White †SW3346 26” 8yrs / 26” / 65cm †SW3347 28” 10yrs / 28” / 70cm †SW3348 30” 12yrs / 30” / 75cm each.
MEDALIST Colour: Black †SW2053 8yrs / 26” / 65cm †SW2054 10yrs / 28” / 70cm †SW2055 12yrs / 30” / 75cm each. Colour: Navy †SW3126 8yrs / 26” / 65cm †SW3127 10yrs / 28” / 70cm †SW3128 12yrs / 30” / 75cm each. Colour: Pink †SW3129 8yrs / 26” / 65cm †SW3130 10yrs / 28” / 70cm †SW3131 12yrs / 30” / 75cm each.
Black
Navy
Pink
BOOM ALLOVER SPLASHBACK
• Great comfort and shape retention, swim after swim • Durable fabric that is resistant to snagging • Now with new Creora® Highclo™ elastane with higher chlorine resistance than standard elastane
• Provides UVA & UVB protection from the sun
Colour: Pink/Black †SW3052 8yrs / 26” / 65cm †SW3053 10yrs / 28” / 70cm †SW3054 12yrs / 30” / 75cm each.
Links...
Womens swimwear... See Page 25-28 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Boys
SWIMMING
RESALE
38
P 38 Speedo RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:37 Page 1
For kids who love to be in and around the water, these watershorts in bright blue offer a playful reliable style, featuring a modern plastisol version of Speedo's famous stack logo wet • Adjustable Fit - elasticated waistband with external drawcord for security and comfort • A side pocket drainage system ensures they stay comfortable, even when wet, whilst a drawstring waist provides extra comfort and security. • Mesh Inner - provides comfort and modesty • Lightweight fabric - for a comfortable fit • Eco fabric - made from 100% recycled nylon 100% Recycled Nylon Leg Height: 15”/38cm
ESSENTIAL JAMMER BLACK Leg Height: 39cm †SW3055 26”/65cm/8yrs †SW3056 28”/70cm/10yrs †SW3057 30”/75cm/12yrs pair.
Colour: Navy †SW2131 Medium 26”/65cm/8-9yrs †SW1464 Large 28”/70cm/10-11yrs †SW1465 X Large 30”/75cm/12-13yrs SW1466 XX Large 32”/80cm/13-14yrs pair.
ESSENTIAL SHORT BLACK Leg Height: 22.5cm
Colour: Bondi Blue †SW3349 Medium 26”/65cm/8-9yrs †SW3350 Large 28”/70cm/10-11yrs †SW3351 X Large 30”/75cm/12-13yrs SW3352 XX Large 32”/80cm/13-14yrs pair.
†SW2059 26”/65cm/8yrs †SW2060 28”/70cm/10yrs †SW2061 30”/75cm/12yrs pair.
Links...
Mens swimwear... See Page 29-30
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
ESSENTIAL WATER SHORT
P 39 Speedo LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 10:49 Page 1
SWIMMING
39
RESALE
• Great comfort and shape retention, swim after swim • Durable fabric that is resistant to snagging • Now with new Creora® Highclo™ elastane with higher chlorine resistance than standard elastane
2020
• Provides UVA & UVB protection from the sun
KOKO KOALA DIGITAL PLACEMENT
TOMMY TURTLE DIGITAL PLACEMENT
Leg Height: Medium †SW2135 2 yrs †SW2136 3 yrs †SW2137 4 yrs †SW2601 5 yrs each.
Leg Height: Medium †SW2132 2 yrs †SW2133 3 yrs †SW2134 4 yrs †SW2602 5 yrs each.
TOMMY TURTLE AQUASHORT
COREY CROC ALLOVER WATERSHORT
100% Nylon - Quick Drying Elasticated Waist Pocket Drainage Durable and Water Repellent
†SW2065 2 yrs †SW2066 3 yrs †SW2067 4 yrs †SW2600 5 yrs pair.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
†SW2138 1-2 yrs †SW2139 3-4 yrs †SW2140 5-6 yrs pair.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE
40
P 40 Speedo RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:37 Page 1
SWIMMING
SPOT GOGGLE ASSORTED
2020
Fun Junior Goggle now with Antifog. Adjustable nosebridge for a range of face shapes. LENS: PC SEAL: Silicone STRAP: Silicone SpeedFIT backclip for easy adjustment. AntiFog UV Protection 2-6 yrs SW2313 per 12.
CROC & KOALA PRINTED FLOAT VESTS Make a splash with our Corey Croc and Koko Koala..! Float Vests with foam inserts for buoyancy give learners a new sense of independence and the buoyancy they need to start kicking and using their arms • A Swim Vest with foam inserts for buoyancy • Colourful designs with fun crocodile and koala characters • Children must be under supervision when using this product • Manufactured to Australian and European safety standards Composition: Polyester †SW3365 Croc 2-4 years †SW3366 Koala 2-4 years †SW3367 Croc 4-6 years †SW3368 Koala 4-6 years each.
TURTLE PRINTED FLOAT An essential training aid for every swimmer, a float is a great way for children to practice kicking, get used to the right position and practice their breathing • Grip points • Colourful designs with fun turtle characters • Free from PVC • Manufactured to Australian and European safety standards Composition: EVA SW3358 each.
SQUIRTY TOYS SET
Learn to Swim Stage 1 product. Ideal for the baby pool. Fun characters that squirt water. Low phthalate PVC SW2607 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
WATERBALLS
Learn to Swim Stage 3 product. Play with these toys in the bath or take them to the pool. Great to introduce splashing and interacting with the water. Pique knit, PU stuffing. SW2296 set of 3.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 41 Speedo LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 11:08 Page 1
SWIMMING
41
RESALE
Everything you need to take your baby to the pool.
Ever yth hing you need to gett your child sw wimming.
2020
Dive in and develop your technique.
TURTLE SWIM SEAT
Kick off their swimming pool adventures with the safe and stable Swim Seat • High quality PVC with safety valves • Children must be under supervision when using this product • Manufactured to Australian and European safety standards Composition: PVC 0 – 12 months, up to 11kg max SW3359 each.
SEA SQUAD SWIM SEAT
Learn to Swim Stage 1 product. Ideal product to introduce a child to water, now in Fun Sea Squad Colours Low phthalate PVC. No Latex 12 - 24 months - 15kg max SW2605 Blue, SW2606 Pink each.
SWIM SEAT
SEA SQUAD MASK
Learn to Swim Stage 1 product. Ideal product to introduce a child to water. Low phthalate PVC No Latex
Speedo BioFuse technology for Superior comfort and fit. Soft neoprene Strap with SpeedFIT for easy adjustment. LENS: CP SEAL: TPR STRAP: Neoprene Antifog UV Protection 2-6 yrs SW2672 Clear/Blue SW2673 Clear/Pink each.
SW2295 0 - 1 yrs SW2174 1 - 2 yrs each.
CROC & KOALA PRINTED ARMBANDS Make a mighty splash with our Corey Croc and Koko Koala printed armbands! • For ages 2 - 6 years, up to 25kg max • High quality PVC with safety valves • Children must be under supervision when using these products Composition: TPU Corey Croc SW3361, Koko Koala SW3362 pair. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CROC & KOALA PRINTED FLOAT VESTS
2020
Make a mighty splash with our Corey Croc & Koko Koala..! Float Vests with foam inserts for buoyancy give learners a new sense of independence and the buoyancy they need to start kicking and using their arms • A Swim Vest with foam inserts for buoyancy • Colourful designs with fun crocodile and koala characters • Children must be under supervision when using this product • Manufactured to Australian and European safety standards Composition: Polyester †SW3365 Croc 2-4 years †SW3367 Croc 4-6 years each.
SWIMMING
RESALE
42
P 42 Speedo RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 11:09 Page 1
†SW3366 Koala 2-4 years †SW3368 Koala 4-6 years each.
SPINNING DIVE TOYS • Learn to Swim stage 3 product • These Sea Squad spinning dive toys spin as they sink
• Throw them in and dive down to collect them
• Comes with Mesh storage pouch
SW2716 set of 4.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 43 Swim LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 12:08 Page 1
SWIMMING
43
RESALE
Cottesloe Powerback - Black
One colour suit with inbuilt shelf bra for simple yet effective support. Timeless classic style for many hours in the pool. Great support from a shelf bra Medium cut leg
Lifetime Guarantee SW3152 34”/10 SW3153 36”/12 3 40”/16 SW3154 38”/14 SW3155 4
2020
Coogee Sonicback
This chlorine resistant one colour suit with Sonicback straps gives a sporty style suitable swimmer. Great support from m a shelf bra Medium cut leg
SW2151 34”/10 SW2152 36”/12 3 SW2153 38”/14 SW2154 4 40”/16 SW2155 42”/18
Penrith 17” Shorts
Zoggs soft, tough an nd long lasting DurafeelTM fabric.. Elasticated waist w 17” leg length h SW2454 Navy Small SW2456 Navy Large SW2458 Red Small SW2460 Red Large SW2462 Black Small SW2464 Black Large e
SW2455 Navy Medium SW2457 Navy Extra Large SW2459 Red Medium SW2461 Red Extra Large SW2463 Black Medium SW2465 Black Extra Large
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Penrith 15” Shorts
Bellambie Actionback
Offering a relaxed and feature an elasticated draw wstring waist, handy pockets and a mesh lining. Perfect for holidays and swimming lessons alike. M Made from soft, tough and long lasting DurafeelTM fabric, lasting over o 750 pool hours.
Made for girls aged up to 5 years, years this swimsuit offers fantastic freedom of movement. Made e from our super soft, quick drying an nd chlorine resistant Elastomax™ ™ fabric, lasting up to 120 hours of p pool swimming.
†SW2878 22” †SW2880 24”
15” leg length
Raby Watershorts Featuring an elastica ated waist and mesh lining for added ed comfort and our super soft chlorine ine resistant Durafeel™ fabric, lasting sting over 750 hours of pool swimming. ming.
†SW3164 20”/3 †SW W3165 21”/4 †SW3166 21”/5
†SW2466 Blue Small †SW2467 Blue Medium †SW2468 Blue Large †SW2469 Blue Extra Large e
†SW3223 Navy Small †SW3224 Navy Medium †SW3225 Navy Large †SW3226Navy Extra Large
Cottesloe Sportsback Open back and crossoverr straps so they have total freedom m of movement in the water, a great g suit for lessons or compettitive swimming. Made from ourr 100% chlorine proof Aqualast™ fabric with a lifetime guarantee, guarantee which w is durable, resistant to snagg ging and offers excellent shape rete ention.
Lifetime Guarantee
Bramble Hip Racer Featuring short leg giving unrestricted freedom m of movementt in the water, Made from rom ElastomaxxTM fabric this hip racer is perfect for both lessons & swimming g fun!
†SW2754 20”/3 †SW W2755 21”/4
Junior Ear Ban nd Comfortable Duraprene rene eTM construction with Ve elcro o Reversible colours.
†SW2874 26”/ 6 - 7 †SW2875 28”/ 8 - 9 †SW2876 30”/ 10 - 11 †SW2877 32”/ 12 - 13
SW2967 Blue/Orange pack of 6
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
†SW2986 Jade Small †SW2987 Jade Medium †SW2988 Jade Large †SW2989 Jade Extra Large e
Elasticated waist
†SW W2879 23”
SWIMMING
RESALE
44
P 44 Swim RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 12:13 Page 1
P 45 Swim LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 12:58 Page 1
SWIMMING
45
RESALE
1800 º
PERIPH HERAL VISIO ON
2020
CONTOURS
TO THE SHAPE PE OF YO YOUR FA ACE
Phantom 2.0 with dyyynamic new frame styling y g contours to o the shape p of your face. Curved d Lens Technology Technology aids 180 degree vision v and our Soft-SealTM gasket, makes m this our most comfortable gog ggle yet! SW3227 Blue/Grey/C Copper SW3229 Clear/Blue/T Tint 6
All p purp pose traditio onal style y g goggles gg with adjustable j nosebridge, osebridge, g , low TMM Anti-Fog lenses. Soft-SealTM slide adjust strap. SW3231 Clear/Blue e/Clear SW3232 Grey/Grey/Clear per 6
SW3228 Black/Red/Smoke e
Otter Bondi One piece frame witth a silicone strap for comfort and du urability. Tinted & Fogbuster™ ™Anti-Fog lenses offer protection against the sun and bright indoor light, alongside exceptional moisture control. c SW3167 Blue/White/T Tint per 6
SW3230 Black/Lime/Smokke
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Traditional style go goggle oggle complete with silicone strap for or comfort and
nose piece. SW3234 Aqua/White/Tint p 12 per
Fitness
Sports
SW3233 Black/Lime/Smoke e
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SWIMMING
RESALE
46
P 46 Swim RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 13:01 Page 1
Ripper Junior
These goggles have e an adjustable nose bridge and silicone cone head strap, along with tinted len nses with maximum UV protection and nd FogbusterTM Anti-Fog, making them em perfect for swimming lessons ass well as indoor and outdoor swimm ming!
Phantom 2.0 Juniorr Phantom 2.0 with dynamic c new frame styling contours to the shape s of your face. Curved Lens T Technology echnology aids 180 degree vision an and d our SoftSealTM gasket, makes this our most comfortable goggle yet!
SW2475 Blue/Red/Tint
SW2662 Pink/Purple/Tint
2020
SW3235 Blue/Orange/Clea ar SW3236 Purple/Blue/Clear per 6
Sea Demon Junior
Bondi Junior
Fun hologram lenses with Reptile eyes. The holograms won’t distort vision and these Soft-SealTM fram med goggles also offer maximum UV V protection and FogbusterTM Anti-Fog lenses for fuss-free swimming.
Soft silicone frame fo or a comfortable seal. The Anti-Fog lenses maintain clear vision underwa ater with a quick adjust fastening system stem for ease of use.
SW2970 Pink per 6
SW2969 Blue
SW3238 Purple/Oran nge/Pink/Clear SW3237 Green/Blue/Y e/Y Yellow/T ellow/Tint per 6
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 47 Swim LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 13:11 Page 1
SWIMMING
47
RESALE
Phantom Kids s Mask Assorted One size 3-, %% ' -.+ , + ) +")! + % /","(' & 1"&.& )+(- -"(' ( .,- +TM '-" ( ' !2)( %% + '" ( - %TM + & 0!" ! &(.% , -( -! ('-(.+, ( -! "/"' .,-(&", 3- -( 2(.' ,0"&& +, SW3245 %. % + ) +
SW3247 + ' %. "'- SW W3246 .+)% %. % +
Little Ripper
Little Bondi
.+ "--% ")) + ( % , + ) + - (+ -(-, % +'"' -( ,0"& ! , ( % , ! / ' #.,- % '(, +" ' ,"%" (' ! ,-+ ) %(' 0"-! -"'- % ', , 0"-! & 1"&.& )+(- -"(' & $"' -! & ) + - (+ ,0"&&"' % ,,(', , 0 %% , "' ((+ ' (.- ((+ ,0"&&"'
++ "-"(' %%2 ,-2% (' )" + & 0"-! ,"%" (' ,-+ ) (+ (& (+- ' .+ "%"-2 "-! ( .,- +TM '-" ( % ', , (+ 1 )-"(' % &(",-.+ ('-+(% ' & 1"&.& )+(- -"(' SW3242 %. + ' % + SW3241 %. %%(0 "'$ % +
2020
SW3212 *. %. "'- SW3213 "'$ .+)% % + ) +
Strap
With Easy
A
st dju
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE
48
P 48 Swim RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 13:37 Page 1
SWIMMING
2 %%#11 -$ 5 5''+ + # #4##**--.ƣ, ƣ,22
Products that P hat introduce introduc troduce your child to water the fun & enjoyable way y
Zoggy Soakerrs Use the animaO FKDUDFWHUV DV VSODVKHUV WR HQFRXUDJH FRQÀGHQFH DQG IHHO RI ZDWHU IRDP FKDUDFWHUV LGHDO IRU FUHDWLQJ IXQ 6RIW IDEULF FRQVWUXFWLRQ DQG TXLFN GU\LQJ 6XLWDEOH IRU DJHV PRQWKV SW1759 per 6
2020
At Zoggs we believe that kids should be introduced to water as early as possible to promote mote FRQÀGHQFH DQG ZHOOEHLQJ 7KDW·V ZK\ RXU ZDWHU FRQÀGHQFH SURGXFWV DUH GHVLJQHG DQG FDWHJRULVHG WR VXLW D SDUWLFXODU GHYHORSPHQW VWDJH $OO RI RXU SDFNDJLQJ LQGLFDWHV WKH UHOHYDQW VWDJH WR KHOS SDUHQWV GHFLGH RQ WKH ULJKW SURGXFWV IRU WKHLU FKLOG
D E U
N I T
N O C
ea t rS
i,e a r T Zoggs
S I D
SW3019
SW3020
Finding Dory Soakers S
Trrainer Seat
$JH PRQWKV 'XUDEOH VDIHW\ DLU FKDPEHUV VHSDUDWH QRQ UHWXUQ VDIHW\ YDOYHV 3LOORZ EDFN IRU FRPIRUW VWDEOH VHFXUH VHDW IRU FRQÀGHQFH SW2168 2UDQJH *UHHQ PRQWKV SW2169 2UDQJH *UHHQ PRQWKV per 4 Note: minimum order 4 per size
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
=RJJV IXQ FRORXUIXO VRDNHUV JUHDW IRU LQWURGXFLQJ OLWWOH RQHV WR ZDWHU 6RIW WR WKH WRXFK DQG LGHDO IRU OLWWOH RQHV &DQ EH XVHG DV VSODVKHV RU WR VTXHH]H RXW ZDWHU 6XLWDEOH IRU SOD\ DW WKH SRRO RU HYHQ LQ WKH EDWK 6XLWDEOH IRU DJHV PRQWKV Nemo and Hank Doory and Destiny SW W3020 SW3019 per set pe er set
X
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 49 Swim LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 15:00 Page 1
49
RESALE Flo oat Discs
SWIMMING
Age: 2-6 years (up to 25kg) 'XU X DEOH SXQFWXUH IUHH DQG HDV\ WR ÀW 6HW RI UHPRYDEOH IRDP GLVFV WR KHOS EXLOG FRQÀGHQFH 8VH WZR GLVF V V SHU DUP UHPRYH RQH GLVF DW D WLPH DV FRQÀGHQFH inc cre eases. SW W2758 per set
Pro Produc Products rod rodu od c s that develop th ir swimming their imming ability & water t confidence o fidence ffiden ence 3-in-1 Jet e Pack et a Swim Bands Arm bandV KDW FDQ EH SXW RQ ZLWK HDVH HYHQ ZKHQ LQÁDWHG Heavy duty VyluxTM. Dual air chambers in each arm band d, each with separate non-return n safety valves. SW3248 Zoggy Oran nge 1 - 6 years (up to 25kg) per 6
Age: 2-6 years ((u up p to 25kg) g) LQ ÁRDW V\VWHP ZLWK VWUDS EXFNOH PHFKDQLVP 2SWLRQ WR XVH DV &RPSOHWH EDFN ÁRD R W %DFN ÁRDW DQG NLFNERDUG 3) Kickboard d
2020
SW3168 each
3- i n -1 Jet Pack
Seal Flips Colour: Orange/Gree en Age: 1-3, 3-6, 6-12 years y Flat contoured under arm gusset for comfort. Heavy dutyy VyluxTM. Tw wo air chambers in each arm band, each with non-returrn safety valves.
Set of 5 SeDO )OLSV HQFRXUDJHV DQG EXLOGV FRQÀGHQFH LQ WKH ZDWHU %ORZ DQG PDNH WKH VHDO KHDG IOLS SW216 67 per 5
SW2374 1 - 3 years up u to 15kg SW2375 3 - 6 years up u to 25kg 25k SW2376 6 - 12 years up to 50kg per 6 p
Zoggy Back Float Ag ge: 2-6 years 5HPRYDEOH OD\HUV WR KHOS EXLOG FRQÀGHQFH 5HPRYH RQH OD\HU DW D WLPH DV FRQÀGHQFH increases. Double le action safety buckle. e e. SW W2377 each
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Aqua Ball 6RIW QHRSUHQH EDOO FP FLUFXPIHUHQFH LQ RUDQJH DQG EOXH VWDU D graphic all over prin nt. SW2670 each h
SWIMMING
RESALE
50
P 50 Swim RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 15:28 Page 1
Swim Jacket Offering complete freedom of mov WR GHYHORS D QDWXUDO VZLPPLQJ SRVLWLRQ 3XQFWXUH SURRI ÁRDWV DUH EXLOW LQWR WKH À[HG EXR\DQF\ MDFNHW 1HRSUHQH †SW2982 \HDUV *UHHQ †SW2983 \HDUV *UHHQ † † e
)L[HG EXR\DQF\ \HDUV _ NJ
Dive Balls
SW W2668 for 2
Zoggy
g
(QFRXUDJHV DQG EXLOG FRQÀGHQFH LQ WKH ZDWHU 6HW RI VRIW ÁH[LEOH FRQVWUXFWLRQ IRU VDIHW\ 6XLWDEOH IRU DJHV SW2666 per 3
Splash Balls [ · VRIW OLJKWZHLJKW QHRSUHQH EDOOV LQ RUDQJH DQG EOXH VWDU graphic all over prin nt. SW2667 for 3
Zoggy Dive Sticks (QFRXUDJHV DQG EXLOGV FRQÀGHQFH LQ ZDWHU 'LYH WR ÀQG WKH VHW RI =RJJ\ VHDO VWLFNV 6RIW ÁH[LEOH 39& FRQVWUXFWLRQ IRU VDIHW\ 6XLWDEOH IRU DJHV
Pro oduc oducts u to build their skills llss in & under water throug through h fu un & competition
SW1756 per 3
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
[ FP GLDPHWHU QHRSUHQH VLQNLQJ EDOOV ZLWK WDLOV LQ RUDQJH DQG EOXH star graphic all over print.
P 51 Swim LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 15:32 Page 1
51
RESALE
SWIMMING
SUPERMAN N COLLECTION
Superman S nH Hologram l Goggle Age: Up to o 14 years
Zoggs Superman Character One Piece Goggles, featu ure blue tinted lenses designed to offer medium protection against ainst the sun and bright indoor light creating the perfect indoor lens. s. Offering Fogbuster™Anti-F Fog and UV protection, juniors can enjoy njoy fuss-free swimming with exxceptional underwater clarity.
Featuring fun hologram lenses with Superman Logo. go. The hologram ms won’t distort their vision and these e goggles also offer maximum m UV protection and Fogbuster™ Anti-F nti-Fog lenses for fuss-free swim mming. The Soft-Seal™ hypo-allergen nic frame moulds
SW3169 per 6
SW3249 per 6
2020
Superman Ch haracter Goggles Age: 6-14 6 14 yea ars
Superman n Junior Silicone Swim Cap p Age: Up to o 14 years
Superman D Diive To Toy y Suitable for 3 years + Our S
SW3250 per 6
Bring out theirr inner superhero with our Superman n Silicone Cap designed for children c aged up to 14 years-old. This is swim cap inner surface for a fuss-free swim. SW3170 per 6
Supe erman J 35cm m x 26.5c Designed to dev p y ung competent swimmers, ourr Superman Kickboard is a fantastic tool for improving kick te echnique and d building strength. Designed for children aged 3-14 years, perfect for ge etting children excite ed about imprroving their technique. SW31772 each
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SUPE ERMAN C COLLECTION
SWIMMING
RESALE
52
P 52 Swim RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 15:34 Page 1
Superman Armba ands Age 2-6 years (up to 25kg) Our Superman Armband dV DUH WKH SHUIHFW OHDUQ WR VZLP DLG GHVLJQHG IRU FKLOGUHQ DJHG \HDUV 7KHVH WZR WRQH DUPEDQGV IHDWXUH D 6XSHUPDQ PRWLI DQG DUH PDGH IURP GXUDEOH 9\OX[ IRU VDIHW\ 7KHVH DUPEDQGV DOVR IHDWXUH GXDO DLU FKDPEHUV DQG (DV\ ,QÁDWH YDOYHV IRU HDVH ZKHQ LQIODWLQJ DQG GHIODWLQJ
2020
SW3171 per 6
Superman Soa aker Suitable for 3 mont m
Our SupermDQ 6SODVK %DOOV DUH D IDQWDVWLF ZD\ WR EXLOG FRQÀGHQFH LQ WKH ZDWHU .LGV FDQ UDFH WKHLU IULHQGV WR UHWULHYH WKHP ÀUVW )RU OLWWOH RQHV DERXW WR YLVLW WKH SRRO IRU WKH ÀUVW WLPH LQWURGXFH WKH splash ball to bath time so that when they go swimming theyy have familiar toys around them m.
Our Superman 6RDNHU LV GHVLJQHG WR HQFRXUDJH FRQÀGHQFH DQG WR KHOS OLWWOH RQHV JHW XVHG WR WKH IHHO RI ZDWHU SDUWLFXODUO\ RQ WKHLU face and arms. Startt off by using them at bath time so that hat when \RXU EDE\ JRHV VZLPPLQJ IRU WKH ÀUVW WLPH WKH\ KDYH D IDPLOLDU WR\ with them.
SW3173 per 6
SW3251 per 6
DE
TAI L
Superman Splash h Balll 3.5” neoprene covvered ball
PANEL P
Superman Splash hems Suitable for 3 yearss +
Superman Dive e Ball(s) Neoprene cove ered ball with streamer
RI N
T
Our 6SODVKHPV DUH GHVLJQHG WR HQFRXUDJH FRQÀGHQFH DQG JHW OLWWOH RQHV XVHG WR WKH IHHO RI ZDWHU SDUWLFXODUO\ RQ WKHLU IDFH DQG arms. Squeeze the charracter to squirt water!
Our Superman DiYH %DOO LV JUHDW IRU EXLOGLQJ FRQÀGHQFH LQ WKH ZDWHU GLYH WR UHWULHYH LW IURP WKH ERWWRP RI WKH SRRO 7KLV LV DQ LGHDO JDPH IRU FKLOGUHQ DQG DGXOWV WR SOD\ WRJHWKHU \RX FDQ UDFH WR VHH ZKR FDQ JUDE WKHP ÀUVW <RX FDQ HYHQ PL[ DQG PDWFK FKDUDFWHUV DQG partner your Superman man Dive Ball with Batman or Wonder er Woman.
SW3252 per 6
SW3174 per 6
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 53 Swim LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 15:36 Page 1
53
RESALE
SWIMMING
BA ATTMAN COLLE C CTION T
Batman Ho ologram Goggle Age: Up to 14 years
Batman B t Ch racter Char t Goggles G l Age: 6-14 yea ars Zoggs Batman Character One Piece Swimming Goggles, gles, feature smoke tinted lensses designed to offer medium protection ction against $ #% " $ " $ " $ $ ! " $ " # " %#$ "* $ !" $ $ % "# ) fuss-free swimmin ng with exceptional underwater clarity.
Featuring fun hologram lenses with Batman Logo.. The holograms ' +$ #$ "$ $ " & # $ # # # " ( % !" $ $ ' $ %#$ "* $ # # SW3256 per 6
2020
SW3181 per 6
Batman Lo ogo Goggle Age: Up to o 14 years
% $ $ # # " #% !" $ $ %#$ "TM anti-fog for fantastic ntastic vision. SW3261 £50.4 40 per 6
Batman Ju unio or Silicone Swim Cap Age: Up to 14 years
BAC CK
Bring out their inne er superhero with our Batman Silicon ne Cap designed for children aged up to 14 years-old. This sw wim cap # # ! " #%! " " ,$ $%" # ## # ! inner surface for a fuss-free swim. SW3185 per 6
Batman tman man 3D D Silicone Swim Sw m Cap Swi Age: Up to 14 years Our $ ! ' $ % # !" $ SW3257 p per 6
99cm
x 26.4”
Surf wit tman! Our Batman Surf Rider features dua al air "# " # $) ' $ " ! # # $ $ " # %" ) # $ ) - $ their feet off the ed dge to kick in the water.
Suitable fo or 3 years + Our Batman Div D ) %" # % # , $ ' $ " & $ $ $ ( #$"% $ " # $) SW3258 per 6
SW3186 per 4
s19)
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
BATTM MAN COLLECTIO ON Batman Splashem ms Suitable uitable for 3 yearss + Our 6SODVKHPV DUH GHVLJQHG WR HQFRXUDJH FRQÀGHQFH DQG JHW OLWWOH RQHV XVHG WR WKH IHHO RI ZDWHU SDUWLFXODUO\ RQ WKHLU face and arms. Squeeze e the character to squirt water! SW W3260 60 per 6
Batman Splash h Ba all 3.5” neoprene covered c ered ball
SWIMMING
RESALE
54
P 54 Swim RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 15:46 Page 1
Our Batman Batman 6SODVK %DOOV DUH D IDQWDVWLF ZD\ WR EXLOG FRQÀGHQFH LQ WKH ZDWHU .LGV FDQ UDFH WKHLU IULHQGV WR UHWULHYH WKHP ÀUVW )RU OLWWOH RQHV DERXW WR YLVLW WKH SRRO IRU WKH ÀUVW WLPH LQWURGXFH WKH VSODVK ball to bath time so that when they go swimming they have ave familiar toys around them.
Ba atman man Dive Ball Ne eoprene covered d ball with streamer Ou ur Batman DiYH %DOO LV JUHDW IRU EXLOGLQJ FRQÀGHQFH LQ WKH ZDWHU divve to retrieve it from th he bottom of the pool. This is an ideal ea al gam me for children and adults a to play together - you can race ce e WR VHH ZKR FDQ JUDE WKHP ÀUVW W <RX FDQ HYHQ PL[ DQG PDWFK characters and partner your Superman Dive Ball with Batma an or Wonder Woman. SW3188 per 6
Batman Junior J i r Kickboard Ki kb d 35cm x 26.5cm m / 13.78” x 10” (3-14 years) Designed to develop \RXQJ FRPSHWHQW VZLPPHUV RXU %DWPDQ Kickboard is a fanta astic tool for improving kick technique e and EXLOGLQJ VWUHQJWK 'HVLJQHG IRU FKLOGUHQ DJHG \HDUV SHUIHFW IRU JHWWLQJ FKLOGUHQ H[FLWHG DERXW LPSURYLQJ WKHLU WHFKQLTXH SW3184 each
Batman Soaker Suitable for 3 mon nths
AQUAM Q MAN COLLECTTION
Our Batman 6RDNHU LV GHVLJQHG WR HQFRXUDJH FRQÀGHQFH DQG JHW H OLWWOH RQHV XVHG WR WKH IHHO RI ZDWHU SDUWLFXODUO\ RQ WKH K LU L IDFH DUPV Start off by using them at a bath time so that when your baby goes VZLPPLQJ IRU WKH ILUVW WLPH WKH\ KDYH D IDPLOLDU WR\ ZLWK WKHP SW3259 per 6
es years Batman Armban Age 2-6 years (up Our Batman ArmbandV DUH WKH SHUIHFW OHDUQ WR VZLP DLG GHVLJQHG for children aged 2-6 ye ears. These two-tone armbands featu ure a 6XSHUPDQ PRWLI DQG DUH PDGH IURP GXUDEOH 9\OX[ IRU VDIHW\ 7KHVH DUPEDQGV DOVR IHDWXUH GXDO DLU FKDPEHUV DQG (DV\ ,QÁDWH YDOYHV IRU HDVH ZKHQ LQIODWLQJ DQG GHIODWLQJ SW3183 per 6
make a splash in style with th Zoggs ggle. The blue tinted lensess offer SURWHFWLRQ DQG )RJEXVWHU $QWL )RJ IRU vision. The Soft-SealTM hypoallergenic rgenic frame WR WKH IDFH IRU D VXSHUE ÀW ZKLOH WKH VSOLW strap is perfect for reducing pressure re around e eyes. e SW32 262 per 6
ORDERLINES
BATMAN T N and all related characters and elements © & ™ DC Comics. (s19)
PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SW3187 per 6
P 55 Swim LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 15:53 Page 1
SWIMMING
55
RESALE
WON NDER WOM MAN COLLECTION Wonder Wom man Character Goggles Age e: 6-14 years They ca" * " (# ( )" " + ( # ' #" & #! " & ( & " Piece Goggles. Featuring e blue tinted lenses, they offer medium protection against the sun an nd bright indoor light. With UV protec ction and Fogbuster™ "( # "' ' ( , " " #, ')$ & & (, ' ( , ' #* & ( underwater world. SW3175 per 6
Wonder Wom man Junior Silicone Swim C Cap Age: Up to 14 yearss Bring out their inne er superhero with our Wonder Woma an #" $ ' " #& & " )$ (# , &' # ' '+ ! $ ' ' $ #& ')$ & #& /( " ()& ' " embossed non-slip inner surface for a fuss-free swim. SW3176 per 6
2020
onder Woman Arm mbands ge 2-6 years (up to 25kg) 2
Wonder Woman Junior Kickboard 35cm x 26.5cm / 13.78” 3.78” x 10” (3-14 years)
r Wonder Woman Armba ands are the p perfect learn to swim aid, d,, signed for children aged 2-6 years. These two-tone armbands ds ture a Wonder Woman motif m and are made from durable Vylu ux™ safety. These armbands also feature dual air chambers and ', " ( - * * ' #& ' + " " ( " " ( "
' " (# * #$ you ung competent swimmers, our Wonder Woman # & ' "( '( (## #& !$&#* " kick technique and build ding strength. Designed for children aged ged 3-14 years, perfect for getting children en excited about !$&#* " ( & ( " %)
W3177 per 6
Wonder Wom man Splash Ball 3.5” neopre ene ball Our Wonder Woman Splash Balls are great for hours of o fun in and d &#)" ( $## "( '( + , (# ) #"/ " " ( + ( & #& #!$ ( "( '+ !! &' " & (# & (& * ( ! /&'( #& (( ones introduce the e splash ball to bath time so that whe en they go '+ !! " ( , * ! & (#,' &#)" ( !
SW3178 each
Wonder Woman Soaker Suitable for 3 nths +
Wonder Wom m man Dive To oy Suitable for 3 years +
Wonder o Woman n Sp pllashems Su uittable for 3 yea a + ars
Our Wonde& #! " * To oy encourages and builds #"/ " " ( + ( & * (# /" #" & #! " Soft construction for f saffety. SW3253 per 6
Ourr Splashems are designe d ed (# " #)& #"/ " " get little ones used to o the feel eel of w wa ater on their face and arms. a Squ ue eeze to squirt water! ater! SW33255 per 6
Our Won nder Woman Soaker is i designed (# " #)& #"/ " " and get little ones use ed d to the feel of water water, partic cu ularly on their face and arms. s. Start off by using them at bath time so that whe en your baby goes es swimming for ( /&'( ( ! ( , * a familia ar toy with them. SW3254 per 6
Wonder Wom man Dive Ball Neoprene covvered ball with streamer
NT
DET AIL
Our Wonder Woman * ' & & ( #& ) " #"/ " " ( + ( & * (# & (& * ( ! &#! ( #((#! # ( $## This is a fantastic game for competent young swimme ers and adults to play toge ether - you can race to see who can grab them /&'( ( ' ! ( ! ' & (# ( '# ( ,.& $ & ( #& competent swimm mers of all ages.
PANEL P
SW3179 per 6
RI
omics. (s19)
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
goggles
SEAL KID 2 • Easy-adjust buckle system • Ultra-durable Plexisol® lens • 100% UVA and UVB protection • 180º distortion free visibility • Scratch-resistant coating • Anti-fog coating • Suitable for children aged
Lime/Clear lens Blue/Clear lens
3-8 years (approx)
SW2488 Pink/Clear lens SW2489 Lime/Clear lens SW2204 Blue/Clear lens SW2866 Violet/Clear lens pair.
Pink/Clear lens
Violet/Clear lens
2020
KAYENNE JUNIOR • Oversized, ultra durable Plexisol®
lens for 4-point expanded, 180º visibility
• One-touch, Quick-Fit BuckleTM for perfect fit
with simple adjustments - even while wearing
• Stabilizing nose bridge keeps fitting secure and comfortable
• 100% UV protection • Anti-fog and UV lens treatment for long lasting clarity
• Silicone strap for comfort and durability • Suitable for ages 6-15 years (approx)
SWIMMING
RESALE
56
P 56 Swim RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 15:55 Page 1
Clear Lime/Blue lens
SW2783 Clear Lime/Blue lens SW2784 Pink/Clear lens pair.
Pink/Clear lens
MAKO • Durable Plexisol® flat lens • Easy-adjust buckle system • Comfortable and leak-resistant • 100% UVA and UVB protection • Anti-fog and scratch resistant lenses
SW2484 Clear/Clear lens SW2487 Black/Clear lens pair.
Clear/Clear lens Black/Clear lens
MOBY KID • Easy-adjust buckle system • Plexisol® flat lens • 100% UVA and UVB protection • Scratch-resistant coating • Anti-fog coating • Suitable for children aged 5-10 years (approx)
SW2201 Aqua/Clear lens SW2202 Pink/Clear lens pair.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Pink/Clear lens
Aqua/Clear lens
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 57 Swim LH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 16:02 Page 1
SWIMMING
57
RESALE
2020
KAMELEON Adult, Junior and Kid versions for a range of faces • Patented curved lens geometry delivers wide peripheral vision • Anatomical, asymmetrical Softeril gasket provides a comfortable fit and water tight seal • Low profile integrated silicone strap and buckle design for improved hydrodynamics • EZ Adjust buckle allows for quick and easy fit adjustment • Anti-fog & scratch-resistant Plexisol lens • 100% UVA/UVB protection • Made in Italy
goggles Clear/Blue lens
Black/Clear lens
Adult SW3079 Black/Clear lens SW3080 Clear/Blue lens pair.
Clear/Clear lens
Junior SW3081 Clear/Clear lens pair.
• Suitable for children aged Kid
6-12 years (approx)
Clear/Blue lens
D E U N I T N O C DIS
SW3083 Blue/Clear lens SW3084 Clear/Blue lens pair.
Blue/Clear lens
SEAL 2.0 Vision + Comfort • Created with vision and comfort in mind: Seal 2.0 swim goggles feature a leak-free fit and are made with lightweight Plexisol lenses with easily adjustable side buckle • Curved Lens Technology: Aqua Sphere patented curved lens technology offers clear possible visibility and 180 degree wide field of vision with hydrodynamics • UV and Anti-Fog: The original swim mask for adults. The Seal 2.0 is constructed with 100% UVA/UVB protection; paired with a scratch-resistant anti-fog lens, you’ll be enjoying the water year round! • Clear Lens: The Clear lens transmits a natural light, which makes it ideal for low light and overcast conditions where maximum visibility is required ideal for indoor pools and darker conditions Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Black/Clear lens Blue/White/Clear Lens SW3388 Black/Green/Clear Lens SW3389 pair. Fitness
Sports
Aqua Blue/Clear lens
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SWIMMING
RESALE
58
P 58 Swim RH 2020.qxp 01/06/2021 16:03 Page 1
goggles
Open Water Performance • Wraparound, 180-degree visibility • One-touch, Quick-Fit Buckle for perfect fit with simple adjustments even while wearing • Comfortable, leak resistant silicone skirt • 100% UVA/UVB protection • Durable Polycarbonate lenses with anti-fog and scratch resistant coating • Latex free, hypoallergenic
White/Dark Grey/Red/Clear lens Aqua/Blue/Silver/Clear lens
SW3266 White/Dark Grey/Red/Clear lens SW3267 Aqua/Blue/Silver/Clear lens SW3268 White/Pink/Silver/Clear lens pair.
White/Pink/Silver/Clear lens
KAYENNE
Vision and Performance • Oversized, ultra durable Plexisol lens for 4-point expanded, 180-degree visibility • One touch, Quick-Fit Buckle for perfect fit with simple adjustments even while wearing • Stabilizing nose bridge keeps fitting secure and comfortable • 100% UVA/UVB protection • Scratch-resistance • Anti-fog coating • Silicone strap for comfort and durability
SW3263 Black/Green/Dark lens SW3264 Black/Silver/Dark lens
Clear/Black/Clear lens Black/Green/Dark lens
SW3265 Clear/Black/Clear lens pair.
Black/White/Dark lens
KAIMAN • Easy-adjust buckle system • Plexisol® lens • 100% UVA and UVB protection
• 180º distortion free visibility • Scratch-resistant coating • Anti-fog coating SW2780 Clear/Clear lens SW2781 Blue/Clear lens pair.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Blue/Clear lens Clear/Clear lens
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
VISTA
P 59 Swim LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 08:47 Page 1
SWIMMING
59
RESALE
swim goggles
TG Excellent value for money. Suitable for juniors and adults. • Manufactured by EYELINE • Polycarbonate lens, sponge seal and broad rubber strap SW393 Clear, SW394 Amber, SW395 Blue, SW396 Rose, pair. 100 and over £1.80 pair.
SW393
SW395
SW394
SW396
GUPPY JUNIOR Super quality, excellent value for money goggles • Silicone one piece low profile frame • Split Silicone headstrap • Polycarbonate lens • Two tone colours • Zipped pouch bag • Sold in packs of 10 pairs of one colour SW1851 Lime Green/Blue, SW1852 Pink/Purple. per 10 pairs. SW1851
SW1852
ESOX
2020
Our young adult one-piece silicone goggle with easy-fit head strap, lenses made of strong impact resistant polycarbonate resin with long lasting anti-fog system. Lens: Polycarbonate, Anti-fog, UV protection Nose bridge and gasket: One-piece Silicone Headstrap: Silicone double headstrap Buckles: Polycarbonate SW3077 Blue/Blue SW3078 Silver/Clear pair. SW3077
SW3078
MARLIN Our adult one-piece silicone goggle with easy-fit head strap, lenses made of strong impact resistant polycarbonate resin with long lasting anti-fog system. Lens: Polycarbonate, Anti-fog, UV protection Nose bridge and gasket: One-piece Silicone Headstrap: Silicone double headstrap Buckles: Polycarbonate SW3075 Black/Smoke SW3076 Black/Clear pair. SW3075
SW3076 SW3075
For over thirty years Malmsten have worked with world class swimmers across the globe to gain an understanding of the importance of every minute detail in the quest to conquer those all important one-hundredths of a second.
THE ORIGINAL SWEDISH
• Self assembly for the perfect fit • Available in three colours • FINA approved • The choice of the majority of world class swimmers • Get the Original
SW2545 Standard Clear pair.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SW2546 Standard Blue pair.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
SW2547 Standard Smoke pair.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE
60
P 60 Swim RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 08:50 Page 1
and Sky Blue
• Probably the best latex cap available in the U.K. • Packed in printed poly bag for resale,
assortment of 24 SW55 per 24, 288 and over £21.60 per 24.
LATEX SWIM CAPS SINGLE COLOUR • Super quality 30g latex rubber cap • White, Red, Sky Blue, Royal Blue, Purple, Yellow, Black, Orange, Green or Navy Blue
• Probably the best latex cap available in the U.K. • Packed in printed poly bag for resale in packs of 12
SW550 White SW551 Red SW552 Sky Blue SW553 Royal Blue SW554 Purple SW555 Yellow SW556 Black SW557 Orange SW558 Green SW559 Navy Blue per 12. 288 and over £10.80 per 12.
LATEX
SWIM CAP ● TOP QUALITY 30 GRAMME LATEX RUBBER ● PROTECTS YOUR HAIR AGAINST CHLORINE AND OTHER POOL CHEMICALS ● UNIVERSAL SIZE ● SPECIALLY SHAPED FOR EXTRA COMFORT
SWIMMING
LATEX SWIM CAPS MULTI PACK • Super quality 30g latex rubber cap • 4 each Red, White, Royal Blue, Green, Yellow
POLYESTER CAPS PLAIN • Plain excellent value, high quality, tight fitting cap • Lightweight and quick drying • Available in 3 solid colours
SW1992 Navy SW1993 Black SW1994 Red. per 10.
SHA LATEX DAGLO SWIM CAPS • As SW55 in 4 bright colours, Orange, Green, Yellow and Pink
• Packed in assortment of 24
SW314 per 24.
POCKET COMBS • 152mm. • 4 display cards of
36 per outer. Black. SU27 per 144.
POLYESTER SWIM CAPS • Top quality tight fitting cap with white centre panel. Packed 10 per colour SW527 Blue/White SW528 Red/White SW529 Black/White. per 10.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
5 Litre Shampoos See Page 226
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Note: Bulk price can be achieved by mixing multipacks and single colours.
P 61 Swim LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 08:53 Page 1
SWIMMING
61
RESALE
SILICONE EAR PLUGS • Made from high grade moulded silicone • 25mm long x 10mm width at widest point • Complete with storage case
EAR PLUGS • Latest design super quality
ear plugs c/w hygienic plastic case • Designed to fit the ear naturally offering maximum comfort and safety • Shape prevents plug from being inserted too far into the ear • Soft, flexible material, non-porous, easily cleaned does not totally affect hearing • Universal size - packed in 10’s SW1621 per 10 pairs. 100 pairs and over £15.70 per 10 pairs.
SW1153 pair.
EAR BALLS • Offer strength and elasticity • Can be shaped to suit ear profile • Will not break up in ear
SW2115 per 12 pairs. Note: Colour may vary
2020
SPLASHAPPY NOSE CLIP MEDIUM Wire noseclip with soft rubber covering. Very comfortable. Packed in 10’s. SW501 per 10, 100 and over £8.70 per 10.
SPEEDO BIOFUSE AQUATIC EAR PLUGS
Speedo BioFuse aquatic ear plug for maximum comfort and fit Features • Speedo BioFuse technology • Ergonomic design • Multiple flange construction creates an improved seal • Re-usable case Benefits • Multi density ear plug for maximum comfort and fit • Easy insertion and removal SW1248 pair.
NOSE CLIP • Latest design super quality nose
clip in subtle transluscent colourways c/w hygienic plastic case • Soft silicone pressure pads offer optimum comfort • Universal size packed in 10’s SW1620 per 10. 100 and over £13.60 per 10.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SPEEDO UNIVERSAL NOSE CLIP
Features • Memory plastic frame • Super soft silicone pads • Re-usable case Benefits • Optimum fit • Maximum comfort • Protection for product Material • Nylon TR90 • Silicone SW1199 each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE
62
P 62 Swim RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 09:41 Page 1
SPLASHAPPY SWIM SOCKS • Designed to combat the spread of verrucae and other foot infections
SWIMMING
• Pimpled sole gives excellent grip • Shaped foot and ankle allow for easy fitting and removal
• White only
2020
†SW59 Extra Small, SW60 Small, SW61 Medium, SW62 Large, SW63 Extra Large. pair, 100 and over £1.80 pair.
More Splash and Splashap
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Details see pages 69 and 70 Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 63 Swim LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 09:42 Page 1
SWIMMING
63
RESALE
Fun…
It’s fun, socially stimulating (for baby and parent) and provides an excellent bonding experience. Ultimately being baby friendly will drive recruitment into your centres from an earlier age.
Baby Swimming the facts…
2020
We all know that swimming is good exercise, but heading to the pool with a little one in tow can be a daunting prospect! Never fear...with a little bit of know-how and confidence, babies can have non-stop water fun! • All babies are born with the ‘mammalian diving reflex’ - the natural ability to hold their breath under water! • Swimming is not only a very special bonding experience, but improves babies’ confidence and social skills in later life • 37% of UK mothers worry about their baby having an accident in the pool • Little Swimmers disposable swim pants offer an easy, swim time solution
So why is baby swimming worth doing?
First off, it's a healthy physical workout for you, helping you to get the recommended 30 minutes a day activity in and strengthening muscles, heart and lungs.
For babies, regular swimming has a positive impact on sleeping and eating patterns plus it's great for developing social skills. “Baby swimming is a fantastic way to bond with your baby and the social interaction they have with you and other little ones is invaluable. Your baby will love the total freedom of movement while building core muscle and co-ordination. They will also learn valuable safety skills that will help keep them safe in the water for years to come!” Philomena Geary, STA Baby Swimming Teacher You can take babies swimming at any age — the Department of Health says you don't even need to wait until they've had their immunisations.
Avoid Little Accidents…
Cleaning a pool following a ‘little accident’ is not a small task. On average a swimming pool will be shut between 15 to 18 hours, so can result in pool earnings lost, not forgetting put out customers, who may go else where! Pools can contain a variety of micro-organisms responsible for causing gastro infections including cryptosporidium, giardia, and e-coli. Gastro infections are transmitted via faecal matter from bathers who have diarrhoea or in the majority of cases by babies not using swim pants. All can cause very unpleasant and varying degrees of diarrhoea, sickness and/or gastroenteritis. If swimmers pay £3 per swim this represents a loss of income of £1,485 in one day, not including any loss in secondary spend, poor publicity and loss of good will
To prevent little accidents, start stocking HUGGIES® Little Swimmers now! Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
e
2020
Ord
.
w.. o n le
a
es r r o rf
SWIMMING
RESALE
64
P 64 Swim RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 09:43 Page 1
HUGGIES® Little Swimmers® Disposable Swim Pants
• Mum’s most trusted swim pant and no.1 choice for baby swimming (2011 Research) • Leak guards to prevent those ‘little accidents’ • Unique Disney graphics give the appeal of real swimwear! • Stretchy sides for a comfortable fit • Unique absorbent material that won’t swell in water like nappies • Easy open & close sides make change time a breeze - Unique in market • Available in 3 sizes, individually wrapped for convenient resale • Delivered in ready-to-display tray
†SW1023 2-3 3 to 8 kg (7 to 18lbs) †SW1034 3-4 8 to 14kg (18 to 31lbs) †SW1056 5-6 12 to 18kg (26 to 40lbs) Each size packed in 36’s £23.35 per 36.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 65 Swim LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 09:44 Page 1
SWIMMING
65
RESALE
Campaigning for Cleaner Pools!
2020
With more than 100,000 babies a week taking baby swimming lessons and many more visiting pools with parents for a quick dip, it’s time to protect your pool and customers from any nasty leaks in the pool.
HAPPY NAPPY
Raising the British Standards for Baby Swimming
3D shaped for better fit. Improved ribbing so it won’t come away at the spine. • Helps reduce the risk of Cryptosporidium • Environmentally friendly/re-useable option • Splash About are a trusted brand, supplying over 90% of baby swim schools in the UK • Complies with new 2015 British Standards for baby swimming • Made of Neoprene so completely waterproof
Splash About and our products are part of the British Standard PAS 520 for safeguarding Baby & Toddler swimming lessons. Introduced in 2015 these guidelines now recommend all babies and toddlers should wear a neoprene Swim Nappy with wide well fitting ribs at the waist and legs to minimize the risk of leaks in the pool.
Blue †SU1698 Medium 3-6 months †SU1699 Large 6-12 months †SU1700 Extra Large 12-24 months Pink †SU1701 Medium 3-6 months †SU1702 Large 6-12 months †SU1703 Extra Large 12-24 months per 5.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SWIMMING
RESALE
66
P 66 Swim RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:25 Page 1
SPLASH PALS SWIM MIRROR • Engages babies and toddlers in water play • . ' "!& ' & % ' &'% ' "! "% ' "& & !"' (& '" "% ! ", ! ! ' * ' %
• !( '(% %" !& ', " ! $( ', %,
# % ' "% & % &# ! ! & # & & * %%"% !& "!& + SW2959
SPLASH ABOUT FINGS Revolutionary swimming aid, Splash About Fings. Are they Wings or Fins you decide! Made from unpuncturable closed cell foam, Splash About Fings provide self adjusting buoyancy which puts child and baby in the correct swim position providing support and allowing arms and legs to move freely. SPLASH ABOUT FINGS Fings are funky, The and revolutionary fun functional.swimming aid Are they Wings or Fins - you decide! Features from unpuncturable closed cell •Made Made of unpuncturable foam, Splash About Fings provide self closed cell foam buoyancy •adjusting Smooth soft surfacewhich puts child and baby in the correct swim position • Comfortable ergonomical providing shape support and allowing arms legs to move •and Leaves arms freefreely. to move are funky, fun and functional. •Fings Available in 3 sizes • Light and easy to carry •Features No straps, zips or buckles • " (!#(! '(% "& " SW2739 • ""' &" ' &(% 3-15 months, • " "%' % "!" & # SW2740 • ) & % & % '" ") 15 months to • ) ! & - & 3 years, • ' ! &, '" %%, • " &'% #& - #& "% ( & SW2741
3-6 years, SW2739 "!' & each. SW2740 "!' & '" , %& SW2741 , %&
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
• &, '" % &# (%) "( & # &
P 67 Swim LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 10:00 Page 1
SPLASHAPPY SWIM TRAINER ARM BANDS • Our most popular resale Arm Band • Two chambers, each fitted with large safety valves • Attractive display packaging • Age 3 - 6 years, 18 - 30kg SW040 pair, 96 and over bulk price can be achieved by mixing with SW041.
2020
SWIMMING
67
RESALE/TUITION
SPLASHAPPY TODDLER SWIM TRAINER ARM BANDS • Specially designed for babies and infants • Two air chambers with large safety valves
• Attractive display packaging • Age 1 - 3 years, 11 - 18kg
SW041 pair, 96 and over bulk price can be achieved by mixing with SW040.
large
NG SWIM RI SPLASHAPPY DUAL CHAMBER SWIM RINGS • Two chambers each fitted with large
AGE 6-12 30-60kger
YEARS
Dual Chamb Ø Approx. inner d 210mm deflate
safety valves SW1760 Small Age 2-3 years 15-18kg. Approx inner ø 160mm deflated each. SW1761 Medium Age 3-6 years 18-30kg. Approx inner ø 180mm deflated each. SW1762 Large Age 6-12 years 30-60kg. Approx inner ø 210mm deflated each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
PRESERVER NOT A LIFE SIA MADE IN MALAY
Maint.
J P Lennard
Please retain
CV21 1PX Ltd Rugby reference
this address
for future
Fitness
Product Code SW1762
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
by
SWIMMING
RESALE/TUITION
68
P 68 Swim RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 10:01 Page 1
SPLASH ARM BANDS
SW2841 Splash 2 age 3-6 years SW2899 Splash 3 age 6-12 years SW3200 S4 age 12+ to adult
pair, 48 and over £2.73 pair.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Swim Nappies See Pages 64-65
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Ideal for lessons or an attractive resale package representing excellent value for money • Heavy gauge laminated PVC vinyl • Flat design under arm allows free movement • Two air chambers each fitted with a large safety valve • Conform to EN 13138-1:2008 • Splash 3 and S4 same sizes as discontinued Bema 1 and 2. SW2840 Splash 1 age 1-3 years
P 69 Swim LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 10:03 Page 1
69
RESALE/TUITION
SWIMMING
SWIMFIN®
SW2083 SwimFin® Blue SW2084 SwimFin® Pink SW2645 SwimFin® Orange each.
SwimFin® is a revolutionary swim aid that is both efficient and fun to use. • Easy to use • Adjustable straps • Multi-stroke functionality • Builds confidence • And it’s FUN!
SwimFin® compensates for different abilities
SW2479 SwimFin® Spare Strap Black/Blue SW2480 SwimFin® Spare Strap Black/Pink SW3074 SwimFin® Spare Strap Black/Orange set.
Beginner A beginners body is lower in the water, and SwimFin® is more submerged, giving more uplift and support. The arms are left free for propulsion through the water. Intermediate As confidence and ability grows the body position will improve. SwimFin® will raise out of the water as less support is required.
2020
Advanced In the horizontal position SwimFin® is almost completely out of the water and because it is streamlined, will not impede movement through the water.
AQUAPLANE AquaPlane- Unique Multi-functional Swim Aid WEAR - IT at the beginning of a child's swimming journey to develop confidence when they are first introduced to the water. HOLD - IT when improving technique to enhance all 4 strokes. DEVELOP WITH - IT throughout advanced stages in drills as a kick board.
AquaPlane works in harmony with the ability level and weight of the child. At first, when confidence is key, AquaPlane supports the child in the water, encourages the correct body positions for breathing and allows free movement of the arms. AquaPlane has been tried, tested and endorsed by previous Commonwealth Medallists and Team GB Swimmers. Features:
• Develops water confidence • Improves technique • Suitable for children between 15-30kgs aged 3 upwards
SW3218 AquaPlane Purple SW3219 AquaPlane Orange each. SW3220 AquaPlane Spare Strap 78cm pair.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE/TUITION
70
P 70 Swim RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 10:06 Page 1
SWIMMING
floats are manufactured in polyethylene, making them buoyant and extremely durable. Available in different colours for class separation during lessons, for training or as an eye catching resaleable item.
SWIM FLOATS
2020
Size 295 x 220 x 27mm SW170 White, SW171 Yellow, SW172 Red, SW508 Blue, SW2790 Pink, SW2791 Green, SW2792 Purple, each, 50 and over of 1 colour £2.46 each.
SWIM FLOATS
Size 320 x 235 x 27mm SW16 White, SW160 Yellow, SW161 Red, SW509 Blue, SW2793 Pink, SW2794 Green, SW2795 Purple, each, 50 and over of 1 colour £2.72 each.
SWIM FLOAT
Size 295 x 220 x 38mm in Blue/Yellow Special 38mm thick float for extra buoyancy. SW128 each.
SWIM FLOAT
Size 425 x 310 x 40mm in Blue/White Routed sides and two hand holds to accommodate various kicking exercises. SW383 each.
SWIM FLOAT
Size 440 x 250 x 38mm in Blue/White Special 38mm thick float for extra buoyancy with routed sides. SW173 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 71 Swim LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 10:14 Page 1
SWIMMING
71
RESALE/TUITION
DELPHIN SWIM AID • Easily fitted, no need to inflate • Virtually unbreakable in normal use • Four discs can be worn on each arm
although three are normally adequate for the average beginner • As children progress, the number of discs can be reduced SW108 Junior Size, Children up to 12 years. each. SW109 Adult Size. each.
BECO SWIM DISCS • Offering an exciting alternative to inflatable arm bands • PE Foam with coated surface giving durability and also a soft fitting on the arm
• Discs can be worn collectively, removing discs
one at a time as confidence and ability increases
2020
• Excellent value for money • Also ideal for therapy sessions • Designed for children from 1 to 12 years (5kg - 60kg) SW2902 set of 6.
BABY FLOAT • 79 x 79cm • Large square ring for stability • Comfy harness style seat • Age 1-2 years
SW450 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
BECO MONO AQUA BELTS
Super quality multi-purpose aqua belt for learn to swim/rehab/water aerobics • TUV and GS certified to EN13138-1:2014 • EVA foam for comfortable fit • Adjustable webbed belt with secure buckle • Four sizes - colour keyed Small Red 400 x 170 x 40mm Suitable for 15-18kg (2-3 years) SW3156 each. Medium Purple 490 x 170 x 40mm Suitable for 18-30kg (3-6 years) SW3157 each.
SWIMMING
RESALE/TUITION
72
P 72 Swim RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 10:50 Page 1
Large Yellow 625 x 170 x 40mm Suitable for 30-60kg (6-12 years) SW3158 each. Extra Large Green 660 x 170 x 40mm Suitable for 60kg+ (12 years +) SW3159 each.
TAHITI SWIM BELTS
Small Red 410 x 120 x 30mm, 15-20kg SW2785 each. Medium Blue 510 x 120 x 30mm, 20-25kg SW2786 each.
2020
Soft surface vinyl coated PVC foam belt offers extremely comfortable fit • High quality and comfort • Multi-purpose… learn to swim/water aerobics/rehab • Secure clip and 80cm strap on all models • Colour keyed • Phthalate free Large Yellow 630 x 120 x 30mm, 25-35kg SW2787 each. X Large Green 680 x 120 x 30mm, 35kg + SW2788 each.
BECO SWIM BELTS Designed to be used after the armband stage when balance techniques have been acquired • Polyethylene blocks clip around chest allowing complete freedom of limb movement • Adjustable web belt with quick fastener • Embossed warning text - TÜV and GS certified in accordance with EN 13138-1:2008 • Also ideal for support in Aquafit classes SW2950 5 Block For children age approx. 2-6 years and 15-30kg weight each. SW2951 6 Block For children age approx. 6-12 years and 30-60kg weight each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SLAZENGER SWIM BELT 5 Block Age: 3-6 years SW1958 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 73 Swim LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 10:51 Page 1
73
TUITION
2020
SWIMMING
Pool Depth Solutions
VENDIPLAS DEPTH REDUCING UNDERWATER POOL PLATFORMS • Pool platforms are solid and stable platforms that • • • •
reduce the pool depth and help with learning to swim and practice aqua fitness Pool platforms have been designed to help new swimmers learn to swim in deeper water or where visitors are unable to touch the bottom of the pool Pool platforms are made especially for swimming schools, commercial pools, spas and hospitals. Pool platforms give confidence and encouraged students to learn to swim faster and can increase the use of the pool Manufactured to your size from non-toxic PVC Depth reducing pool platform with side
3 3 3
To request a quotation please e-mail sales@jpl.co.uk stating: Height of platform required Floor area to be covered Depth reducing pool platform
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Side protection - required if any sides are to be exposed to the pool to prevent entrapment, please state the length of side protection required Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
TUITION
Pool Platform a unique swim school product
74
P 74 Swim RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 10:53 Page 1
SWIMMING
POOL PLATFORMS About The Platform
Creates a solid swim teaching platform. Designed to assist in the delivery of swimming lessons in deeper water or shallow water where students are unable to touch the bottom of the pool, it has been created especially with swim schools, leisure companies, pool operators and schools in mind. Aims to provide swim schools with a safe learning environment for their students. A confident and happy student who feels safe will progress faster and Swimming Instructors can fully utilise the space that is available to them within their lessons. Their use can be commercially effective too, the use of one or multiple platforms within a swim school programme can significantly increase the capacity of a swim school by efficient use of the pool space available. Specifications:-
PLATFORM Standard Size: 1240 x 650 x 500mm (L x W x H) Weight: 14kg kSE944 each.
2020
Large Size: 1840 x 650 x 500mm (L x W x H) Weight: 17kg kSE810 each. Includes a 700mm high hand rail along 3 sides (1 long & 2 Short) Standard With Rail Size: 1240 x 650 x 500mm (L x W x H) 1200mm high including Rail. Weight: 15kg kSE946 each.
PLATFORM WITH HAND RAIL
Large With Rail Size: 1840 x 650 x 500mm (L x W x H) 1200mm high including Rail. Weight: 18kg kSE947 each. Double With Rail Size: 1840 x 1300 x 500mm (L x W x H) 1200mm high including Rail. Weight: 35kg kSE948 each. Each platform is delivered fully assembled ready for use including a user guide.
CLIP SET • Join two platforms together without a gap • Set of 4 clips ❋SE898 set.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 75 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 10:55 Page 1
P O O L P L AY
75
BABY/TODDLER POOL
D E U
IN T N ZOGGS SEAL FLIPS O • C S • I • D
Encourages and builds confidence in the water Blow and make the Seal Head Flip Set of 5 Seal Flips, Zoggy and Miss Zoggy
EGG FLIPS • Novel aid in teaching the important aspects of breathing technique • Blow forcefully on the “egg” at water level and over it flips • Strong contra colours are a clear indication to the teacher
D E U
that the swimmer is exhaling correctly and at the same time attracts and motivates the swimmer to repeat the effort SW212 per 10.
N I T
2020
N O C
SQUEAKY DUCK SET • Six soft plastic squeaky character ducks • 90mm • Set of 6
S I D
SW3028
FLOATING TOY SET • Set of 5 floating toys • Developed for babies and tots • Encourages water confidence • Size: Various 100mm approx
SW2223 per set.
Links...
Dive Toys See Pages 81-84
SQUIRTY TROPICAL FISH SET • Billy Blowfish 140mm, Cool Cod Connie 115mm,
Polly Puffer Fish 115mm and Tommy Tetres 115mm
• Set of 4
SW1392 per set.
FLOATING DUCK FAMILY • Super quality plastic character ducks • No air hole - no water ingress
FLOATING SQUEAKY TOY SET • Set of 5 soft plastic animals • Float in the water and squeak when you squeeze them! • Size: Various 100mm-150mm
- more buoyancy
• Great for baby classes • 100mm nose to tail
SW1388 per set.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
SW1285 per set. Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P O O L P L AY
BABY/TODDLER POOL
76
P 76 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 10:56 Page 1
SW1290
SW1291 SW1964
SPLASH PALS SWIM MIRROR • Engages babies
and toddlers in water play
• Reflections act as a great distraction for those babies not PLASTIC TOYS Watering Can 1 litre SW1290 each. Buckets 2 litre SW1964 each. 1 litre SW1291 each. Frog Watering Can 150mm SW2953 each. Cabin Cruiser 230mm SW1286 each.
small grasping hands
• Size: 15x15cm SW2959 each.
SW2953
SW1286
SPLASH JACKS Designed to stay afloat, these Splash Jacks pool and teether toys are ideal for keeping little swimmers happy when in the water • Specially designed for little hands, easy to grab and hold! • Made from all natural rubber • Safe from toxins; BPA,PVC and Phthalates • Hand painted using food grade paint • Safe for little mouths- mould resistant • Assorted colours in pack of 6 SW3222 per 6.
SW225Y Yacht 150mm SW225Y each. Fish 150mm SW225F each.
SW225F
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
used to or don’t enjoy being in the water
• Manufactured from high density foam and top quality acrylic • The easy to grasp curved moulded shape is perfect for
P 77 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 12:04 Page 1
P O O L P L AY
77
BABY/TODDLER POOL
• T h e Do lp h i n s a n d S u n a re s c re e n p r i nte d o n B OT H s ide s, g re at fo r h a n g i n g i n w i n do ws o r f ro m c e i l i n g s • Tra n s fo r m yo u r du l le st a re a s i nto a f u n e n v i ro n m e nt! POOLSIDE GRAPHICS SU306 Dolphins Printed BOTH sides 711 x 965mm pair. SU329 Wave 762 x 2896mm each.
2020
SU331 Sun Printed BOTH sides 915mm Ø each.
PREMIUM TODDLER SLIDE
Requires minimal maintenance and needs no specialist cleaning products • Made from solid high molecular weight polyethylene, impact resistant, specifically for use in wet areas, guaranteed not to rot, splinter, corrode or delaminate • Heavy duty design offers safety and durability for commercial leisure facilities • Weighs over 100kgs, not to be confused with some flimsy poolside slides available • Fully UV stabilised for use indoors and outdoors, colours within the slide will not fade • Requires minimal maintenance and no specialist cleaning products due to materials being chemically inert and non-toxic • Certified for use as a playground slide, can be used away from poolside • Ideal for any pool or play area offering years of safe fun • Size: 2288 long x 1000 high x 540mm wide • Free standing or bolt down – fixings to bolt down see below ❋SW2644 each.
Overall Dimensions: Length: 2288mm Height: 1000mm Width: 540mm Free Standing/ Bolt Down (See notes below)
FIXINGS To bolt down slide use four each of the following:Stainless Steel Narrow Holdfast Overall size: 90 x 16mm Thread size: 30 x 10mm SE408 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Stainless Steel Set Screw A4 M10 x 30mm thread c/w washer SE290 each. Note: To secure holdfasts use Epoxy Resin, see page 208. Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
BABY/TODDLER POOL
78
P 78 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 12:39 Page 1
of breakages
• 180 x 90 x 45mm SW130 each.
P O O L P L AY
PLAYBRICK • 45 kg/m3 polyethylene colourful floating building brick • Great fun for children - lightweight - colourful - no risk
FOAM NUMBERS • Set of 10 polyethylene foam numbers 0 - 9 • Ideal for Creche or Swimming Pool environment • 180 x 130 x 30mm
2020
CP133 set.
MINI SHAPES • Polyethylene
280 x 230 x 30mm SW421 Duck SW422 Teddy SW1823 Whale SW1824 Octopus SW1825 Star SW1826 Crab SW518 Bunny SW841 Hedgehog SW842 Turtle each.
BABY PLAYRAFT • Special design features holes to let water through
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
allowing the baby to get the feel of the water yet enjoy the security of the raft underneath • 965 x 750 x 15mm SW469 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 79 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 12:40 Page 1
79
BABY/TODDLER POOL
Inflatable Toys
2020
P O O L P L AY
INFLATABLE SEA ANIMAL SET • Six assorted • Approx size:
200-300mm. SW3004 per set.
LITTLE WHALE RIDE-ON • 163 x 73cm • 2 heavy duty handles • Age 3+
INFLATABLE BALLS
SW449 Jumbo Ball 1070mm each.
SW1261 each.
SW34 Beach Ball 610mm each.
SW33 Beach Ball 508mm each. SW2530 Aquarium Ball 610mm c/w internal crab feature each.
Note: Colours may vary
INFLATORS
Hi Speed Power Pump • Double action hand pump SU1000 each.
QUICK FILL ELECTRIC PUMP • 3 interconnecting nozzles • Inflates and deflates • Thermo protector incorporated
Super Pump • Lightweight, non corrosive plastic • Ideal for use on larger toys SW505 each.
for safety
• TUV approved (110-120v) • GS, CE approved (220-240v)
SW3217 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
2020
P O O L P L AY
DIVING ITEMS
80
P 80 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 12:41 Page 1
BECO DIVE MONSTER RINGS • 150mm dia. • Set of 4 assorted
BECO DIVE MONSTER STICKS • 175mm • Set of 4 assorted
SW3192 set.
SW3193 set.
BECO DIVE TORTOISE RING • 150mm dia.
BECO DIVE RIBBED RING • 150mm dia.
SW3194 each.
SW3195 each.
BECO SEALIFE ANIMAL SET • 150-170mm • Vinyl covered rubber • Slowly sink • Set of 6 assorted SW3196 set.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 81 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 13:52 Page 1
P O O L P L AY
81
DIVING ITEMS
ZOGGS DIVE STICKS • Encourages and builds confidence in the water
• Dive to find the set of 3 Zoggy seal sticks • Soft flexible PVC construction for safety • Suitable for ages 3+
2020
SW1756 per set.
ZOGGS DIVE RING SET • Encourages and builds confidence in the water • Set of 3, soft flexible construction for safety • Suitable for ages 3+
SPEEDO SPINNING DIVE TOYS • Learn to Swim stage 3 product • Spinning dive toys spin as they sink • Set of 4
SW2666 per set.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
SW2716 per set.
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
DIVING ITEMS
82
P 82 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:30 Page 1
PEARL DIVING GAME • A fun game consisting of 6 pearls, 5 white, 1 blue • Throw the pearls in the water and see who comes
P O O L P L AY
up with the blue pearl SW516 each.
DIVE AQUATIC BALLS • Plastic balls with nylon plant-like streamers • Weighted to stand upright • Set of 3 SW2335 per set.
UNDERWATER PLAY STICKS • Soft flexible sticks stand upright on pool floor • Set of 5
2020
SW2529 set.
VERTICAL FISH • Fun fish weighted to stand upright • Great for fun and games in the pool • Set of 6
SW2229 set.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Zoggs Dive Toys See Page 50-55
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 83 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 15:01 Page 1
83
DIVING ITEMS
SW25 Junior 1.44kg each. SW26 Senior 3.6kg each.
DIVE STICKS • Weighted to sink rapidly and stand up on pool floor SW140 Small 200 x 22mmØ each. SW718 Large 290 x 38mmØ each.
Note: Colour may vary.
2020
P O O L P L AY
DIVING BRICKS • Rubber diving bricks won’t damage pool tiles
UNDERWATER PLAY STICKS • Soft flexible sticks stand upright on pool floor • Set of 5 SW2529 set.
SINKER RINGS • Weighted on one side to
sink rapidly and stand up on the pool floor SW112 Coloured SW222 Clear each.
Links...
More Dive Toys See Page 50
ZOGGS DIVE BALLS • 2 x 55mm diameter neoprene sinking balls with tails in orange and blue star graphic all-over print SW2668 per 2.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
WEIGHTED ‘D’ SHAPE CROSSBAR HOOP • 600 x 660mm wide • Sink vertically to pool floor • Weighted crossbar gives good stability on pool floor • 700mm connecting bars and swivel clips allow the
2020
formation of adjustable length tunnels SW2378 Weighted ‘D’ Shape Crossbar Hoop Set • Comprises: 2 hoops, 2 bars, 4 clips each. SW959 Single Weighted ‘D’ Shape Crossbar Hoop each. SW116 Connecting Bar 700mm each. SW117 Clip per 11.
P O O L P L AY
DIVING ITEMS
84
P 84 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 15:13 Page 1
FLOATING HOOPS
SW185 610mm each. SW186 762mm each. SW187 915mm each.
Note: Colours may vary.
SLALOM GAME
Set of 4 plastic strips weighted at one end to stand upright in the water. SW138 set. Note: Colour may vary.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 85 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 15:14 Page 1
85
G AMES/GOALS
P O O L P L AY
INFLATABLE POOL PLAY GOALS Inflatable PVC goals… authentic look and playability without the hassle of assembly..! Nets permanently attached – open bag… roll out… inflate… play..! • Manufactured from reinforced PVC – strong but lightweight • Welded-on hard plastic solid corners – good rigidity • Extremely quick inflation/deflation - easy to take in and out • Auto Lock Valve system – air secured once inside • Supplied with hand pump and storage bag
SW2853 Mini Size 1500 x 600mm SW3373 each. Junior Size 2150 x 750mm SW2853 each.
2020
Note: For ideal anchorage of goals to poolside see rope/handiloc floats on page 146.
SW3373
PVC GOALS • Sturdy 50mm tubular PVC • Very stable in water • Easy to assemble
SW1002 SW1002 Floating Goal Size: 900 x 2100 x 500mm with plastic clips for rope attachment. each.
SW1003 SW1003 Volleyball Net Size: 1290 x 2660mm. each.
SW1387 Mini End Goal Size: 650 x 1390 x 450mm. each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
SW1387
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
G AMES/GOALS
86
P 86 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:30 Page 1
MINI GOAL LIGHTWEIGHT • Lightweight tubular plastic floating goal 950mm wide • Ideal for smaller groups
2020
P O O L P L AY
SW301 each.
STANDARD WATER BASKETBALL GAME • Free floating frame and net. Ideal for smaller groups SW164 each.
MINI VOLLEYBALL GAME • Lightweight tubular plastic 1524 x 457mm • Ideal for smaller groups SW300 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
MINI ALUMINIUM POOL GOAL • 25mm Ø aluminium tube - 915 x 610 x 711mm high SW163 each.
Links...
Official Mini Water Polo Goal See Page 175
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 87 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 15:18 Page 1
87
G AMES/GOALS PLAYTIME PLAY BALL PACK Contents:
P O O L P L AY
• 4 x 200mm Smiley Face Balls • 4 x 250mm Swirly Balls • 4 x 250mm Butterfly Balls CP349 per 12.
SOCCER PLAY BALL PACK Contents:
• 4 x Blue Soccer Play Balls • 4 x Yellow Soccer Play Balls • 4 x Red Soccer Play Balls
CP350 per 12. CP43
D
E NU
CP82
2020
I T N OPLAY C VINYL BALLS S I D Playtime (Designs may vary)
190mm CP43
CP83 CP318
VINYL PLAY BALLS
• Set of 4, 1 each Blue, Green, Junior 3
Red, Yellow CP82 per 4.
Official 5 • Set of 4, 1 each Blue, Green, Red, Yellow CP83 per 4. Soft Touch Playballs • PVC - require inflating • Packed in 6’s, assorted colours CP316 100mm per 6. CP317 150mm per 6. CP318 200mm per 6.
CP317
CP316
MIKASA SQUISH VOLLEYBALL • Moulded non-sting soft feel cover • Doubles as an ideal playball for
swimming pool use SP1857 Blue, SP2204 Pink. each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
POOL GAMES
FUN GOALS GAME • 140 x 89 x 81cm • Includes inflatable goal,
anchor bags and inflatable ball SW2737 each.
POOL GAMES
FLOATING HOOPS GAME • 67 x 55cm approx. inflated size • Includes inflatable basketball
POOL GAMES
SW2957 each.
POOL VOLLEYBALL GAME • 239 x 64 x 91cm. • Includes inflatable volleyball
SW1520 each.
POOL GAMES POOL GAMES
DIVE AQUATIC BALLS • Plastic balls with nylon plant-like streamers • Weighted to stand upright • Age 6+
POOL GAMES
SW2335 set of 3.
POOL GAMES
UNDERWATER PLAY STICKS • Sticks stand upright on pool floor. • Age 6+ SW2529 set of 5.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
POOL GAMES
INTEX® are the market leaders in Inflatables, having always set the benchmark for innovation and excellence that others aspire to. Their philosophy remains a tireless commitment to developing and manufacturing the highest quality products which can be seen from their attention to detail and use of only the finest materials. When you purchase an INTEX® product you can be confident that you are buying the best, at the best price, backed by the best customer service organisation in the industry.
P O O L P L AY
I N F L ATA B L E S
88
P 88 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 15:19 Page 1
P 89 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:19 Page 1
POOL FLOATS & TUBES
2020
SW1517 each.
POOL FLOATS & TUBES POOL FLOATS & TUBES
TRANSPARENT TUBE WITH HANDLES • Bright flower designs and heavy duty handles • Assorted styles may vary • 97cm Ø • Age 9+
P O O L P L AY
89
I N F L ATA B L E S
NEON FROST TUBES • 91cm Ø • Assorted • Age 9+
GIANT TYRE TUBE • 91cm Ø • Age 9+
SW1057 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
POOL FLOATS & TUBES
POOL FLOATS & TUBES
SW1617 each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
I N F L ATA B L E S POOL FLOATS & TUBES
SPRINKLE DONUT TUBE • 114cm Ø • Fun Donut design
90
P 90 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:24 Page 1
NUTTY CHOCOLATE DONUT TUBE • 114cm Ø • Fun Donut design
POOL FLOATS & TUBES
SW3147 each.
POOL FLOATS & TUBES POOL FLOATS & TUBES
POPSICLE FLOAT • 191 x 76cm • Realistic popsicle design
SW3148 each.
ICE CREAM MAT • 224 x 107cm • Ice cream design
SW3149 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
CUP CAKE MAT • 142 x 135cm • Cup cake design
SW3216 each.
Links...
Pumps See Page 79
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
POOL FLOATS & TUBES
P O O L P L AY
SW3146 each.
P 91 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:22 Page 1
SW2338 set of 3.
WATER GUN PLANE RIDE-ONS • 147 x 127cm • Includes 2 x inflatable planes and 2 x water guns • Heavy duty handles • Age 3+
SW3065 pack of 2.
JOY RIDERS • 112 x 62cm • Cool graphics • 2 handles for stability
• Age 6+
WAVE RIDER RIDE-ON • 117 x 77cm • Wide base for extra stability • Age 3+
SW2560 pack of 2.
SW1819 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS
POOL CRUISERS • Plane 119 x 107cm • Fish 116 x 76cm • Rocket Car 100 x 97cm
2020
P O O L P L AY
91
I N F L ATA B L E S
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
I N F L ATA B L E S
92
P 92 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:26 Page 1
P O O L P L AY
SW1261 each.
Links...
Pumps See Page 79
LI’L GATOR RIDE-ON • 168 x 86cm • Heavy duty handle • Age 3+
SW2523 each.
UNICORN RIDE ON • 201 x 140 x 97cm • 2 Heavy duty handles • 2 Air chambers
SW3144 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS RIDE-ONS
LITTLE WHALE RIDE-ON • 163 x 73cm • 2 heavy duty handles • Age 3+
P 93 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:27 Page 1
FROZEN BEACH BALL • 51cm/20” Ø • Age 3+ SW3067 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
SW3069 pair.
LICENSES
FROZEN ARM BANDS • 23 x 15cm • Age 3-6
LICENSES
LICENSES
LICENSES
LICENSES
2020
LICENSES
LICENSES
LICENSES
SW3068 each.
LICENSES
FROZEN SWIM RING • 51cm/20” Ø • Age 3-6
LICENSES
P O O L P L AY
93
I N F L ATA B L E S
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
I N F L ATA B L E S
94
P94 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:29 Page 1
LICENSES
P O O L P L AY
LICENSES LICENSES LICENSES
D E U 2020
LICENSES
IN T N O CARS SWIM RING C
S•• I D
51cm/20” Ø Age 3-6 SW3071
LICENSES
CARS BEACH BALL • 61cm/24” Ø • Age 3+ SW3070 each.
LICENSES LICENSES LICENSES LICENSES
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Pumps See Page 79
CARS DELUXE ARM BANDS • 23 x 15cm • Age 3-6
SW3072 pair.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 95 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:32 Page 1
AQUARIUM BEACH BALLS • 61cm Ø • Age 3+.
SW2530 each.
GLOSSY BALLS • Age 3+
2020
SW33 51cm/20” Ø each. SW34 61cm/24” Ø each.
JUMBO BALL • 107cm Ø
SW449 each.
BABY FLOAT • 79 x 79cm • Large square ring for stability
• Comfy harness style seat
• Age 1-2 years
SW450 each.
BIG ANIMAL RING SET • Lion 72 x 66cm • Toucan 66 x 56cm • Crocodile 89 x 69cm • Age 3-6
SW2528 pack of 3.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
BEACH BALLS POOL FLOATS BEACH BALLS POOL FLOATS BEACH BALLS POOL FLOATS BEACH BALLS POOL FLOATS
P O O L P L AY
95
I N F L ATA B L E S
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
I N F L ATA B L E S
96
P 96 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:40 Page 1
BOATS
P O O L P L AY
EXPLORER PRO 50 BOAT • 137 x 85 x 23cm inflated size • Suitable for one person • Includes 3 air chambers including inner auxiliary chamber inside main hull
BOATS
• All-around grab line • Inflatable I-beam floor for comfort and rigidity • Grab handle on bow
SW2958 each.
BOATS BOATS See Page 79
BOATS
EXPLORER PRO 100 BOAT • 160 x 94 x 29cm inflated size • Bright colourful design • Quick-fill, fast-deflated Boston valve on main
BOATS
hull chamber All-around grab line Inflatable I-beam floor for comfort and rigidity Welded on oar locks Oar holders (Note: Oars NOT included) 1 person / 80kg max weight limit Oars not included SW2738 each.
• • • • • •
2020
BOATS
Links...
Pumps
BOATS BOATS BOATS BOATS
EXPLORER PRO 200 BOAT • 196 x 102 x 33cm inflated size • Bright, colourful design • 3 air chambers including inner auxiliary
BOATS
chamber inside main hull Quick-fill, fast-deflate Boston valve All-around grab line Inflatable floor for comfort and rigidity Grab handle on bow Welded on oar locks and oar holders 120kg max weight limit Oars not included SW2615 each.
OARS • 1220mm • Easy 3-piece assembly • Ribbed blades • Retainer rings for oar locks
SW3386 pair.
• • • • • • •
BOATS BOATS
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 97 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:41 Page 1
97
I N F L ATA B L E S
SW3270 per 24.
2020
P O O L P L AY
FRUIT BEACH BALLS • 46cm diameter • 8 of each design
RAINBOW RIBBON TUBE • 1150mm diameter • Multi-colour jelly graphics SW3369 each.
GALACTIC BATTLESHIP RIDE-ON • 1180 x 875mm • 3 air chambers • Heavy duty handles SW3277 each.
POP ART TUBE • 1190mm diameter • Heavy duty handles SW3275 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
PIZZA PARTY LOUNGER • 1880 x 1300mm • Built-in grommets underneath
2020
allow connection to more loungers create an entire pizza with multiple loungers! SW3272 each.
P O O L P L AY
I N F L ATA B L E S
98
P 98 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:43 Page 1
UNICORN SWIM RING • 1190 x 910mm • Fun rainbow unicorn graphics SW3370 each.
POP LLAMA RIDE-ON • 1930 x 1510mm • Heavy-duty handles • Bright fun graphics SW3371 each.
HYDRO-FORCE RING/LOUNGER • 1190mm diameter • Interlocking quick release valve • Sturdy pre-tested vinyl • Heavy-duty handles • All around grab rope with built-in grommets • Premium construction with backrest • Mesh bottom SW3372 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P 99 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:44 Page 1
99
P L AY R A F T S Great confidence boosters for non-swimmers (when used under instruction) ● Ideal for pool fun sessions and “It’s a Knock-out” style competitions 3 ● 33kg/m polyethylene with hammer finish to minimise possibility of friction
P O O L P L AY
●
2020
MINI RAFT
SQUARE RAFT
965 x 482 x 60mm SW210 each.
965 x 965 x 60mm SW534 each.
RECTANGULAR RAFT
1430 x 955 x 60mm SW107 each.
CIRCULAR RAFT
940 diameter x 60mm SW137 each.
FROG RAFTS SW418 Junior 720 x 490 x 50mm each. SW419 Senior 950 x 650 x 50mm each.
TEDDY BEARS SW1821 Junior 720 x 490 x 50mm each. SW1822 Senior 918 x 625 x 50mm each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P O O L P L AY
P L AY R A F T S
10 0
P100 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 02/06/2021 16:45 Page 1
FIGURE 8 RAFT
VENDIPLAS POOLSIDE STORAGE TROLLEY • Specially designed for storage of playrafts
allowing them to air properly whilst keeping poolside tidy
• Also features ‘Roofrack’ which holds up to 3 Wham Bam
2020
1450 x 762 x 60mm SW226 each.
ALIEN PLAYRAFT
1460 x 950 x 60mm SW1827 each.
Storage Bins either 320mm, 365mm or 520mm high 1460 x 950 x 60mm (Not included, please order separately, see page 162) SW1828 each. • Size: Overall - 1400 x 600 x 2250mm high (3 bays 400 x 600 x 1720mm, Roofrack 1350 x 600 x 250mm) SPLASH PLAYRAFT ❋SU935 each. 1460 x 950 x 60mm SW1829 each.
SPACESHIP PLAYRAFT
SW1829
SW1828 SW1827
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P101 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 08:22 Page 1
Helping to create a playful environment for younger pool visitors...!
1 10 P O O L P L AY
RIDE-ONS
Super new designs to enhance our range of ever popular playrafts and ride-ons in 33kg/m3 polyethylene with hammer finish... EMOJI SMILE
2020
950mm dia. SW3374 each.
EMOJI SUNGLASSES 950mm dia. SW3375 each.
CROCODILE LARGE 1850 x 910mm SW3377 each.
CROCODILE SMALL 940 x 480mm SW3376 each.
LADYBIRD LARGE 960 x 880mm SW3385 each.
LADYBIRD SMALL 510 x 450mm SW3378 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SUNGLASSES PLAIN 1830 x 780mm (inside dia.540mm) SW3379 each.
Note: Colours may vary
P O O L P L AY
RIDE-ONS
10 2
P102 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 08:25 Page 1
SKELETON
EMOJI BUNNY
730 x 480mm SW3381 each.
SANTA
720 x 470mm SW3383 each.
PENGUIN
760 x 520mm SW3382 each.
SUNGLASSES FLOWER
1800 x 900mm (inside dia.510mm) SW3380 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
700 x 540mm SW3384 each.
OP103 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 08:53 Page 1
P O O L P L AY
3 10
P L AY R A F T S / S U P P O R T S
2020
HAND AND FOOT
Large fun shapes made in cellular foam offering fun and excitement in the pool. Size: 1000 x 500 x 45mm. SW2081 Hand each. SW2082 Foot each.
AQUA BODY SUPPORT • Ideal body support made in thick section
cellular foam which provides positive buoyancy
• Easy to use, avoids problems trying to slide rings over people
• Totally stable in the water - highly recommended
for people with disabilities Size: 540 x 540 x 90mm. SW2079 Round each.
RELAXATION SUPPORT RING
Designed to hold the head out of the water allowing floating and relaxation without fear. Inside Ø 30cm, Outside Ø 98cm. SW2080 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
An exciting and playful environment for younger pool visitors..!
RAYRAY
800 x 890 x 50mm, Inside ø 350mm SW3090 each.
Manufactured in 45kg/m3 EVA-Foam these super quality new designs encourage children to balance and play on their fantasy creations…
DIPPO
900 x 368 x 201mm SW3093 each.
1010 x 790 x 100mm SW3099 each.
Swim, climb on & enjoy… ASSISTANT CHILD 595 x 609 x 50mm SW3086 each.
ASSISTANT ADULT 985 x 980 x 70mm SW3087 each.
Challenge the balance…
LADY BUG
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
490 x 360 x 60mm. SW1739 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Note: Colours may vary.
Everybody join in…
TURTLE
P O O L P L AY
RIDE-ONS
10 4
P104 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 08:54 Page 1
P105 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 08:56 Page 1
An exciting and playful environment for younger pool visitors..!
5 10 P O O L P L AY
RIDE-ONS
Manufactured in 45kg/m3 EVA-Foam these super quality new designs encourage children to balance and play on their fantasy creations…
Easy to hold and sit on…
Note: Colours may vary.
2020
DUCKIE
830 x 370 x 530mm SW3092 each.
BONDA
1060 x 350 x 330mm SW3096 each.
Everybody join in... FLOWER
960 diameter x 100mm SW3089 each.
HEART
870 x 750 x 50mm SW3191 each.
STALLION
974 x 470 x 623mm SW3094 each.
Challenge the balance… Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P O O L P L AY
RIDE-ONS
10 6
P106 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 08:58 Page 1
FISH
1090 x 1000 x 50mm Inside ø 400mm SW3150 each.
Swim, climb on and enjoy... FERRIE
1050 x 550 x 250mm SW3097 each.
Note: Colours may vary.
AUTO
2020
860 x 310 x 290mm SW3095 each.
Stable & fun… JAWS
1733 x 738 x 431mm SW3098 each.
DUNDEE
Easy to hold and sit on ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
1950 x 460 x 250mm SW3151 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P107 Pool Play LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 09:31 Page 1
P O O L P L AY
7 10
RIVER RIDERS
RIVER RIDERS • Originally designed for lazy river rides in USA waterparks
• Unique solid foam riders will provide hours of fun
2020
• Manufactured from 33kg/m
SW616
polyethylene SW616 Canoe 2100 x 750mm, discs 200 & 100 mm. each. SW611 Double 1400 x 750mm, discs 200 & 100 mm. each. SW610 Single 850mm diameter, discs 200 & 100 mm. each. 3
SW611
SW610
SW3005 SW3006
JUNIOR RIVER RIDERS • New JUNIOR range • Various new designs in smaller sizes SW3005 Junior Single 540mm diameter, discs 100 & 50mm each. SW3006 Junior Double 1070 x 560mm, discs 120 & 60mm each. SW3007 Junior Ladder Raft 980 x 540mm, discs 120 & 60mm each. SW3008 Junior Zebra Rider 980 x 600mm, discs 120 & 60mm each. SW3009 Junior Zebra Raft 980 x 600 x 100mm each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SW3007
SW3008
SW3009
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RIDE-ONS/RINGS
10 8
P108 Pool Play RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 09:33 Page 1
with recessed valve 635mm SW123 each. 1016mm SW124 each. 1270mm SW384 each. 1780mm SW470 each.
P O O L P L AY
RUBBER FUN RINGS • Extremely robust butyl rubber inner tubes
FLUME MAT • Size:
985 x 500 x 7mm
• Top quality
evazote (50kg/m3)
costume damage
• Varying speeds can be achieved
depending on how the mat is held • Colour Blue only SW286 each.
SURFBOARD • Superb product in polyethylene • Ideal for leisure pools with wave making facility or as an everyday fun item
• Size 980 x 480 x 60mm
SW174
each.
STEPPING STONES • Made from 45 kg/m polyethylene with 3
two lengths of PLYABLE hosepipe through the centre to reduce rope wear • Link together to form a bridge, a path out to other items in the pool, or a pool boom • Each float has a red and a blue surface, ideal when organising games or competitions • ANCHORED BUOYS can be made by using the stepping stones in conjunction with a length of rope and a weighted object e.g. Diving Brick. Stepping Stones are sold individually, order to suit your exact requirements. Size:- 475 x 475 x 100mm. SW193 Stepping Stone each. SE21 Orange 12mm Polythene Rope per metre.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
• Unique contoured shape • Eliminate friction burns and
P109 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 09:34 Page 1
9 10
ACCESS
Floor fixed removable hoists with 360° swivel… Manual Operated by a hydraulic actuator with pump and manual handle. Floor fix into 50mm Ø socket or surface mount. Specification: • Dimensions: (WxDxH), 137 x 30 x 141cm • Max load: 150 kg (Hydraulics tested to over 1000kg) • Structure materials: Grade 304 Stainless Steel and Hot Galvanized S235 Steel with a waterproof epoxy coating • Seat course: 130cm • Weight: 50kg
Motorised As Unifix Manual but powered electrically 24v battery operated motor. Controlled with a handheld RCU. Specification: • 2 rechargeable batteries (one is a spare). • Wall mounted battery charging unit • Remote control unit (RCU) When ordering please specify “Surface” or “Socket” mount. kSE960 each
Contents: • Hammock style seat • Surface mount (requires 4 holes) or In-ground socket Requires professional installation. kSE959 each.
2020
POOL AREA
UNIFIX HOISTS
Surface Mount 50mm Socket
UNIFIX HOIST CRADLE SEAT ONLY
Optional Stainless Steel Seat arrangement for hoists kSE961 each. Features: • No motor, anchor or power supply • A double crane system - international patent • Access to the pool in all places • Carry people from changing room to the pool edge • Simple and limited maintenance
UNI KART 300 POOL LIFT Leader in pool solutions, Hexagone has developed a lift for disabled people, autonomous, independant without electricity, hydraulic power or battery to maintain, and without anchor. UNI KART will help you to give access to your pool for all disabled people
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Specification: Weight Maximum charge Chassis System Power Certification Rear wheels Front wheels Brake Dimensions (LxDxH) Warranty Seat Seat course ❋SE846 each. Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
250kg 136kg Painted Stainless Steel Pantograph None Apave/ Swivelling 360º Solid wheels Rear end braking castors 120 x 80 x 170cm 2 year - 7 year (Corrosion) ABS 80cm
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACCESS
11 0
P110 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 09:36 Page 1
FLOATING WHEEL CHAIR
2
POOL AREA
Easy pool access for customers with limited mobility… Cleverly designed wheel chair with two large inflatable wheels allowing a staff member to wheel the laden chair straight into the pool, swim straight off the seat..! Simply reverse action to exit pool. Specifications: Structure: Powder Coated grade 304 Stainless Steel Max load: 130 kg Weight: 45 kg Warranty: 2 years Dimensions: 800 x 950 x 1100mm kSE881 each. Note: Suitable for Deck Level and Beach Pools only.
3
4
Features: • Increased safety for the user • Tip stops prevent tipping greater than 5 degrees backwards • No loose parts so always ready for use • Easy to manouver for the user or an assistant • Easy Access in and out, no need to dismantle the armrests • Strong and adjustable brake system. • No metal parts • Low maintenance
EASYROLLER PLASTIC WHEELCHAIR The first metal free wheelchair designed and manufactured specifically for use in swimming pools and showers
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Construction: • Body and Footrest Rotomolded PE • Rims injection moulded Nylon • Tyres Tubeless PU • Brake System Injection moulded Nylon • POM and glass ball bearings in wheels • Main axle reinforced with 25% glassfibre • Weight: 17kgs • Maximum load: 150kgs • Dimensions: 67 x 82.5 x 105cm (W x L x H) kSE930 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
1
P111 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 09:41 Page 1
1 11
ACCESS STANDARD ACCESS LADDERS
POOL AREA
Stainless steel mirror polished tubular 38mm dia. rails 16G-wall thickness. Stainless steel anti-slip treads, the top tread is double width for extra safety. These ladders are removable. Available in 3 to 5 tread version to suit pool depth "A". ❋SE76 3-Tread (‘A’) 1024mm each. ❋SE77 4-Tread (‘A’) 1304mm each. ❋SE78 5-Tread (‘A’) 1584mm each.
Fixings: See bottom of page.
DECK-LEVEL ACCESS LADDERS Made to the same specification as the Standard Ladders above but specifically designed for Deck-Level Pools. Available in 3 to 5 tread version to suit pool depth ‘A’.
2020
❋SE73 3-Tread (‘A’) 744mm each.
❋SE74 4-Tread (‘A’) 1024mm each. ❋SE75 5-Tread (‘A’) 1304mm each. Fixings: See bottom of page.
Ideal for elderly or disabled persons who find access to pool difficult via standard ladders. ❋SE293 495mm Wide each. ❋SE694 960mm Wide each.
900
EASY ACCESS POOL LADDERS
250
950
Fixings: See bottom of page. Note: Access ladders have Stainless Steel treads
SE293
SE694
SAFE USE OF ACCESS LADDERS SIGN Foamex, 300 x 400 x 2mm SE919 each. 10 and over each.
Note: This ladder is made to order and can be manufactured to suit most pools.
ACCESS LADDER SPARES
SE464 Access Ladder Tread Stainless Steel each. SE768 Access Ladder Tread High Density Plastic each. ❋SE761 Double Width Access Ladder Tread Stainless Steel each.
. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
215 215
215
215
215
960
SE277 Step/Tread Fixings Only - 2 Required per Tread each. SE766 Plastic Foot for 38mm dia. Tube each. SE792 Pinch Anchor Socket 38mm each. SE505 Cover Plate for 38mm dia. Tube each. Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACCESS... SECURIT Y
11 2
P112 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 10:07 Page 1
KEYSTRAP CRIMPING PLIERS (not illustrated) SU322 pair.
METAL KEYSTRAP RIVETS (not illustrated) SU323 per 100.
NUMBERING SERVICE ❋SU321 each.
FISHTAIL PINS • 100 per pack • Complete with Split Ring • Numbering service available
on request. SU776 per 100.
NUMBERING SERVICE ❋SU855 each.
TYVEK WRIST BANDS
Control your admissions with these super tamper-proof wrist bands available in ten colours. • Non - Transferable • Waterproof • Lightweight • 1000 of one colour per box • Size 25.4 x 254mm SU371 Red, SU372 Green, SU373 Blue, SU374 Yellow, SU375 Grey, SU376 Orange, SU1321 Pink, SU1322 Purple, SU1323 Black, SU1324 White. per 1000.
FLEX COILS
Packed 10 of one colour SW1974 Red, SW1998 Black, SW3029 Blue. per 10.
2020
For a totally enclosed key • Ideal for use at Swimming Pools, Leisure Centres etc. • Made from tough, resilient, hygienic Hytrel Polyester Thermoplastic • Easy key fixing • Supplied in bags of 50 of one colour • Numbering service available on request • Six colours • Rivets Nickel plated brass SU315 Red, SU316 Green, SU317 Blue, SU318 Yellow, SU320 Orange. per 50.
POOL AREA
KEYSTRAPS
LANYARDS BREAKAWAY • 10mm flat braided polyester • Plastic safety breakaway • Packed 10 of one colour SW1975 Red, SW1999 Blue. per 10.
LANYARDS
Cotton, 12 assorted colours. SU239 per 12.
STANDARD RUBBER WRIST BANDS
Size 85 x 13 x 1.2mm, 100 of one colour per bag. SU01 Red, SU02 Green, SU03 Blue, SU04 Yellow, SU05 White, SU080 Mauve, SU081 Orange, SU084 Black, SU085 Pink, SU086 Sky Blue, SU087 Silver. per 100.
MARKING PENS
Recommended for numbering of Rubber Wrist Bands. SU14 per box of 12.
SPLIT KEY RINGS
20mm nickel plated brass, suitable for attachment to standard wrist bands. 100 per pack. SU13 per 100.
Tel: 01788 542777 Tel: 01788 542777 OORDERLINES R D E R L I N E S E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLen nard.com PRICES 2021 P R I CGUARANTEED ES G UA R A NT ETO E D FEB TO F28th E B 28t h 2019
P113 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 10:17 Page 1
3 11
CLEANING
2020
POOL AREA
GPA UNIVERSAL REINFORCED HOSE 30m GPA Universal is the cost-effective, high-performance TPE alternative to rubber hosing. While looking and feeling like rubber, it has many advantages including a longer lifespan. Manufactured from a hard wearing PVC Nitrile blend, this ergonomically-friendly super-flexible product is a real winner in many industrial environments.
• A universal performer suitable for conveying many
SE895 Specification Length Nominal size Internal Diameter External Diameter Length Tolerance Maximum Working Pressure Minimum Burst Pressure Bend Radius Working Temperature Material Material Softness Flammability Weight per metre Coil Weight Packaging Application Standards
chemicals, solvents, fuels, oils, greases, compressed air and water • PVC Nitrile blend gives good abrasion and ageing resistance – superior to rubber • Clean, flexible and user-friendly • Reduced plasticizer migration • High visibility yellow • Excellent resistance to UV / Ozone • Silicone and Cadmium free • Fire retardancy Rating: CO1 25% Oxygen • Service Temperature: -15°C to + 60°C • 3:1 safety factor SE895 each.
30 metres roll 13 x 22mm 13.0 ± 0.25mm 22.0 ± 0.30mm BS EN ISO 1307 (± 1%) 20 Bar 60 Bar 85mm -15ºC TO +60ºC Flexible PVC BSS45 FDA Approved Self Extinguishing 0.368Kg 11.05Kg Strapex Ties and Shrinkwrap BS EN ISO 5774 (Plastic hoses, Textile-reinforced types for compressed-air applications)
Certified to be effective against Norovirus, Legionella, Pseudomanus, MRSA, Ecoli & Swine Flu. It also elimates odours and bad smells and controls algae and mould growth.
SAGEWASH CLEANING SYSTEM
Suitable for poolside, changing rooms, toilet facilities, decking areas/outside dining, sauna, steam rooms and thermal cabins. • Saves time and labour • Reduced cost and usage of cleaning chemicals • No batch mixing - automatic dispensing • No rinsing required • Less than 1p per gallon • Solution certified to European regulations • WHO - World Health Organisation approved • ORP - Oxidation Reduction Potential MV levels = 700 plus • 120 times more effective than bleach • HSE registered for UK use SE864 Sagewash Pro Sanitiser Gun each.
Note: Capsules and hose not included, please order separately
SE758 Sagewash Sanitiser Capsule Pail • One pail contains 9 capsules
• 50m x 12.5mm diameter hosepipe
SE315 Premier Reinforced Hosepipe
each. SE318 Hoselock Water Stop Connector • To join to hose-pipe. When disconnected water flow is automatically cut off each.
D
E U N
I T N CO
S
DI Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING WATERFLOW SYSTEM
The Salmon Products Waterflow System enables the user to brush and wash both conveniently and effectively at the same time, and because the brush is at the end of a rigid handle, it is possible to clean awkward or inaccessible surfaces up to 2.6m away.
11 4
P114 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 10:19 Page 1
Premier Reinforced Hosepipe • 50m x 12.5mm diameter hosepipe SE315 each.
Hoselock Water Stop Connector • To join to the 1⁄2” hose-pipe. When disconnected water flow is automatically cut off SE318 each.
GREENCLEAR 5 LITRE • Effectively controls algae, fungi and
SE318
mould growth
• 1300mm Aluminium handle with two hand grips
• Use on outdoor walkways, decking,
Waterflow Aluminium Handle Only
SE316 each.
around hot tubs, hard surfaces and any outside area where unsightly algae creates a slip hazard or diminishes the look of your facility • Use pro-actively to reduce maintenance costs, • 5 litres will treat 250m3 SU1753 per 2
Waterflow Deck Scrub Brush Head Only • 300mm Stiff polyester floor scrub, trim 41mm • This item may be autoclaved SE317 each. Waterflow Triple Superflow Brush and Handle • Telescopic handle full length 3300mm • Brush head 245 x 90mm SU1410 each.
SU1410
SU582
SE317
TILE & GROUT BRUSHES
152mm SCRUB BRUSH
Moulded handle on top, stiff 30mm trim. SE485 each.
Tile Scrub 200 x 80mm. Stiff polyester bristles for tiled walls & floors, universal swivel connector for use with SE303 Aluminium Handle or SE750 Short Handle. SE579 each. Grout Scrub 240 x 35mm. Stiff polyester bristles trimmed to a point and the handle connector hinges laterally for brushing along grouted lines. Use with SE303 Aluminium Handle or SE750 Short Handle. SE580 each.
TLC PASTE
1500mm ALUMINIUM HANDLE
For use with SE579 & SE580 brushes also SE581, SE749 & SE747 squeegee heads SE303 each.
SE303
Tile and Liner Cleaning Paste 5kg. SE3390 each.
SHORT SQUEEGEE HANDLE • Short handle is the perfect squeegee head
attachment for wiping down windows, tiles, shower cubicles etc. • For use with SE579, & SE580 brushes also SE581, SE749 & SE747 squeegee heads SE750 each.
Links...
Squeegees See Page 116
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SE316
POOL AREA
SE315
P115 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 10:33 Page 1
POOL AREA
5 11
CLEANING
SE08
SE330
SE34
SE320
POOL BRUSH KIT 915mm
HYGIENE BRUSHES
Heavy duty brush with wide head, nylon fill and 2 x 2440mm extension tubes. ❋SE08 £309.46 each.
Flat sweeping, suitable for wet, dry or hygienically sensitive areas. Non absorbent, rot and rust proof. SE311 305mm head, very stiff 76mm polypropylene trim. each. SE301 457mm head, stiff 63mm Polyester trim. each. SE302 610mm head, medium 83mm Polypropylene trim. each. SE303 1500mm, Aluminium Handle for hygiene brushes. (See image opposite). each.
TINUED
DISCON
EXTRA EXTENSION TUBE 2440mm ONLY For SE08 Pool Brush Kit ONLY. ❋SE080 each.
2020
SPARE BRUSH HEAD 915mm
For SE08 ONLY (No plate). Not illustrated. ❋SE081 each.
LIGHTWEIGHT NYLON BRUSHES
Nylon brush heads for use with telescopic handles. 457mm ❋SE320 each. 915mm ❋SE330 each.
SE302
ALGAE BRUSH ONLY
457mm Stainless Steel wire brush for use with telescopic handles. ❋SE34 each.
LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINIUM TELESCOPIC HANDLES
SE301
For use with SE34, SE37, SE44, SE320, and SE330. 1220 - 2440mm ❋SE188 each. 1830 - 3660mm ❋SE140 each. 2440 - 4880mm ❋SE36 each. 3660 - 7320mm ❋SE360 each. Wishbone Clip SE1470 per 10.
SE304
SE305
SE311
HAND BRUSHES
406mm including handle, stiff 40mm Polyester trim. SE304 each. 254mm including handle, stiff 44mm Polypropylene trim. SE305 each. 178mm double wing scrubbing brush, stiff 35/27mm polyester trim. SE373 each.
SE373
WALL MOUNTED BRUSH/POLE HANGER
515mm aluminium backplate (fixing screws NOT included) with five removable plastic and rubber holders for brushes and lightweight handles. SE312 each.
WALL MOUNTED TELESCOPIC HANDLE HANGER
(Not illustrated). As SE312 but with 3 wide grips for hanging thicker poles. For extra safety store long poles with 2 hangers, 1 at waist height and the other just above the floor, alternatively use 2 hangers and store poles horizontally. SE582 each.
SE312
OVERMOULDED PLASTIC HANGING SYSTEM • Simple tidy solution for cleaning handles • Accepts regular and wider ø handles up to 38mm • Size: 200 x 125mm SU1408 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SU1408
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING
11 6
P116 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 11:41 Page 1
Economy range of brushware with stainless steel staples suitable for use in changing rooms and on pool side. Sweeping brushes and deck scrub brush require SE303 aluminium handle
SE903 SE905
Sweeping Brush 280mm (11”) SE903 SE904 Soft Fill Stiff Fill each. Sweeping Brush 380mm (15”) SE905 SE906 Soft Fill Stiff Fill each.
STIFF UTILITY BRUSH
SE907
SE909
DECK SCRUB STIFF FILL 215mm (8½”) SE907 each.
238mm (9 ½”) SE909 each.
POOL AREA
ECONOMY HYGIENE BRUSHES
SE908
HAND BRUSH SMALL STIFF
2020
180mm (7”) SE908 each.
ONE PIECE SQUEEGEE SINGLE BLADE
Rubber blade moulded onto a plastic frame eliminating areas where dirt may collect, perfect for areas where hygiene is essential. SE581 600mm. each. SE749 300mm. each. Order SE303 Aluminium Handle or SE750 Short Squeegee Handle separately SE749
SE581
DUAL-RUBBER SQUEEGEE HEAD 600mm
SE303
SE747
100% closed cell mousse rubber for greater hygiene, prevents ALL bacteria • Autoclaving at 150ºC • Fully moulded construction • Replacement squeegee cassette with patented lock-unlock cassette loading system SE747 each. Order SE303 Aluminium Handle or SE750 Short Squeegee Handle separately
ALUMINIUM HANDLE 1500mm (See image above) For use with SE581, SE749 & SE747 SE303 each.
SHORT SQUEEGEE HANDLE • Short handle is the perfect squeegee head attachment for wiping down windows, tiles, shower cubicles etc. • For use with SE581, SE749, SE747 squeegee heads SE750 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SE747
REPLACEMENT CASSETTE SQUEEGEE
For SE747 Squeegee SE748 each. SE748
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P117 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 11:43 Page 1
POOL AREA
7 11
CLEANING
MULTI-CLEAN Kills 99.9% Bacteria
Use Daily
Multi-Clean can be used everywhere, on anything. Gym equipment, poolside, rubber matting, showers, changing rooms, spinning bikes, glass and mirrors, carpets and upholstery. The list is endless.
Showers
As Multi-Clean contains a fragrance, the only place it is not for use is in the kitchen. Safe to use poolside without effecting the pH balance of the pool water.
s
Poolside Area
SU1728 Liquid 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre. SU1748 1 litre Trigger Spray per 12.
nt
Gym equipme
POOLSAFE DUAL ACTION Descales & Cleans Tiles & Metals
Use Weekly
Tiled floors /
Removes poolside scale, scum, body fats and calcium without effecting the pH balance of the pool water. Poolsafe Dual Action has a pleasant fragrance, leaving areas fresh and brilliantly clean.
Poolsafe Dual Action is for use in Showers, Washrooms, Changing rooms, Steam rooms, Hot tubs and Spas. Anywhere there is a build up of scale or scum.
oms
Changing ro
Poolsafe Dual Action Gel is also available for difficult vertical surfaces and scum lines. Ideal for use on rubber flooring, shower heads, taps and pool covers.
a Pool side are
SU1533 Liquid 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre. SU1534 Gel 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre. aunas
eam rooms/S
Showers / St
DEEP CLEAN Tile Restorer
Use Monthly
2020
A powerful multi purpose sanitising cleaner, with a long lasting fragrance.
This highly impressive product is recommended for initial deep cleaning and 3 monthly thereafter without the need for pool closure.
Deep Clean has been specifically designed to remove heavy duty rust, scale, scum, calcium and body fats from tiles and grout in all areas
Rust stains
Eliminates stubborn rust stains and restores the original anti-slip properties of the tiles. Safe to use in all wet areas and pool surrounds without effecting the pH balance of the pool water. Deep Clean Gel is available for use on vertical and challenging surfaces, scum lines, rubber flooring and pool covers.
a
Pool side are
Warning! Do not use on stainless steel or chrome. SU1535 Liquid 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre. SU1536 Gel 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
New..!
PLASTIC BUCKETS Shatter resistant with reinforced base and metric/imperial markings
PLASTIC BUCKET 30 LITRE • Extra-large, white mixing bucket with strong metal handle • Shatter resistant with reinforced base and metric/imperial markings to aid mixing • Outside dimensions: 42cm x 38cm (H x D) SE911 each.
BUCKET BLACK PLASTIC 14 LITRE • Strong plastic bucket
UHB HINGED LID ONLY For Ultra Hygienic Bucket SE901 each. N
POOL AREA
mixing cleaning chemicals • Moulded spout for targeted pouring • Manufactured to withstand industrial use - made from FDA approved materials • Hand grip at base of bucket enables easy pouring • Optional SU1334 wall bracket (see below) - hang upside down to dry out • Optional SE901 hinged lid (see below) SE840 each.
New..!
with metal handle and metric/imperial markings to aid mixing SE855 each.
WALL BRACKET
For Ultra Hygiene Bucket SU1334 each.
FLEXI TRUGS Flexible plastic storage tubs with moulded handles offer a multitude of uses
BUCKET BLUE PLASTIC 9 LITRE • Bucket with metal handle
and roll top SE516 each.
XL 75 litre SE913 each.
Large 40 litre CP284 each.
MOP BUCKET BLUE 2 GALLON • Tough polypropylene mop bucket with easy
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
clip on/off sieve and durable carry handle SE914 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
ULTRA HYGIENIC BUCKET 12 LITRE • Embossed graduations for perfect measuring - ideal for
CLEANING
11 8
P118 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 11:44 Page 1
P119 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 11:51 Page 1
9 11
CLEANING DEEP LEAF NETS ONLY
For use with telescopic handles (see page 115) SE44 Commercial • Good quality frame and net • 410 x 240 x 400mm deep net each. SE753 Basic • 440 x 180 x 380mm deep net each.
SE37
POOL AREA
SE44
SKIMMER NETS ONLY
For use with telescopic handles (see page 115) SE37 Commercial • Good quality frame and net • 410 x 240mm each. SE752 Basic • 300 x 340mm each.
SE752
POOL SCOOP AND HANDLE
Aluminium 254mm diameter bowl fitted with 1520mm aluminium handle complete with rubber grips. ❋SE24 each.
SE753
PLASTIC SCOOP SE24
D
UE N I T ON
DISC
2020
1.5 Litre, 220mm diameter bowl with metric/imperial markings and 140mm fixed plastic handle. SE374 each.
PLASTIC SCOOP LONG HANDLE
1.5 Litre, 220mm diameter bowl with metric/imperial marking and extra-long 1500mm fixed aluminium handle. ❋SE375 each.
SE375
SE374
TRUVOX MULTIWASH 340/PUMP BATTERY Battery powered multi-purpose floor cleaning machine that will wash, scrub and dry on both hard and soft floor coverings in a single pass. Ideal for cleaning during the day in schools, leisure centres, healthcare and environments where staff, patients and customers are present • Excellent cleaning results in just one pass • Simple to operate and manoeuvre • Extremely effective on “difficult” floors including: • Non-slip safety floors • Low pile carpets • Escalators and travelators • Entrance matting • No trailing cables minimising the risk of trips and slips • Continuous battery run time of up to 50 minutes • Leaves floors ready to walk on in minutes • Supplied with soft floor brushes • Hard bristle blue brushes for hard floor surfaces available see SU1706 below Model SU1705 kSU1705 each. Charging voltage AC/Freq. 220-240v/50-60Hz BLUE BRUSH HARD Battery voltage 24v BRISTLE 50 minutes • More suitable for hard floors Continous run time Brush/cleaning width 34cm SU1706 each. Brush speed 400rpm Note: Two brushes required for Brush pressure 250g/cm2 each Multiwash. Productivity 930m2/hour Solution tank capacity 4 ltr Sound pressure level 66dB(A) Size (LxWxH) 38x44x111cm Weight 22kg Warranty 1 year Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING
12 0
P120 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 11:52 Page 1
PEPS POOL CLEANER
2020
3
POOL AREA
The real professional clean and scrub pool cleaner, 14kg of power Peps pool bottom cleaner is the state of art development from Hexagone for cleaning your pool. Hexagone is the leader in pool cleaners for the public swimming pools sector. The Peps pool bottom cleaner is the new entry for semi public market such as hotels, camp sites, schools, condos, health clubs and high demand private customers.
Main reasons to choose the Peps :
1. Construction Class-exclusive high-strength, aluminium alloy body. The design is reliable and easy to maintain. It will withstand daily use by multiple staff. 2. Performance The Peps pool bottom cleaner is extremely powerful with a professional pump of 37m3/h, the largest cleaning capacity on the market (filter can hold up to 14 lbs of sand). It has Hexagone revolutionary fast rotating brushes and super power suction. This makes it the ideal partner for any swimming pool. 3. Smart Equipped with a gyroscopic controller and twin infra-red captors, its self-learning automatic mode makes the Peps pool bottom cleaner extremely fast and efficient completing a cycle on a 15m x 10m pool in less than 25 minutes. Using a Peps pool bottom cleaner is therefore both easy and efficient. Each Peps pool bottom cleaner ordered comes complete with transportation trolley and remote control. Model
Metro NAV Navigation System • 45 min to clean an 18 m swimming pool • Equipped with twin infra red captors for the detection of walls and a gyroscope for the movement • Comes with an 8-function radio remote control, waterproof and anti-shock
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Suitable for Pools up to:Cycle Time (In Automatic) Climb Walls (Optional) Water line Cable Length Remote Control Cleaning Programmes Suction Rate Caddy Brushes Warranty Months
❋SE879 PEPS Up to 25 Metres 25 mins. 15 x 10m No Yes 30 Metres Yes Programmable 37 m3/Hour Yes Stiff Bristle 24 £3202.50
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P121 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 11:54 Page 1
1 12
CLEANING
HEXAGONE CHRONO AUTOMATIC POOL CLEANERS
POOL AREA
Used at prestigious events such as the London Olympic Games, Chrono Pool Cleaners, featuring robust stainless steel bodies, are the professional choice for commercial facilities requiring impeccable performance over many years
2020
• All Chrono Pool Cleaners are equipped with micro-
• • •
processor, on-board gyroscopes and infra-red sensors to automatically adapt to the size of the pool they are cleaning and optimize cleaning performance. Deep pools with big angled slopes and beach pools are cleaned equally efficiently as the pump will automatically switch off and return the cleaner to deeper water; they will also operate under lane ropes and pool covers. Automatic cleaning of a 25m x 12m pool can be achieved in as little as 1.5 hours from an instant or timer delayed start. A water proof remote control unit is supplied for manual cleaning with pause, on the spot and dual speed functions. Launching and removal of a cleaner could not be simpler; the operator can drive it into the water from the pools edge and after cleaning, with the aid of the float, Chrono Pool Cleaners will drive back onto the stainless steel trolley. Large capacity suction retrieves sand, hair, bandages and other pollutants. Pre-pump filtration avoids contamination of the turbine and the "open umbrella" filtration system can be cleaned with minimum fuss and without the need for the operator to physically contact any debris.
Model Suitable for Pools up to:Cycle Time (In Automatic) Climb Walls (Optional) Water line Cable Length Remote Control Cleaning Programmes Suction Rate Caddy Brushes Warranty Months
❋SE838 CHRONO 33 33 x 21 Metres 2 Hours Yes Yes 32 Metres Yes Programmable 50 m3/Hour Yes PVC/PVA/MIX 24 £6495.00
❋SE837 CHRONO 25 25 x 13 Metres 1.5 Hours Yes Yes 25 Metres Yes Programmable 50 m3/Hour Yes PVC/PVA/MIX 24 £4995.00
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
❋SE839 CHRONO 50 60 x 25 Metres 5 Hours Yes Yes 50 Metres Yes Programmable 50 m3/Hour Yes PVC/PVA/MIX 24 £7995.00 Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING
12 2
P122 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 12:00 Page 1
HEXAGONE SPOT POOL CLEANERS
POOL AREA
2020 sees the introduction of a new fully automated professional range of robotic pool cleaners from Hexagone… including the battery operated Spot Pro 150, battery floats on the water while the cleaner does its work below..! • All Spot Cleaners have intelligent sensors for automatic pool cleaning or, use the radio controlled remote hand unit for manual cleaning
2020
SE964
SE962
SE963 Floating battery
Model Suitable for Pools: Cleaner width: Climb Walls: Cleaning speed: Suction power: Nett Weight: Cable length: Trolley: Remote control: Filtration capacity: Power supply: Charging Time: Warranty:
kSE962 SPOT PRO 100
15-25m 400mm Yes 10-15m per minute 27m3/hour 9kg 30m Yes Yes 3kg 110v or 240v N/A 2 years £2505.00
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
kSE963 SPOT PRO 150 BATTERY
Up to 20m 400mm Yes 10-15m per minute 27m3/hour 9kg/2kg 3m (floating) Yes Yes 3kg 12V Rechargeable Battery 3h (autonomy)/6h (charge) 2 years £2902.50
kSE964 SPOT PRO DUO
Up to 50m 780mm No 10-15m per minute 50m3/hour 18kg/4kg 40m Yes Yes 6kg 110v or 240v N/A 2 years £4950.00
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P123 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 12:01 Page 1
DOLPHIN COMMERCIAL POOL CLEANERS • Self diagnostic*not SE848 automatic pool cleaners • Joystick control and self programme cleaning • Power Supply with light indicator - signifying clogged filter bag
• Cable Swivel - preventing the cable from twisting
• Shorter cycle times • Colours with matching remote controls
Dolphin Wave Commercial 50 SE848 each. Dolphin Wave Commercial 100 • 3 filtration options: fine, ultra fine and disposable for all pool conditions and seasons. • 20% extra filtration capacity, leaves the pool water clean and free of hair, dust, insects and other debris SE847 each. Wonder Brushes • Spare brushes for Wave 50 and 100 • Set of 4 brushes SE757 per set of 4. Filter Bag • Spare for Wave 50 and 100 SE829 each.
SE848
2020
POOL AREA
3 12
CLEANING
SE847
DOLPHIN WAVE 200 XL • Line-by-line cleaning process — state-of-the-art programmable tracking systematically cleans the pool floor one path at a time • AutoDirect — intelligent, self-learning technology and multiple scanning modes deliver systematic, independent and fast cleaning of any mid-sized commercial pool of any shape or type
• Multi Pattern Scanning — advanced navigation system and powerful technology ensure complete pool coverage • Highly efficient clog-free spiral filtration system — simultaneously separates and filters rough, fine and ultra-fine dirt
Spiral flow system spins the water with large debris off the coarse filter net The coarse filter mesh retains the large particles allowing the cartridge filter to run longer ■ The ultra-fine debris is caught in a large pleated cartridge filter ■ Top access, with snap-in/out separation of the layers, for easy and convenient maintenance and cleaning Enhanced Active Brushing system with Spiral Brush — advanced, dual-direction brush system delivers superior cleaning ■ Brushes spin at 1.5x the speed of the robot to efficiently sweep dirt from the front and sides ■ Unique Spiral Brush sweeps dirt from both sides of the robot towards the centre of the vacuum ■ Four side brushes clean the corners between the pool floor and walls ■ ■
•
❋SE958 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Simply pick the cleaner to suit the size of your pool from the table below ❋SE680 ❋SE958 SE848 SE847 Model Dolphin Wave 50 Dolphin Wave 100 Dolphin Wave 200 XL Dolphin Wave 300XL Suitable for Pools up to:15-20 Metres 15 - 25 Metres 25 - 50 Metres 25 - 60 Metres Cycle Time (Hours) 4 Hours 4 - 6 - 8 Hours 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 Hours 1 - 8 Hours Climb Walls Yes Yes No No Water line Yes Yes No No Cable Length 24 Metres 30 Metres 35 Metres 43 Metres Remote Control No Yes Yes Yes Cleaning Programmes Fixed Programmable Programmable Programmable Suction Rate 17 m3/Hour 17 m3/Hour 34 m3/Hour 40 m3/Hour Filter Bag Indicator No Yes Yes Yes Caddy Yes Yes Yes Yes Brushes Wonder Brushes Wonder Brushes Dual Direction Active Extra Active Warranty Months 24 24 24 24 £2690.00 £3600.00 £7800.00 £10495.00
**3 x Filter Option.
POOL AREA
CLEANING
12 4
P124 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 12:02 Page 1
The professional non compromising answer for systematic, thorough and reliable pool cleaning for Olympic and Commercial pools up to 60m in length. The most cost effective machine Scanning: in the market. • Intelligent navigation system ensures complete coverage of every pool type and shape Brushing: • Active brushing system with rotating brushes specially designed to brush, scrub and remove dirt from the pool floor, slopes, edges and corners Filtration: • High filtration capacity and super suction power of 40 m3/hr through two unique 50 micron, unique, easy to replace disposable filter bags • Top user-friendly access to the filter bags MMI (Man Machine Interface): • An interactive state of the art MMI digital user-friendly control panel enables full control of cycle time, operation delay, scanning system (navigation, logical), diagnosis of technical function and parameters • Remote control for manual manoeuvring • Safety entry and submerging into the pool Robustness: • Robust, heavy-duty design to meet the tough demands of daily use in public pools ❋SE680 each. SE830 Filter Bag for Dolphin Wave each.
SE680
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
DOLPHIN WAVE COMMERCIAL 300XL POOL CLEANER
P125 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 12:03 Page 1
5 12
COMPETITION
2020
POOL AREA
Official Supplier for FINA since 2009 and LEN since 1999, providing competition equipment for international events
In the Games since 1976
The Racing Lane Lines were first used in 1976 at the Olympic Games in Montreal. In 1992, just in time for Barcelona, came the larger discs with superior wave absorbing qualities. Since then they have become the rule for competitions. Key success factors are dedication to product development and commitment to aquatic sports. Why is turbulence control important?
The Malmsten Technology – the Difference:
Because a competition shall be fair and we all enjoy records being broken; our idea is that swimmers in a competition shall as little as possible be bothered by other swimmers ́ motion. The same is valid for all pool goers.
• Best possible water positioning – partly under the
Professor Kuttenkeuler’s studies* have shown that the Official Racing Lane Line by Malmsten reduces water turbulence and wave energy by up to 90 percent. It also concluded that these Lane Lines are superior to any other Lane Line on the market.
Malmsten
water surface
• Material weight and density matters: 25 m Gold Lane Line is 70 kg – 50 m Gold Lane Line is 116 kg
• Flow-through design with little bounce back • Each disc moves individually and absorbs water movements, thus maximum turbulence control
• The take-up reel technology with a separate tool for the perfect installation
• Harmless materials with no traces of heavy metals • Softer plastic to avoid discomforting cracks in discs • Strong, safe and flexible ss 316 wire, 4 mm thick with 7x7 threads
• Industry best polyethylene with color fastness of 8
(of 8 possible) UV-stabilizer of 8000 ppm (highest possible) and anti-oxidants (to further protect colours).
Racing Lane Line
Performance studies by the Royal Institute of Technology*
Water turbulence control
Optimal water positioning
316 stainless steel cable, 4mm thick, 7 x 7 threads
Anti-oxidants in the polyethylene
Colour fastness of 8/8
UV-stabiliser of 8000 ppm
Flow-through design
*Studies by Professor Jacob Kuttenkeuler, at the centre for Naval Architecture, Royal Institute of Technology, KTH, Stockholm, Sweden.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
COMPETITION
12 6
P126 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 12:06 Page 1
LEN, the European Swim Federation, has decided that shall be the official racing lane at the European Championships, the European Short Course Championships and other major championships in Europe arranged by the organisation. The Racing Lane has been used in eight Olympic Games, eight World Games and nineteen European Championships... today more popular than ever. Even though you are not going to arrange the Olympics you can choose Olympic standard for your racing lanes... be sure to get the original!
Selected for Tokyo Olympic Games 2020
STANDARD 100mm Ø RACING LANES 20 metre 25 yards (22.86 metre) 25 metre 331⁄3 yards (30.48 metre) 331⁄3 metre 50 metre
GOLD 150mm
❋SE060 ❋SE070 ❋SE04 ❋SE050 ❋SE05 ❋SE06
each. each. each. each. each. each.
POOL AREA
“The Official Swimming Racing Lanes in Europe”
Racing Lanes feature high strength Stainless Steel Cable, an improved Nickel/Stainless Steel Take-up Reel allowing proper tension and a Stainless Steel Spring to maintain equal pressure. Note: Please state exact distance between fixing points when ordering Malmsten Racing Lanes.
25 metre 331⁄3 metre 50 metre
❋SE180 ❋SE181 ❋SE182
each. each. each.
Links...
Accessories/Spares See Page 127-128
MALMSTEN LAP COUNTER
Lap Display to indicate number of laps swam • Numbered to 69 • Convenient handles and large, clear figures • Material: Plastic • Size: 310mm high SE956 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
GOLD 150mm Ø RACING LANES
STANDARD 100mm
P127 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 12:54 Page 1
POOL AREA
7 12
COMPETITION
STANDARD DISCS 100mm Ø Bag of 50 discs per colour, 25 regular, 25 concave. SE584 Red SE585 Blue SE586 White SE593 Yellow SE711 Black per 50.
GOLD DISCS 150mm Ø SE185R Red SE185B Blue SE185W White SE185Y Yellow SE185N Black SE185G Green each.
DONUTS
SE175R Red SE175B Blue SE175W White SE175Y Yellow SE175N Black SE175G Green each.
SE172 Take-up Reel with ‘S’ Hook & cover each. SE177 Take-up Reel ‘S’ Hook only each. SE1720 Take-up Reel Cover only each. SE170 Ratchet Spanner each. SE173 Tension Spring each. SE176 Wire-lock each. SE171 Stainless Steel Cable per metre.
DECK LEVEL ADAPTOR
Stainless Steel plate enables standard size lanes to fit deck level situations. Please specify distance required between the two holes when ordering. ❋SE49 each.
38Ø
R20
SE788 Requires hole:56Ø x 155mm deep. Fix using SE683 Fischer V 360 S Resin or similar. (see page 278).
50Ø 40Ø
39 Ins Ø
150
198
240
20 150
2020
RACING LANE SPARES
All dimensions in mm
LANE LINE ANCHOR 38mm
To be used with SE788 open socket SE776 each.
OPEN SOCKET 38mm SE788 each.
Anchor is grouted into pool side offering an 8mm slotted hole into which the anchor bracket is inserted for attaching racing lanes or lane ropes. When ordering please specify distance anchor will be from pool edge, maximum distance 500mm. Grout into a hole 43mm diameter x 133mm deep using SE683 injection resin (see page 278) SE770 Anchor Socket Size: 128 x 32mm Socket can be in front or each. behind grating SE771 Anchor Bracket 6mm Ø Stainless Steel each.
DECK LEVEL LANE ANCHOR & BRACKET
150 x 135mm Ø vinyl coated PVC foam SE819 Red SE955 White each.
TENSION SPRING COVERS
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Links...
Bolts and Holdfasts... See Page 278
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
COMPETITION
12 8
P128 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 13:25 Page 1
LANE SLIDER
POOL AREA
Protects your racing lanes from potential damage caused by collision with the pool edge when taking lanes in or out of the pool. The Lane Slider creates a smooth channel for a Standard 100mm or Jumbo 150mm Malmsten Lane to slide through extending the usable life of the discs. Manufactured from fibreglass-reinforced polyester with a rubber protection seal around the edges the Lane Slider weighs just 3.3kgs. It can be easily manoeuvred around the pool side and it requires no fixings. Size: 62 x 38 x 44cm SE827 each.
RACING LANE UNDERGROUND STORAGE SYSTEM • Allows storage of racing lanes
SE773
below deck
• Retractable wheel housing
embedded in pool surround
• Racing lanes disappear over
2020
retractable reel into storage area below • Collection/storage bags available as an optional extra ❋SE773 each.
COLLECTION /STORAGE BAGS • Tidy solution for underground storage system • Include two stainless steel rods 12mm diameter and shackles for hanging bags from ceiling hooks (ceiling hooks not supplied)
Standard • Holds 1 x 25m racing lane Size: 600 x 600 x 1500mm deep SE774 each.
• Holds 1 x any racing lane size Jumbo
up to 50m Jumbo Size: 1200 x 1200 x 1500mm deep SE775 each.
Screw-in handle for ease of lid removal
ALTERNATIVE REEL SYSTEM
Consists of a Stainless Steel Trolley and as many Stainless Steel Reels as you require enabling racing lanes to fit through a normal doorway. The maximum width of the Trolley is 753mm (29.6 inches). Each reel holds 50m of standard lane or 25m of GOLD. Stainless Steel Trolley Stainless Steel Reel ❋SE160 each. ❋SE161 each.
LANE STORAGE
STORAGE REELS
The unique 15 degree taper between discs as well as their round configuration allows the lanes to be coiled tightly and stored compactly on the Storage Reel. Jumbo Standard Dimensions: Dimensions: 1910 x 1270 x 1524mm high. 2460 x 1270 x 1524mm high. Capacity: Capacity: 100mm lanes - 200m 100mm lanes - 150m 150mm lanes - 100m 150mm lanes - 75m ❋SE295 each. ❋SE16 each. Spare Storage Reel Castor with Brake SE162 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SE162
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P129 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 16:17 Page 1
9 12
COMPETITION
600mm
400mm
355mm
Variable
DECK LEVEL STARTING BLOCK • Deck-level version of SE705 • Please advise flow system, width of grate and
506mm
distance from pool edge ❋SE710 each.
500mm
400mm
backstroke bar
SE705
488mm
FREEBOARD STARTING BLOCK • Stainless steel tubular framework including • Platform with slip resistant surface • Lane numbers on both sides
200mm
2020
500mm
688mm
POOL AREA
600mm
❋SE705 each.
355mm
305mm
STARTING BLOCK TOP ONLY Fits Standard and Deck Level Blocks. ❋SE89 each.
445mm
TRACK START STARTING BLOCK “TOP ONLY”
Update your existing Starting Blocks by fitting the NEW Track Start Top with adjustable back plate; this top has been specially manufactured for retro fitting to our SE705, SE710, SE192 and SE193 Starting Block Frames. Features FINA max length top 700mm. ❋SE849` each.
SE849
FINA Max Length Top 700mm!
DECK LEVEL STARTING BLOCK STEP “TREAD ONLY” For SE710 & SE193 Deck Level Starting Blocks Size: 383 x 73 x 23mm thick Requires 2x M6 35mm CSK Set Screws A4 (not supplied) SE471 each
TURNING BOARD STAINLESS STEEL
Deck level pool turning boards to increase height of pool edge during competition, fixed to starting block one end of pool, other end to brackets. Size: 300 x 1900mm. ❋SE716 each.
INTERNAL BUNG FOR 38mm Ø TUBE SE512 each.
TURNING BOARD BRACKET
Tubular Stainless Steel to support turning boards where blocks are not used. ❋SE720 each.
Links...
Bolts and Holdfasts... See Page 278 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
❋SE193 each.
505mm
Variable
SE192
250mm min.
55mm 305mm
305mm 538mm 500mm
590mm
Variable
500mm
250mm min.
FREEBOARD ‘500’ STARTING BLOCK • Minimum height starting block for pools
355mm 455mm 355mm
455mm
with freeboard up to 250mm
• Features as SE705 ❋SE192 each.
503mm
500mm
DECK LEVEL‘500’ STARTING BLOCK • Minimum height version of SE710
SE193
375mm
The ‘500’ starting blocks are designed to meet the guidelines of the Swim England Competitive Start Award and still be within FINA regulations... SHALLOW END: Minimum depth 0.9m, maximum depth 1.0m, recommended height of the starting block from the water 500mm. DEEP END: Minimum depth 1.35m, recommended height of the starting block from the water 500mm minimum and 750mm maximum. In the interest of safety, when purchasing new blocks, pools are now encouraged to go for blocks that meet the minimum height requirement under FINA regulations - this being 500mm - hence ‘500’ range.
500mm
The ‘500’ Range... what is it?
POOL AREA
COMPETITION
13 0
P130 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 16:18 Page 1
SE193
STARTING BLOCK NUMBERS ONLY
2020
SE537 Set of 1 - 6. per set.
SE192
SE716
BACKSTROKE WARNING EQUIPMENT SET
Stainless Steel posts 38mm dia. with hook at the top for flag lines, socket with drop-in cover for grouting in pool surround. ❋SE785 per set.
BACKSTROKE WARNING PENNANTS Conform to official FINA regulations FR 3.11 • Heavy gauge Vinyl pennants • Alternate White, Blue, Red spaced at 250mm • Flag size 0.20m at top forming a triangle measuring 400mm on the sides • Stitched into heavy duty white cotton braid SE1215 15m length each. SE1220 20m length each.
FALSE START EQUIPMENT SET
Stainless Steel posts 38mm dia. with hook at the top for rope, socket with drop-in cover for grouting in pool surround. ❋SE786 per set.
SOCKET ONLY
150 x 39mm. SE788 each.
DROP-IN COVER ONLY 150 x 38mm. SE789 each.
STAINLESS STEEL POLE ONLY
For backstroke warning or false start. ❋SE787 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P131 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 16:20 Page 1
1 13
COMPETITION
POOL AREA
DECK LEVEL PEDESTAL FOOTREST STARTING BLOCK 600mm • White, Powder Coated grade 316 Stainless Steel • Footrest adjusts to five positions • Side step for easy access • Internal speaker mounting brackets for Colorado Timing System
• Requires 4 holdfast fixings,
not supplied, accessed through a rear portal • For use with SE656 and SE657 Turning Boards and Brackets ❋SE918 each.
FREEBOARD PEDESTAL FOOTREST STARTING BLOCK 400mm • Freeboard Height 400mm ❋SE920 each.
20+),+1 -/4.3
400
2020
Designed to fit our S-Line range of Track Start Starting Blocks, FINA approved for use by elite swimmers
•
Manufactured from machined nylon with two webbed straps that can be simply extended or shortened to suit each individual user. Two versions for use with Freeboard or Deck Level S-Line Starting Blocks
Deck Level Ledge To fit SE868 and SE918 Deck Level Blocks ❋SE916 each.
EUROPEAN TURNING BOARD • Manufactured from 316 grade stainless steel • Suitable for SE918, SE710 & SE193 Deck Level Starting Blocks
Size: 2400mm x 300mm x 50mm ❋SE656 each.
Note: Use with SE657 Brackets, not supplied.
EUROPEAN TURNING BOARD BRACKET • Manufactured from 316 grade stainless steel • Designed for use with SE656 European Turning Board
❋SE657 set.
Fixings - Requires 2 each:-
Freeboard Ledge To fit SE869 and SE920 Freeboard Blocks ❋SE917 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
S-LINE BACKSTROKE STARTING LEDGE •
PINCH ANCHOR SOCKET 38mm SE792 each.
DROP-IN COVER 150 x 38mm SE789 each. Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
COMPETITION
13 2
P132 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 16:21 Page 1
S-LINE FOOTREST STARTING BLOCKS
POOL AREA
World class ‘footrest’ starting blocks featuring five position adjustable footrest • Top manufactured from S316 grade 1.5mm thick stainless steel sheet • Special slots either side for adjustment of the footrest in 5 positions • Top powder coated white with blue non-slip fabric glued to the front and footrest • Support frame and backstroke bar in S316 grade mirror polished 38mm dia tube with 1.5mm wall • Bottom cross straps positioned to suit pool edge (deck level or freeboard) or to line up with existing fixing positions, thereby avoiding the need to re-drill the edge tiles
Freeboard Height 400mm ❋SE869 each.
BACKSTROKE START WEDGE At last, an affordable starting wedge for backstroke swimmers • FINA-compliant for backstroke training and competition • Allows swimmers an explosive start without slipping • Multiple attachment to fit all JPL starting blocks and others • Easily adjusted through five different settings to the swimmers desired height ❋SE921 each.
WINNERS ROSTRUM • Machined from solid ‘Vitrathene’ Polyethylene • Anti-slip tops • Incredibly strong, will not crack, corrode or splinter • Durable, non-toxic and chemical resistant • Breaks down into three pedestals for ease of storage ❋SE381 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Deck Level Height 600mm ❋SE868 each. For turning boards and brackets see SE716/SE720 page 129.
P133 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 16:22 Page 1
3 13
COMPETITION
POOL AREA
STARTING BLOCK Smartly designed starting block also available with the popular new Track Start. This is a FINA approved starting feature used for competition and training. • Features maximum length top of 700mm as per FINA recommendations • Proven and cost-efficient solution for competition and training • Manufactured from grade 316 stainless steel, powder coated white • Excellent anti-slip surface 0.5 x 0.7m ❋SE833 each.
FINA Max Length Top 700mm!
2020
Note: SE833, 834 & 849 tops are available in standard colour Blue. Other colours available illustrated below on orders of 8+ blocks at additional cost, please state preference with order.
STARTING BLOCK c/w TRACK START • Specification as above
with the addition of Track Start
• Track Start enables swimmers to take
advantage of the popular new starting technique
• Track Start is approved by FINA to be used in competitions ❋SE834 each.
TRACK START STARTING BLOCK “TOP ONLY”
Update your existing Starting Blocks by fitting the NEW Track Start Top with adjustable back plate; this top has been specially manufactured for retro fitting to our SE705, SE710, SE192 and SE193 Starting Block Frames. Features FINA max length top 700mm. ❋SE849 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
L I F E S AV I N G
13 4
P134 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 16:25 Page 1
The PXB allows for: • Fewer lifeguards • Faster & easier extraction compared to other systems • Full C-spine immobilisation • Ease of deployment due to colour-coded restraints • A reduction in manual handling risks • Less training required kSE949 each.
PXB REPLACEMENT STRAPS/ACCESSORIES
2 head blocks & 1 head-strap set SE985 set. Head-strap only SE986 SE986 each. Full set of 5 body and leg straps SE987 set.
AQUABOARD IMMOBILISATION SYSTEM • Concave design for easy positioning •
Ankle strap Red SE992 each. Neoprene anti-slip mat SE993 each. Board wall-mount bracket SE994 each. Anchor mat SE995 each.
Chest/Waist strap Green SE988 each. Chest/Waist strap Blue SE989 each. Leg strap Yellow SE990 each. Leg strap Black SE991 each.
under the supported casualty Convex underside with protected straps and built in runners to facilitate a smooth manoeuvre
• Multiple hand holds • Special design feature helps the board float up and under the casualty
• RLSS Approved
Size: 183 x 43cm Weight: 8kg Maximum Load Capacity:- 182kg ❋SE141 each.
AQUABOARD SPARES
Links...
First Aid Posters See Pages 563-564
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Head Restraint Only SE1410 each. Bodystrap, Green SE1411 each. Bodystrap, Blue SE1412 each. Bodystrap, Orange SE1413 each. Legstrap, Black SE1414 each. Legstrap, White SE1415 each. Aqua Strap Set Set of 5 Body/Legstraps (SE1411-15). SE759 set. Back Support Pad SE1416 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
NEW!
Ferno have developed the PXB in conjunction with the Royal Life Saving Society to make safe patient extraction from pools as simple as possible
POOL AREA
FERNO POOL EXTRACTION BOARD (PXB)
P135 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 16:27 Page 1
5 13
L I F E S AV I N G FREESTANDING LIFEGUARD CHAIRS
POOL AREA
• 38mm dia. Stainless steel tubular framework • Plastic seat and platform, stainless steel treads, plastic feet (Alternative fixings can be supplied.) ❋SE760 Large each. ❋SE292 Small each.
1300
2000
2020
850
SE292
1000
600
560
1200
850
2000 560
FOLDING LIFEGUARD CHAIR
1200
749
WALL MOUNTED LIFEGUARD CHAIR
500
2000
38mm dia. Stainless steel tubular framework, Stainless steel treads, plastic seat and platform. Collared flanges for wall fixing. ❋SE764 each.
• 38mm dia. Stainless Steel tubular framework • Plastic seat, platform and treads • Folds for easy manoeuvring • Ideal for pools with limited surround ❋SE558 each.
WOODEN LIFEGUARD CHAIR
1440
540
Strongly constructed of European Softwood. Stands 1.5m high with armrests. Step tops covered with anti-slip rubber tread. Folds for storage. ❋SE72 each.
1980mm high
600mm wide
LIFEGUARD CHAIR SPARES
SE763 Tread Stainless Steel each. SE277 Step/Tread Fixing Bolt Only each. Note: 2 Bolts required per Tread
SE768 Tread High Density Plastic each. SE769 Seat Plastic each. Note: For SE760, SE292 and SE764 only.
SE766 Plastic Foot for 38mm dia. tube each. ❋SE767 Foot Platform each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
1550mm deep
CAUTION LIFEGUARD CHAIR SIGN Foamex, 200 x 50 x 2mm SE487 each.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
L I F E S AV I N G
13 6
P136 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 16:28 Page 1
POOL EDGE LIFEGUARD CHAIR
POOL AREA
• 38mm dia. stainless steel tubular framework • Stainless steel treads • Plastic seat ❋SE858 each.
• 38mm dia. stainless steel tubular framework • Stainless steel treads • Plastic swivel seat ❋SE859 each.
Minder Care Alert
Staff Assistance - Personal Alarm/Alert Up to 180 metre range MINDER CARE ALERT Great security solution for Swimming Pools, Leisure Centres, Leisure facilities in general, Schools, Universities, Hotels, Holiday Parks, Remote Workers, Multiple Offices and any workplace scenario where a simple method of emergency alert is required. Includes: 1 x Receiver Unit 1 x Wireless Neck Pendant Transmitter
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
• 16 rolling codes meaning other units can be used in close proximity without interference. Alternatively multiple receivers can be controlled by one pendant transmitter • Adjustable Volume • Low Battery indicator • Main Unit size: 120 x 60 x 32mm. (Batteries not included, requires 3 x AAA batteries, see below) • Remote Unit size: 80 x 35 x 15mm. (Battery included) SU1752 Minder Care Alert each. SU1089 Battery AAA 1.5v for main unit per 4.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
PEDESTAL LIFEGUARD CHAIR WITH SWIVEL SEAT
P137 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 16:30 Page 1
7 13
L I F E S AV I N G
• Design allows for practice of Heimlich Manoeuvre and abdominal thrusts
• Clicking Chest Compression Piston • Tough Foam Bodies • Anatomical Markings for correct hand placement SE551 1 Adult/Child Manikin with 20 Lung Bags. each. SE552 1 Infant Manikin with 20 Lung Bags. each. SE553 Face Shield/Lung Bag Adult Pack of 10. per 10. SE554 Face Shield/Lung Bag Infant Pack of 10. per 10.
2020
POOL AREA
CPR TRAINING MANIKINS
These affordable Manikins have Duracoat smoothskin finish for easy cleaning and longer life. Features include built-in feedback, including a tilting head with visible chest rise, a clicking chest compression piston, and anatomical markings.
HypaGuard Training Manikin Face Shields on a roll are the perfect product to help train large groups of people to do CPR on a training manikin. The roll makes the face shields easy to tear off and pass around providing a very cost effective solution for first aid trainers • Each sheet has a clear outline of where to place over the manikins face and step by step instructions for use • Box has perforated dispensing area so unused sheets stay in the box clean and ready to use • Face shields are only for use on training manikins • Roll holds 36 latex free face shields SE900 each.
HYPAGUARD TRAINING MANIKIN FACE SHIELDS ROLL
RESCUE DUMMY
Made in accordance with FIS rules. Contrast colours at the back of the head and 15cm transversal line in the middle of the body. Ideal size and weight for realistic practice. SE40 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Clean and disinfect manikins between students and help maintain a hygienic training environment • Fast acting light duty wipes • Effective against a wide range of bacteria and viruses • Suitable for cleaning lips and devices prior to resuscitation • Cloth used in this product is 23gsm • Tub of 150 wipes SE899 per 150.
HYPACLEAN MANIKIN WIPES
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
L I F E S AV I N G Constructed of soft, realistic vinyl plastic over polyurethane foam, these Manikins are intended to be used as instructional aids for the teaching and demonstration of CPR procedures. Also included are three disposable lung/airway systems and three channel design mouth/nosepieces. Tested true for over a million compressions. Carry bag and kneeling pads included.
WATER RESCUE MANIKINS Made of durable vinyl plastic with rust resistant skeletons and articulated joints. When filled with water, manikin will submerge to the neck. When the head is also filled with water the manikin will be slightly negatively buoyant. Add additional 2.5 – 5kg weight to sink (weights not supplied). All supplied with Floatation Vest and Shorts
ADULT MANIKIN Size: 165 x 58 x 23cm Weight: 18kg (approximately 50kg submerged) Manikin Standard SE886 each.
POOL AREA
ADULT BRAD™ CPR MANIKIN WITH CARRY BAG
13 8
P138 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 03/06/2021 16:35 Page 1
Manikin c/w CPR • 5 Mouth/Nosepieces • 5 Airway Systems SE887 each. Adult Airway Replacement Pack of 24 SE888 each.
2020
D E U
Features: • Realistic head tilt and chin lift for opening airway. • Anatomical landmarks including sternum and ribcage plus substernal notch. • Longer torso for abdominal thrusts • Individual use mouth/nose pieces with disposable airway/lung system and non-breathing valve • Can be manipulated to simulate realistic choking situation and airway obstruction • User friendly lung/airway design that eliminates cleaning • A sturdy soft-feel body with realistic appearance • Removable chest plate for adolescent and adult CPR Includes: • Adult Brad CPR Manikin • Disposable mouth/nose pieces (3) • Lung/airway systems (3) • Carrying bag with Kneeling pad SE882 £279.00 each.
N I T
N O C
S I D
BRAD CPR MANIKIN SPARES Mouth/Nosepiece Pack of 10 SE883 per 10. Manikin Face Shields Latex-free, inexpensive Manikin Face Shields used to teach the use of biological barriers Pack of 100 SE884
Adult Mouth/Nosepiece Pack of 10 SE889 each.
ADOLESCENT MANIKIN Size: 124 x 41 x 23cm Weight: 9kg (approximately 25kg submerged) Manikin Standard SE890 each. Manikin c/w CPR • 5 Mouth/Nosepieces • 5 Airway Systems SE891 each. Adolescent Airway Replacement Pack of 24 SE892 each. Adolescent Mouth/Nosepiece Pack of 10 SE893 each.
Airway Lung System Pack of 24 SE885 per 24.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P139 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 10:17 Page 1
9 13
L I F E S AV I N G
Acme Thunderer 59 ⁄2 • Nickel plated brass • Non stick pea whistle • Tapered mouth produces high pitch • 20g, 45mm long SU17 per 12. Acme Thunderer 558 • Injection moulded plastic • Non stick pea whistle • High pitch, easily blown • 15g, 45mm long SU16 per 12.
SU16
POOL AREA
1
• Injection moulded plastic • Non stick pea whistle • 5g, 40mm long Acme 660
SU15
SU15 per 12.
• Moulded plastic • 10g, 50mm long Black Plastic
SU557
SU557 per 12.
SQUEEZEE HAND WHISTLE • Hygienic whistle made
FLEX COILS
2020
Acme Tornado 635 • Injection moulded plastic • Pea-less offering clear, penetrating blast • Unique unconventional design • 5g, 50mm long SU252 per 12. Acme Tornado 636 SU251 • Injection moulded plastic • Pea-less offering clear, penetrating high pitch blast • Tapered mouthpiece • 5g, 43mm long SU251 per 12. Acme Tornado 2000 SU269 • High impact, shatterproof plastic • Pea-less offering unique combination of high and low frequencies • The most powerful whistle in the world • Unaffected by water • 8g, 50mm long SU269 per 12. SU252
SU17
WHISTLES
Packed 10 of one colour SW1974 Red, SW1998 Black, SW3029 Blue. per 10.
from soft PVC
• Simply squeeze to make it
whistle! SU1175 each.
LANYARDS BREAKAWAY • 10mm flat braided polyester • Plastic safety breakaway • Packed 10 of one colour
ECO SONIC AIR HORN • Delivers 120db blast at 3.09m • High-impact trumpet • 100% non-flammable canister • 99.5% lower global warming
SW1975 Red, SW1999 Blue. per 10.
footprint than other non-flammable horns SU1622 each.
ECO SONIC AIR HORN REFILL ONLY SU1623 each.
LANYARDS
Cotton, 12 assorted colours. SU239 per 12.
POWER MEGAPHONE • Battery operated 15 - 20 watt giving great power concentration
• Effective distance approx. 280m • Features include a whistle • Weight 1.5 kg • Excellent value for money
SU102 each.
SMART 101 MEGAPHONE • The worlds smallest megaphone • Features a special compensatory circuit
ACME SIGNAL HORN • Effective for distance of over two miles
• Unaffected by water • Fail-safe, no reliance on batteries or compressed air
• Use indoors without loss of clear speech or outdoors with no whine or feedback
• Warning whistle • Effective distance 120m • Power output 12 watts • Weight 500g
SU314 each.
• Approved to SOLAS 1974 regulations SU262 each.
Links...
Resuscitation Equip. Page 550 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
L I F E S AV I N G
14 0
P140 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 11:01 Page 1
LIFEGUARD T & POLO SHIRTS
POOL ATTENDANT T-SHIRTS Polyester/Cotton Red shirts printed front and back SW361 Small SW363 Large SW362 Medium SW364 Extra Large each.
ZOGGS PENRITH SHORTS • Soft, tough long lasting Durafeel fabric offering great fit & comfort • Quick dry • 432mm length • Swim lining • Three pockets • Concealed tie cord
2020
Links...
Panic Alarms See Page 136
Shirt Size Guide: Small 88-93cm (35”-37”) Medium 96-101cm (38”-40”) Large 106-111cm (42”-44”) Extra Large 116cm (46”)
POOL AREA
Cool Tech fabric or Cotton/Polyester, Yellow shirts printed front and back Cool Tech • Lightweight Neoteric TM textured fabric with inherent wickability and quick drying • Relaxed fit with set in sleeve design • Self-fabric taped back neck • Twin needle stitching detail • Self-fabric crew neck/collar • UPF 30+ UV protection T-Shirt Polo Shirt SW3100 Small SW3104 Small SW3101 Medium SW3105 Medium SW3102 Large SW3106 Large SW3103 Extra Large SW3107 Extra Large each. each. Polyester/Cotton • Yellow shirts printed front and back T-Shirt Polo Shirt SW442 Medium SW519 Medium SW443 Large SW520 Large SW444 Extra Large SW521 Extra Large each. each.
SW2454 Navy Small SW2458 Red Small SW2462 Black Small SW2455 Navy Medium SW2459 Red Medium SW2463 Black Medium SW2456 Navy Large SW2460 Red Large SW2464 Black Large SW2457 Navy Ex Large SW2461 Red Ex Large SW2465 Black Ex Large pair. Zoggs Shorts Size Guide: Small 76-81cm (30”-32”) Medium 86-91cm (34”-36”) Large 91-96cm (36”-38”) X-Large 96-102cm (38”-40”)
SPEEDO LEISURE SHORTS • 450mm length • Swim lining • Three pockets • Concealed tie cord • Lightweight and quick dry • 100% nylon for swimming, sports or casual wear
SW2939 Navy Small SW2940 Red Small SW2941 Black Small SW576 Navy Medium SW648 Red Medium SW651 Black Medium SW577 Navy Large SW649 Red Large SW652 Black Large SW578 Navy Extra large SW650 Red Extra Large SW653 Black Extra Large pair. Speedo Shorts Size Guide: Small 78-83cm (31”-33”) Medium 83-88cm (33”-35”) Large 88-93cm (35”-37”) Extra Large 93-98cm (37”-39”)
BECO AQUA SHOE • Neoprene poolside swim shoe • Part mesh upper, anti-slip rubber sole Colour: Navy SW2634 Size 4/37 SW2635 Size 5/38 SW2636 Size 6/39 SW2637 Size 7/41 SW2638 Size 8/42 SW2639 Size 9/43 SW2640 Size 10/45 SW2641 Size 11/46 pair.
BECO POOLSHOES SW2674 Size 4/37 SW2675 Size 5/38 SW2676 Size 6/39 SW2677 Size 7/41 SW2678 Size 8/42 SW2679 Size 9/43 SW2680 Size 10/45 SW2681 Size 11/46 £4.75 pair.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Ultralite moulded EVA with soft flexible foot bed for extreme comfort in two popular styles, size 4-11 SW2904 Size 4/37 V Strap Slide Navy SW2905 Size 5/38 Navy SW2906 Size 6/39 SW2907 Size 7/41 SW2908 Size 8/42 SW2909 Size 9/43 SW2910 Size 10/45 SW2911 Size 11/46 pair.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P141 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 11:03 Page 1
POOL AREA
1 14
L I F E S AV I N G
LIGHTWEIGHT PERRYBUOY • External Ø 762mm, Internal Ø 460mm • 2.5 kg • Orange only • Manufactured in Polythene SE23 each.
SNATCH GRIP WALL HOOKS • Set of 3 quick release holders for SE23 SE39 set.
WALL HOOKS • Set of 2 for use with Life
2020
Saving Appliance, etc SE11 set.
SE560
RESCUE CAN Essential water rescue device includes a 2.1m rope with nylon shoulder strap • Lightweight and durable constructed from Polyethylene • 686mm can length with 2.1m line • Unique contoured grip with dual hand-holds ideal for any size hand SE363 each.
HORSESHOE LIFEBUOY • Soft, closed cell
neopolene foam with zipped plastified nylon cover • Size 530 x 620 x 110mm SE47 each.
LIFEBUOY 560mm • External Ø 560mm, Internal Ø 360mm • Polythene, 1kg
SE560 each.
LIFEBUOY POST • Stainless Steel 38mm Ø post with hook attachment for hanging lifebuoys
• Can be grouted directly into pool surround or fits into our SE788 Open Socket (not supplied) for easy removal ❋SE557 each.
OPEN SOCKET ONLY • 150 x 39mm SE788 each.
LIFE SAVING THROWING ROPE • High-visibility, light weight, soft and flexible rope that handles easily and is non-kinking
• It floats, and with its brilliant orange colour, it makes an ideal life-saving rope • 8mm thickness, made from braided PP multi-filament yarns
SE91 per metre. SE910 17m length each.
Links...
Emergency Wraps/Blankets See Page 549, 565 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESCUE TUBE • Soft flexible foam tube dipped in vinyl for durability and soft feel • Wide towing strap helps reduce pull on shoulder area • Size: 940 x 153 x 75mm
SE236 each.
SAFETY THROW BAG
Super compact bag filled with 15m approx, multi-filament polypropylene rope. Bag has waist strap and quick release buckle. SE237 each.
SE236
SE237
POOL AREA
L I F E S AV I N G
14 2
P142 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 10:20 Page 1
SE559
FOAM RESCUE TORPEDO • Made from EVAZOTE foam • Soft feel, not dangerous when thrown
• Adjustable belt • Size: 940 x 140 x 60mm deep
2020
SE559 each.
TRAINING POLE Plastic training pole, 1220mm. SW284 each.
ED INU
ONT
C DIS
Note: Colour may vary
SE235 SE09
SE92
LIFE SAVING APPLIANCE
6100mm tapered tube with 560mm rubber covered steel ring and buoyancy float. ❋SE09 each.
SE100
LIFE HOOK ONLY
For use with SE235 fixed handle. ❋SE100 each.
ALUMINIUM FIXED HANDLE 2440mm
Up to three may be be fixed together. ❋SE235 each.
REACH POLE
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
1524mm alloy pole with rubber grips. ❋SE92 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P143 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 10:34 Page 1
2020
POOL AREA
3 14
L I F E S AV I N G . . . O P E N WAT E R
Introducing a new range of products for leisure operators with areas of Open Water under their control… Wet Suits… Buoyancy Aids… CREWSAVER RESPONSE BUOYANCY AID The Response 50N provides an entry level buoyancy aid with advanced contoured foam construction helping to ensure correct fit and comfort Key Features:• ISO approved 12402-5 • Lightweight foam construction • Reflective detailing • Key pocket • Crotch straps on junior versions • Colour: Red Junior SE965 Small/Medium SE966 Large SE967 each.
SIZE GUIDE - CREWSAVER RESPONSE/SPORT BUOYANCY AIDS Code Crewsaver Buoyancy Aids Body Weight SE965/SE975 Junior 30-40kg (60-88lbs) SE966/SE976 Small/Medium 40kg (88lbs) SE967/SE977 Large 70kg (154lbs)
Chest 66-86cm (26-34”) 86-99cm (34-39”) 99-111cm (39-44”)
Minimum Buoyancy 35N (7.8lbs) 50N (11.0lbs) 50N (11.0lbs)
CREWSAVER SPORT BUOYANCY VEST The Sport 50N provides the perfect option for those who seek a high quality product at a highly competitive price point Key Features:• ISO approved 12402-5 • Lightweight supersoft foam construction • Robust, hard wearing fabric • Adjustable shoulder and dual waist straps for bespoke fit • Reflective detailing • Large expandable storage pocket with attachment point • Key pocket • Crotch straps on junior versions • Colour: Red Junior SE975 Small/Medium SE976 Large SE977 each.
CREWSAVER KORTEX SAFETY HELMET When you need head protection the Kortex helmet provides a supple, PU foam lined, lightweight solution coupled with the extra reassurance of its CE approval for impact resistance
• Two wide-ranging sizes • Internal ratchet adjustment system and chin strap to provide the perfect fit for a variety of users
• ABS outer shell for impact protection • PU foam lining for comfort and shock absorption • Ventilation holes • Colour: Red • CE approved: CE EN1385 Small/Medium 50-56cm SE968 Large/X Large 56-62cm SE969 each.
Links...
See also Lifesaving See Pages 139-142, 145, 146 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CREWSAVER CENTRE ONE PIECE WETSUIT 4mm The durable 4mm neoprene Centre One Piece Wetsuit keeps your clients warm, comfortable and enjoying every moment of their time afloat with colour coding to speed up the kit selection process • 4mm Neoprene Construction • Back zip for additional warmth and flexibility • Adjustable ankles for child and junior sizes • Colour coded by size SE978, SE979, SE980, SE981, SE982, SE983, SE984 each.
SIZE GUIDE - CREWSAVER CENTRE ONE PIECE WETSUIT 4mm Code Centre Range Chest Waist SE978 Child 64-71cm (25-28”) 56-61cm (22-24”) SE979 Large Child 71-76cm (28-30”) 61-66cm (24-26”) SE980 Junior 76-84cm (30-33”) 66-69cm (26-27”) SE981 X Small 84-89cm (33-35”) 69-71cm (27-28”) SE982 Small 89-97cm (35-38”) 71-79cm (28-31”) SE983 Medium 97-104cm (38-41”) 79-86cm (31-34”) SE984 Large 104-112cm (41-44”) 89-94cm (34-37”)
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Height 127-137cm (4’2”-4’6”) 137-147cm (4’6”-4’10”) 147-157cm (4’10”-5’2”) 157-165cm (5’2”-5’5”) 165-170cm (5’5”-5’7”) 170-178cm (5’5”-5’10”) 178-185cm (5’10”-6’1”)
MONACO MARKER FLOAT • Large rigid plastic marker float • Will fit over our
CREWSAVER MARKER BUOYS Used in some of the most prestigious sporting events around the world, Crewsaver marker buoys are excellent quality, highly durable and offer great visibility • Hard wearing construction with durable double skin and inner inflation chamber • Mooring harness fitted as standard • Bright orange for high visibility SE972 Cylindrical Buoy • Stands tall to aid visibility on long race courses 1220mm high x 610mm dia. SE970 each. 1520mm high x 760mm dia. SE971 each. Dumpy Buoy • Easy to move around on constantly moving race courses SE973 760mm high x 760mm dia. SE972 each. Pyramid Buoy • Great alternative to the dumpy buoy 1520mm each edge SE973 each.
Inside Leg 61cm (24”) 66cm (26”) 69cm (27”) 73cm (29”) 76cm (30”) 79cm (31”) 81cm (32”)
polythene rope SE21
• Size: 270 x 140mm SE974 each.
ORANGE POLYTHENE ROPE 12mm
SE21 per metre. SE20 A4 Stainless Steel Swivel Hook each. SE200 Nylon Rope Clamp each.
SE970
Links...
Regular Markers and Floats See Pages 146
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
POOL AREA
Safety Helmets… Marker Buoys… Marker Lines/Lanes
2020
L I F E S AV I N G . . . O P E N WAT E R
14 4
P144 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 10:36 Page 1
P145 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 10:38 Page 1
5 14
MARKERS/BOOMS • Three highly visible colourways, Red/Yellow, Blue/Yellow, Red/Blue
POOL AREA
POOL BOOMS
• 160 x 50mm Polyethylene discs located on strong 36mm plastic piping • 12mm Polythene rope runs through the boom, secured at each end with Nylon Rope Clamps • Swivel Hooks enable easy anchorage to poolside
POOL BOOM PARTS
2020
SE128 SE335 SE337 SE336 SE21 SE20 SE200
Plastic Pipe 36mm dia. per metre. Boom Disc Blue each. Boom Disc Red each. Boom Disc Yellow each. Orange Polythene Rope 12mm per metre. Swivel Hooks each. Nylon Rope Clamps each.
160m
m
ORDERING: When ordering, please DETAIL ALL PARTS required eg. 5m Boom in Red/Yellow your order should read as follows:SE128 Plastic Pipe 36mm x 5m SE337 Boom Disc Red 50mm x 50 SE336 Boom Disc Yellow 50mm x 50 SE21 Orange Polythene Rope x 5.5m SE20 Swivel Hooks SE200 Nylon Rope Clamps x 2 x 2 NOTE: Pipe supplied in lengths of 2.5m maximum. Orders of length longer than this will be supplied as multiple pieces of pipe
POOL DIVIDER • White cylindrical foam floats
150 x 100mm dia. on 12mm Orange Polythene Rope
• Rope Clamps and Swivel
Hooks enable easy anchorage to existing poolside fixings
SE86 Pool Divider Float 150 x 100mm each.
ORDERING: When ordering please DETAIL ALL PARTS required.
SE20 Swivel Hooks each.
SE21 Orange Polythene Rope 12mm per metre. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
SE200 Nylon Rope Clamps each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SWIMMING POOL LANE MARKERS
Made with 12mm Orange polythene rope, Red, White, or Blue handiloc floats, brass clip type swivel hooks and rope clamp for easy adjustment of length.
LANE ROPE STORAGE TROLLEY • Manufactured from grade 316 tubular stainless steel
• Winding handle for speedy loading • Will hold 6 x 25 metres of our SE01 lane markers • Width 1125mm x Height 875mm x Depth 630mm ❋SE689 each.
LANE ROPE WALL BRACKET • Stainless Steel bracket
❋SE563 20 metre each. ❋SE01 25 metre each. ❋SE02 331⁄3 metre each. ❋SE14 25 yards each. ❋SE15 331⁄3 yards each. ❋SE030 50 metre each.
We will be pleased to quote for any other size lane rope required. Note: Please state exact distance between fixing points when ordering Malmsten Racing Lanes or JPL Lane Markers.
BUNTING • PVC pennants
SE556
SEPARATES Handiloc Floats SE25 Red, SE26 White, SE27 Blue each. SE21 Orange Polythene Rope 12mm per metre. SE20 A4 Stainless Steel Swivel Hook each. SE200 Nylon Rope Clamp each.
195mm
spaced 320mm approx • Cotton tie • Supplied in 30 metre lengths SE13 Links... per 30m. Backstroke Pennants
20mm wide
• Takes 1 x 25m or 2 x
12.5m Lane Ropes SE556 each.
280 mm
See Page 130 Stainless Steel Eyebolts screwed into Stainless Steel Holdfasts provide the ideal anchorage for pool lanes. Epoxy Resin to grout in Holdfasts See Page 270
EYEBOLT M10
10mm thread Ø, 20mm thread length. SE29 each.
NARROW HOLDFAST Overall size: 90 x 16mm, Thread size: 30 x 10mm. SE408 each.
TAPERED HOLDFAST WITH SPRING COVER
DECK LEVEL LANE ANCHOR Anchor is grouted into pool side offering an 8mm slotted hole into which the anchor bracket is inserted for attaching racing lanes or lane ropes. Size: 128 x 32mm. When ordering please specify distance anchor will be from pool edge, maximum distance 500mm. Grout into a hole 43mm diameter x 133mm deep using SE683 injection resin (see page 270). SE770 Socket each. SE771 Bracket each.
As SE30 with addition of spring loaded cover covering the hole when bolt not in position. SE687 each.
STAINLESS STEEL A4 WING SCREW
M10 x 30mm c/w washer Alternative fixing for ease of use with M10 holdfasts SE831 each.
STAINLESS STEEL A4 SET SCREW
STANDARD HOLDFAST Overall size: 100 x 25/30mm, Thread size: 90 x 10mm. SE30 each.
M10 x 30mm c/w washer. For use with M10 holdfasts SE290 each.
Links...
Fixtures & Fittings See Page 278 VACUUM HOOK • Single suction pad enables quick
CLAW HOOK
Made in stainless steel providing an easy method of attaching lane ropes to grab rails etc. Not suitable for use with Kiefer Racing Lanes. SE41 each.
SE41
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
sectioning off of your pool
• Requires a smooth, flat surface of
SE201
at least 100mm x 100mm, (without joints if used on tiles) SE201 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SE689
POOL AREA
BOOMS/LANE MARKERS
14 6
P146 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 10:43 Page 1
P147 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 10:45 Page 1
POOL AREA
7 14
POSTERS
CIMSPA SMART KIDS POSTERS Fully encapsulated. SE262 Small 45 x 60cm (18” x 24”) each. SE263 Large 60 x 82cm (24” x 33”) each.
CIMSPA LIFEGUARD POSTER • 45 x 60cm fully encapsulated • Reminds lifeguards of their responsiblities • Highlights procedures for accident prevention
2020
and emergency response SE590 each.
CIMSPA LETS KEEP SWIMMING FRESH ‘ROUTINE’ POSTER • A2 encapsulated • Designed to be displayed in changing room areas and enroute to pools • Complements the brochures • Fully water resistant.
CIMSPA POOL RULES POSTER • 45 x 60cm fully encapsulated • Effectively communicates pool rules,
SE524 each.
particularly to younger customers SE591 each.
CIMSPA LETS KEEP SWIMMING FRESH LEAFLET • Full colour A4 • Designed to be given to all child users • Gives simple information on how a
swimming pool worksand shows children how they can contribute to pool hygiene when they visit the pool †SE523 per 500.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Links...
Fitness, Wellbeing Posters See Page 308 Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
POOL AREA
POSTERS
14 8
P148 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 10:48 Page 1
As well as covering the same healthy swimming messages as CIMSPA’s Cryptosporidia prevention posters, this poster contains general guidance which parents and carers need to know such as recommended water temperatures, immunisations and appropriate swimwear. • A2 size, fully water resistant • Intended primarily for pre-swim situations such as reception and changing areas SE677 each.
CIMSPA LETS KEEP SWIMMING FRESH ‘SHOWER’ POSTER • A2 encapsulated SE526 each.
HEALTHY SWIMMING POSTERS Cryptosporidia awareness and prevention These two posters from the Chartered Institute for the Management of Sport and Physical Activity will play an important role in both raising awareness of and preventing infectious disease such as Cryptosporidia. CIMSPA HEALTHY SWIMMING POSTERS • Encourages good pre-swim hygiene
• Gives customers clear
and helpful information
• Sends the message
that your pool is healthy and well run • A2 size, fully water resistant • Intended primarily for pre-swim situations such as reception and changing areas SE675 Healthy Swimming Blue, SE676 Healthy Swimming Red, each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
PARENT AND BABY POSTER
P149 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 10:51 Page 1
9 14
SIGNS
POOL AREA
PRO-SERIES ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE DISPLAY SYSTEMS Smart automatic display for water and air temperature at Swimming Pools and Leisure Centres providing accurate and image enhancing readout of the current temperature status Features Dual and Single display systems available. • White vinyl lettering to suit your application • Choice of water and air sensors as required • Digital 3 wire bus temperature sensors • Three 140mm bright LED digits displaying up to 99.9’C • Calibration/Offset control • System operates on 12 VDC (mains adaptor included) for poolside safety • Simple installation Water Sensor • ABS wall mounted enclosure • Remote temperature probe on 2m cable to pipe pocket (Pipe pocket NOT supplied) • Size: 80W x 40H x 20mmD Air Sensor • ABS wall mounted enclosure • Size: 85W x 85H x 25mmD ❋SE64 Dual Size: 600 x 450mm each. ❋SE640 Single Size: 600 x 300mm each.
ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE DISPLAY - MANUAL
2020
Unit measures 500 x 200mm with L.E.D. display. The display is manually adjustable. ❋SE258 each.
TEMPERATURE DISPLAY BOARDS
A simple, inexpensive way to display swimming pool temperatures. Anodised aluminium frame houses a Foamalux board, screen printed with one or two 200mm dials and clock face to show when board was last updated.
WARNING SIGNS
SE254 Small 600 x 300mm each. SE259 Large 900 x 300mm each. SE118 Pool Depth Here, Small. 300 x 400 x 2mm each. SE234 Pool Depth Here, Large. 400 x 600 x 3mm each. Please state depth when ordering.
Foamex, 400 x 600 x 3mm SE149 Deep End. SE150 Shallow End. each.
Links...
Thermometers See Pages 179-180 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
PROHIBITION SIGNS
Foamex, 400 x 600 x 3mm SE195 No Diving Large SE245 No Arm Bands Beyond This Point SE382 No Non Swimmers Beyond This Point Large SE384 Dive Safely Large each.
POOL AREA
SIGNS
15 0
P150 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 10:57 Page 1
SWIMMING LANE DIRECTION SIGNS
2020
Foamex, 400 x 600 x 3mm. Note: Sign supports must be ordered separately. SE54 Clockwise, SE55 Anti-Clockwise each. SE252 Swimming Lessons in Progress (printed BOTH sides) each. SE56 Sign Supports pair.
SE755 Sign Stand • One piece unbreakable clear stand manufactured in polycarbonate • Suitable for all 3mm thick signs each.
Adhesive vinyl ‘Slow’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Fast’ Lane letters may be ordered for the Direction Signs. SE122 ‘Slow Lane’ SE123 ‘Medium Lane’ SE124 ‘Fast Lane’ each.
SE56
Stands and signs sold separately
SE755
GENERAL PURPOSE SIGNS
Foamex, 400 x 600 x 3mm SE608 This Facility is Temporarily Out of Order SE609 Pool Rules each.
Stand and sign sold separately
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P151 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 11:00 Page 1
1 15
SIGNS
2020
POOL AREA
PROHIBITION SIGNS
Foamex, 300 x 400 x 2mm SE741 No Smoking SE103 No Smoking - Against the Law SE104 No Entry SE59 No Diving Small SE60 No Running SE114 No Outdoor Footwear SE365 Caution Shallow Water SE107 No Bombing SE109 No Jewellery SE138 No Flippers And Snorkels SE209 No Jumping SE238 No Dogs SE251 No Pushing In SE385 Dive Safely Small SE346 Swim At Own Risk SE486 Please Switch Off Mobile Phones SE606 No Photography or Filming SE607 Mobile Phones are Not Permitted SE151 No Diving Under 1.5m SE772 No Diving Under 1.8m SE383 No Non Swimmers Beyond This Point Small SE919 Safe Use of Access Ladders each.
CAUTION LIFEGUARD CHAIR SIGN Foamex, 200 x 50 x 2mm SE487 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SIGNS
15 2
P152 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 11:34 Page 1
INFORMATION SIGNS
POOL AREA
Foamex, 400 x 300 x 2mm SE154 Please Do Not Leave Valuables SE400 These Changing Rooms Are Inspected Regularly SE155 Please Shower Before Entering Pool SE153 Swimming Caps Must Be Worn SE562 Overshoes Must Be Worn each. Foamex, 300 x 300 x 2mm SE1560 Children Under ---- Must... (Please state age when ordering) each. SE1568 Children Under 8 Must... each. Foamex, 400 x 400 x 2mm SE366 Competent Adult Swimmers each.
2020
Foamex, 300 x 50 x 2mm SE157 Staff Only. each.
INFORMATION SIGNS
Foamex, 400 x 300 x 2mm SE401 These Toilets Are Inspected Regularly SE402 CCTV In Operation each.
Foamex, 200 x 150 x 2mm SE678 Nursing Mothers and Babies Welcome Here each.
Links...
More Signs See Pages 293-294 SIGN STAND POLYCARBONATE FOR 2mm SIGNS • One piece unbreakable clear stand manufactured in polycarbonate • Suitable for all 2mm thick signs
SE863 each.
SE61
PROHIBITION SIGN
Foamex, 450 x 400 x 2mm SE152 No Smoking, Eating, Drinking Beyond This Point each.
SE863
WARNING SIGNS
Foamex 300 x 400 x 2mm SE57 Slippery Surface SE139 Cleaning In Progress SE207 Pool Closed each. SE61 Hanging Sign Stand each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P153 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 11:37 Page 1
3 15
SIGNS INFORMATION SIGNS
POOL AREA
Foamex 600 x 100 x 2mm SE250 Emergency Exit SE158 Push Bar To Open SE204 First Aid → SE205 First Aid each.
→
Foamex 450 x 150 x 2mm SE159 Fire Exit → SE163 Fire Exit SE203 Fire Exit each.
→
Foamex 300 x 400 x 2mm SE248 Fire Assembly Point SE167 Danger Chemicals SE166 First Aid Post each.
2020
INFORMATION SIGNS
Foamex 400 x 300 x 2mm SE206 All Property Left At Owners Risk SE208 Notice - Vehicles And Contents Left At Owners Risk SE210 Baby Changing Facilities Available Here SE211 Please Replace Weights After Use each.
Links...
More Signs See Pages 293-294 INFORMATION SIGNS
Foamex 150 x 150 x 2mm SE164 Fire Door Keep Shut SE165 Keep Clear Fire Exit SE202 Place All Rubbish In Bins Provided each.
DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES POSTER
PVC, 645 x 470mm SE404 each.
INFORMATION SIGNS Foamex 200 x 400 x 2mm SE119 Men Changing SE120 Ladies Changing SE246 Disabled Changing each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
SYMBOLS
Foamex 150 x 150 x 2mm SE125 Ladies Symbol SE126 Gents Symbol SE127 Disabled Symbol each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
STORAGE
15 4
P154 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 11:39 Page 1
• Waterproof… will not rust or decay • UV and temperature resistant from -40 degrees C to + 80 degrees C • Easy to clean, hygienic PVC • Lightweight, Durable (400 kg/m2) • Mobile or Static • Non-marking, braked, tough rubber wheels
POOL AREA
PVC Storage Solutions
VENDIPLAS BENCH STORAGE SEAT
2020
PVC bench seat with lockable storage area beneath • Available in three lengths • 490mm deep x 490mm high Colour: Blue
VENDIPLAS EQUIPMENT TROLLEYS Trolleys can be padlocked, optional padlocks see page 215 Colour: Blue Large External: 1255 x 755 x 1560mm high Internal: 1120 x 620 x 945mm high ❋SU767 each. Medium External: 1255 x 690 x 1372mm high Internal: 1120 x 555 x 757mm high ❋SU1861 each.
1 metre ❋SU2240 each. 1.5 metre ❋SU2241 each. 2 metre ❋SU2242 each. Padlocks see page 215
VENDIPLAS TROLLEY CASTOR • Braked castor for
Vendiplas trolleys SU2199 each.
VENDIPLAS OPEN TOP TROLLEY VENDIPLAS EQUIPMENT TROLLEY SMALL Colour: Blue Size: External 1044 x 690 x 840mm high Internal 900 x 555 x 625mm high. ❋SU558 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Open top trolley for transporting and storing items that need to be moved around the poolside but do not require locking up. Colour: Blue • Size: 1040 x 690 x 840mm (L x W x H) ❋SU2033 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P155 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 13:02 Page 1
5 15
STORAGE
VENDIPLAS POOLSIDE STORAGE TROLLEY • Specially designed for storage of playrafts allowing them either 320mm, 365mm or 520mm high (Not included, please order separately, see page 162) • Size: Overall - 1400 x 600 x 2250mm high (3 bays 400 x 600 x 1730mm, Roofrack 1350 x 600 x 250mm) Colour: Blue ❋SU935 each.
410mm
VENDIPLAS MOBILE STORAGE UNITS • Ideal mobile storage solution for a wide variety of
2020
POOL AREA
to air properly whilst keeping poolside tidy
• Also features ‘Roofrack’ which holds up to 3 Storage Bins
swim/sports/fitness products and also general storage
• Hold up to 6 Storage Bins either 320mm, 365mm or
520mm high (Not included, please order separately, see page 162) Colour: Blue ❋SU556 1000 x 500 x 1835mm high each. ❋SU1603 1500 x 500 x 1835mm high each.
VENDIPLAS MOBILE STORAGE UNITS • Hanging section c/w hooks
Colour: Blue ❋SU2116 1360 x 600 x 1770mm high each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
MULTI-PURPOSE FREESTANDING SHELVES True multi-purpose freestanding shelves in a range of sizes for multiple applications in leisure facilities Colour: Blue 1000 x 400 x 1530mm high ❋SU2120 each. 1000 x 500 x 1530mm high ❋SU2121 each. 1500 x 400 x 1530mm high ❋SU2122 each. 1500 x 500 x 1530mm high ❋SU2123 each. 2000 x 400 x 1530mm high ❋SU2124 each. 2000 x 500 x 1530mm high ❋SU2125 each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
410mm
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
STORAGE WOGGLE TROLLEY
Colour: Blue 1350 x 570 x 1500mm high ❋SU2118 each. 1350 x 570 x 1500mm high c/w lockable lower doors ❋SU2119 each.
Stores up to 50 woggles Colour: Blue 720 x 650 x 1050mm high ❋SU2135 each.
POOL AREA
MOBILE STORAGE UNITS
15 6
P156 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 04/06/2021 13:13 Page 1
EQUIPMENT TROLLEYS
2020
Small trolleys for balls or large items Colour: Blue 1040 x 690 x 840mm high - Open top ❋SU2126 each. 1040 x 690 x 840mm high - Complete with lid ❋SU2127 each. Multi-Purpose two section open top trolleys Colour: Blue 1440 x 690 x 1110mm high ❋SU2133 each. 1980 x 690 x 1110mm high c/w two extra shelves ❋SU2134 each.
VENDIPLAS MOBILE DOLLY TROLLEY Versatile transporter for pool equipment Starting Blocks, Storage Boxes, Containers, Inflatables – almost anything that needs to be moved around the poolside then put into storage, and being Vendiplas, it will stand up to the rigors of poolside use
Shown, but not supplied with, SU235 Storage Container filled with Woggles and 3x SU1707 Versatote Stacknest Storage Bin 50L Blue c/w Lid Colour: Blue • Size: 1150 x 710 x 1170mm (L x W x H) ❋SU2032 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P157 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 09:40 Page 1
POOL AREA
7 15
STORAGE
AQUA DUMBBELL TROLLEY
SWIM FIN HOLDER
2020
Colour: Blue 1230 x 420 x 1330mm high ❋SU2128 each.
Colour: Blue 1200 x 820 x 1500mm high ❋SU2137 each.
AQUA MAT TROLLEY
RACING LANE TROLLEYS
Mobile storage for five Aqua Fitness mats Colour: Blue 1050 x 1020 x 1700mm high ❋SU2136 each.
Especially suitable for underground storage situations Colour: Blue 800 x 800 x 1500mm high Holds 1 x 25m standard disc racing lane ❋SU2138 each. 1200 x 1200 x 1500mm high Holds 1 x 50m or 2 x 25m standard disc racing lanes or 1 x 25m Gold disc racing lane ❋SU2139 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
STORAGE
15 8
P158 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 09:41 Page 1
PLASTIC BASKET
MOBILE CABINETS WITH LOCKS Mobile cabinets with individually lockable compartments (locks included) designed to take SU2117 baskets (not included) with top rack for extra storage Colour: Blue 1360 x 760 x 1540mm high Takes up to nine SU2117 baskets (order separately) ❋SU2131 each. 1360 x 760 x 2080mm high Takes up to twelve SU2117 baskets (order separately) ❋SU2132 each.
EQUIPMENT TROLLEYS LARGE & EXTRA LARGE
Colour: Blue Large • Three compartments • Removeable shelves • Two doors, can be locked • 1260 x 760 x 1920mm high ❋SU2129 each. Extra Large • Twelve compartments • Removeable shelves, adjustable space for different size items • Two doors, can be locked • Top rack • 1760 x 760 x 2270mm high ❋SU2130 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
POOL AREA
Use individually or with Mobile Cabinets Colour: Grey • Ideal for pool area • Water drains easily allowing quick drying of contents • 600 x 400 x 410mm ❋SU2117 each.
P159 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 09:42 Page 1
9 15
STORAGE
2020
POOL AREA
STORAGE CONTAINER
Weatherproof and extremely hard wearing this container offers a multitude of applications, including the storage of woggles. Holds up to 30 woggles. 76cm high x 43cm dia. SU235 each.
SE610
WIRE STORAGE BIN
At last! A simple, common sense, realistically priced solution to your storage problems. • Capacious white wire mesh storage bins • Can be used singly or bolted together to create two or three high stacking units • Open fronted for easy access Size: 1050 x 680 x 480mm high. ❋SE501 each.
MESH STORAGE BAGS • Heavy duty nylon mesh • Drawstring closure • Good ventilation - Easy drainage • Wet items dry out quickly
SE610 Medium 450 x 750 mm, Black. each. SE592 Large 915 x 1150mm, Blue. each.
AGE R O T S AG B
TS , SPOR MING SWIM E OF LTITUD A MU ALLY FOR CI E AG ESPE STOR S ITEMS BRIC EAL SH FA ● ID D FITNES N ME AN S NYLO GHT WET ITEM TWEI R RD ● LIGH BLE FO AW CO SUITA ING DR EN ST ICK FA ● QU
mm 450 x 750 Medium 0mm 915 x 115 Large
SE592 Mala ysia Mad e in
Links...
More Wire Mesh Storage Solutions.... See Page 421
Links...
More Carry Sacks See Pages 446-447 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
POOL AREA
STORAGE
16 0
P160 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 09:44 Page 1
STORAGE BASKETS WHEELAWAY • Plastic baskets ideal for pool area • Water drains easily allowing quick drying of contents
• 3 sizes available
2020
SE673 Large 600 x 400 x 1060mm high. each. SE651 Medium 600 x 400 x 740mm high. each. SE652 Small 600 x 400 x 420mm high. each. Note: Height includes castors, (assembly required).
PLASTIC BASKET
STORAGE CABINET
This space saving Large Utility Cabinet provides over 22 cu. ft of storage behind the easy–access padlockable doors, with 4 adjustable shelves, and a vertical partition. Manufactured from weather–resistant, UV– stabilised polypropylene, making it ideal for wet or humid environments. Size: 750 x 500 x 1800mm high. SU1119 each.
Use individually or with Mobile Cabinets See Page 154 Colour: Grey • Ideal for pool area • Water drains easily allowing quick drying of contents • 600 x 400 x 410mm ❋SU2117 each.
JUMBO STORAGE CHEST
Weatherproof freestanding storage box • Suitable for indoor or outdoor • Rollers on one side for easy movement and are lockable (padlock not supplied) • Easily assembled, no tools required • Size: 1350 x 600 x 650mm high SU1174 each. Note: Colours may vary.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P161 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 09:46 Page 1
1 16
STORAGE SU1830
POOL AREA
PREMIUM MOBILE CONTAINERS Produced entirely from a food grade plastic, these mobile container trolleys are easily cleaned and require little maintenance. • Will not rust or corrode • Large capacity makes for very useful storage space • Optional lids for security, see SU1834/5 below 685W x 1010L x 735H mm 320 Litres SU1830 each. 775W x 1370L x 765H mm 455 Litres SU1831 each.
SU1831
2020
SU1832
SU1833
PREMIUM MOBILE CONTAINERS C/W HANDLES • As above but c/w Handles 685W x 1010L x 735H mm 320 Litres SU1832 each. 775W x 1370L x 765H mm 455 Litres SU1833 each.
LIDS FOR PREMIUM MOBILE CONTAINERS SU1834 320 litre each. SU1835 455 litre each.
SUPERTUFF OUTDOOR STORAGE BINS A perfect storage solution for aggressive environments such as on pool side. Manufactured from robust and durable UV stabilised polyethylene, built to withstand the test of time. Guaranteed not to rust or corrode, no metal components. Water tight lid can be padlocked. Stackable design, will nest within each other making for easy storage. 1080W x 670D x 695H mm 200 Litres SU1828 each. 1175W x 790D x 795H mm 350 Litres SU1829 each.
SU1828
Links...
SU1829
Supertuff Litter Bins See Page 286 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Links...
Padlocks See Page 215 Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RUBBERMAID® BIG WHEELER CONTAINER
HEAVY DUTY MULTI-USE STORAGE BINS c/w LID
Use for storage or waste control • Polypropylene mobile unit • Retractable castors save space when not in use • Hinged lid for easy emptying Capacity: 75kg or 100 litres. SU391 each.
Extra strong RECYCLED plastic bins provide a multitude of options for storage • Manufactured from 100% recycled plastic • Heavy duty bins resist high impact damage • Durable and strong, even in cold temperatures • Virtually indestructible, strength tested to 380kg! • Nest or stackable with lids on or off • Lids snap into place and feature holes to add ties for added security
2020
45 Litre 500 x 395 x 320mm high Weight: 2.49kg SU2225 each. 62 Litre 600 x 400 x 365mm high Weight: 3.18kg SU2226 each. 92 Litre 600 x 400 x 520mm high Weight: 4.20kg SU2227 each.
POOL AREA
STORAGE
16 2
P162 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 10:14 Page 1
ECONOMY STORAGE BINS & LIDS • Bins and lids sold separately
SU1435 Medium Bin Only, Size: 500 x 350mm x 250 high each. SU1436 Large Bin Only, Size: 590 x 400mm x 290 high each. SU1437 Medium Lid Only, each. SU1438 Large Lid Only, each.
DUSTBIN c/w CLASP LID • 540ø x 660mm high • Polypropylene • Blue only SU1138 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
BRUTE TOTE STORAGE BIN
Made from tough commercial grade polyethylene Size: 707 x 441 x 384mm Capacity: 75.5 Litre SU1031 each.
PLASTIC STORAGE BUCKET WITH LID 30 LTR • Extra-large, pink storage bucket with white sealable lid.
• Shatter resistant with reinforced
base and metric/imperial markings for content measuring. • Outside dimensions: 380ømm x 420mm SE912 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P163 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 10:58 Page 1
3 16
STORAGE ALUMINIUM BALL TROLLEY
POOL AREA
Weatherproof, sturdy construction, ideal for storage of sports or swimming equipment. Lockable hinged lid. Size: 914 x 711 x 711mm high. ❋SE67 each. Note: Requires assembly.
WIRE MESH EQUIPMENT TROLLEY LARGE
50 x 25mm 12G polythene coated weld mesh mounted on 62mm nylon castors. Drop side lockable hinged lid. Ideal for sports, swimming and creche equipment storage. Size 914 x 610 x 660mm high. Note: 740mm high including castors.
2020
❋SE28 each.
WIRE MESH EQUIPMENT TROLLEY SMALL
50 x 50mm polythene coated weld mesh mounted on nylon castors. Size 863 x 610 x 457mm high. ❋SE53 each.
TRIPLE TROLLEY • Robust construction with 3 position handle
• Wide, stable, easy to load polyethylene deck
• Large non-marking castors for good stability
• Folds away for space efficient storage
• Multitude of uses around the leisure centre
• Size: 825 x 520mm • Capacity: 181kg. ❋SU477 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ALUMINIUM MESH EQUIPMENT TROLLEY STANDARD • Heavy aluminium profile with aluminium mesh sides for security
• Fitted with 4 castors • Opening lid can be locked • Size: 1000 x 650 x 950mm high ❋SE380 each.
Note: Requires assembly.
Links...
Padlocks See Page 215
ALUMINIUM ‘SPEEDY’ TROLLEY • Plug device construction made
2020
from special aluminium profiles together with Crapal wave grid • Two removable shelves • Four castors • Size: 1250 x 620 x 1200mm high ❋SE465 each. Note: Requires assembly.
ALUMINIUM SUPER TROLLEY
shelving e l b a t s u j Ad
!
An ideal unit for swimming pools, schools, clubs and sports halls. Items are immediately and clearly to hand. • Now features adjustable shelving • Natural bright aluminium finish • Stable and elegant design • Top and bottom, doors, side frames, rear wall and all inserted trays are supplied as a complete welded structure, whereby a special joint system assures simple assembly • Crimped aluminium grilles provide security, optimum water drainage and drying of equipment • Trackless and smooth-running wheels offer rapid transport • Fits through a standard door • Size: 1500 x 620 x 1480mm high ❋SE379 each. Note: Requires assembly.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
POOL AREA
STORAGE
16 4
P164 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 11:00 Page 1
More Storage See Page 407-412, 419-423
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P165 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 11:01 Page 1
5 16
STORAGE
Simple shelving system can solve hundreds of storage issues • Height: 1500mm, Width: 1010mm, Depth: 410mm • Strong and sturdy high tensile steel frame • High quality propylene shelves - washable - max load 90kg per shelf • Four adjustable shelf levels including top and bottom • Assembled in minutes • Extension bays available
POOL AREA
SUPERSHELF BOLTLESS SHELVING
• 2 frames with PVC base ❋SU1215 Starter Bay plates and top caps
• 8 beams - 12 plastic shelves • 16 security clips • Weight 14kg
each.
• 1 frame with PVC base
❋SU1216 Extension Bay
plates and top caps 8 beams 12 plastic shelves 16 security clips Weight 11kg each. Note: SU1216 requires SU1215 Starter Bay
2020
• • • •
HEAVY DUTY MULTI-USE STORAGE BINS c/w LID Extra strong RECYCLED plastic bins provide a multitude of options for storage • Manufactured from 100% recycled plastic • Heavy duty bins resist high impact damage • Durable and strong, even in cold temperatures • Virtually indestructible, strength tested to 380kg! • Nest or stackable with lids on or off • Lids snap into place and feature holes to add ties for added security
BRUTE TOTE STORAGE BIN
Made from tough commercial grade polyethylene Size: 707 x 441 x 384mm Capacity: 75.5 Litre SU1031 each.
45 Litre 500 x 395 x 320mm high Weight: 2.49kg SU2225 each. 62 Litre 600 x 400 x 365mm high Weight: 3.18kg SU2226 each. 92 Litre 600 x 400 x 520mm high Weight: 4.20kg SU2227 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
ECONOMY STORAGE BINS & LIDS • Bins and lids sold separately
SU1435 Medium Bin Only, Size: 500 x 250 x 350mm each. SU1436 Large Bin Only, Size: 590 x 290 x 400mm each. SU1437 Medium Lid Only, each. SU1438 Large Lid Only, each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
STORAGE
16 6
P166 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 12:28 Page 1
MDI STORAGE BINS
POOL AREA
Ideal, simple, neat and tidy storage solution for Plant Room, Stock Room, Store, Cleaning Cupboard etc... Provides individual locations for many items, keeping store rooms/cupboards tidy and accessible • Injection moulded in high grade polypropylene • Two bin sizes • Front to back dividers available • Supplied with labels SU1528 MDI 245 Bin Blue L300 x W273 x H172mm each. SU1529 MDI 390 Bin Blue L300 x W410 x H172mm each. SU1530
SU1530 FB Divider • Optional front to back divider suitable for 245/390 bins each.
METAL LOUVRED PANELS • High quality, strong metal, powder coated panels • Two sizes available • Accept MDI storage bins detailed above • Colour - White SU1531 Louvred Panel W457 x H1220 each. SU1531 x 1 SU1529 x 6
SU1532 Louvred Panel W610 x H1220 each.
Louvred Panel/Number of bins SU1528 MDI 245 SU1529 MDI 390 SU1531 6 SU1532 12 -
SU1532
ORDERLINES
SU1528 on SU1532
PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SU1532 x 1 SU1528 x 12
Panels can be placed alongside each other for large storage solutions or used individually
SU1531 SU1529 on SU1531
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Note: 245 bin can be divided in two, 390 bin can be divided in two or three
P167 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 12:29 Page 1
7 16
TIMING FASTIME 01 • Budget stopwatch • Ideal for children • Easy to use
POOL AREA
SU308 each.
FASTIME 4 • Professional • Lap/Cum Split timing SU569 each.
FASTIME 7 • 100 Lap memory • Repeat c/d timer with Pacer SU248 each.
SU308
SU248
FASTIME 9
2020
Professional level 100 lap memory stopwatch with stroke rate • 100 Lap memory Stopwatch, Stroke rate, Time, Day date display • Rugged water resistant and shock resistant case Stroke Rate: Measures a sample of 3 strokes or actions and returns a frequency or rate per minute. Press the start button to begin measuring the stroke rate. Display counts down from 180. Press again after 3 strokes and the display shows the rate per minute. Ideal for swimming or rowing. SU1880 each. SU569
SU1880
FASTIME FASTIME STOPWATCHES STOPWATCHES Select then select the model best suited forfor your application Selectthe thefunctions functionsand andfeatures featuresyou youdesire, desire, then select the model best suited your application P PRODUCT FUNCTION GUIDE
Stopwatches without Memory M
Model Functions/Features
T
Time Out
S
Silent Operation Cum Split
L
Lap Split
1
1-2 Fast Finish
Stopwatches with Stopwatches Memory with Memory
SU308 Fastime 01
SU569 Fastime 4
SU1844 Fastime 28LW
SU570 Fastime 11
SU1625 S Fastime 29
SU248 Fastime 7
SU1880 Fastime 9
•
•
•
•
•
••
••
•
•
•
•
•
••
••
••
•
•
•
•
••
••
••
•
•
•
•
• 30 Laps
100 3 Laps
100 Laps
•
Memory D
Display
R
Running Time
F
Fastest Lap
S
Speed
Single
Single
Single
Single
Triple Single
Triple Triple
Triple Triple
Triple
Cumulative
Cum or Lap
Cumulative
Cum or Lap
Cumulative Lap
Cumulative Cumulative
Cumulative Cumulative
Cumulative
•
••
repeat dn/up,rpt,dnstp dn/up, dnstp
Timer (countdown)
•
P
Pacer
S
Stroke Rate
A
Alarm
•
•
•
D
Day/Date
•
•
•
•
B
Backlight
•
•
•
9.59.59
23.59.59
9.59.59 23.59.59
Range O
23.59.59
Other functions
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
9.59.59 R
Health Suite
R Water Resistant to IPX7
Maint.
Fitness
•
•
dn/up, dn/up, repeat repeat
dn/up, repeat
•• •
••
••
••
•
••
••
•
9.59.59 9.59.59
9.59.59 9.59.59
Versatile Velcro strap. Lanyard & Clip
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
9.59.59
TIMING FASTIME 11 • Water resistant stopwatch with
16 8
P168 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 12:31 Page 1
separate lanyard, wriststrap and clip
• Electro-luminescent back lighting
SU570
POOL AREA
facility with delay: screen will stay lit for 2 sec. after pressing the light button • Giant digits: 14mm x 7mm, the display shows minutes and seconds in large numerals in stopwatch and timer mode and 1/100th seconds in smaller digits above the seconds • Circular case housing has opening at back to clip stopwatch holder clip or lanyard onto circular housing, also has guides through which the wriststrap can be threaded • Wriststrap is elastic with adjustable closure • Clip attachment can be attached to a clipboard, belt or clothing SU570 each.
FASTIME 29 • Rugged water resistant case • 30 Lap memory with repeat c/d timer
2020
SU1625 each.
FASTIME 28 LW • Water resistant to IPX 7 • Cum Split timing SU1844 each.
SU1844
SU1625
DIGITAL TALLY COUNTER • 0-99999 • 2 counts per second • CE & ROHS/WEEE Approved • Battery: 1 x LR44 (See page 146 SU121)
• LCD Dimensions: 8 x 22mm • Weight: 23g • Dimensions: 50 x 46 x 35mm
SU285 TABLETIMER
Ideal for basketball, boxing, netball and much more! Large 25mm, 2 line display, countdown timer and clock Features: • Event timing • Time out • 24 hours • Countdown • Time of day • Batteries included SU285 each.
96mm
SU1708 each.
90mm
MANUAL TALLY COUNTER • 0-9999 SU219 each.
50mm
Links...
Clocks See Pages169-172
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P169 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 12:33 Page 1
Pace Clocks
POOL AREA
9 16
TIMING
SPEEDO MAINS PACE CLOCK • Round 3mm x 1000mm Ø • Dibond aluminium composite face
SPEEDO DELUXE MAINS PACE CLOCK • Round 3mm x 1000mm Ø • Dibond aluminium composite face
❋SE717 each.
geared for minute hand ❋SE723 each.
-Strong, durable, waterproof and non corrosive
-Strong, durable, waterproof and non corrosive
2020
• Large sweep hand powered by 240V Motor
• Two 240v motors - one for large sweep hand, one specially
PORTABLE PACE CLOCK ABS
FIBREGLASS SURROUND c/w LENS 1000mm • Optional fibreglass
Freestanding, ideal for placement at end of pool lane • Dial diameter 310mm • Overall size: 395(w)x410(h)x110mm(d) • ABS Blue case • 40 Metre viewing distance • Battery operated (SU116 AA included) SU2061 each.
surround to encase any of our 1000mm Ø clocks • Complete with unbreakable polycarbonate lens SE796 each. Note: Must be ordered together with the clock of your choice - cannot be retro fitted
CLOCK SPARES
SE420 Replacement Motor. each SE145 Replacement Sweep Hand. each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
TIMING
POOL AREA
Pace Clocks
17 0
P170 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 12:35 Page 1
Start, Stop and Rapid reset to “60” functions
• Multiple clocks can be configured to a single controller to operate together for all-round vision in pool halls etc
• Low voltage operation for poolside safety • Mains to 12VDC adapter included Links...
Matching JPL Pro Series, Time of Day Clock See Page 172
As SE135 but housed in a super quality Acrylic Stove Enamelled aluminium case with shatter resistant lens. Offers good protection in vulnerable areas. (Battery not included, see page 169). ❋SE449 each.
Start, Stop and Rapid reset to “60” functions
• 2 Digit 140mm yellow LED readout for lapsed seconds, 60 to 59 (SE875) or minutes, 0 to 60 (SE876)
• Multiple clocks can be configured to a single controller to operate together for all-round vision in pool halls etc
• Low voltage operation for poolside safety • Mains to 12VDC adapter included
kSE587 each.
BATTERY PACE CLOCK 610mm ENCASED
JPL PRO SERIES REMOTE CONTROL HYBRID PACE CLOCK • Round 5mm x 850mm ø polycarbonate face • Wireless operation from key-fob style controller providing
kSE875 Elapsed Seconds kSE876 Elapsed Minutes each.
PORTABLE BATTERY PACE CLOCK • 610 x 610mm Aluminium case with
unbreakable Polycarbonate lens • Carry handle and swing-out base support • Splash proof On/Off switch • Minute and continuous sweep hand (Note: Battery not included, see page 169) ❋SE31 each.
BATTERY PACE CLOCK 610mm
610 x 610mm x 6mm Foamex face. Sweep and minute hand. (Battery not included, see page 169). ❋SE135 each.
CLOCK SPARES
Links...
Batteries... See Page 173
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SE341 Battery Pace Clock Motor and Hand Set. each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
JPL PRO SERIES REMOTE CONTROL PACE CLOCK • Round 5mm x 850mm ø polycarbonate face • Wireless operation from key-fob style controller providing
P171 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 12:36 Page 1
1 17
TIMING
2020
POOL AREA
Time of Day
JPL
PRO SERIES TIME OF DAY CLOCK
Aesthetically matches JPL Pro Series pace clocks • Round 3mm x 850mm diameter Dibond aluminium composite face - strong, durable, waterproof, non-corrosive • High quality UTS battery powered quartz movement • Aluminium hands • SU116 AA battery included kSU2060 each.
TIME OF DAY CLOCKS • 600 x 600 x 6mm Foamex face • Mains or battery version
(1 x SU117 battery not included see page 169)
• Mains includes battery backup function in case of mains failure
• Multitude of uses within leisure facilities Mains ❋SE4300 each. Battery ❋SE430 each.
TIME OF DAY CLOCKS 610mm ENCASED • As left but housed in an aluminium case with shatter resistant lens
• Offers good protection in vulnerable areas ❋SE452 Battery each.
CLOCK SPARES
SE136 Mains T.O.D. Motor each. SE146 Mains T.O.D. Hands each. SE3410 Battery T.O.D. Motor and Hand Set each.
Links...
Batteries See Page 173 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
TIMING
17 2
P172 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 12:38 Page 1
Three face sizes to suit various applications • Shatterproof lens • White dial with black print • 230v mains operated 436mm Ø Dry area only c/w Second Hand SU2057 each.
480mm Ø Dry area only ❋SU2058 each.
POOL AREA
MAINS OPERATED TIME OF DAY CLOCKS
DUAL PURPOSE CLOCK 410mm • Suitable for Aerobics Studios,Gyms etc. • Features Time of Day with large second hand • Plastic casing • Water resistant • SU116 AA battery not included, see page 169 ❋SE462 each.
2020
635mm Ø Suitable for poolside or humid areas ❋SU2059 each.
SU2058 and SU2059
SE255
WATER RESISTANT CLOCKS • Fully sealed front and back compartments
• Operates in wet or humid conditions
• AA battery included
SE589 410mm Ø each. SE255 300mm Ø each.
SE589
Note: Water resistant clocks NOT suitable for Sauna/Steam use
Links...
Links...
More clocks See Pages 540
Thermometers See Pages 175/176
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P173 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 12:41 Page 1
POOL AREA
3 17
TIMING
Clock Accessories SAFETY COVERS
CORPORATE IDENTITY
ie. Logos/names can be arranged to order. Please forward your requirements for a quotation.
Specially designed to fit around our 10002mm and 6102mm clocks. They fit directly to the wall so when hit no vibration reaches the clock. • Unbreakable Polycarbonate 4mm thick • Ideal for Water Polo Pools, Sports Halls etc. • Two sizes now available
Note: Not available on encased Clocks.
2020
Large To fit around 1000 x 1000mm clocks ❋SE453 each. Small To fit around 610 x 610mm clocks ❋SE82 each. Example of corporate clock.
WIRE PROTECTION GUARDS Powdered steel coated wire guards protect your clocks from projectiles. Complete with wall fixings.
BATTERIES ALKALINE INDUSTRIAL
Clocks up to 690mm SE702 each. Clocks up to 490mm SE703 each.
UED Clocks up to 1000mm TIN N SE746 £93.34 each. O C DIS
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
SU1089 SU116 SU117 SU118 SU119 SU159 SU121 SU1551
AAA 1.5v . . . . . . . . . . . . per 4. AA 1.5v . . . . . . . . . . . . . per 4. C 1.5v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per 2. D 1.5v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per 2. 9v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . each. 12v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . each. Coin Cell 1.5v . . . . . . . . per 2. Coin Cell 3v . . . . . . . . . . each.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
WAT E R P O L O MIKASA COMPETITION AND TRAINING • Official size and weight
Womens W6609 Size: 4 SW9401 each.
Junior W6608W Size: 2 SW2671 each.
POOL AREA
Mens 6600 Size: 5 SW940 each.
17 4
P174 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 12:44 Page 1
SAFETY MARKER SET • Set of 100 soft plastic floor markers • Ideal for for Water Polo field indicators
• Collapse under pressure
miles
• Unaffected by water • Fail-safe, no reliance on batteries or
2020
then re-shape SP359 set.
ACME SIGNAL HORN • Effective for distance of over two compressed air
• Approved to SOLAS 1974 Regulations
SU262 each.
ECO SONIC AIR HORN • Delivers 120db blast at 3.09m • High-impact trumpet • 100% non-flammable canister • 99.5% lower global warming
TABLE TIMER
Large 25mm two line display with countdown timer and clock. Ideal for Basketball, Boxing, 90mm Netball and much more! (Batteries included). Features:• Event timing • Time out • Time of day • 24 Hours 50mm • Countdown SU285 each.
footprint than other non-flammable horns SU1622 each.
ECO SONIC AIR HORN REFILL ONLY SU1623 each.
Links...
96mm
Whistles See Page 139
WATER POLO FIELDS
Extract from FINA Regulations WP 1.4 The distance between the goal lines shall be not less than 20 metres and not more than 30m. The width of the field of play shall be not less than 10 metres and not more than 20 metres. The boundary of the field of play at each end shall be 0.30 metres behind the goal line. WP 1.6 Distinctive marks shall be provided on both sides of the field of play to denote the following: (a) white marks - goal line and half distance line, (b) red marks - 2 metres from goal lines (c) yellow marks - 5 metres from goal lines. The sides of the field of play from the goal line to the 2 metre line shall be marked in red; from the 2 metre line to the 5 metre line shall be marked in yellow and from the 5 metre line to the half distance line shall be marked in green. WP 2.1 Two goal posts and a crossbar, rigidly constructed, rectangular with a dimension of 0.075 metres facing the field of play and painted white shall be located on the goal lines at each end, equal distances from the sides and not less than 0.30 metres in front of the ends of the field of play. WP 2.2 The inner sides of the goal posts shall be 3 metres apart. When the water is 1.50 metres or more in depth, the underside of the crossbar shall be 0.90 metres from the water surface. When the water is less than 1.50 metres in depth, the underside of the crossbar shall be 2.40 metres from the floor of the pool. WP2.3 Limp nets shall be securely fastened to the goal posts and crossbar to enclose the entire goal area and shall be attached to the goal fixtures in such a manner as to allow not less than 0.30 metres clear space behind the goal line everywhere within the goal area. Full FINA regulations re: Water Polo Fields available on request.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P175 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 12:45 Page 1
POOL AREA
5 17
WAT E R P O L O
STAINLESS STEEL “POOL EDGE FASTENING” WATER POLO GOALS • Suitable for pools 20-30m in length • Fastened with pinch anchor sockets grouted into pool surround
• Grade 316 Stainless Steel frame • Treated wood goal posts and crossbar • Fold-away for easy storage
Set Comprises:Deep End Goal Minimum water depth 1.5m Shallow End Goal Minimum water depth 0.9 - 1.2m Pinch Anchor Sockets Drop-in Covers, 2.5mm Standard Nets ❋SE725 set.
Links...
Extracts from FINA regulations for Water Polo Fields See Page 174 FLOATING FOLD-AWAY WATER POLO GOALS & NETS • Easy fold away for transportation and storage
• Supplied complete with net retainers, net
hoops, floats and counterbalance weights
• Crossbar and posts made of profile
2020
75x40mm white stove-enamelled aluminium • Floats and net hoops natural silver aluminium Set Comprises:Deep End Goal Minimum water depth 1.5m ❋SE923 each. Shallow End Goal Minimum water depth 1.2m ❋SE924 each.
NOTE: Nets NOT included DEEP End See SE825D and SE416D SHALLOW End See SE825S and SE416S
NEPTUNE MATCH FLOATING FOLD-AWAY WATER POLO GOALS Neptune Match Goals offer super water position on the surface of the water for match competitions • Stable and wide, buoyant aluminium floats designed to give maximum stability • Aluminium floats orange powder coated • Crossbar and posts made of profile 75x40mm white stove-enamelled aluminium Set Comprises:Neptune Deep End For use in water 1.5m and above ❋SE925 each. Neptune Shallow End For use in water 1.2m depth ❋SE926 each.
Links...
Inflatable Goals See Page 177
Note: Nets Not Included
WATER POLO GOAL NETS
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Standard 2.5mm White SE825D Deep End each. SE825S Shallow End each. Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Heavy Duty 4.0mm Black SE416D Deep End each. SE416S Shallow End each. Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
POOL AREA
WAT E R P O L O
17 6
P176 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 13:37 Page 1
WATER POLO GOAL Official FINA and LEN Water Polo Goal designed by Malmsten for competition and training
Features • Strong aluminum profiles, powder painted white • Nets included • Factory assembled, arrives almost ready to use, as easy as 1-2-3! • Folds for easy storage and transport • Equipped with castors for ease of transport and handling
2020
Dimensions • Width 3000 mm • Height 900 mm • Depth 1586 mm • Retangular frame 80 x 40 mm ❋SE832 each.
Water Polo Fields of Play are made according to FINA and LEN rules • • They may be made for men, women, junior, master or any custom sized field Water Polo Fields are manufactured with 2 field lanes and 8 goal lanes • • They are complete with tension springs and take up reels • The goal lanes attach directly to the hooks on the goals (sold separately) • The lanes of the Water Polo field are fitted to the wall or floor anchors (not included)
GOLD 150mm
STANDARD 100mm Ø RACING LANES ❋SE060 ❋SE070 ❋SE04 ❋SE050 ❋SE05 ❋SE06
STANDARD 100mm
20 metre 25 yards (22.86 metre) 25 metre 331⁄3 yards (30.48 metre) 331⁄3 metre 50 metre
each. each. each. each. each. each.
GOLD 150mm Ø RACING LANES
Note: Please state exact distance between fixing points when ordering Racing Lanes.
Please call for a quotation for other areas and lengths.
❋SE180 25 metre ❋SE181 331⁄3 metre ❋SE182 50 metre
each. each. each.
WATER POLO CONES Water polo cone markers for indoor/outdoor use. Hard plastic construction, durable and stackable Height: 38cm Material: Plastic SE941 Red SE942 Yellow SE943 White each. Note: For a water polo field of play 18 cones are required - 8 x Red, 4 x Yellow & 6 x White.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
TENSION SPRING COVERS
150 x 135mm Ø vinyl coated PVC foam SE819 Red SE955 White each.
WATER POLO GOAL BUMPERS
Attach to Malmsten Water Polo Goals to protect goals and surrounding areas from impact damage SE954 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P177 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 07/06/2021 15:20 Page 1
7 17
WAT E R P O L O
POOL AREA
INFLATABLE WATER POLO/POOL PLAY GOALS
2020
SW2853
Super quality portable goal… inflate in three minutes..! • HabaWaba Official water polo goal – an ideal pool play goal • Manufactured from reinforced PVC – strong but lightweight • Easy to install and de-install - extremely quick inflation • Supplied with hand pump and storage bag Junior Size 2150 x 750mm (HabaWaba Official junior size) SW2853 £454.35 each. Mini Size 1500 x 600mm SW3373 £380.50 each. Note: Anchorage to poolside required (purchase separately), rope and handiloc floats are ideal (see page 146).
SW3373
INFLATABLE HABAWABA OFFICIAL FIELD OF PLAY & GOALS SET This is the Official HabaWaba Junior field of play, used at the HabaWaba Junior water polo tournament since 2013. Includes complete field of play 20 x 15m (adjustable to 20 x 11m) with boundary field lanes and goals all manufactured in reinforced PVC. Everything is portable and easy to move around in supplied bags (3) ❋SW2867 each.
SW2867
OFFICIAL MINI WATER POLO GOAL SET • Set consists of 2 aluminium goals with floats and nets.
• Two separate nets for each size. • Height 900mm, width can be built up to 1200 or 2000mm.
• International recommendation. ❋SE378 per set.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
WAT E R T E S T I N G
17 8
P178 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 22/06/2021 12:40 Page 1
the glass bulb dries out or becomes damaged SE594 Low Range Meter SE595 High Range Meter each.
POOL AREA
COMBI pH/TDS/TEMPERATURE METERS • Waterproof, will float if accidently dropped in water • Replaceable electrode, easily removed and replaced if SE594/595
Calibrate using Buffer Sachets detailed below
SPECIFICATION - SE594 Low Range Range Accuracy pH 0.00 to 14.0 ± 0.05 Temp. 0.0 to 60.0°C ± 0.51°C TDS 0.0 to 2000ppm ± 2% F.S. Battery Type 4 x 1.5 volt coin cell (JPL code SU121)
SPECIFICATION - SE595 High Range Range Accuracy pH 0.00 to 14.0 ± 0.05 Temp. 0.0 to 60.0°C ± 0.51°C TDS 0.0 to 10.0ppt ± 2% F.S. Battery Type 4 x 1.5 volt coin cell (JPL code SU121)
DUAL pH/TEMPERATURE METER • Waterproof, will float if accidentally dropped in the water • Replaceable electrode, easily removed & replaced if
SE546/547
the glass bulb dries out or becomes damaged. SE544 each.
Calibrate using SE474, SE475 or SE476 as detailed below.
REPLACEMENT pH ELECTRODE SPECIFICATION SE544 Range 0.00 to 14.0 pH, 0.0 to 60.0°C Resolution 0.1pH, 0.1°C Accuracy ±0.1pH, ±0.5°C pH calibration Auto with choice of Buffers SE474,SE475,SE476 Other features Dual level LCD display showing pH & temperature Auto switch off • Hold feature • Pocket clip Battery life Approximately 1000 hours.
SE544
DUAL TDS/TEMPERATURE METERS
Two models that display Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and Temperature simply by pressing a button. Utilising the same case as the pH meter, these meters are also automatically temperature compensated and feature auto calibration. SE546 Low Range Meter, SE547 High Range Meter. each. each. *Calibration Buffer Solutions are detailed below.
Note: TDS & pH pocket test meters must be used with calibration solutions. CALIBRATION BUFFER SACHETS 20ml
REPLACEMENT TDS ELECTRODE SE548 each.
SE546 SPECIFICATION • • • • •
Range Resolution Accuracy Calibration* Other features Battery life:
2020
SE545 each.
SE547 SPECIFICATION
0 to 1999ppm, 0 to 60°C 0 to 10.00ppt (0 to 10,000ppm), 0 to 60°C 1ppm, 0.1°C 1ppt, 0.1°C +2%FS, ±0.5°C +2%FS, ±0.5°C Use *SE478 Buffer Solution Use *SE477 Buffer Solution Dual Level LCD’s showing TDS and Temperature simultaneously Auto switch off • Hold feature • Pocket clip Approximately 500 hours
pH ELECTRODE CLEANING FLUID 230ml
Clean the liquid junction of your electrodes at least once a week to prevent clogging and maintain accuracy. SE597 each.
pH ELECTRODE STORAGE SOLUTION 230ml To maintain the electrode add a few drops of solution in the protective cap after use. SE598 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Just rip the top off and insert the electrode directly into the solution, no need for a separate beaker. Each calibration is performed using a fresh solution ensuring the highest accuracy from your instrument. Packed in boxes of 25. SE474 pH4, SE475 pH7, SE476 pH10 (To calibrate SE544). per 25.
SE477 TDS 6.44ppt (To calibrate SE547 & SE595). per 25.
SE478 TDS 1382ppm (To calibrate SE546 & SE594). per 25.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P179 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 22/06/2021 12:42 Page 1
9 17
WAT E R T E S T I N G SCOOP THERMOMETER • Moulded plastic Note: Design may vary SE112 each.
POOL AREA
WATER THERMOMETER • Enclosed scale thermometer in glass slot front nickel-plated
brass case with nylon cord SE110 each.
AIR THERMOMETERS • Moulded plastic
SE111 75 x 380mm each. SE653 45 x 200mm each.
MIN/MAX AIR THERMOMETER • Traditional style minimum maximum • Environmentally friendly filling • Reliable and accurate • Push button • 207 x 58 x 36mm.
SE583 each.
SE110 SE653
2020
SE112
SE111
SE583
ANALOGUE AIR THERMOMETER • Moulded plastic with 305mm (12”) diameter face
• Shows Celsius and Fahrenheit
SE239 each.
THERMOMETER/HYGROMETER • 130mm (51⁄4”) diameter • ABS case • Temperature -20° to + 40°C • Hygrometer 10 to 80%
SE530 each. Note: NOT for Sauna/Steam Room use. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Links...
Sauna/Steam/Spa See Pages 243-244 Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
WAT E R T E S T I N G
SE649 each.
Specification Range Resolution Accuracy Sensor type Battery Battery life Display Dimensions Weight
THERMAPEN® IR INFRARED THERMOMETER WITH FOLDAWAY PROBE Thermapen IR is two instruments in one compact unit, combining the advanced technology of two ETI designed and manufactured products, the RayTemp 2 Plus infrared thermometer and Thermapen 4 digital probe thermometer. Housed in a robust ABS case containing 'Biomaster' additive which reduces bacterial growth, the Thermapen IR incorporates a motion-sensing sleep mode (penetration probe only) which automatically turns the instrument on/off when set down or picked up, maximising battery life. • Patented, automatic 360° rotational display • Adjustable emissivity for different surfaces • Motion-sensing sleep mode probe only SE897 each.
POOL AREA
WATERPROOF DIGITAL THERMOMETER
Specifications - Checktemp Dip Range -20.0 to 100.0°C Resolution 0.1°C Accuracy ±0.2°C (-20 to 50°C) ±0.3°C (outside) Probe Weighted stainless steel, 3m (10’) silicone cable Battery Type Life 1 x 1.5v AAA alkaline/approx. 2 years of use Environment -30 to 50°C; IP65 Dimensions 107 x 59 x 17mm Weight 150g
-49.9 to - +149.9°C 0.1°C ±1°C thermistor 1.5 volt LR44 coin cell 5000 hours 10mm LCD 30 x 88 x 170mm 45 grams
Specification Range-Infrared Range-Probe Resolution Infrared accuracy
-49.9 to - +349.9°C -49.9 to - +299.9°C 0.1 or 1 °C/°F - user selectable ±1°C (0 to 100°C) otherwise ±2°C or ±2 % of reading whichever is greater Probe accuracy ±0.4°C (-49.9 to 199.9°C) otherwise ±1°C Field of view target ratio 5:1 Emissivity 0.95 default - adjustable 0.1 to 1 Battery & battery life 2 x CR2032 - 1000 hours continuous use 14.5 mm (horizontal) & 11 mm (vertical) LCD Display Dimensions 19 x 50 x 157mm Weight 125 grams
HYGRO-THERMO
Pen-shaped, incorporating a large, clear LCD simultaneously displays both humidity and temperature over the range of 20 to 95% RH and 0 to 49.9°C. • Ideal for monitoring the humidity and temperature in a wide range of applications. • Truly pocket-sized and convenient to use. Specification • Max/Min button allows user to display the maximum and minimum humidity Range - Temperature: and temperature simultaneously. Range - Humidity: • Housed in a slim, pen-shaped ABS case measuring 20 x 23 x 138mm and incorporates a pocket clip. Resolution - Temperature: SE877 each. Resolution - Humidity:
Links...
Temperature Displays... See Page 149 Batteries... See Page 173
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Accuracy - Temperature: Accuracy - Humidity: Battery: Measures:
0 to 49.9°C 20 to 95%rh 1°C 1%rh ±1°C ±5%rh 1 x 3V CR2032 Coin Celsius/Fahrenheit & %rh
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Thermometer with weighted dip probe on 3m length of cable • Allows temperature measurement at different depths without the necessity of awkward bending over • Benefits from automatic calibration with Hanna’s unique Cal-check technology, flick a switch and the meter will perform an internal calibration check SE599 each.
CHECKTEMP DIP
18 0
P180 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 22/06/2021 12:43 Page 1
P181-2020 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 22/06/2021 13:29 Page 1
1 18
WAT E R T E S T I N G
POOL AREA
Professional Photometers
Quick Guide to Choosing a Photometer Industry Professionals tend overwhelmingly to encourage the use of an electronic instrument (photometer) for the critical safety testing of pool and spa water . . .
What to look for? What can it test for? Waterproof
Backlit screen
Consider not only the frequent tests like chlorine and pH etc but also whether you may want the option to do troubleshooting tests like Sulphate or Nitrate. Water splashing is inevitable and the instrument may even get dropped in the pool so look for an IP67 rating which means the unit is designed to still work after being submerged at 1 meter for 30 minutes. Consider the location the instrument will be used at and the available lighting conditions. A larger screen and text can also be useful in poorly lit locations.
2020
POOLTEST 25 BLUETOOTH® PHOTOMETER
The professional’s ultimate pool testing instrument. • Tough, robust design • Performs all routine chemical tests • Additional troubleshooting testing capability • Automatically stores 1000 results with time and date (USB Downloadable) • Integrated Water Balance Calculator • Integrated Langelier Index Calculator (requires a TDS reading, see page 168 for TDS Sensors) • IP 67 Waterproof • Powered via Battery, Low Voltage Adaptor or PC USB • Extended Range Chlorine Option • Now supplied as a kit for setting up a benchtop test station containing Photometer, USB lead and Mains Adapter, 10 Photometer Test Tubes, Cleaning Cloths, Test Tube Rack, Dilution Tube, 10ml Syringe, 10 Crushing Rods, Test Tube Cleaning Brush, and Starter Reagent Pack (500 Tablets) • Starter reagent pack contains test for Free Chlorine(80 tests), Total Chlorine (80 tests), Ozone (10 tests, Cyanuric Acid (60 tests), pH (80 tests), Copper (20 tests), Alkalinity (60 tests), Calcium Hardness (40 tests) and Iron (10 tests) SE857 each.
Used at London 2012, Beijing 2008 and Sydney 2000 Games!
r Wa t e r p
o of
-Intelligent, Power Friendly, Wireless Connectivity
POOLTEST 25 PROFESSIONAL PLUS CHECK STANDARDS Use to check the calibration of the Pooltest 25. SE698 each.
Links...
Photometer Test Tubes See Page 186 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
WAT E R T E S T I N G
18 2
P182-2020 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 22/06/2021 13:30 Page 1
POOL AREA
Professional Photometers . . . Simple to use they are more reliable, accurate, and less inclined to user error than visual based test methods. Bluetooth Smart is the intelligent, power friendly version of wireless technology. Enabling a photometer to connect wirelessly to a smart phone or tablet to upload and share data via Apps such as the Palintest Aqua Pal Should prolonged use of the backlight be necessary then the option to run off a low voltage mains adapter can be useful to avoid frequent battery changes. This means the instrument has its own memory of past results. Useful for checking and auditing. The instrument has a memory of past results for checking or auditing. This enables the on-board memory to be easily transferred to a PC or laptop for secure storage, analysis or simply as backup evidence to the paper records. The instrument will lead you through a few tests and at the touch of a button calculates the Water Balance from the results. These are invaluable for verifying the accuracy and performance of your photometer.
Power source
On-board data log USB for downloading Integrated Water Balance Calculator Are check standards available?
POOLTEST 9 BLUETOOTH® PHOTOMETER
Wa t e r p r o
of
-Intelligent, Power Friendly, Wireless Connectivity
CHECK STANDARDS Check Standards for Pooltest 9 Premier (Post 2007 Versions) Use to check the calibration of all post 2007 versions of the Pooltest 9 SE469 each.
2020
The Industry Standard Professional Pool Testing Instrument • Tough, Robust Design • IP 67 Waterproof • 100 result Memory (USB Downloadable) • Performs all routine chemical tests. • Integrated Water Balance Calculator • Integrated Langelier Index Calculator (requires a TDS reading, see page 148 for TDS Sensors) • Backlit Screen • Extended Range Chlorine Option • Now supplied as a kit for setting up a benchtop test station containing Photometer, USB lead and Mains Adapter, 10 Photometer Test Tubes, Cleaning Cloths, Test Tube Rack, Dilution Tube, 10ml Syringe, 10 Crushing Rods, Test Tube Cleaning Brush, and Starter Reagent Pack (500 Tablets) • Starter reagent pack contains test for Free Chlorine (80 tests), Total Chlorine (80 tests), Ozone (20 tests, Cyanuric Acid (60 tests), pH (80 tests), Copper (20 tests), Alkalinity (60 tests) and Calcium Hardness (40 tests) SE856 each.
PALINTEST CASE FOR POOLTEST 9/POOLTEST 25 Carry case for Pooltest 9 and/or Pooltest 25 Photometer with fitted foam pre-cut for holding Photometer and accessories. SE854 each.
Links...
Photometer Test Tubes See Page 184
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P183 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 22/06/2021 13:49 Page 1
3 18
WAT E R T E S T I N G
POOL AREA
Professional Photometers Robust Design with Increased Testing Capability • Tests for Alkalinity, Bromine, Chlorine, pH, Calcium Hardness and Cyanuric Acid • Easy to use (4 intuitive buttons) • Improved design of test cell and superior optical system gives excellent resolution • IP67 Waterproof • Backlit Screen • Automatically stores last 10 results • Supplied in new generously sized soft carry case
W PALINTEST POOLTEST 4 PHOTOMETER
2020
Contains: Soft carry case Pooltest 6 Instrument, Pool Instructions, 4 Crushing Rods, Test Tube Brush, 2 x Photometer Tubes.
POOLTEST 6
Includes the 4 main tests for effective monitoring of Pools & Spas Covering all the key water quality parameters, regular testing with the Pooltest 4 will help to maintain infrastructure and protect pool and spa users. • IP67 waterproof rated • Simple two-button operation designed to be easily used by all pool and spa personnel • Available for both standard (0 – 5 mg/L Cl) and extended (0 – 10 mg/L Cl) range chlorine Contains: Soft carry case 4x Crushing Rods, Test Tube Brush, Test Tubes
ro p r e at
Reagents: 2 Cartons with reagents for Alkalinity, Calcium Hardness, Chlorine DPD 1, DPD 3, Cyanuric Acid + pH. SE706 each.
of
Reagents: Tablets for Chlorine DPD 1, Chlorine DPD 3, pH, Alkalinity and Bromine.
Pooltest 4 includes tests for: Test Range Alkalinity 0 - 500 mg/L Bromine 0 - 10 mg/L Chlorine 0 - 5 mg/L Chlorine 0 - 10 mg/L (SE952 Extended Range) pH 6.5 - 8.5
Select the instrument most suited to your testing needs... SE951 Pooltest 4 Photometer SE952 Pooltest 4 Photometer Extended Range each.
Wa
ro o p r e t
POOLTEST 3
Robust Design • Tests for Chlorine, pH and Cyanuric Acid • IP67 Waterproof • Improved design of test cell and superior optical system gives excellent resolution • Easy to use (4 intuitive buttons) • Backlit Screen • Automatically stores last 10 results • Supplied in new generously sized soft carry case
D E U N I T N O C DIS Wa t e
r
f p ro o
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Contains: Soft Carry Case, Pooltest 3 Instrument, Pool Instructions, 4 Crushing Rods, Test Tube Brush, 2 x Photometer Tubes, Reagents: 1 Carton with reagents for Chlorine DPD 1, DPD 3, Cyanuric Acid + pH SE704 each. Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
f
CHECK STANDARDS FOR POOLTEST 3, 4 & 6 • Glass filter check standards with extended shelf life
• Use to check the calibration of the
SE706, SE704,SE951 and SE952 Photometers SE707 each.
TEST TUBES • For Pooltest 3, 4 & 6. • Compatible with SE706, SE951 and
SE952. SE709 per 5.
TEST TUBE RACK • For SE709 Test Tubes • Holds 8 Test Tubes
SE708 each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
18
WAT E R T E S T I N G
4
P184 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 22/06/2021 14:27 Page 1
£
Palintest Photometer Referral and Check List Chart
SE227 SE230 SE288 SE225 SE697 SE470 SE231 SE232 SE229 SE233 SE854 SE698 SE469 SE707 SE709 SE708 SE226 SE461 SE615 SE602 SE214 SE564
SE5640
SU1636
Tablets
Free Chlorine DPD 1 (Standard) pH (phenol red) Total Chlorine DPD 3 (Standard) Free Chlorine - DPD 1 XF (Extended) Chlorine - DPD 1 XF & DPD 3 XT (Extended) Monochloramine DPD 2 (Standard) Alkalinity Total (Alkaphot) Calcium Hardness (Calcicol) Bromine Cyanuric Acid Accessories
Palintest Pooltest 9 & 25 Case Only Check Standards Pooltest 25 Professional Plus Check Standards Pooltest 9 Pro. (Current Version) Check Standards Pooltest 3-6 (Current Version) Pooltest 3-6 Photometer Test Tube Test Tube Rack for SE709 Tubes Pooltest 9 & 25 Test Tubes Test Tube Rack for SE226 Test Tubes Test Tube Cleaning Brush Tablet Crushing/Stirring Rod (Pack of 10) Sample Container 100/50/10ml Plastic Tube & Lid Pool Water Sampler SPARE BOTTLE ONLY Pool Water Sampler Carry Storage Caddy
SE857 SE856 SE952 SE706 SE951 SE704 Range Pooltest Pooltest Pooltest Pooltest Pooltest Pooltest Price 25 9 4 (PPM-mg/l) 6 4 3 Pro. Plus Premier Extended 0-5.0
per 250
6.8-8.4 valve
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
0-5.0
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
0-10.0
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
0-10.0
✔
✔
✔
0-5.0
✔
✔
✔
0-500 CaCO3
✔
✔
0-500 CaCO3
✔
✔
✔
0-10.0
✔
✔
✔
0-200
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
0.5-6.0
✔
✔
per 250
per 500* per 250
✔
✔
✔
✔
per 250 per 250 each
each each
✔
✔
per 250
per 250 ✔
✔
✔
per 250
per 250
✔
✔
UOM
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
each 5
each 5
each
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
each 10
each each each each
CARRY STORAGE CADDY A practical solution for the storing and transportation of water testing equipment and any other small items that require tidy storage • Lightweight, tough and easy to clean • Natural finish with handle and aeration holes to assist drying out SU1636 each.
PHOTOMETER ROUND TEST TUBES 10ml glass (pack of 5). Not suitable for SE704 and SE706. SE226 per 5.
TEST TUBE RACK FOR SE226 TEST TUBES Holds 8 test tubes. Test Tubes NOT included. SE461 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Code
.
POOL AREA
Professional Photometers
P185 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 23/06/2021 18:46 Page 1
5 18
WAT E R T E S T I N G
POOL AREA
Pool Comparators PALINTEST CONTOUR COMPARATOR BALANCED WATER KIT With high quality ‘petal’ discs that require no interpretation, definite results only, the Contour Kit has all that is needed for the accurate calculation of swimming pool water balance. Comprises: 50 tests each for Free/Total Chlorine (0–5 mg/l and pH (6.8–8.4) plus sufficent tablet count tests for approximately 50 tests each of Calcium Hardness and Alkalinity, Laminated Instruction Sheet for balanced water calculation, Contour Comparator, 2 Contour Comparator Discs (no other discs will fit the Contour Block), 3 Square Plastic Test Tubes, 1 Test Tube Cleaning Brush, Crushing/Stirring Rods, Hard Plastic Storage Case. See page 186 for replacement Comparator Reagent Tablets SE841 each.
CONTOUR COMPARATOR REPLACEMENT SE842 each.
CONTOUR REPLACEMENT DISCS
2020
SE843 Chlorine Contour Disc DPD No’s 1 & 3 0-5 mg/l SE844 pH Contour Disc 6.8-8.4 SE845 Bromine Contour Disc 0-8 mg/l each.
PALINTEST SPARE SQUARE TEST TUBES 10ml plastic (pack of 5). SE213 each.
SAMPLE CONTAINER Plastic, with lid, measures 100/50/10ml. SE214 each.
SE214
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P186 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 23/06/2021 18:49 Page 1
18 6
WAT E R T E S T I N G
Palintest Comparator Referral and Check List Chart
SE220 SE287 SE223 SE463 SE222 SE224 SE216 SE217 SE218 SE219 SE213 SE214 SE842 SE843 SE844 SE845 SE278 SE279 SE282 SE283
Tablets and Discs
Chlorine DPD No. 1 Comparator Test Reagent Tablets Chlorine DPD No. 3 Comparator Test Reagent Tablets pH (Phenol Red) Comparator Test Reagent Tablets Chlorine DPD No. 2 Comparator Test Reagent Tablets Bromine Comparator Test Reagent Tablets Alkalinity (Alkavis) Comparator Test Reagent Tablets Chlorine (DPD 1 & 3) Comparator Colour Disc Bromine Comparator Colour Disc pH (Phenol Red) Comparator Colour Disc Alkalinity (Alkavis) Comparator Colour Disc Square Test Tubes 10ml Plastic Sample Container 100/50/10ml Plastic Tube & Lid Contour Comparator “REPLACEMENT ONLY” Contour Replacement Disc Chlorine DPD 1 & 3 Contour Replacement Disc pH Contour Replacement Disc Bromine Calcium Hardness Tablet Count Total Alkalinity Tablet Count Chlorine/Bromine (DPD No. 1) Pooltester Tablets pH (Phenol Red) Pooltester Reagent Tablets Accessories
Test Tube Cleaning Brush Tablet Crushing/Stirring Rod (Pack of 10) SE564 Pool Water Sampler SE5640 SPARE BOTTLE ONLY Pool Water Sampler SU1636 Carry Storage Caddy SE615 SE602
0-5.0
SE212 SE281 SE841 Balanced Contour Chlorine/pH/ Water Comparator Balanced Chlorine pH Balanced Pooltester Water Kit Kit Water Kit
Price
UOM 250
0-5.0
✔
✔
6.5-8.4 value
✔
✔
0-5.0
✔
✔
250
0-8.0
✔
0-250 CaCO2
✔
✔
250
0.5-5.0
✔
0-8.0
✔
6.5-8.4 value
✔
0-250 CaCO2
✔
250 250 250
each each each each
✔ ✔
✔
✔
✔
5
each
✔ £
0-5.0
✔
0-8.0l
✔
0-500 CaCO4
each each
6.5-8.4 value
✔
0-500 CaCO3
✔ ✔
✔
0.1-6.0
✔
✔
each each
✔
6.8-8.2 value
.
250 250 250
✔
250 each
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
10
each each each
POOL AND SPA TEST STRIPS 20 second test using disposable strips. 20 seconds is all it takes for a quick estimate to pool chemistry. Match the colours that develop on the strip to the chart on the container. Pool 3-in-1 Test Strips pH, Alkalinity & Chlorine. SE542 per 50 Strips. Pool 6-in-1 Test Strips pH, Alkalinity, Total Chlorine/Bromine, Total Hardness and Cyanuric Acid SE693 per 50 Strips.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
TEST STRIP RANGE (ppm/mg/l) pH 6.4-8.4 value Alkalinity 0-240 ppm Free Chlorine 0-10 ppm Total Bromine 0-20 ppm Total Hardness 0-1000 ppm Cyanuric Acid 0-200 ppm
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Code
Range (PPM-mg/l)
POOL AREA
Pool Comparators
P187 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 23/06/2021 18:51 Page 1
7 18
WAT E R T E S T I N G
POOL AREA
®
POOL MANAGER PHOTOMETER 12 IN 1
The Pool Manager 600 Photometer updates the previous Pool Control 9 in 1 offering a handheld meter with more test parameters whilst maintaining the ability to store up to 1000 data tests, plus it has a backlit display and an IP68 waterproof rating. Supplied in carrying case with batteries and accessories to get you started including tablets for 100 off tests for each, Chlorine, pH, Total Alkalinity, Calcium Hardness and Cyanuric Acid. Parameter Free Chlorine Total Chlorine pH Total Alkalinity Calcium Hardness Cyanuric Acid Bromine Iron Copper Ozone Phosphate Sodium Hypochlorite
2020
Lovibond® Photometers
Range 0-6 & 0-10mg/l 0-6 & 0-10mg/l 6.5-8.4 5-200 & 5-500mg/l 0-500mg/l 2-160mg/l 0-13mg/l 0-1mg/l 0-5mg/l 0-2mg/l 0-4mg/l 0-16%
LOVIBOND CHECK STANDARD 12 in 1 & 9 in 1
SE782 each.
Use to check the calibration of the SE782 & SE613 Photometers. SE744 each.
LOVIBOND MD100 PHOTOMETER KITS
Lovibond MD100 Photometers offer operators accurate and reliable testing in a fully waterproof handheld format. Benefits of the MD100 series include: • Clear backlit LED display • Fully waterproof • Robust easy to use design • One Time Zero (OTZ) setting is held in memory so no need for a blank reading on each test. • Data transfer using optional infra-red interface module (IRiM). Please ask for details • Include Extended Chlorine range Each meter is supplied in a rugged Carrying Case complete with Test Tubes, Batteries, Crushing Rod and Tablets for 100 off each test.
LOVIBOND MD100 6 in 1
Parameters: Free Chlorine, Total Chlorine Std & Extended, pH, Bromine, Total Alkalinity, Calcium Hardness, Cyanuric Acid. Parameter Chlorine Free & Total pH Bromine Alkalinity Calcium Hardness Cyanuric Acid
SE743 £401.95 each.
Range 0.02 - 6.00 mg/l 0.1 - 10.00 mg/l 6.50 - 8.40 value 0.05 - 13.00 mg/l 5.00 - 200 mg/l 0 - 500 mg/l 2.00 - 160 mg/l
LOVIBOND MD100 3 in 1 Parameters: Free Chlorine, Total Chlorine, pH, Cyanuric Acid. Parameter Free Chlorine Total Chorine pH Cyanuric Acid
SE742 each.
Range 0.02 - 6.00 mg/l 0.1 - 10.00 mg/l 0.02 - 6.00 mg/l 6.50 - 8.40 value 2.00 - 160 mg/l
LOVIBOND CHECK STANDARD 6 in 1 & 3 in 1
Use to check the calibration of the SE742 & SE743 Photometers. SE745 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
WAT E R T E S T I N G
®
Lovibond® Photometers
18 8
P188 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 09:39 Page 1
POOL AREA
LOVIBOND HOT TUB TEST KIT AND TRAINING COURSE
2020
One kit with all you need to test compliant to HSG282 • Staff training and certification • Test logs and guidelines • Test for Free, Total and Combined Chlorine • Test for Bromine and TDS Kit contains: • PC3-in-one Photometer • SD80 TDS Meter • 3x Test Tubes • 1x Crushing/Stirring Rod • 1x Test Tube Cleaning Brush • 100x each of DPD 1, DPD 3 and pH (Phenol Red) Test Tablets • Batteries • Lanyard • Instruction manuals • Certificate of compliance • Testing timetable template • Hard case • Hot Tubs for Business Booklet Online Taining Course Covers:• What is HSG282? • What to test for and why • Correct sampling Overview of pH, TDS, Chlorine & Bromine • How to use photometers, comparators and TDS pens SE950 each.
REPLACEMENT TEST TUBES
WATER SAMPLER
Set of 5 complete with caps. SE614 per 5.
TEST TUBE CLEANING BRUSH SE615 each.
CRUSHING/STIRRING RODS (PACK OF 10) SE602 £13.20 each.
SAMPLE/DILUTION CONTAINER 100ML SE214 each.
Clever design of water sampler enabling the collection of a sample below the surface of the pool in accordance with the regulations. Length: 820mm Capacity: 500ml SE564 each.
SPARE BOTTLE FOR SAMPLER SE5640 each.
Lovibond Photometer Referral and Check List Code SE620 SE621 SE624 SE617 SE618 SE616 SE619 SE622 SE614 SE615 SE602 SE214 SE564
SE5640
SU1636
Tablets
Photometer Chlorine (DPD 1) Test Tablets Photometer Chlorine (DPD 3) Test Tablets Photometer pH (Phenol Red) Test Tablets Photometer Alkalinity Test Tablets Photometer Bromine (DPD 1) Test Tablets Calcium Hardness Test Tablets (Current) Calcium Hardness Test Tablets (Old) Cyanuric Acid Test Tablets Accessories
SE782 SE742 SE743 SE791 SE950 MD100 Lovibond MD100 Range Lovibond Lovibond Pool Manager Lovibond Lovibond Scuba Pool Hot Tub Test (PPM-mg/l) Photometer Photometer Photometer Tester ll Kit 12 in 1 6 in 1 3 in 1 0-6.0
Cost
UOM 250
0-6.0
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
6.5-8.4 value
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
0-200
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
250
0-13
✔
✔
0-500
✔
✔
✔
250
0-900
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
0-160
Photometer Test Vials c/w Cap Tube Cleaning Brush Tablet Crushing/Stirring Rod (Pack of 10) Sample Container - Plastic Tube & Lid Pool Water Sampler SPARE BOTTLE ONLY for SE564 Carry Storage Caddy
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
✔
250 250 250 250 250
✔
✔
✔
5
each each each each each each
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P189 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 09:40 Page 1
9 18
WAT E R T E S T I N G
POOL AREA
®
Lovibond®
Waterproof handheld electronic pool tester for the measurement of all key pool water tests.
SCUBA II POOL TESTER Features include: • User friendly handling • Scoop sampling method • Large digital display
Parameter Chorine Free & Total Bromine pH Alkalinity
Range 0 - 6 mg/l 0.3 - 13 mg/l 6.50 - 8.4 valve 0 - 300mg/l
Tests – Free and Total Chlorine 0-6mg/l, pH 6.8 – 8.4, Cyanuric Acid 5-160mg/l and Total Alkalinity 10-300mg/l. Supplied with tablet reagents, accessories and instructions. SE791 each. Scuba II Reagent Tablets - use Photometer Reagent Tablets on Page 188.
TDS METER HIGH RANGE
2020
Range: 0-999 ppm & 1-10 ppt Temp 0-60°C Compact and easy to use handheld meter for measuring TDS in the higher ranges. Up to 25 results can be stored in the meter's memory with date, time and temperature information for each result. A backlit LCD display shows result and temperature simultaneously, with additional information including date and time on key-press making accurate measurements simple. SE783 each.
pH METER
Range 0 – 14pH units Temp 0-60°C Compact, easy to use handheld meter for the measurement of pH. Up to 25 results can be stored in the meter's memory with date, time and temperature information for each result. A backlit LCD display shows result and temperature simultaneously, with additional information including date and time on key-press making accurate measurements simple. SE784 each.
Links...
More TDS, pH Meters See Page 178 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
®
Lovibond® Comparators
The industry standard comparator with integral prism and compensation for sample turbidity the Lovibond® 2000 uses colour stable discs. The modular format allows the user to develop their kit with daylight units and various discs. The balanced water kit is supplied with 4 Test Tubes, 1 Crushing Rod, Test Tube Brush, Dilution/Sample Tube, Chlorine Disc, pH Disc and 100 test tablets for Free and Total Chlorine, pH plus 250 tablets for Total Hardness and Alkalinity SE638 each.
COMPARATOR BALANCE WATER KIT
Parameter Free Chlorine Total Chlorine pH Total Alkalinity Calcium Hardness Cyanuric Acid * = Tablet Count Method ** = Turbidity Method
POOL AREA
WAT E R T E S T I N G
19 0
P190 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 09:41 Page 1
Range 0.2 - 4.0 mg/l 0.2 - 4.0 mg/l 6.80 - 8.40 value 10 - 500 mg/l* 10 - 500 mg/l* 2.00 - 160 mg/l**
This simple entry level comparator kit allows easy monitoring and control of the main swimming pool water tests. Supplied in a protective case with Test Tubes, 1 Stirring Rod, Chlorine Discs, pH Disc and 100 test tablets for Free and Total Chlorine, pH and Cyanuric Acid together with 250 tablets for Alkalinity and Calcium Hardness SE625 each. Parameter Free Chlorine Total Chlorine pH Total Alkalinity Calcium Hardness Cyanuric Acid * = Tablet Count Method ** = Turbidity Method
Range 0.0 - 4.0 mg/l 0.0 - 4.0 mg/l 6.50 - 8.40 value 10 - 500 mg/l* 10 - 500 mg/l* 20 - 200 mg/l**
This Checkit comparator set is designed for Spa use and supplied in a protective case. Supplied with 2 Test Tubes, a Stirring Rod, Bromine Disc, pH Disc and 30 tests tablets for Bromine and pH. SE626 each.
CHECKIT SPA COMPARATOR KIT
Checkit comparator set covers the two essential tests. Supplied in a protective case with 2 Test Tubes, a Stirring Rod, Chlorine Disc, pH Disc and 30 test tablets for Free Chlorine, Total Chlorine and pH. SE627 each.
Parameter Bromine pH
Range 0.2 - 5.0 mg/l 6.50 - 8.4 value
Parameter Free Chlorine Total Chlorine pH
Range 0.20 - 4.0 mg/l 0.0 - 4.0 mg/l 6.50 - 8.4 value
CHECKIT POOL COMPARATOR KIT
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
CHECKIT 5 IN 1 COMPARATOR KIT
P191 Pool Area LH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 09:43 Page 1
1 19
WAT E R T E S T I N G
POOL AREA
®
Lovibond® Comparator Accessories
REPLACEMENT TEST TUBES (Comparator 2000) SE641 per 5.
COMPARATOR 2000 REPLACEMENT ONLY SE642 each.
COMPARATOR 2000 PORTABLE LIGHTING UNIT
Secures onto Comparator 2000 for optimum light. Supplied with 3 size “AA” batteries. SE643 each.
REPLACEMENT TEST TUBES
(Checkit Comparator) SE634 per 10.
TEST TUBE CLEANING BRUSH SE615 each.
CRUSHING/STIRRING RODS (Pack of 10) SE602 per 10.
2020
SAMPLE/DILUTION CONTAINER 100ml SE214 each.
COMPARATOR 2000 REPLACEMENT DISCS Description SE645 Chlorine (Free) DPD 1 & 3 SE646 Bromine SE647 pH (Phenol Red) each.
Max Range 0.5 - 6.00 mg/l 0.5 - 6.00 mg/l 6.5 - 8.4 value
CHECKIT COMPARATOR REPLACEMENT DISCS Description SE635 Chlorine (Free) DPD 1 & 3 SE636 Bromine SE637 pH (Phenol Red) each.
Max Range 0.5 - 4.0 mg/l 0.0 - 5.0 mg/l 6.5 - 8.4 value
LOVIBOND® GUIDE TO SWIMMING POOL WATER TREATMENT • A practical guide for operators to
assist inthe efficient operation of pools and spas • Illustrates basic principles of modern water treatment procedures and explains in some detail the significance and effect of chemicals used. SE674 each.
CIMSPA POOL WATER TESTING POSTER • Essential guide for all swimming pool operators • A2 encapsulated poster outlining ISRM’s recommendations for pool water testing in simple to follow steps SE569 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Lovibond® Comparator Reagents Lovibond Comparator Referral and Check List Chart
Code SE621 SE870 SE620 SE632 SE633 SE628 SE629 SE630 SE631 SE871 SE872 SE645 SE646 SE647 SE635 SE636 SE637 SE641 SE642 SE643 SE634 SE615 SE602 SE214 SE564
SE5640
SU1636
Tablets and Discs
Chlorine (DPD 3) Test Tablets pH Phenol Red Comparator Chlorine/Bromine (DPD 1) Test Tablets Total Alkalinity Test Tablets Calcium Hardness Test Tablets Rapid Comparator Chlorine (DPD 1) Tablets Rapid Comparator Chlorine (DPD 3) Tablets Rapid Comparator pH (Phenol Red) Tablets Rapid Bromine Test Tablets Total Alkalinity Rapid Test Tablets Hardness Rapid Test Tablets Comparator 2000 Chlorine Disc Comparator 2000 Bromine Disc Comparator 2000 pH (Phenol Red) Disc Checkit Chlorine Disc Checkit Bromine Disc Checkit pH (Phenol Red) Disc Accessories
Comparator 2000 Plastic Test Tubes Comparator 2000 “REPLACEMENT ONLY” Comparator 2000 Lighting Unit Checkit Test Tubes Tube Cleaning Brush Crushing/Stirring Rod (Pack of 10) Sample Container 100/50/10ml Plastic Tube & Lid Pool Water Sampler SPARE BOTTLE ONLY Pool Water Sampler Carry Storage Caddy
SE625 SE638 SE626 SE627 Range Comparator Checkit 5 in 1 Checkit Spa Checkit Pool (PPM-mg/l) 2000 Balance Comparator Kit Kit Water Kit Kit 0-60
6.5-8.4 value
✔
10-500
✔
0-6.0
✔
0-600/0-13
✔
10-500
✔
250 250 250 250
0-6.0
✔
6.5-8.4 value
✔
✔
0-10
✔
✔
20-800
✔
✔
20-800
✔
✔
0.5-4.0
✔
6.5-8.4 value
✔
250 250
each each each ✔
6.5-8.4 value
250
100
✔
0-5.0
250
100
✔
0.5-6.0
UOM 250
✔
0.5-6.0
Price
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
each
✔
each
each
5
✔
each
✔
each
✔ ✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
10
each each
each each
each each
KLEARPOOL ALGAECIDE Algaecides are an essential treatment in all pools, remember the diving pool at 2016 Rio Olympic Games! Algaecides prevent the growth and build-up of algae and ensure the primary sanitiser (chlorine or bromine) can concentrate on eradicating pathogens and bacteria. Use Klearpool Algaecide to reduce the amount of sanitiser consumed in preventing algae growth and thus enhance the efficiency of chlorine treatments. • BPR application applied copper algaecide formulation • 1 litre will treat 33,000 litres of pool water (average 25m pool has 375,000 litres water) • Highly effective long life treatment – lasts up to 6 months..! SE878 per litre.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
®
POOL AREA
WAT E R T E S T I N G
19 2
P192 Pool Area RH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 09:46 Page 1
P193 Changing LH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 09:47 Page 1
3 19
BABY/TODDLER CARE
CHANGING AREA
BABY SAFE PLAYPENS Machined from solid VITRATHENE - Incredibly strong polyethylene, will not crack, corrode or splinter. Durable, non-toxic and chemical resistant. Features:• Floor raised and firmly fixed T Slotted into all four sides (Prevents trapped fingers or worse) • All edges radiused - No sharp corners • Adjacent vertical bars remain parallel • Stainless steel fastenings (cannot fall apart) • Tested for Stability, Strength and Impact Resistance • Maintenance - regular wash down with mild detergent only
• Size: 1000 x 1000 x 740mm high Metre Square
SU1344 each.
RAINBOW PLAYPEN • Tough plastic snap together construction • Hygienic wipe-clean vinyl base • Size:- 1000 x 1000 x 650mm high SU760 each.
2020
VINYL BASE REPLACEMENT SU761 each.
Playpens conform to EN12227-2:1999
Standard • 4 colour • Size: 740 x 740 x 740mm high SU122 each.
PLAYPEN COMFORT MATS
Designed to fit inside Baby Safe Playpens • PVC covered polyethylene • Easy to wipe clean
• Mat size: 700 x 700 x 20mm Standard
SU1389 each.
• Mat size: 950 x 950 x 20mm Metre Square
SU1390 each.
Note: Sizes correspond with Baby Safe Playpens.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P194 Changing RH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 10:12 Page 1
B A B Y / T O D D L E R C A R E of bacteria • Stacks in minimum space • Extra safe and stable (Made entirely from soft plastic) • Lightweight yet extremely durable and long lasting • Adjustable and removable tray • Adjustable safety harness • Independently tested to comply with standards Size: 680 x 800mm high, Weight: 5.6kg. SU370 each.
STACKING HIGH CHAIR • Space saving, stackable
highchair great for use in restaurants, cafes and bars • Solid Rubberwood • Adjustable 5-point harness • Meets BS EN 14988 SU1697 each.
BREEZE HIGH CHAIR
®
19 4
CHANGING AREA
KIDDIKONE HIGH CHAIR • Cleans with a wipe • Microban protection - inhibits growth
Magrini Breeze - a light-weight high chair which combines convenient stacking and a hygenic easy-clean finish • Stacks 8 high for easy storage • Front load stacking - no up and over lifting • Push-up design conserves aisle area • Quick self-assembly SAFETY STANDARDS The M212 high chair • Adjustable safety strap with instant release is compliant with and buckle to independabtly tested BS EN 14988:2006 • Manufacturered from HDPE Designed and • Durable, solid, moulded-in colour will not Manufacturered in the UK peel or flake Size: 600 x 500 x 760mm high SU1525 Charcoal/Grey SU1526 Charcoal/Red each.
WOODEN FOLDING HIGH CHAIR • High quality, hand crafted solid wooden high chair
• Made with solid rubberwood • Includes tray and footrest • Wooden tray flips over the back when folded
• Robust and stable with full safety
harness
• Conforms to BS5799
Size: 900 x 500 x 680mm Folded: 1010 x 500 180mm SU216 each.
Colour Options
Charcoal/Red
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Key Features
Weight less than 3.9kg for easy lifting and stacking
Charcoal/Grey
Permanent T-Bar provides intrinsic safety
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
P195 Changing LH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 10:13 Page 1
CHANGING AREA
5 19
MAGRINI BABY CHANGING UNITS • Manufactured in MDPE with enclosed stainless steel • • •
2020
BABY/TODDLER CARE
• • • •
reinforced hinge and gas strut closing mechanism New contoured, contemporary designs Unique hinge construction eliminates finger traps even on opening and closing Hinge rotates within the enclosed moulding eliminating exposure to moving parts Superior integral strength withstands static loads in excess of 100kgs Extra deep, all-round barriers eliminate need for safety straps Conform to BS EN 12221: 2008 Installation kit supplied
HORIZONTAL
Size: W 760mm x H 585mm x D 145mm Projection: 540mm Weight: 11kg SU1227 each.
Extra deep, all-round barriers elimate need for safety straps
VERTICAL
Size: W 545mm x H 860mm x D 140mm Projection: 830mm Weight: 11kg SU1228 each.
MAGRINI BED LINER DISPENSER STARTER PACK • Clear Acrylic dispenser complete with pack of 450 liners • Dispenser can be wall mounted Size: 220mm x 135mm x 75mm SU1229 each.
DISPOSABLE PAPER LINERS
Links...
Nappy Bags See Page 231 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Box of 500 SU259 per 500. Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
COUNTERTOP BABY CHANGING UNIT • Provides a safe, durable baby changing facility in public washrooms where wallmounted units are not practical • Durable, solid moulding • No surface fixing screws • Hygienic finish with easy maintenance • Extra deep barriers eliminate any need for straps reducing maintenance and inspection costs • Easy-fit system for fast installation SU1320 each.
Unique interlock fixing frame system for simple installation to any standard 600mm countertop
CHANGING AREA
BABY/TODDLER CARE
19 6
P196 Changing RH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 10:15 Page 1
Extra deep barriers provide natural protection. This intrinsic safety feature eliminates the uncertainty involved in the use of straps
2020
Fully Compliant with BS EN 12221: 2008
Durable one-piece construction. No surface fixings ensure a completely hygienic finish
MAGRINI STAINLESS STEEL NAPPY CHANGING UNIT
Magrini’s new stainless steel baby changing unit offers exceptional strength and durability. The all-metal construction is designed to withstand abuse and is ideal for unsupervised areas. • Compact, fold-away wall mounted design • Stylish, brushed stainless steel finish • Designed to withstand static loads of 100kgs • Graffiti and vandal resistant • Ideal for use in areas where CCTV is not possible • Exceptional fire resistance • Independently tested to EN12221-1-2008 Specification: • Size: 760mm (width), 650mm (height), 165mm (depth). • Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 DP2 with reinforced cast aluminium hinge system, dual hydro-pneumatic gas strut closing mechanism. Installation kit and security fixings supplied by manufacturer. SU1103 each.
• Graffiti and vandal resistant • Ideal in unsupervised areas
Links...
Nappy Bags See Page 231
Dimensions
DISPOSABLE PAPER LINERS
Replacements for Nappy Changing Unit Dispenser. Box of 500. For use with existing SU260 and SU340 Magrini Nappy Changing Units. Links... SU259 per 500.
Wypall Roll Control See Page 230
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SPARE STRAPS
For existing SU260 units. SU2600 set. For existing SU340 units. SU2601 set.
Links...
Healthy Swim Posters See Page 149
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P197 Changing LH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 10:16 Page 1
CHANGING AREA
7 19
BABY/TODDLER CARE
Dimensions: Open 870 x 406 x 457mm Closed 870 x 406 x 102mm
SAFEHANDS BABY CHANGING UNITS • Unit rated to support a static load of
SU559
113kg (250 Ibs); tested to 177kg (390Ibs) Easy to clean, high density polyethylene inhibits bacteria growth Standard with moulded-in dual liner dispensers Each liner dispenser holds approximately 20 liners Safety belt with cam buckle is adjustable with one hand Compact, slim profile, protrudes only 10cm from wall Includes easy to install, step-by-step instructions plus all mounting hardware SU559 Horizontal Table each. Dimensions: SU728 Vertical Table Open 877 x 496 x 877mm Closed 877 x 496 x 102mm each. SU7280 Spare Strap For SU559 and SU728 each.
• • • • • •
DISPOSABLE PAPER LINERS per 500.
SU728
2020
Box of 500 SU259
ACTIVE TOUGH WIPES
Active Tough Wipes provide protection from 99.9% of germs including MRSA, E. coli and Salmonella. Each tough wipe delivers broad spectrum pathogen protection and long lasting biological cleanliness to surfaces in seconds. Active Tough Wipes are suitable for cleansing and sanitising all water safe surfaces including children’s play equipment and sports equipment. Small bucket containing 125 wipes (280 x 280mm) SU781 each.
BABY CHANGING TABLE
• A specially dished table to give head support and hold the baby safely at the correct height • Smooth, hygienic surface • Attractive and easy to clean • Numerous applications • Size 787 x 610 x 737mm high SU54 each.
BABY CHANGING MAT
Made in thick foam for complete comfort with hygienic wipe-clean vinyl covering. Size: 760 x 460mm. SU88 each.
RUBBERMAID® STEP-ON CONTAINER • Heavy-Duty Pedal Assembly for durable and quiet
Note: Colour/pattern may vary.
operation
• Hygienic, “Hands-Free”
operation, avoids direct contact • Overlapping lid reduces the spread of odours • Size:413 x 400 x 435mm high, 30.5 litres SU382 each.
Links...
Nappy Bags See Page 231 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P198 Changing RH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 10:17 Page 1
19 8
BABY/TODDLER CARE SAFEHANDS CHILD SAFETY SEAT
For SU1037. SU1118 set.
305mm
Suggested mounting height from the floor to the base of the unit is 500mm
125mm
76mm
343mm
Build in peace of mind - when considering parents with small children
525mm
340mm
335mm
MAGRINI STAY-SAFE BABY SEAT Gives parents a place to seat their babies with them safely inside a changing cubicle, toilet or fitting room • New, compact fold-away design • Hygienic, easy-clean surfaces • Enclosed hinge eliminates finger traps • Contoured seat with raised side barriers • Integral 3-point strap with snap-lock buckle • Withstands static loads in excess of 80kgs SU261 each.
SPARE STRAPS
Black and Navy straps are slightly different. Please order the same colour as you currently have, this ensures the correct fit. SU2610 Black SU2012 Navy set.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SPARE STRAPS
CHANGING AREA
Seat children safely inside fitting rooms, changing rooms and toilet facilities, eliminating the uncertainty of leaving them unattended or on the floor • 305 wide x 387 high x 343mm projection • Folds away when not in use - Space saving • Only projects 76mm from wall when closed - Unobtrusive • Heavy duty polyethylene construction - Easy to clean 387mm • Supports static load of 36.3kg - Strong • Safety warning label - Gives clear instruction • 3 point safety harness - Holds child securely SU1037 each.
P199 Changing LH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 10:18 Page 1
9 19
F L O O R M AT T I N G
CHANGING AREA
Made from strong, flexible PVC sections with channelled underbars for increased drainage of large amounts of water. Heronrib’s embossed, slip-resistant surface is warm and comfortable to stand on - even with bare feet.
2020
● Effective multi-directional drainage ● Sanitized® anti-bacterial additives ● Excellent slip-resistance ● Ideal for barefoot applications ● Effective inside & outdoors ● Simple to cut to length & shape ● Contours to uneven floor surfaces ● Hardwearing and long lasting ● Can be installed in minutes without the use of fixing tools
Ocean Blue
HERONRIB
❋SU444 10m x 1m roll Oxford Blue each. ❋SU445 10m x 50cm roll Oxford Blue each.
❋SU777 10m x 1m roll Ocean Blue each. ❋SU778 10m x 50cm roll Ocean Blue each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
❋SU446 10m x 1m roll Charcoal Grey each. ❋SU447 10m x 50cm roll Charcoal Grey each. Maint.
Fitness
❋SU448 10m x 1m roll Forest Green each. ❋SU449 10m x 50cm roll Forest Green each.
Sports
❋SU450 10m x 1m roll Mulberry Red each. ❋SU451 10m x 50cm roll Mulberry Red each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
grid formation
• Features a chunky cushioned ‘domino’ patterned surface
• Reverse side plain and smooth • Light to handle, hygienic and easy to clean • Warm and comfortable to stand on in changing rooms or other wet/dry locations
• Easily trimmed to size or shape required HERON FLOORLINE
❋SU35 10m x 60cm roll Red each. ❋SU36 10m x 91cm roll Red each. ❋SU37 10m x 60cm roll Blue each. ❋SU38 10m x 91cm roll Blue each. ❋SU81 10m x 60cm roll Green each. ❋SU82 10m x 91cm roll Green each. ❋SU39 Smaller Lengths cut to size. per square metre.
An information sheet regarding the Ignitability, Flammability and Toxicity of PVC is available upon request. Black self-adhesive, abrasive, anti-slip, available in three sizes • Rolls 18.3m x 50mm • Strips 610 x 150mm • Tiles 140 x 140mm • Ideal for stairways or on gym machinery • Apply to clean, smooth, dry surface for maximum longevity
SAFETY TREADS
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SU525 Roll Black............... each. SU527 Strip Black.............. per 10. SU529 Tile Black ............... per 10.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
CHANGING AREA
HERON FLOORLINE • Made from flexible, hard-wearing PVC in
2020
F L O O R M AT T I N G
20 0
P200 Changing RH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 10:19 Page 1
P201 Changing LH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 10:21 Page 1
2020
CHANGING AREA
1 20
F L O O R M AT T I N G
❋SU1521 Beige
• • • • • • •
Anti-Slip soft resilient vinyl Modular interlocking tile product Barefoot comfort and safety Anti-microbial treatment for hygiene Drainable - ideal for wet areas Lightweight - easy to roll up and clean Very low profile design to prevent tripping hazard • Attractive pastel shade colour range
❋SU1522 Light Blue
❋SU1523 Dark Blue
❋SU1524 Grey
Seamless design
Interlocking & rollable
Creative layout solutions
Tile size: 200mm X 200mm X 9mm Packed 25 tiles - 1m2 per pack.
KUMFI-TILES Ideal for swimming pools, changing rooms, shower areas and health suites • Kumfi Tiles are the solution to hard, cold and slippery floors. Soft for anti fatigue comfort but tough enough to withstand most commercial applications • High grip surface and underside construction • Versatility of tile format makes the coverage of any area economic and easy to install/replace • Simple and effective interlocking system ensures a firm quick joint which can easily, but not accidentally, be released • Free-draining surface keeps feet clear of standing water • Ramped edge available for prevention of trips and falls and also assistance in the movement of wheeled equipment. Edges are moulded with a corner section which can easily be removed with a sharp knife along a premoulded groove when not required • Kumfi Tile is resistant to a wide range of industrial chemicals and oils etc. • Suitable for wet or dry areas - indoors or out ❋SU768 Kumfi Tile Blue 300 x 300 x 12mm each. ❋SU769 Kumfi Tile Edge Blue 300 x 50mm each. Other colours available on request.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CHANGING AREA
F L O O R M AT T I N G
20 2
P202 Changing RH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 10:22 Page 1
HERONTILE Open grid, hygienic and slip-resistant barefoot wet area tiling Herontiles enable the covering of large floor areas with an easy click together joining that provides a seamless covering. Hygienic and comfortable under foot, they are manufactured from EVA with additives providing anti-fungal and anti-bacterial protection. Circular embossing adds to slip-resistance for bare feet traffic. Herontile’s open grid, broad slats and sturdy support legs provide drainage of large volumes of water. It’s 15mm height will disperse the heaviest of spillages. Size: 330 x 330 x 15mm. ❋SU1040 Ocean Blue ❋SU1124 Light Blue
❋SU1125 Grey
❋SU1126 Beige per pack of 27 tiles (3sq.m).
OCEAN BLUE
LIGHT BLUE
GREY
BEIGE
2020
Note: Herontiles are only sold in packs of 27 tiles (3sq.m) of one colour.
TRAPWELL COMFORT MATTING • Made from a flexible vinyl material to offer extreme comfort in bare foot applications • Does not support the growth of bacteria • Ideal for use in changing rooms, showers and around swimming pools • Provides greater slip resistance than traditional tiled flooring • Offers soft/safe underfoot for children in wet areas • Offers excellent drainage • Aesthetically pleasing ❋SU1710 6 x 0.9m roll Blue each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P203 Changing LH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 11:17 Page 1
3 20
F L O O R M AT T I N G
Ecotile Lifestyle System
CHANGING AREA
Ecotile Lifestyle System 2 Soft Tiles are ideal for Leisure Centres, Swimming Pools, Health Clubs & Spas, Water Parks, Resorts. Perfect choice for swimming pool surround flooring, changing areas and showers and any wet areas where people require a safe and comfortable surface to walk on. • Easy-draining, slip reducing and comfortable • Adapts to the surface beneath – no need to smooth out any irregularities • FDA-approved, antibacterial and non-organic material (not absorbing) • 100% environmentally friendly recyclable UV-stabilised PE-composite • Colours - Blue, Graphite or Light Grey
2020
Technical specification: Material/ISO2076: Recyclable UV stabilized polypropylene Size of Tile/EN427/EN 428: 380 x 380 x 10.3mm Tiles per m2: 7 tiles Weight/EN430: 2.884kgs/m2 Point Load Standard: 500 ton per m2 UV Stability/EN14836 – 4/5 – Excellent Weather Resistance: ASTM D1435 / ASTM G154 – Cycle A 4/5 Slip Resistance: DIN51130 – R10 Impact Resistance Standard: ISO179/1eA – +23oC = 20kj/m2 / -20oC = 5kj/m2 Fire Rating: ISO11925-2 – Efl
ECOTILE LIFESTYLE SYSTEM 2 SOFT kSU2076 Tile 380 x 380 x 10.3mm. £49.91 per pack of 7(1m2).
UED N I T N O with order, Graphite, Light Grey or Blue. Note: Please SCcolour DIstate kSU2077 Ramp (pack of 4) £9.92 per pack. kSU2078 Corner (pack of 4) per pack.
Graphite
Light Grey
Blue
COBAMATS • Individual, attractive, hardwearing yet comfortable to stand on (even in bare feet)
• Cobamats feature a factory fitted edging strip • Hygienic, giving protection against the growth of bacteria and fungus
• Ribbed in two directions offering extra grip to help prevent slips, trips and falls
• Surpasses the BIA anti-slip test • Available in Blue, Red, Green in two standard sizes, 1.2 x 0.6m & 1.5 x 1.0m
COBAMAT SMALL Size: 1.2 x 0.6m SU310 Blue, SU311 Red, SU312 Green, each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
COBAMAT LARGE
Size: 1.5 x 1.0m SU274 Blue, SU275 Red, SU276 Green. each. Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
E N T R A N C E M AT S
20 4
P204 Changing RH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 11:20 Page 1
...It is a recognised fact that 70-80% of interior soiling enters buildings via foot traffic. Good entrance matting can dramatically reduce this by stopping dirt at the door…
DAYTON
2020
Budget moisture and dirt control with our economically priced all purpose mat ideal for medium duty applications • Polypropylene fibres bonded to a vinyl backing • Dirt-hiding mottled design • Easy clean with vacuum or extraction clean • Overall height 7mm 90 x 150cm Blue SU2203 Anthracite Blue Anthracite SU2204 each. 120 x 180cm Blue SU2205 Anthracite SU2206 each.
POLYPLUSH Hardwearing all purpose mat for normal traffic areas • Continuous filament Olefin tufted yarn bonded to non-staining, slip resistant vinyl back • Absorbs over 5 litres per m2 • Quick drying • Crush-resistant - overall height 9mm 90 x 150cm Blue SU799 Grey SU797 Grey Blue each. 120 x 180cm Blue SU800 Grey SU798 each.
LUSTRE Highly effective wet absorption and dirt trapping action – laundry washable • Constructed of nylon twist fibres with nitrile rubber gripper backing and double reinforced borders • Gripper backing minimises movement on carpeted areas • Machine launderable – can also be vacuumed or extraction cleaned, or simply hosed off • Low profile 9mm overall height Charcoal Blue 85 x 150cm Blue SU2207 Charcoal SU2208 each. 115 x 180cm Blue SU2209 Charcoal SU2210 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
CHANGING AREA
Stop dirt at the door…
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P205 Changing LH 2020.qxp 24/06/2021 11:21 Page 1
2020
CHANGING AREA
5 20
LOCKERS
ZENBOX WET SIDE LOCKERS Suitable for the demanding environment of wet and humid changing rooms. The aluminium carcasses are strong, resilient to corrosion and lightweight. Fitted with 10mm solid grade laminate doors and special wet area hinges and locks these ZenBox Lockers are the perfect choice for modern wet area changing facilities. Features & benefits • Aluminium body with reduced radius corners gives full width shelf to back of locker • Aluminium shelves, fixed firmly into position adding rigidity to the locker • Doors manufactured from 10mm Solid Grade Laminate • Suitable for wet, humid or dry environments • A stylish solution with plant on doors giving a flush finish and no visible frames • Heavy duty self-closing hinges engineered to prevent the doors opening across adjacent compartment • A range of quality engineered locks available for wet, humid or dry environments • All lockers are supplied fully assembled and can be nested side by side with no visible gaps • Extruded aluminium frames engineered for added strength and stability IMPORTANT NOTICE! All our lockers are manufactured to customer specifications. No returns accepted unless there is a genuine manufacturing fault. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
STOCK DOOR COLOURS Pearly White
Dust
Dark Grey
Lime Yellow
Lime
Red Dynasty
Electric Blue
NON STOCK ZENBOX COLOURS Other colours are available, the minimum order quantity for special colours is 30 doors per colour See website for details:- JPLennard.com
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
LOCKERS
20 6
P206 Changing RH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:15 Page 1
SILVER BODY WITH LAMINATED SOLID OVERLAY DOORS
Cam (Key)
Hasp (Padlock)
Coin Return
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Combination
Digital Combination
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Price each Description Height Width Depth Single Door Lockers ❋SU1977 Single Door Locker 1800mm 300mm 400mm ❋SU1978 Single Door Locker 1800mm 300mm 450mm ❋SU1979 Single Door Locker 1800mm 300mm 500mm ❋SU1980 Single Door Locker 1800mm 400mm 400mm ❋SU1981 Single Door Locker 1800mm 400mm 450mm Two Door Lockers ❋SU1982 Two Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 400mm ❋SU1983 Two Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 450mm ❋SU1984 Two Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 500mm ❋SU1985 Two Door Lockers 1800mm 400mm 400mm ❋SU1986 Two Door Lockers 1800mm 400mm 450mm Three Door Lockers ❋SU1987 Three Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 400mm ❋SU1988 Three Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 450mm ❋SU1989 Three Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 500mm ❋SU1990 Three Door Lockers 1800mm 400mm 400mm ❋SU1991 Three Door Lockers 1800mm 400mm 450mm Four Door Lockers ❋SU1992 Four Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 400mm ❋SU1993 Four Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 450mm ❋SU1994 Four Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 500mm ❋SU1995 Four Door Lockers 1800mm 400mm 400mm ❋SU1996 Four Door Lockers 1800mm 400mm 450mm Six Door Lockers ❋SU1997 Six Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 400mm ❋SU1998 Six Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 450mm ❋SU1999 Six Door Lockers 1800mm 300mm 500mm ❋SU2000 Six Door Lockers 1800mm 400mm 400mm ❋SU2001 Six Door Lockers 1800mm 400mm 450mm All lockers come complete with either, Standard Cam Lock - ASSA or Hasp and Staple, please specify type of lock required. Accessories / Extras ❋SU2002 ZenBox End Panel Flat Top 1800mm 400mm ❋SU2003 ZenBox End Panel Flat Top 1800mm 450mm ❋SU2004 ZenBox End Panel Flat Top 1800mm 500mm ❋SU1565 Sloping Top to Suit Lockers ❋SU2005 ZenBox End Panel Sloping Top 1800mm 400mm ❋SU2006 ZenBox End Panel Sloping Top 1800mm 450mm ❋SU2007 ZenBox End Panel Sloping Top 1800mm 500mm Note: ZenBox Lockers are priced c/w a wet Cam or wet Hasp type Lock, other Locks are available, select from options below. ❋SU2008 Combination Lock ❋SU2009 Digital Combination Lock ❋SU2010 Machine Doors to Accept and include Coin Return Lock ❋SU2011 Aluminium Round Number Including Cut into Door ❋SU2013 Engraving Door with Letter or Number Price Per Digit
Code
CHANGING AREA
State stock door colour selection when ordering
P207 Changing LH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:16 Page 1
7 20
LOCKERS
High quality lockers with 10mm solid grade laminate overlay doors available in 1, 2, 3 or 4 door tiers. ACTIVECOAT Antimicrobial technology is a hardwearing treatment applied to all surfaces reducing bacteria growth, including MRSA and E-coli, by 99.9% OPTIONAL SLOPING TOPS AVAILABLE
NUMBERING SYSTEM Available at additional cost. 300 Number plates will be recessed into door if ordered with lockers. LOCK OPTIONS Optional coin return or retain locks HINGE SECURING PLATE This strong hinge incorporates an integral securing plate which clamps the door to the hinge giving added security. HIGH SECURITY Welded compartment dividers incorporate internal door stop and sill. NEW 180º OPENING This stronge hinge offers 180º wide opening.
OPTIONAL LAMINATED END PANELS
2020
CHANGING AREA
SHOCKBOX DRYSIDE LOCKERS
IMPORTANT NOTICE! All our lockers are manufactured to customer specifications. No returns accepted unless there is a genuine manufacturing fault.
STOCK DOOR COLOURS
Dust
Pearly White
Lime Yellow
Lime
Dark Grey
Red Dynasty
Electric Blue
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
NON STOCK SHOCKBOX COLOURS Other colours are available, the minimum order quantity for special colours is 30 doors per colour See website for details:JPLennard.com
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
2020
CHANGING AREA
LOCKERS
20 8
P208 Changing RH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:18 Page 1
SILVER BODY WITH LAMINATED SOLID OVERLAY DOORS See stock door colour guide on page 203 Code Description Height Width Depth Price each ❋SU1552 Single Door Locker 1780mm 305mm 390mm ❋SU1553 Single Door Locker 1780mm 305mm 470mm ❋SU1554 Two Door Lockers 1780mm 305mm 390mm ❋SU1555 Two Door Lockers 1780mm 305mm 470mm ❋SU1556 Three Door Lockers 1780mm 305mm 390mm ❋SU1557 Three Door Lockers 1780mm 305mm 470mm ❋SU1558 Four Door Lockers 1780mm 305mm 390mm ❋SU1559 Four Door Lockers 1780mm 305mm 470mm ❋SU1560 Low Two Door Locker ‘Short’ 1220mm 305mm 390mm All lockers come complete with either, Standard Cam Lock - ASSA or Hasp and Staple, please specify type of lock required. Accessories / Extras ❋SU1563 Machine Doors to Accept Coin Return Lock - Including Lock - ASSA ❋SU1564 Machine Doors to Accept Coin Retain Lock - Including Lock - ASSA ❋SU1565 Sloping Top to Suit Lockers ❋SU1566 End Panel Flat Top (390mm deep) ❋SU1567 End Panel Flat Top (470mm deep) ❋SU1568 End Panel Sloping Top (390mm deep) ❋SU1569 End Panel Sloping Top (470mm deep) ❋SU1570 Aluminium Round Number Inc Cut into Door ❋SU1571 Engraving Door with Letter or Number Price per Digit
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P209 Changing LH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:19 Page 1
CHANGING AREA
9 20
LOCKERS
ATLAS STEEL LOCKERS The popular steel Atlas locker is available in a range of door/compartment and colour options suitable for use in NON-HUMID enviroments only
• All units 1800mm high x 300mm wide x 300mm or 450mm deep
• 1, 2, 3, 4 or 6 door options – louvred for ventilation
• Coat rail and hook supplied as standard
•
in 1 and 2 door options Attractive grey steel body with anti-bacterial paint finish and five door colour options Strong and durable – full height and corner stiffeners on all doors Two different lock options – standard key lock (2 keys supplied) or Swivel Catch option (padlock not supplied) Master key(s) on request at extra cost
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
• •
2020
•
Blue doors 300mm wide only
Red doors 300mm wide only
Light Grey doors and Steel Body
300mm Deep One Door kSU2148 each. Two Door kSU2149 each. Three Door kSU2150 each. Four Door kSU2151 each. Six Door kSU2152 each. 450mm Deep One Door kSU1499 each. Two Door kSU1504 each. Three Door kSU1505 each. Four Door kSU1502 each. Six Door kSU1503 each.
Green doors
Yellow doors
Please specify Standard Key Lock or Swivel Catch with order
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
PROBE MULTI-DOOR LOCKERS Features: • Available in 8 or 20 door configurations • Can be stacked to create a wall of compartments • Door Colours: Red, Blue, Yellow, Green, Silver or Smoke White
2020
20 DOOR – Freestanding or Stackable Size: 940mm high x 900mm wide x 300mm deep Compartment Clear Entry: 155mm wide x 155mm high kSU1781 each.
PROBE MULTI-DOOR LOCKERS 8 DOOR – Freestanding, Stackable or Wall Mount Size: 415mm high x 900mm wide x 230mm deep Compartment Clear Entry: 155mm wide x 155mm high kSU1780 each.
PERSONAL EFFECTS WALLET LOCKER Slim wallet locker offers convenient safe storage of all small items like keys, wallets, phones and cameras. Single Column 8 Drawer Size: H:1000/920 x W:250 x D:180mm ❋SU1572 each.
STACKABLE STRAPS
Allows 20 door low lockers to be securely stacked on top of each other. SU1782 pack of 2.
Double Column 16 Drawer Size: H:1000/920 x W:500 x D:180mm ❋SU1573 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
CHANGING AREA
LOCKERS
21 0
P210 Changing RH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:20 Page 1
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P211 Changing LH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:22 Page 1
2020
CHANGING AREA
1 21
LOCKERS
EXTREME PLASTIC LOCKERS These revolutionary lockers are hard wearing and easily washable. They can take far more punishment than a conventional locker and can be located in damp and cold environments.
• Ideal for swimming pools, leisure centres and health clubs • Three sizes (450, 600, 900mm high) all stackable with one another. Base size of all 3 lockers 320 x 460mm • Suitable for outdoor use as well as wash down areas and wet changing rooms • The tough polyethylene material is highly vandal resistant • Retro fit sloping top for hygiene areas - optional extra • Grey bodies with blue, red, yellow or green doors (Please specify door colour with order) • Very strong hinge can withstand 3200N • Label position and air vents on all door sizes • Easily stacked and nested with marked fixing points
D E U
N I T N O C IS
❋SU1109 450mm £82.15 each. ❋SU1110 600mm £105.40 each. ❋SU1111 900mm £159.65 each.
Note: Please specify door colour and lock type with order.
D
Three lock types available with cam and swivel catch as standard options plus coin return for wet and dry environments. Optional Extras ❋SU1115 Sloping Top Retro Fit £27.90 each.
❋SU1116 Coin Return Lock £41.85 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
PRE-ASSEMBLED IN COLUMNS AT NO EXTRA COST
If you would prefer to have your Extreme Plastic Lockers delivered pre-assembled in stacks, when ordering please state the mixture for each stack along with your preference of key or swivel lock and specify the door colours required.
Links...
For example:4 x eXtreme Plastic Lockers 450mm c/w Key Locks and a Sloping Top, colours alternate Green and Yellow 3 x eXtreme Plastic Lockers 600mm c/w Key Locks and a Sloping Top, colours Red, Blue, Red 2 x eXtreme Plastic Lockers 900mm c/w Swivel Locks and a Sloping Top, all Green Note: The above example order would be delivered assembled in single stacks c/w fixings to join the stacks together at no extra charge.
Replacement Locks See Page 213-215
2020
With improved stackability and easy nesting these lockers are ideal for all wet changing areas and outdoor sports.
PVC Seating Solutions VENDIPLAS LOCKER BENCH STAND ONLY Ideal solution for combining Extreme Lockers with seating and for floors that require regular cleaning • Constructed from non-toxic PVC • Aluminium support secures lockers • Available to suit 2, 3 & 4 locker nests • Standard colour Grey – other colours available on request • 820mm deep x 450mm high • Note: lockers not included – order separately page 211 Image shows example of Locker Bench Stand 3 Nest c/w Extreme 900mm Lockers. Order Lockers (See page 211 opposite) and Bench Stands below separately. Bench Stand for 2 Nest 640mm wide ❋SU2145 each. Bench Stand for 3 Nest 960mm wide ❋SU2146 each. Bench Stand for 4 Nest 1280mm wide ❋SU2147 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
CHANGING AREA
LOCKERS
21 2
P212 Changing RH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:23 Page 1
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P213 Changing LH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:25 Page 1
2020
CHANGING AREA
3 21
LOCKS/SECURIT Y
LOCKER HASP • To suit right hinged door • Max 22mm door thickness • 7mm hole diameter • Used in conjunction with
ASSA E-LITE COIN LOCK MASTER KEY SERIES 29220 • To suit right hinged door • Max 28mm door thickness • Complete with 2 user keys • Mastered to series 29220, other
padlock - 7mm diameter hole for padlock (SU1359 see page 215) SU1762 each.
series available on request
• £1.00 coin return only
SU1352
each.
ASSA CLASSIC COIN LOCK MASTER KEY SERIES 29220 • To suit right hinged
ASSA 8450 CAM LOCK MASTER KEY SERIES 29220 • To suit right hinged door • Max 16mm door thickness • Complete with 2 user keys • Mastered to series 29220, other series available on request
SU1350
each.
ASSA 10450 CAM LOCK MASTER KEY SERIES 29220 • To suit right hinged door • Max 22mm door thickness • Complete with 2 user keys • Mastered to series 29220, other series available on request
SU1351
each.
Detail of door preparation
R11
Hole fixing size All above ASSA locks suit a standard 19mm x 22mm hole preparation (see diagram). However locks will also suit a standard 22mm round hole, but suitable fixing plate and cylinder escutcheon maybe required (see accessories).
Step by step order guide 1) Door Handing - Right or left hinged door? (Note 90% of UK locker doors are right hinged doors). 2) Door Thickness? 3) Payment (Coin locks only) – What coin usage? 4) Coin Return or Coin Deposit? (Coin return standard on all coin locks, for coin deposit you will need to order coin box as detailed above) 5) Master Series? (Standard stock series is 29220, alternative master series available on request)
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
door up to max door thickness 28mm • Complete with 2 user keys • Mastered to series 29220, other series available on request • Coin Usage - £1 as standard with other coin variants available on request • Accepts old and new £1 coins • Coin retain option available (see SU1354 coin collection box below) SU1353 each.
ASSA COIN COLLECTION BOX • Coin Collection Box with
key lock for ASSA Classic Coin SU1354 each.
ASSA KEY ONLY FOR COIN COLLECTION BOX • One key will fit series of boxes • Master series 13628 other series available on request SU1356
each.
All above lock options are suitable for both dry & wet area applications. Left Hinged door locks available on request. Alternative master suites and coin options (where applicable) available on special order request only.
ACCESSORIES SU1355 Rear Fixing Plate For use with Locker Hasp and Cam Locks each. SU1364 Catch each.
COIN LOCK CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS
SU1357 6mm SU1358 10mm each. *Alternative cam plate options available on request Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ASSA RFID CAM LOCK
ASSA Keyless Locks… new electronic Combination locks provide the perfect solution for new locker installations, or can be easily retrofitted to your current lockers by simply utilising the existing hole and adding one extra hole for the upper screw. Suitable for use in wet areas when fitted with rubber gasket provided.
ASSA Keyless Locks… new electronic Combination locks provide the perfect solution for new locker installations, or can be easily retrofitted to your current lockers by simply utilising the existing hole and adding one extra hole for the upper screw. Suitable for use in wet areas when fitted with rubber gasket provided.
Function: • The lock works in 2 different modes: Private Mode The lock is opened with the same pre-programmed codes Public Mode The lock can be locked with any one-time code, similar to a hotel safe. Once unlocked the lock is free for input of new user code
• • • •
Features: Attractive slim line design Battery status LED Lock status LED Requires 3 x Alkaline AAA batteries, not supplied • Micro USB power back up • Suits doors up to 23mm thick • 3mm thick stainless-steel cam • 4-12 digit Master PIN • 4-12 digit User PIN • Private code or Public Change Code mode (similar to hotel safe) • Sound Mode – On or Off • Temporary wrong code lockout SU2211 each
A stand-alone battery driven RFID locker lock that supports MIFARE Classic technology. Function: • The lock works in 2 different modes: Private Mode Open with designated pre-registered cards Public Mode Lock with any compatible card. When unlocked, the lock is then available for the next user. • Quick setup is available for easy deployment of multiple cards into any of the above 2 modes. • Additional functionality can be easily added/deleted using specific programming cards (see programming kit). • For large installations purchasing a programming kit (SU2213) is recommended to reduce setup time. Features: • Attractive slim line design • Battery status LED • Lock status LED • Requires 3 x Alkaline AAA batteries, not supplied • Micro USB power back up • Suits doors up to 23mm thick • 3mm thick stainless-steel cam • Supported RF type: 13.56MHz ISO14443A MIFARE Classic, Ultralight, DESFireEV1 • Accepts up to 20 Administration Cards, 20 Master Cards and 20 User Cards per lock SU2212 each
ASSA RFID CAM LOCK PROGRAMMING KIT Set of RFID Cards used for simplified programming and copy programming the ASSA RFID Cam Lock. Colour coded for each programme, the administrator offers up the relevant card to the reader to programme for one of the many available functions. SU2213 each.
Links...
Wet and Dry Area Lockers See Pages 205-208
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
CHANGING AREA
ASSA DIGITAL PIN KEYPAD CAM LOCK
2020
LOCKS/SECURIT Y
21 4
P214 Changing RH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:27 Page 1
P215 Changing LH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:29 Page 1
5 21
LOCKS/SECURIT Y BRASS PADLOCK 38mm • Solid brass including lock
CHANGING AREA
YALE WEATHERPROOF PADLOCK
CEN 3 GRADED padlock, high security, suitable for poolside and changing room use. Shackle size: 51 x 9mm Features: Solid multi layered steel body protection system • Double ball bearing lock for additional security • Hardened Chrome plated shackle • Weatherproof jacket • Key way cover cap to prevent rusting • 3 Keys provided as standard SU1764 each.
and cylinder
• Supplied with 3 keys
SU1363
each.
YALE COMBINATION PADLOCK • 4 Dial resettable combination padlock • Suitable for use with ASSA Locker hasp SU1349 opposite
• 6mm diameter chrome plated shackle • 40mm solid brass body
SU1359
each.
YALE OFFICE SAFE • 22mm electronically motorised locking bolts with 6 lever double bitted (reinforced) manual override key system, 2 Yale keys supplied.
• Laser cut door (1mm gap) with reinforced hinge and mounted
2020
opening spring
• Digital keypad with blue backlight • LCD display • Plastic buttons, alarm sounds on 4th incorrect entry • Combination of 3 to 8 digits • Low battery warning • Display code on/off function • Sound on/off function • Weight: 18.6kg • Size: 340 x 350 x 400mm high SU1362
each.
SU1362
SU1361
YALE PERSONAL SAFE • Simple to operate
programmable digital keypad with LCD display • Steel construction • Pre-drilled holes and fixing bolts allow permanent mounting to most suitable surfaces • Two high security manual override keys supplied • Interior base lined with soft material to prevent damage to contents • Weight: 7kg • Size: 200 x 310 x 200mm high SU1361 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
YALE CASH BOX • Steel structure
with spring lock
• Gloss black finish • Easy grip handle • Black internal plastic coin tray • Supplied with 2 keys • Size: 160 x 200 x 90mm high • Weight: 0.75kg
SU1360 Fitness
each.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
S E AT I N G
21 6
P216 Changing RH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:32 Page 1
CLOAKROOM UNITS
Single Sided 5 Hooks Dimensions: H:475 x L:1000 x D:350mm ❋SU1638 each. 8 Hooks Dimensions: H:475 x L:150 x D:350mm ❋SU1639 each.
thick wall tubing
• Welded joints for strength and durability
• Natural light Ash slats • Frames finished in RAL 9006 - Silver
• Optional shoe/storage •
baskets Delivered in component form to allow easy positioning
Double Sided 10 Hooks Dimensions: H:475 x L:1000 x D:720mm ❋SU1641 each. 16 Hooks Dimensions: H475 x L1500 x D720mm ❋SU1642 each. 20 Hooks Dimensions: H475 x L2000 x D720mm ❋SU1643 each.
2020
10 Hooks Dimensions: H:475 x L:2000 x D:350mm ❋SU1640 each.
HOOK BENCHES • Robust 38mm square,
CHANGING AREA
offer a range of high quality, affordable, cloakroom benches incorporating ActiveCOAT – the World Class anti-bacterial coating
BENCHES Single Sided Dimensions: H:475 x L:1000 x D:305mm ❋SU1644 each. Dimensions: H:475 x L:1200 x D:305mm ❋SU1645 each. Dimensions: H:475 x L:1500 x D:305mm ❋SU1646 each. Dimensions: H:475 x L:2000 x D:305mm ❋SU1647 each.
Links...
Floor Matting See Pages199-203
Double Sided Dimensions: H:475 x L:1000 x D:720mm ❋SU1648 each. Dimensions: H:475 x L:1200 x D:720mm ❋SU1649 each. Dimensions: H:475 x L:1500 x D:720mm ❋SU1650 each. Dimensions: H:475 x L:2000 x D:720mm ❋SU1651 each.
SHOE/STORAGE BASKETS Single Sided 4 Compartments Dimensions: L:1000 x H:325mm ❋SU1652 each. 6 Compartments Dimensions: L:1500 x H:325mm ❋SU1653 each. 8 Compartments Dimensions: L:2000 x H:325mm ❋SU1654 each. Double Sided Order 2 x either of the above
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
WALL HOOK STRIPS 5 Hooks Dimensions: L:1000mm ❋SU1658 each. 8 Hooks Dimensions: L:1500mm ❋SU1659 each. 10 Hooks Dimensions: L:2000mm ❋SU1660 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P217 Changing LH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 10:36 Page 1
7 21
S E AT I N G
2020
CHANGING AREA
VENDIPLAS SPORTS & LEISURE BENCH SYSTEMS Made entirely from non-toxic PVC, Vendiplas benches are free standing, hygienic and easy to clean. Safe and light to handle, without the potentially hazardous sharp edges or splinters of conventional materials, Vendiplas has a load bearing capability of 180kgs per metre of bench.
• Nothing to rot or rust: non-porous material inhibits bacteria
• Smart appearance makes Vendiplas ideal for recreational • • • • •
changing rooms Simple and quick to install Permanent or temporary seating Wide variety of leisure applications Suitable for indoor and all weather situations All Vendiplas products have a 24 month guarantee against manufacturing defects
Beige
0.9 metre Size: 900 x 350 x 490mm high ❋SU1766 Blue, ❋SU1767 Aqua, ❋SU1768 Beige each. 0.9 metre 450mm deep ❋SU1583 Blue only each.
1.5 metre Size 1500 x 350 x 490mm high ❋SU1769 Blue, ❋SU1770 Aqua, ❋SU1771 Beige each. 1.5 metre 450mm deep ❋SU304 Blue only each. 2 metre Size 2000 x 350 x 490mm high ❋SU1772 Blue, ❋SU1773 Aqua, ❋SU1774 Beige each. 2 metre 450mm deep ❋SU1587 Blue only each.
Blue
490mm
3 metre Size 3000 x 350 x 490mm high ❋SU1777 ❋SU1775 Blue, ❋SU1776 C Aqua, Beige UED NTIN DIS O each. 3 metre 450mm deep ❋SU1591 Blue only each.
Double Sided 1.5 metre Size 1500 x 750 x 490mm high ❋SU1595 Blue, ❋SU1778 Aqua, ❋SU1598 Beige each. Double Sided 2 metre Size 2000 x 750 x 490mm high ❋SU1599 Blue, ❋SU1779 Aqua, ❋SU1602 Beige each.
Aqua
SINGLE BENCH WITH HANGER
Size: 1000 x 450 x 1700mm high kSU2014 Blue, kSU2015 Aqua, kSU2016 Beige each. Size: 1500 x 450 x 1700mm high kSU2017 Blue, kSU2018 Aqua, kSU2019 Beige each. Size: 2000 x 450 x 1700mm high kSU2020 Blue, kSU2021 Aqua, kSU2022 Beige each.
DOUBLE BENCH WITH HANGER
Size: 1000 x 710 x 1700mm high kSU2023 Blue, kSU2024 Aqua, kSU2025 Beige each. Size: 1500 x 710 x 1700mm high kSU2026 Blue, kSU2027 Aqua, kSU2028 Beige each. Size: 2000 x 710 x 1700mm high kSU2029 Blue, kSU2030 Aqua, kSU2031 Beige each. Note: All items on this page are also available ‘Made to Order’ in GREY, RED or YELLOW To order please state colour and size required, a quotation and approximate delivery will then be advised. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P218 Changing RH 2020.qxp 25/06/2021 13:06 Page 1
21 8
S E AT I N G
Machined from solid “VITRATHENE” - Incredibly strong, will not crack, corrode or splinter. Durable, non-toxic and chemical resistant. Ideal for poolside or changing rooms.
360mm
1500mm
CHANGING AREA
VITRATHENE BENCH SEAT
450mm
2020
Features:• All edges radiused - No sharp corners • Stainless steel fastenings • Tested for Stability, Strength and Impact Resistance • Maintenance - regular wash down with mild detergent only ❋SU125 each. Important: Please state colour when ordering.
VENDIPLAS BENCH STORAGE SEAT
PVC bench seat with lockable storage area beneath • Available in three lengths • 490mm deep x 490mm high 1 metre ❋SU2240 each. Colour: Blue 1.5 metre ❋SU2241 each. 2 metre ❋SU2242 each. Padlocks see page 215
375 600
VITRATHENE TIP-UP SEAT • Ideal for poolside or shower areas • Machined from solid ‘Vitrathene’ (features as above) • Available in Blue or White • 8mm slots allow water drainage from wet costumes
❋SU719B Blue ❋SU719W White each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
380
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P219 Changing LH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 10:00 Page 1
9 21
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
2020
CHANGING AREA
Technical Concepts commitment is to help people meet their need for cleaner, efficient and more comfortable washrooms, leisure areas and workplaces by developing the most technologically advanced products and systems. A fresh clean fragrance throughout your premises will reassure visitors that the whole site is clean and hygienic.
TCELL CONTINUOUS AIR CARE A truly innovative air freshener that uses fuel cell technology to deliver a fresh, clean fragrance continuously, 24 hours a day. • Highly effective odour control • Lasts 60 days with no batteries • Stylish, silent, discreet dispensers are low cost and easy to install and refill • Size: 137mm x 64mm x 67mm • Mounting kit included • Ideal for Lobbies, offices, washrooms, gyms
• Dispenses a precise dose of pure fragrance and odour neutraliser Tcell Standard Dispensers
for 60 or 90 days without use of batteries
• Dispenser will fragrance area 2.5m2 – 4m2 • If area smaller select 90 day setting, if larger use two dispensers SU1256 White each. SU1257 Chrome each.
Tcell Fragrance Refills • Lasts 60 days • Packed in 6’s SU1258 Fruit Crush Cool mix of spring flowers and fruits suitable for all areas. per 6. SU1259 Citrus Mix Invigorating citrus blend ideal for washrooms. per 6.
MICROBURST DUET DUAL FRAGRANCE ODOUR CONTROL MICROBURST DUET DISPENSERS • Revolutionary aerosol dispensing system automatically
alternates between two complimentary scents for renewed freshness • Cost effective – refill lasts up to 180 days • Twin fragrance – no more fragrance boredom • Flexible programming – you decide type and frequency • Size: 220mm x 127mm x 93mm • Requires 2 x C-cell batteries (see page 173), mounting kit included • LCD display shows programming and refill life SU1262 White each. SU1263 Chrome each.
MICROBURST DUET REFILLS • 9000 sprays per refill • Packed in 4’s SU1264 Clean Sense/Cool Breeze Ideal for offices. per 4.
SU1266 Tender Fruits/Citrus Leaves Ideal for changing rooms, washrooms, gyms. per 4. SU1267 Sparkling Fruits/Cotton Berry Ideal for changing rooms, washrooms. per 4.
FRAGRANCE AEROSOL CANISTERS • For use in existing SU383 SeBreeze® Odour
AROMASAN AIR & FABRIC FRESHENER
Control Systems SU384 Floral Sense SU385 Expressions SU387 Tranquil Sense each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
• Ready to use bactericidal air & fabric freshener • Orange floral fragrance • 750ml spray SU936 each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
THE BEST HIGH-SPEED HAND DRYERS ON THE MARKET All our Hand Dryers and Hair Dryers have been manufactured to meet the requirements of International Standards and Approval Authorities. Approved to: EN60-335-2-23 and CE TUV/CE/CB MAGNUM BLUE LIGHTENING HAND DRYER
New generation high speed, automatic hand dryer will dry hands in approximately 10-15 seconds. With its internal switch that reduces the heater, it makes for a very economical dryer. Available in white, grained stainless steel or black, perfect for high usage areas or where the client requires fast drying times
New generation high speed, automatic hand dryer will dry hands in approximately 10 seconds. Using only 900 watts of power, it’s one of the most economical hand dryers around. Available in white or bright chrome, perfect for high usage areas or where the client requires amazingly quick drying times. The heater can be switched off by removing the front cover
Features: Drying time Air speed Air flow Activation Voltage Total Watts Motor Decibels Drip proof Isolation Finish
Features: Drying time 10 seconds approx. Air speed 64m/s (140m3/h) Activation Infra-red automatic self adjusting circuit Voltage 220v-240v 50/60Hz Total Watts 650 or 900 watts - heater on/off Heat element 250w Thermal Protection Motor 650w 23,000 rpm brush type. Dual bearing Decibels 84dba @1 metre / 60 second auto shut-off Drip proof IP22 Isolation Class 1 Finish Painted white or chrome plated Construction Die-cast aluminium Dimensions 240 x 180 x 270mm Guarantee 1 year. Terms and conditions apply CE approved: also WEEE / Greenspec
2020
MAGNUM CRYSTAL HAND DRYER
CHANGING AREA
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
22 0
P220 Changing RH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 10:01 Page 1
Dimensions Guarantee CE approved
10-15 seconds approx. 100m/s 130 Cu metres/H Infra-red automatic, with blue light 220v-240v 50/60Hz 500 or 1350 watts - heater on/off 25,000 rpm brush type 70dba @1 metre IPX1 Class 1 Painted white, black or grained 304 stainless steel 174 x 150 x 256mm 2 years. Terms and conditions apply
SU2215 White each. SU2216 Black each. SU2217 Stainless Steel
each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SU2218 White each. SU2219 Chrome each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P221 Changing LH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 11:17 Page 1
1 22
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
2020
CHANGING AREA
VALERA WALL MOUNTED HAIR DRYERS Available in three size motors Standard 1200, Club 1400 and Super 1500 watt motors for varying degrees of use • Super safe • Eco-friendly • IP34 rated • Very easy installation • Cool touch hand grip • Safety timer Standard 1200 Watt Suitable for light use White SU943 each. Stainless steel SU1454 each.
Club 1400 Watt White only, suitable for small private clubs,spas etc. SU2223 each.
HOSE & NOZZLE REPLACEMENT
HOSE & NOZZLE REPLACEMENT
White SU9430
each.
Super 1500 Watt White only, suitable for clubs, gyms, spas etc. SU2224 each.
Black SU2294 SU1454
SU943
VALERA STYLER HAND HELD HAIR DRYER Attractively designed ‘salon’ type hair dryer for use in changing rooms and areas away from water • 2 speed/3 heat drying option together with a ‘cool setting’ • On/off switch and removable air intake filter to remove any hair which could harm the motor • Complete with wall bracket for wall mounting • 1800 watts motor SU895 each.
each.
SU2223/SU2224
DELUXE BUTTON OPERATED 1800 WATT HAIR DRYER Makes use of the Valera handset in conjunction with a timer unit housed in an attractive stainless steel case • Simple push button to start the timer • Timer can be adjusted from 30 seconds to 5 minutes • Manufactured from high grade 316 stainless steel and fitted with a highly polished stainless safety mirror, ideal for changing areas SU1038 each.
DELUXE COIN OPERATED 1800 WATT HAIR DRYER • As SU1038 but fitted with a coin mechanism accepting
20p UK coins SU1039 each.
on Butt ted a r e Op
Coin ed at Oper
Note: Recommended for low use areas and private clubs.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
22 2
P222 Changing RH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 11:18 Page 1
Extra reinforced structure for those more demanding areas. AC motor for more power and an ergonomic handle with a rubber insert for more grip. Complete with nylon coated steel wall bracket Specification: • 2000 watts • 2 speed, 2 heat • Cool button • Nozzle • 1.2 m curly cable (extended) • Steel wall bracket • Dims: W - 25 cm H - 28 cm D - 10 cm • Weight: 538g SU2220 each.
CHANGING AREA
SOLIS MAGMA HEAVY DUTY HAIR DRYER & WALL BRACKET
STYLER Super DELUXE BUTTON OPERATED
Specification: • 2000 watts • 2 speed, 2 heat • Case 316 stainless • Cool button • Stainless steel mirror • Nozzle • 1.2m curly cable (extended) • Latching switch SU2221 each.
2020
The Styler Super Deluxe includes a Solis dryer, ideal for higher use areas where providing a free hair drying facility is required. With an adjustable timer pre-set to approx. 3 minutes, ensures the dryer cannot be left on
on Butt ted a Oper
STYLER Super DELUXE COIN OPERATED 20p The Styler Super Deluxe includes a Solis dryer, ideal for higher use areas where a chargeable (20p, other coin mechanisms on request) hair drying facility is required. With an adjustable timer pre-set to approx. 3 minutes, ensures the dryer cannot be left on Specification: • 2000 watts • 2 speed, 2 heat • Case 316 stainless • Cool button • Stainless steel mirror • Nozzle • 1.2m curly cable (extended) • Latching switch SU2222 each.
Coin ed at Oper
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P223 Changing LH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 11:19 Page 1
3 22
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M SUITMATE SWIMSUIT DRYER
CHANGING AREA
The Suitmate water extractor solves wet swimsuit problems by removing 95% of a suit's water in just 10 seconds without using heat. It reduces maintenance costs by reducing rust and delamination of lockers and fixtures. It minimises carpet and floor damage, odours, mildew and stains caused by wet suits. The Suitmate is user-friendly and is activated simply by placing hand pressure on the lid. There are no exposed moving parts, making it safe to use in schools, health clubs, country clubs, wellness centres, YMCA/YWCAs, hotels, sport clubs and many other facilities. Specifications: Size: 381 x 381 x 584mm high. Weight: 25kgs. Construction: Rust-free stainless steel and durable plastic.
• Manual self-start and self-stop by hand Safety Features: pressure on lid.
• No exposed moving parts during operation • Built-in ground fault circuit interrupter
2020
Installation: Wall Mounting: Mount on wall at desired height with heavy duty bracket provided. Packaged with full size template to ease installation. Electrical: Wire into convenient 240V AC properly grounded circuit. Moisture proof junction box included in Suitmate unit. Wire is in the bottom on the unit. Unit should be hard wired. Water Disposal: Use convenient floor drain, or pipe to waste water system. ❋SU1100
each.
Links...
Lockers See Pages 205-212 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
FLEXINE SHOWER CURTAINS
Flexine Shower Curtains, considerably tougher, manufactured in PVC with an internal polyester web reinforcement incorporating a bacteriostat. Fire retardant to BS5867. Ideal for situations where extra strength and hygiene are major considerations.
Manufactured in 4oz proofed nylon, ideal for the tough conditions encountered in the modern changing area.
STANDARD SIZE 1830mm x 1327mm SU70 Red, SU71 Royal Blue, SU72 White, SU73 Gold, SU75 Bottle Green. each.
CHANGING AREA
NYOLENE CUBICLE CURTAINS
22 4
P224 Changing RH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 11:20 Page 1
1830mm x 1220mm SU84 Red, SU85 Blue, SU86 White, SU862 Sky Blue. each.
Note: Not suitable for wet/humid conditions - use Flexine shower curtains
FIXINGS
SU740 Plastic split rings. 40mm internal diameter, approx. per 10. SU74 Hook and galvanised ring. Packed in 10’s. per 10.
Alternative sizes and colours are available on request.
Black self-adhesive, abrasive, anti-slip, available in three sizes • Rolls 18.3m x 50mm • Strips 610 x 150mm • Tiles 140 x 140mm • Ideal for stairways or gym machinery • Apply to clean, smooth, dry surface for maximum longevity SU525 Roll Black each. SU527 Strip Black per 10. SU529 Tile Black per 10.
SAFETY TREADS
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
AQUA SAFE ANTI-SLIP SAFETY TAPE
White, water resistant, non-abrasive, textured vinyl tape provides firm traction in wet and dry conditions. Ideal for shower areas, changing rooms, poolside and steps etc. Supplied in rolls of 18m x 50mm. SU232 each.
AIRFLOW SHOWER MAT
560 x 560mm rubber with suction pads for good grip to floor. White only. SU249 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
STANDARD SIZE
P225 Changing LH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 11:21 Page 1
2020
CHANGING AREA
5 22
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
NILAQUA® HAND SANITISER ALCOHOL FREE 5 LITRE
NILAQUA® DISPENSER ONLY
Instant foaming hand sanitiser kind to hands but kills 99.999% of germs. • Alcohol Free • EN1500 Approved • Non-irritating and won’t sting cuts or dry the skin • Allergen Free Sanitiser • Non-flammable • Won’t remove nail polish • Compatible with religions that ban contact with alcohol • Dries quickly leaving no oily residue • Delicate Jasmine Fragrance SU1787 per 5 litre.
Bulk fill dispenser for use with Nilaqua® Hand Sanitiser. • Place anywhere hygiene is required and there is no hot running water, safe in the knowledge hands will be clean and fresh after use • Approximately 800 washes per litre of Nilaqua® Hand Sanitiser makes for an inexpensive, low cost alternative to traditional soaps that require sinks, towels or hot air dryers SU1788 each.
NILAQUA HAND SANITISER
TEST RESULTS
Pathogen
International Approvals
Results
Kill Rate
Contact Test Time
EN12054 EN12054 EN12054 EN12054 EN12054
Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass
99.999% 99.999% 99.999% 99.999% 99.999%
1 minute 1 minute 1 minute 1 minute 1 minute
EN1650 EN1650
Pass Pass
99.999% 99.999%
15 minutes 15 minutes
EN13704
Pass
99.999%
60 minutes
EN1500
Pass
99.999%
5 minutes
Bacterial Escherichia Coil MRSA Pseudomonas Aeruginosa Enterococcus Hirae Vancomycin resistant Enterococcus Faecalis Fungicidal Candida Albicans Asperillus Niger Sporicidal Clostridium Difficile Virucidal Human Influenza A (H1N1)
HAND CLEANSER REFILLS • Supplied as a sealed cassette with integral pump,
HAND CLEANSER DISPENSER • 1 Litre capacity - low
they do not drip or clog
• The cassette design helps to control usage and raise
maintenance collapsible refill packs • Bellow pump helps prevent leaking, dropping, clogging • Size: H 23.5 x W 11.6 x D 11.4cm SU707 each.
hygiene standards
• The cassettes gradually collapse as •
the product is used-up to reduce the volume of waste 6 x 1 litre
Everyday Hand Cleanser Energy • Foam formulation with botanical extracts of Tea Tree Oil and Lemon for frequent hand washes • Leaves hands moisturised and offers users an uplifting sensory experience SU708 per 6.
ANTIBACTERIAL HANDWASH 500ml Protects Against Germs & Odours • Specifically formulated to protect hands from germs • Contains moisturisers to help condition and enrich skin • Leaves hands feeling soft and smooth • Maintains skin’s pH balance • Supplied in 6’s FA265 per 6.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Kleenex Hair & Body Shower Gel • Luxurious creamy gel keeps hands, skin, hair clean and fresh • Conditions hair leaving it soft and manageable SU1634 per 6.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
MODULAR SOAP DISPENSING SYSTEM • Complete with 1 litre bottle for bulk-fill • ABS Plastic, quality hygiene system • Suitable for many types of washroom
2020
SU542 each.
ANTI-CHLORINE SHAMPOO 5 litre SU938
each.
HAIR CONDITIONER 5 litre SU937
each.
SLAB JELLY • Specially formulated extra thick bacterial shower gel • New invigorating apple fragrance • 5 Litre only RS02
each.
SEAWEED HAIR & BODY SHAMPOO • A luxury pearlised pH balance hair and body wash • Made with natural seaweed extracts and skin emollients • 5 Litre only SU103
each.
DISPENSER PUMP • Fits onto 5 litre
containers for simple direct dispensing SU879 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
CHANGING AREA
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
22 6
P226 Changing RH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 11:22 Page 1
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P227 Changing LH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 11:24 Page 1
2020
CHANGING AREA
7 22
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
JPL BULK FILL SOAP DISPENSER • Complete with 1 litre bottle for bulk-fill • ABS Plastic, quality hygiene system • Suitable for many types of washroom SU542
each.
JPL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER • ABS cover, window and backplate • Size: 275 x 150 x 130mm • Takes SU1972 toilet tissue • Unlocked using plastic "key"
JPL JUMBO TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER • ABS cover, window and backplate • Size: 275 x 220 x 145mm • Unlocked using plastic "key"
JPL TOILET TISSUE • White 2-Ply tissue • Sheet size 185 x 110mm • 36 sleeves x 250 sheets, 9000 per case
JPL
SU1965
each.
SU1966
each.
JPL LIQUID HAND SOAPS 5 LITRE Pearlised liquid hand soap for use with SU542 bulk fill dispenser SU1969 Apple Green • Apple fragrance SU1970 Anti-Bacterial • Unperfumed • Suitable for food service each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SU1972
Health Suite
each.
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
TOILET ROLLS 2 PLY
Commercial toilet roll fits a wide range of dispensers including our SU1738 (see page 267) and SU1966 above • Size: 90mm x 150m • Pack of 12 SU1817 per pack of 12.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
JPL HAND TOWEL DISPENSER • Size: 425 x 290 x 145mm • Capacity 350mm stack
JPL AUTO-CUT HAND TOWEL DISPENSER
For use with SU1967 JPL Hand Towel Dispenser • White 2-Ply V-Fold hand towels • Size: 25 x 23cm • 3000 sheets per case SU1973 each.
One of the smallest auto-cut units in the market that runs standard size paper towel rolls • ABS cover • Smallest pre-measured towel sheet length in the market 23.5cm • Special compound cutting blade re-sharpens itself every time it cuts • Cutting mechanism can easily be extracted for cleaning and maintenance • Max roll dia. 195mm, Std roll width 200mm, Min core dia. 37mm • Size: 330 x 314 x 214mm SU1975 each.
JPL AUTO-CUT HAND TOWEL ROLLS For use with SU1975 JPL Auto-Cut Hand Towel Dispenser • 1 ply 200 metre embossed blue roll • Pack of 6 SU1976 per 6.
2020
SU1967 each.
JPL HAND TOWELS V-FOLD WHITE
CHANGING AREA
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
22 8
P228 Changing RH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 11:24 Page 1
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P229 Changing LH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 11:25 Page 1
9 22
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M Aquaius dispensers developed to help you ensure that your washrooms meet the highest possible hygiene standards.
A heritage in hygienic solutions Kimberly-Clark are trusted the world over to make tasks easier, services more pleasant and people happier whenever they are away from home. We constantly strive to design and develop new products that provide the reassurance of high hygienic standards within a shared washroom environment.
AQUARIUS HAND TOWEL DISPENSER • Patented feature prevents overfilling for easier dispensing • Each hand towel dispensed individually • Easy to load and maintain • Size: H 39.9 x W 26.5 x D 13.6cm SU1789 Black
each.
2020
CHANGING AREA
Total hygiene
Hygienic on the inside SCOTT® products are practical products you can trust. They deliver superior value by offering the optimum balance of product quality and affordability.
AQUARIUS TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER • Patented feature prevents overfilling for easier dispensing • Each tissue dispensed individually • Easy to load and maintain • Size: H 23.5 x W 11.6 x D 11.4cm • Unlocked using plastic "key"
SU701 White each. SU1790 Black each.
SU704 White each.
SCOTT® Bulk Pack Toilet Tissues • One pull, one sheet • Controls wastage so refill lasts longer • White, 2 ply, Size 21.5 x 18.5cm • Packed 36 x 300 = 10800 SU702 per pack.
SCOTT®
Extra Hand Towels • Interfolded/White • Size 21 x 20cm • Packed 15 x 320 = 4800 SU705 per pack.
AQUARIUS® SCOTT® MAX ROLL TOWEL DISPENSER • Touchless dispensing system – towel is only dispensed when needed • Adjustable Sheet Length (20, 28, 36cm) -
SCOTT® MAX HAND TOWEL 350m ROLL White
Shorter sheet settings helps you control cost • Adjustable Delay (0.5, 1, 2 Seconds) • Stub roll facility means the towels need never run out • Low Product Light indicates when towel is getting low • Auto changeover with stub roll facility • Low battery power indicator SU1733 White SU1791 Black each.
The new embossed pattern on each towel includes SCOTT® Brand logo, an instant recognition of quality • Kimberly-Clark AIRFLEX® technology gives greater absorption, strength when wet and a soft textile-like feel • 1400 sheets per roll, 350m long x 198mm width • Packed in 6’s SU1734 per 6.
Links...
More Wipes... See Pages 265-266 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
WYPALL ROLL CONTROL DISPENSER • Manufactured in corrosion free ABS • Delivers separate sheets • Eliminates wiper ‘streaming’ • Quick and simple to load
CENTRE PULL DISPENSER • Supplied c/w
screws and rawlplugs • Size: 22.5 W x 23 L x 36cm H SU1819 each.
SU711
each.
WYPALL L20 WIPER ROLLS • WYPALL L20 Wipers are made from AIRFLEX® highly absorbent fabric
• When compared to traditional 2 ply centrefeed wipers,
research shows these wipers can reduce consumption by 20% WYPALL L20 Roll Control • Packed 6 x 380 (2280 sheets, blue) SU712 per pack.
MAXI ROLLS 2 PLY
2020
Top quality multifunctional paper towel for use in many areas e.g. drying off, mopping up, cleaning or polishing. Each roll has a removable centre core to enable dispensing from the middle via Wall Mountable SU1819, SU711 or SU1811 Floor Standing Roll Dispenser • Environmentally friendly - manufactured from 100% recycled pulp • Size: 19.5cm x 150lm • Pack of 6 SU1818 per 6.
SCOTT® FACIAL TISSUES • Soft, white and smooth SCOTT® Facial Tissues are quality products at a competitive price
• 100% Recycled fibre. 2-ply, white tissue • Size 20 x 21cm. Packed 21 x 100 = 2100 SU714
per pack.
ACTIVE BATHROOM WIPES REFILL • Provide protection from 99.9%
of germs including MRSA, E. coli and Salmonella • Long lasting biological cleanliness to surfaces in seconds. • Suitable for cleansing and sanitising all water safe surfaces including sinks, baths, toilets and toilet seats • Refill pack containing 200 wipes • For use with SU785 Wall Mounted Dispenser below SU786 each.
CHROME FACIAL TISSUE DISPENSER • Plastic with metallic finish • Size: H 14 x W 27 x D 6cm SU713
each.
ACTIVE BATHROOM WIPES DISPENSER
For use with SU786 Active Bathroom Wipes detailed above. SU785 each. Note: Wipes NOT included, please order separately.
Links...
Handwash/Gel See Page 542
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
CHANGING AREA
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
23 0
P230 Changing RH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 14:01 Page 1
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P231 Changing LH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 14:02 Page 1
1 23
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M OVERSHOES • PVC with elasticated top
CHANGING AREA
SW179
per 50 pairs.
400mm
150mm
OVERSHOE DISPENSER PLASTIC 75 • New design ABS plastic dispenser holds
SU1212
refill box 75 pairs of PVC overshoes SU1211 each.
Note: Overshoes NOT included, please order separately.
OVERSHOE REFILL PACK PLASTIC 75 • Pack of 75 pairs of PVC Overshoes designed to fit in
SU1211 plastic dispensers SU1212 each.
OVERSHOE REFILL PACK PLASTIC 50 • Pack of 50 pairs of PVC Overshoes
SU504
2020
designed to fit in existing SU503 plastic dispensers SU504 each. Note: SU503 Plastic dispenser discontinued.
AUTOMATIC OVERSHOE DISPENSER • Innovatively designed walk-through overshoe dispensing system • Press foot into dispenser and lift out to obtain a clean, PVC, wrapped foot • Supplied with 50 pairs of overshoes SU1224
each
AUTOMATIC OVERSHOE DISPENSER REFILL ONLY • Pack of 50 pairs of overshoes for
SU1224 Dispenser SU1225 Standard per 50 pairs. SU1335 Anti-Slip • Thicker gauge and offer better slip resistance than standard per 50 pairs.
Step in...
...Step out
WET KIT/NAPPY BAG DISPENSER • Ideal for changing areas, nurseries and creche • Clearly marked sturdy dispensers for wall mounting • Takes SU250 & SU19 Poly Bags detailed below. Wet Kit Bag Dispenser SU505 Nappy Bag Dispenser SU1248 each.
N.B. Poly Bags NOT included, please order separately.
WET KIT/NAPPY POLY BAGS • For use in SU505 and SU1248 dispensers • Continuous roll of waterproof bags with handles • Size: 340 x 370mm
SU250
per roll of 250.
ECO-FRIENDLY WET KIT/NAPPY POLY BAGS Eco-Friendly Wet-Kit Bags contain a chemical pro-degradant concentrate made and developed by EPI which accelerates their safe decomposition in landfill. The texture and strength of the bag is unaffected so the bags can be used again and again. They are 100% recyclable so worn-out bags can be disposed of in any carrier bag recycle bin. • 100% Recyclable • Safely degrades in landfill • Long shelf life • Can be re-used multiple times • Can be used in JPL SU1248 Nappy Bag Dispenser and JPL SU505 Wet Kit Bag Dispenser SU19 per roll of 200. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
S H O W E R / WA S H R O O M
23 2
P232 Changing RH 2020.qxp 29/06/2021 14:04 Page 1
LEISURE BRIGHT 5 LITRE • Bactericidal alkaline cleaner for leisure centres and swimming pools
• Removes body fat, light grease, oil, food fat, wax and acrylic polishes
• Cleans and disinfects floors, walls, tiles, machinery and hand rails
• Contains no fragrance so ideal for cleaning and disinfecting use in kitchen areas SU201 each.
ACIDIC BACTERIAL CLEANER DEODORISER • Cleans, disinfects, deodorises, removes lime scale, body fats and soap build up
• For use on toilets, wash basins, baths, showers, urinals, ceramic tiles, plastic, stainless steel and chrome
• Leaves a fresh malodour neutralising fragrance • Effective against athletes foot making it ideal for leisure,
sports and swimming clubs SU672 5 Litre Concentrate each. SU1101 750ml Diluted Ready to Use Trigger Spray
each.
HIGHLY PERFUMED GERMICIDAL CLEANER • Neutral pH germicidal cleaner deodoriser contains a safe solvent to remove grease and soil from all types of hard surface
• For use in changing rooms, gyms, cubicles, lockers, washroom areas and all public areas
• Leaves surfaces cleaned and disinfected with a long lasting malodour neutralising fragrance
• Passes British disinfectant standard BS6471 against E-Coli at a dilution 1-49 SU673 5 Litre Concentrate each. SU1102 750ml Diluted Ready to Use Trigger Spray each.
HEAVY DUTY THICKENED DESCALER 1 LITRE • Highly active cleaner, descaler and deodoriser • Contains 18% phosphoric acid making it suitable for both stainless steel and porcelain
• A thickened liquid which clings to vertical surfaces, allowing longer contact time to descale and remove the most stubborn stains
• Contains a corrosive inhibitor for added protection SU788
each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Shower Head Plus is a ready to use acid based descaling solution encompassing a proprietary biocide with proven efficacy against Legionella, a bacteria often found in showerheads. • Descales and sanitizes showerheads, plumbing fittings and sanitary ware in one operation • Supplied in liquid form SU1864 per 5 litres.
CHANGING AREA
SHOWERHEAD PLUS DESCALER & BIOCIDE
P233 Health LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 10:52 Page 1
3 23
FURNITURE BISTROT CHAIR • Monobloc design - stackable • Ideal in any situation where space is at a premium • Suitable for indoor/outdoor • Weight 2.4kg
GR151 White GR167 Anthracite each.
88
H E A LT H S U I T E
Chairs, tables and loungers...
44
54
GR167
GR151
Links...
Replica Plants... See Pages 237-240
2020
GROSFILLEX CLUB ARMCHAIR • Sturdy, stacking,
high back armchair GR75 each.
GROSFILLEX ATLANTIC ARMCHAIR Very sturdy, stacking armchair GR99 Green, each. GR75
GR99
GROSFILLEX MIAMI ROUND TABLE WHITE 98cm GR93
GROSFILLEX MIAMI ARMCHAIRS
each.
Stacking armchair, good value for money offering a multitude of uses. GR52 White, £15.75 each. GR131 Baltic Blue, each.
GR93
GR131
GR52
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FURNITURE
23 4
P234 Health RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 10:55 Page 1
...ideal for Leisure Complexes, Cafe, Bar and Poolside H E A LT H S U I T E
VEGA TABLE 118 x 77cm • Anti-scratch top surface • Folding central leg design offers supreme stability
• Suitable for indoor/outdoor • Weight 9.5kg GR163 White each.
GR164
GR164 Anthracite each.
72
118 x 77
GR163
and scratches
GR110 Green, each. GR139 White, each.
GR110
80 x 80 72
• Easy clean surface • Fold-away legs
GR139
PLASTIC BENCH SEATS Manufactured in Germany entirely of plastic with a reinforced centre for extra strength • Designed for indoor and outdoor use • Fold for easy storage • Seat Height: 370mm • Seat Depth: 370mm • Weight: 15kg 1500mm ❋SU2246 Blue ❋SU2247 Green ❋SU2248 White each.
2000mm ❋SU2249 Blue ❋SU2250 Green ❋SU2251 White each.
SU2246
2000mm bench has an additional central leg for added support
SU2250
SU2251
Links...
Reception Furniture... See Page 528-532 Cleanse and sanitise in seconds • Protection from 99.9% of germs including MRSA, E. coli and Salmonella • Suitable for cleansing and sanitising all water safe surfaces including leisure furniture, office furniture, children’s play equipment, fitness and sports equipment • Small bucket containing 125 wipes (280 x 280mm) SU781 each.
ACTIVE TOUGH WIPES
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Links...
Clean FReek See Page 263
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
GROSFILLEX VEGA TABLES 80cm2 • 80 x 80cm table tops • Increased resistance to abrasions
P235 Health LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 10:57 Page 1
5 23
FURNITURE
2020
H E A LT H S U I T E
GROSFILLEX CONTRACT LOUNGERS • Four position back • Can lay completely flat • Integral wheels • Stackable GR72 White GR108 Green each.
JAMAICA BEACH LOUNGER • Sturdy resin base - six legs touch ground - very stable • 4 position back with Aluminium frame • Extremely hardwearing Polyester thread fabric with PVC coating
• Weather resistant - dries quickly • Ideal in wet/humid conditions • Stackable • Jamaica Blue/White only
GR135
each.
ALL-WEATHER MATERIAL Polyester/PVC fabric. Ideal for wet/humid conditions!
Adjustable back can lay completely flat
MIAMI RECLINER • 4 Position recliner with security system
• Suitable for
indoor/outdoor
• Weight 6.4kg
GR126 White each. GR170 Anthracite GR120 Green each.
107
GR126
67
GR120
62
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
83
MIAMI SUNLOUNGER • Stackable/folding design • 4 Position recline • Large wheels - easy to move • Suitable for indoor/outdoor • Weight 10.3kg • Sold in quantities of 14 only.
76
192
INU T N SCO
H E A LT H S U I T E
FURNITURE
23 6
P236 Health RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 11:07 Page 1
ED
DI
GR69 White each. GR176 Anthracite GR122 Green each.
GR173 Anthracite each. Sold in quantities of 14 only.
40 x 40
D INUE
ONT
DISC
35
MIAMI LOW TABLE • Stackable design • Ideal for use with sunlounger • Suitable for indoor/outdoor • Weight 1.7kg
GR179 White each. Sold in quantities of 14 only.
chairs from Tabilo...! Very durable polypropylene arm and side Tabilo Fresco chairs, suitable for humid environments
2020
FRESCO CHAIRS • Conform to EN 16139:2013 • Contract use Indoor and Outdoor • Seat height 435 mm • Stackable 8 high • Weight: Arm chair 3.9kg / Side chair 3.8 kg
Fresco Side Chair ❋SU2237 Grey ❋SU2238 White ❋SU2239 Black each.
Fresco Arm Chair ❋SU2234 Grey ❋SU2235 White ❋SU2236 Black each.
stylish polypropylene construction to EU Standard EN 581-2:2009 Tabilo Italian for contract use STRATA CHAIR • Stackable 8 high • Indoor and outdoor use • 3 year warranty • Weight tested to over 31 stone! • Seat height 455mm
Strata Side Chairs ❋SU2167 Grey ❋SU2168 White ❋SU2169 Green each.
❋SU2170 Red ❋SU2171 Anthracite ❋SU2172 Blue
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Clean FReek Cleaning/Sanitiser Spray See Page 263
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
R E P L I C A P L A N T D I S P L AY S
H E A LT H S U I T E
7 23
P237 Health LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 11:08 Page 1
Multitude of applications for Leisure Facilities, Poolside, Reception, Cafe Bar Areas, Health and Fitness suites and Offices
2020
Realistic
Our Production Team choose only
the highest quality and realistic foliage and stems.
construction Continuous
Strong and resilient
Combining carefully selected components,continuous construction and a high degree of craftmanship, our plants are resilient, strong and reliable - perfect for high traffic areas.
Weighted bases for stability
Quick and simple to clean
Pick up one of our plants and you may be surprised at the feeling of weight and quality. The weighted bottoms make the plants stable and durable.
Simply brush off the leaves with any
Durable, long-lasting planters Our planters are chosen for their
durability, resilience, strength and also their aesthetic qualities. We have a solution for any space.
Safe & Strong Guarantee ntee
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
small clean brush and use a handheld vacuum for the dressing of the base. Our plants are amongst the easiest available to care for.
Bonded pebbles
Your plant will arrive with the dressing permanently bonded, meaning no accidental spills to clean up!
Featuring fully bonded components from base to tip, our plants do away with the unreliable joints many competitor ranges feature.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
H E A LT H S U I T E
2020
A
fte
r
B ef
or
e
R E P L I C A P L A N T D I S P L AY S
23 8
P238 Health RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 11:09 Page 1
SAVANAH GRASS
Height 1150mm Spread 650mm ❋SU1792 each.
MAGENTA ORCHID PLANT Height 1150mm Spread 400mm ❋SU1795 each.
WHITE ORCHID PLANT Height 1150mm Spread 400mm ❋SU1796 each.
Displays are available in four pot colours: Black
Graphite
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Taupe
White
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P239 Health LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:09 Page 1
2020
H E A LT H S U I T E
9 23
R E P L I C A P L A N T D I S P L AY S
BAMBOO
Height 1800mm Spread 950mm ❋SU2243 each.
FIDDLE LEAF FIG Height 2000mm Spread 700mm ❋SU2244 each.
MOTHER IN LAWS TONGUE
BIRD OF PARADISE
PARADISE PALM
CHINESE FAN PALM
Height 1200mm Spread 850mm ❋SU1798 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Height 1500mm Spread 400mm ❋SU2245 each.
Height 1450mm Spread 950mm ❋SU1799 each. Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Height 1300mm Spread 600mm ❋SU1800 each. Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
2020
H E A LT H S U I T E
R E P L I C A P L A N T D I S P L AY S
24 0
P240 Health RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:12 Page 1
BUCKWHEAT GRASS Height 1600mm Spread 350mm ❋SU1801 each.
PARLOUR PALM
Height 1800mm Spread 1000mm ❋SU1803 each.
CHEESE PLANT ON POLE Height 1600mm Spread 500mm ❋SU1805 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Displays are delivered ready to unpack and put on display immediately Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P241 Health LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:13 Page 1
H E A LT H S U I T E
1 24
TOWELS/ROBES
ECOKNIT
TOWELS
Technically advanced, energy efficient terry towels, perfect for Leisure Facilities especially where towels are laundered frequently:- Swim Pools, Leisure Centres, Health & Fitness Clubs, Gyms, Spas, Hotels, etc.
• 450gsm • No shrinkage • Loops will not snag – hems will not split • Quicker drying reduces laundering costs • Lower emissions lead to reducing your carbon footprint, environmentally friendly!
SU231 50 x 90cm each.
SU93 100 x 150cm each.
2020
SU92 70 x 130cm each.
F!
O
RO
P
AG
SN CLASSIC TOWELS A new range of Classic Towels ideal for Leisure Facilities • 450gsm • 100% cotton SU1882 50 x 90cm each.
SU1883 70 x 130cm each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SU1884 100 x 150cm each.
Health Suite
Maint.
CLASSIC LEISURE TOWEL • 400gsm • 70 x 135cm SU1885
Fitness
each.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
TOWELS/ROBES
24 2
P242 Health RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:17 Page 1
H E A LT H S U I T E
ECOKNIT TOWEL ROBE • 450gsm • XL one size
SU325 each.
CLASSIC TOWEL ROBE • 400gsm • 100% cotton • XL one size only
2020
SU1886 each.
GYM TOWEL
450gsm Featherlight knitted towel. Details opposite • Size 27 x 90cm SU999 each.
RUBBERMAID® BIG WHEELER CONTAINER
Use for storage or waste control • Polypropylene mobile unit • Retractable castors save space when not in use • Hinged lid for easy emptying Capacity: 75kg or 100 litres. Size: 530 x 510 x 850mm high. SU391 each.
SPEEDO BORDER TOWEL Soft and durable cotton towel with Speedo woven border design • 100% Cotton • Excellent absorption • Size 70 x 140cm • Colour: True Navy/Bondi Blue SW2076 each.
Links...
Speedo Sports Towel... See Pages 32
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Links...
Bins and Containers... See Pages 282-288
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P243 Health LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:25 Page 1
3 24
SAUNA
2020
H E A LT H S U I T E
SAUNA BUCKET WOODEN
4 Litre. Hand made from the finest polar pine. Bottom sealed with silicone. RS10 each.
SAUNA TOWEL HOOK Hooks for four towels. RS33 each.
RS44
SAUNA BUCKET LINER
Plastic liner for use with RS10. RS44 each.
SAUNA/STEAM ROOM MILK • Suitable for Sauna and Steam Room • 1 Part essence to 20 parts water • Improved formula provides
RS10
WOODEN LADLE
500mm long, hand made, one piece, birch wood scoop. RS12 each.
highly concentrated product • Mixed with water concentrate vapourizes without leaving any residue • Great way to freshen up that stale Sauna/Steam Room RS81 Eucalyptus 1 litre. RS144 Citrus 1 litre. each.
STAINLESS STEEL BUCKET • 4 litre • Size:
RS49 Eucalyptus 5 litre. RS143 Citrus 5 litre. each.
220 dia. x 145mm high (275mm incl. handle) • Weight: 575g RS141 each.
SAUNA CLEANER 1 LITRE
STAINLESS STEEL LADLE • Stainess steel bowl with wooden handle
Highly efficient against bacterial, viral and fungal infections. Dilute and apply to surfaces to be cleaned and disinfected. Natural fresh fragrance. RS24 each.
• Size: 200ml bowl, 400mm long • Ladle weight: 110g
RS142
each.
SAUNA STONES
20kg approx. of genuine Finnish periditite rocks. The level of sauna rocks should be a few inches above the elements in the stove. During use the rocks gradually erode and drop into the basket leaving the element exposed, blocking the draught and stifling the flow of hot air. It is essential to change your sauna stones regularly, every twelve months for efficient operation. RS140 per box.
Adjustable all wood construction. RS27 each.
SAUNA HEADREST
SAUNA HOURGLASS • Clearly marked divisions into minutes. • Features rotating wall bracket
RS32
SAUNA THERMOMETER
SAUNAS: A USER GUIDE • Fully encapsulated poster • Size 45 x 60cm SE273
each.
RS13
each.
each.
SAUNA HYGROMETER RS14
each.
COMBINATION THERMOMETER/ HYGROMETER • Size: 290 x 150 x 30mm
• Weight: 700g RS136
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
each.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Regular descaling of your steam generator will preserve the machines efficiency and prolong its life for a relatively low cost. • Pro-actively use on a regular basis, especially in hard water areas • Supplied in granule form for ease of application SU1862 per kg.
SAUNA/STEAM ROOM MILK • Suitable for Sauna and Steam Room • 1 Part essence to 20 parts water • Improved formula provides highly concentrated product
• Mixed with water
concentrate vapourizes without leaving any residue • Great way to freshen up that stale Sauna/ Steam Room RS81 Eucalyptus 1 litre. RS144 Citrus 1 litre. each.
RS49 Eucalyptus 5 litre. RS143 Citrus 5 litre. each.
LOVIBOND HOT TUB TEST KIT & TRAINING COURSE One kit with all you need to test compliant to HSG282 • Staff training and certification • Test logs and guidelines • Test for Free, Total and Combined Chlorine • Test for Bromine and Alkalinity Train Your Staff Online..! Online Taining Course Covers:• What is HSG282? • What to test for and why • Correct sampling Overview of pH, TDS, Chlorine & Bromine • How to use photometers, comparators & TDS pens • For full kit details see page 188 SE950 each.
Links...
Palintest Pooltest 4 Photometer See Page 183
MIRACLE CLEANING PADS
Environmentally friendly way to clean Spas & Pools • No need for detergent or bleach - chemical free, • Simply rub affected area to remove stubborn stains and marks SU2260 per pack of 24.
LAY-Z SPA TOOL SET
SU2260
Net & Brush can be handheld or attached to a Telescopic Pole (supplied separately see page 115) • 20cm net • 13cm curved brush • Scrubbing mitt SU2261 each.
SU2261
SPA WAND
Manual vacuuming system for spas. RS70 each.
CIMSPA USER GUIDE POSTERS All fully encapsulated. Size 45 x 60cm SE271 Spa Pool, SE272 Steam Room, SE273 Sauna, SE270 Sunbed, each.
Publications featuring expert advice on various Health and Fitness related topics. Chartered Institute for the Management of Sport and Physical Activity SportPark Loughborough University, 3 Oakwood Drive, Loughborough, Leicestershire LE11 3QF www.cimspa.co.uk
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
H E A LT H S U I T E
STEAM ROOM GENERATOR DESCALER
2020
S PA / S T E A M / S U N B E D
24 4
P244 Health RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:27 Page 1
P245 Health LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:31 Page 1
5 24
S PA / S T E A M / S U N B E D
iGOGGLES • Total UVA and UVB protection • Polished optical lens • FDA and compliant RS05
per 10 pairs.
2020
H E A LT H S U I T E
DEFLECTORS REEL Deflectors disposable eye protection offer a convenient and hygienic solution to conventional salon eye protection. Deflectors are comfortable, lightweight and easy to assemble and packaged 250 pairs per roll in an eye catching counter top dispenser. • No tan-lines or panda eyes • Hygienic & disposable • UVA & UVB Protection • Reflects heat & light • Clear visibility • Medical grade adhesive • Certified to EN 166, EN 170 & EN 60335-2-27 RS131 per 250.
ACTIVE SURFACE WIPES
Active Surface Wipes provide protection from 99.9% of germs including MRSA, E. coli and Salmonella delivering broad spectrum pathogen protection and long lasting biological cleanliness to surfaces in seconds. Active Surface Wipes are suitable for cleansing and sanitising all water safe surfaces including children’s play equipment, office furniture, food preparation areas and sports equipment. Large tub containing 200 wipes (200 x 200mm) SU784 each.
SHOWERHEAD PLUS DESCALER & BIOCIDE Shower Head Plus is a ready to use acid based descaling solution encompassing a proprietary biocide with proven efficacy against Legionella, a bacteria often found in showerheads. • Descales and sanitizes showerheads, plumbing fittings and sanitary ware in one operation • Supplied in liquid form SU1864 per 5 litres.
DISINFECTANT CLEANER 750ml • Bactericidal, virucidal and fungicidal cleaner for all areas requiring the highest standard of hygiene • Ready to use spray FA111 each.
Links...
SUNBED CLEANER 1 LITRE
A concentrated high efficiency sanitiser and cleanser specifically designed for use on sunbeds. Combines powerful surfactants and soil suspension aids with a bactericie in one application. RS23 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Plant Displays See Pages 237-240 Fans and Coolers See Page 527 Paper Towel Dispensers See Pages 227-230 Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
T R E AT M E N T R O O M
24 6
P246 Health RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:32 Page 1
REST ROOM LOW COUCH Standing only 400mm high, this is an ideal recovery couch for gyms, schools and offices alike. Also the perfect couch for heavy massage
H E A LT H S U I T E
• Epoxy coated square steel frame • Tilting head section • Built in couch roll dispenser • High quality padded vinyl upholstery • Size: (L)1830 x (W)600 x (H)400 mm • Weight: 14kg ❋SU1404 each.
HEAVY DUTY TREATMENT COUCH • Steel frame epoxy coated high gloss white • Adjustable back rest • 50mm upholstered tops with breather hole
2020
• Towel rail • Black upholstery • Dimensions: (L)1829 x (W)610 x (H)762 mm • Weight: 27 kg
SU811 each.
MODESTY SCREEN • Four fold screen • Panels 610mm wide • 41mm dia. castors • 19mm mild steel frame treated with iron phosphate rust inhibitor
• Finished in ivory covered epoxy resin powdercoat • Height 1730mm • Fully extended 2400mm FA18
each.
WYPALL COUCH ROLLS
From the Kimberly-Clark Professional Range featuring improved perforation strength, less glue and increased first sheet overlap for a more user friendly product • 76m x 51cm wide, 2-ply white • Perforated sheet size 38 x 51cm, 200 sheets per roll • Roll diameter 12.40cm including 4cm core SU1549 per 6.
ACTIVE TOUGH WIPES
Active Tough Wipes provide protection from 99.9% of germs including MRSA, E. coli and Salmonella. Each tough wipe delivers broad spectrum pathogen protection and long Links... lasting biological cleanliness to surfaces in seconds. More Wipes Small bucket containing 125 wipes (280 x 280mm). SU781 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
See Pages 265-266
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P247 Health LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:33 Page 1
7 24
T R E AT M E N T R O O M
H E A LT H S U I T E
COMFORTFLEX MASSAGE COUCH Popular choice for Spa professionals featuring luxurious upholstery and generous padding, folds for easy storage and transportation • Backrest adjustable to 10 positions • Face Cradle and Armrest included • Easy Access End Panels (both ends) • Extra comfort foam: 10cm (4") 'Therafoam' • Height adjustment: 66 - 81cm (26-32") • Length: 185cm (73") 213cm with head rest • Width: 69cm (27") • Weight: 17.5kg • Max load capacity: 818kg (1800lbs) • Max working weight: 205kg (450lbs) • Colours: Biscuit Beige or Latte • Lifetime warranty on frame ❋SU2255 each. Please specify colour with order, Latte or Biscuit Beige
Latte
Biscuit
2020
HELENA SPA COUCH Combining the immense strength and quality of Therafoam padding with comfort and aesthetics makes the Helena Spa Couch ideal for relaxation treatments, as well as therapies requiring both therapist and client on couch for sports massage and deep tissue work. Features: • Therafoam comfort padding • Luxury feel PU upholstery • Hydraulic powered lifting back rest • Hydraulic powered lifting knee rest • User-friendly, well-constructed beech wood frame • Exceptional height range • Includes face cradle frame, cushion, armrest and nape bolster • Removable side armrests • Handy under-couch storage shelf • Rounded corners • Non-slip feet Specification: • Weight: 50kg • Height Adjustment: 58 – 91cm • Dimensions: 184 x 71cm (215 x 101cm with face cradle) • Materials: Hardwood, 100mm Therafoam padding, PU vinyl • Working Weight: 205kgs (32 stone) • Face Cradle/Towel Holder Ports: Both ends • Colour: Biscuit Beige ❋SU2256 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
T R E AT M E N T R O O M
24 8
P248 Health RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:34 Page 1
White
Biscuit
Specification: • Weight: 64kg (140lb) • Height Adjustment: 44-99cm (17.3" to 39") • Dimensions: 180 x 71cm (215 x 101cm with face cradle) • Materials: Powder coated steel frame, 100mm Therafoam padding, PU vinyl • Working Weight: 205kg (450lbs) • Warranty: Lifetime on frame, 2 years upholstery and accessories • Ports for Face Cradle/Paper Towel Holder: Both ends • Upholstery Colours: Biscuit Beige or White ❋SU2257 each. Please specify colour with order, White or Biscuit Beige
DIVA SPA PRO ELECTRIC All the luxury and comfort of the Diva Prima with the added benefit of under-couch storage cabinet Features: • Fully electric • Hand held and foot pedal controls • 3 ultra-glide European motors • Lifting back and knee rest • 75mm Therafoam comfort padding • Luxurious, soft touch upholstery • Adjustable face cradle • Floating arm rest • Removable side arm rests • Head extension and nape bolster • Anti slip feet
White
Biscuit
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Specification: • Height Adjustment: 44 - 99cm • Weight: 64kg • Dimensions: 180 x 71cm (215 x 101cm with face cradle) • Materials: Powder coated steel frame, 75mm Therafoam padding, PU vinyl • Working Weight: 204kg (450lbs) • Warranty: 2 years • Ports for Face Cradle/Paper Towel Holder ❋SU2258 each. Please specify colour with order, White or Biscuit Beige
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
An incredibly flexible, multi-functioning couch, happily lends itself to any treatment Features: • Height easily adjusted via foot pedal • Back rest and knee lift electrically operated by hand-held control panel • Both motors are ‘ultra-glide, no-noise’ motors ensuring ambience/treatment is not interrupted • Exceptional height range • Includes face cradle frame, cushion, armrest and nape bolster • Removable side arm rests • Rounded corners
H E A LT H S U I T E
DIVA PRIMA ELECTRIC SPA TREATMENT COUCH
P249 Health LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:35 Page 1
9 24
T R E AT M E N T R O O M
UK and Europe’s favourite three section sports couch features great strength and exceptional build quality, to be found in numerous top sports clubs • Backrest adjustable to 10 positions • Weight: 14.5kg • Length: 185cm (213cm with optional face cradle) • Width: 63.5cm (25") • Height: Adjusts 62 – 82.5cm (24.4”-32.5”) • Foam: 5cm (2”) supportive Therafoam padding • Covering: Super soft SKIN-TOUCHTM luxurious PU upholstery • Frame: Aluminium Adjustable Height • Max. Working Weight: 205kg/450lbs/32st • Size folded: 92 x 64 x 21cm deep • Classification: Professional Level Please specify colour with order, Navy or White ❋SU2252 each.
2020
H E A LT H S U I T E
MARLIN THERAPY COUCH
VERSALITE TREATMENT COUCH Flat, two section version of the Marlin couch, the 63.5cm (25”) version is currently the lightest board mattress couch in the UK market making it very popular with mobile massage therapists • Weight: 11.5kg (63.5cm) - 14.5kg (70cm) • Length: 185cm (213cm with optional head rest) • Width: 63.5cm (25”) or 70cm (28") • Height: Adjusts 62cm-82.5cm (24.4"-32.5") • Foam: 5cm (2”) supportive Therafoam padding • Covering: Super soft SKIN-TOUCHTM luxurious PU upholstery • Frame: Aluminium Height Adjustable • Max. Working Weight: 205 kg/450lbs/32st • Size folded: 92 x 64 x 21cm deep • Classification: Professional Level • Colour: Navy 63.5cm (25”) ❋SU2253 each. 70cm (28”) ❋SU2254 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
T R E AT M E N T R O O M
25 0
P250 Health RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:37 Page 1
For those on a tighter budget, the Portable Flexible offers a great quality couch at a budget price, the compromise being weight at 2.3kg heavier • Weight: 16.8kg • Length: 185cm (215cm with optional extra head rest) • Width: 68.5cm (27”) • Height: Adjusts 66 to 81cm (26” to 32”) • Foam: 5cm (2”) multi-layered high density Therafoam • Covering: Super soft SKIN-TOUCHTM luxurious PU upholstery • Frame: Wooden Height Adjustable • Size folded: 92 x 69 x 21cm deep • Classification: Professional Level Slate Grey ❋SU2084 ❋SU2085 White each.
SU2084
H E A LT H S U I T E
AFFINITY PORTABLE FLEXIBLE TREATMENT COUCH
SU2085
An ergonomically designed saddle stool maintains correct posture • Smooth gas-lift adjustable height: 50 - 68cm (20" - 27") • Seat Size: 40 x 36cm • Foam Depth: 7cm ❋SU2259 each.
AFFINITY PAPER TOWEL HOLDER
Attaches to the end of any Affinity Treatment Couch and holds SU1549 Couch Rolls (see page 246) SU2090 each.
When ordering please specify colour, Black, White, Navy Blue, Biscuit Beige or Latte
AFFINITY BREATHE HOLE COVERS SU2091 per 100.
AFFINITY ROLLING STOOL Comfortable, easy to operate, gas height adjustable stool with smooth casters. kSU2089 Navy kSU2093 White each.
AFFINITY SIENNA FACE CRADLE COVERS Disposable covers for Sienna Couch and Affinity Upgrade Kit Face Cradles SU2092 per 100.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Navy
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SADDLE STOOL
P251 Maint LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:38 Page 1
1 25
CLEANING... FLOORS TRUVOX MULTIWASH
2020
MAINTENANCE
The best solution on the market for cleaning a wide range of flooring; ideal for poolside tiles, safety flooring and mats, changing rooms, outdoor paving and can even be used on carpet The chosen machine for the Royal Commonwealth Pool, co-host of the Commonwealth Games 2014. • Scrub and dry with one machine – no need to mop or vacuum the area • Effortlessly lifts dirt from grouting, textured safety flooring, tiles and other problem areas • Quiet for daytime cleaning, compact for hard to reach areas, removable tanks for easy cleaning • Ask about a free demonstration at your facility! kSU1326 Truvox Multiwash 240 each. kSU582 Truvox Multiwash 340 each. Technical Specification
SU1326
Voltage/Frequency Motor power Solution tank capacity Brush width Brush speed Sound pressure level Cable length Size Length Width Height (with handle) Weight empty Warranty
SU582
230v/50Hz 400w 1.2 ltr 24cm 650rpm 68dB(A) 12m
SU1326
230v/50Hz 600w 1.7 ltr 34cm 650rpm 69dB(A) 12m
SU582
37.8cm 34cm 111.8cm 20kg 1 year
37.8cm 44cm 111.8cm 23kg 1 year
TRUVOX MULTIWASH 340/PUMP BATTERY Battery powered multi-purpose floor cleaning machine that will wash, scrub and dry on both hard and soft floor coverings in a single pass. Ideal for cleaning during the day in schools, leisure centres, healthcare and environments where staff, patients and customers are present • Excellent cleaning results in just one pass • Simple to operate and manoeuvre • Extremely effective on “difficult” floors including: • Non-slip safety floors • Low pile carpets • Escalators and travelators • Entrance matting • No trailing cables minimising the risk of trips and slips • Continuous battery run time of up to 50 minutes • Leaves floors ready to walk on in minutes • Supplied with soft floor brushes • Hard bristle blue Model SU1705 brushes for hard floor Charging voltage AC/Freq. surfaces available 220-240v/50-60Hz see SU1706 below Battery voltage 24v kSU1705 each. Continous run time 50 minutes BLUE BRUSH Brush/cleaning width 34cm HARD BRISTLE Brush speed 400rpm • Suitable for hard floors Brush pressure 250g/cm2 SU1706 each. Productivity 930m2/hour Note: Two brushes required Solution tank capacity 4 ltr for each Multiwash. Sound pressure level 66dB(A) Size (LxWxH) 38x44x111cm Weight 22kg Warranty 1 year Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING... FLOORS
25 2
P252 Maint RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:39 Page 1
TRUVOX SOLARIS
Model Voltage/Frequency Charging voltage Run time Brush/cleaning width Drying width Brush pressure Brush speed Theoretical hourly working capacity Solution tank capacity Recovery tank capacity Brush motor rating Vacuum motor rating Air flow Waterlift Sound pressure level Handle vibration Size (LxWxH) Size (height handle folded) Weight (with batteries) Weight (without batteries) Weight (GVW) Warranty
Cordless battery scrubber dryer for safer daytime cleaning in your busiest and wettest areas • The innovative alternative to a mains powered machine, maximum manoeuvrability for cleaning in your most populated areas • Maintenance free gel batteries with approx. 90-120 minutes run time; charger is integrated for your convenience • The OBS works on a variety of floor types; including concrete, marble, tiles, stone, vinyl and more kSU1330 £2392.50 each.
REPLACEMENT BRUSH STANDARD BLACK SU1628
each.
SAFETY FLOOR CLEANER • Solvent free • Cleans and
degreases SU2106 5 litre per 2.
FLOOR GEL 5L • Buffs to bright shine • Will not affect
polished floors SU2107 5 litre per 2.
O N EE S ORR D DEE R R LL II N S PRICES GUARANTEED GUARANTEED TO TO FEB PRICES FEB 28th 29th 2021 2020
SU1330 220-240v/50-60Hz 24v 80 minutes 38cm 45cm 35g/cm2 130rpm 1100m2/hour 17 ltr 26 ltr 260w 250w 28 ltr/sec 71cm (28”) 65dB(A) <2.5m/s2 90x40x110cm 90x40x75cm 62kg 43kg 76kg 1 year
WET LOOK FLOOR POLISH • Long lasting shine and protection
• Slip resistant surface
• Suitable for
most hard floors SU2109 5 litre per 2.
Tel: 542777 Tel: 01788 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk Online: JPLennard.com E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
TRUVOX ORBIS BATTERY SCRUBBER DRYER c/w BRUSH
MAINTENANCE
Save time with this heavy duty scrubber dryer for larger surface areas, ideal for any hard floors from pool tiles to exercise studios • High pressure cylinder brush for visibly cleaner floors • Compact machine with twin 15 litre tanks for maximum productivity • Clean up to 500 m2 per hour and eliminate the need for mopping and vacuuming kSU1498 Technical Specification SU1498 each. Voltage/Frequency 230v/50Hz Motor power 400w Productivity rate 1200m2/h Solution tank capacity 15 ltr Brush width 40cm Brush speed 750rpm Brush pressure 30g/cm2 Drying width 51cm Sound pressure level 70dB(A) Handle vibration < 2.5m/s2 Cable length 15m Size Length 75cm Width 50cm Height (with handle) 109cm Weight empty 37kg Warranty 1 year
P253 Maint LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:40 Page 1
3 25
CLEANING... GENERAL
MAINTENANCE
A commercial compact tub vacuum offering great performance and excellent manoeuvrability. Compact, dry tub vacuum ideal for multi commercial leisure and education facilities with an A energy rating… • Features a 3-stage filtration, including a HEPA 13 filter, providing a high filtration of all particles 0.3 microns and larger • Light and manoeuvrable weighs only 6kg • Tidy cable wrap storage to prevent tangling • 11.5 litre capacity for high productivity, inclusive of HEPA 13 fleece bag • Quick and easy to replace cord replacement system • Crevice and brush tools stored at rear for easy accessibility in use SU2262 each.
2020
VTVe
Model Valet Battery Upright Voltage 100-240v Frequency 50/60Hz Battery voltage 43.8v Runtime 60 mins Charge time 2.5 hrs Construction class II (charger) Motor Rating 312w Vacuum 12 kPa Productivity rate 265 m2/h Airflow 26 ltr/sec Capacity 7 ltr Filtration HEPA 13 media bag Brush width Brush speed Noise level Size (lxwxh) Weight
Model VTVe Voltage 220-240v Construction class ll Protection class 20 IP Vacuum motor power 800w Vacuum 24.8 kPa Productivity rate 232 m2/h Airflow rate 30.5 ltr/sec Filtration H13 Capacity 11.5 ltr Sound presure level 65 dB(A) Sound power level 72 dB(A) Size (lxwxh) 34x33x37cm Weight 6kg Hose length 2m Cable length 12m Warranty 1 year
TRUVOX VALET BATTERY UPRIGHT VAC
29cm 3000 rpm 71 dB(A) DUST BAGS FOR VALET 32x27x103cm BATTERY UPRIGHT 5.5kg SU2075 pack of 10.
TRUVOX VALET AQUA WET/DRY VAC
Robust and high performance commercial upright vacuum cleaner with ‘quick-draw’ tools. Ideal for use in healthcare, education, leisure and general office facilities. • This battery powered upright vacuum is lightweight, powerful and provides 60+ minutes of runtime • Weighs only 5kg, with a HEPA bag included • Battery level indicator lets you know when the machine needs re-charging • Excellent vacuum performance • 20 litre Capacity and compact size make it ideal for smaller jobs • Swivel hose connector allows the vacuum to be moved without fear of disconnection kSU2074 each.
Model Valet Aqua 20HD Voltage 230v Frequency 50/60Hz Motor Rating 1200w No. of motors 1 Protection class IPx4 Capacity 20 ltr Hose length 2m Airflow 54 ltr/sec Vacuum 24.9 kPa 2540mm/wg Noise level 85 dB (A) Cable length 8m Size (lxwxh) 36x39x49cm Weight 10.4kg
Maintain a safer working environment with this commercial standard wet/dry vacuum • Compact tub style on castors for maximum mobility • 20 litre capacity • Supplied complete with full tool set SU1200 each. NOTE: Not suitable for use in wet/humid environments. NOTE: Not for use on pool (chlorine) water or any liquid that contains a corrosive element. Please see Multiwash or Solaris Models.
DUST BAGS FOR VALET TUB • For previous Valet Tub Vac customers • Pack of 10 SU665
per 10.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING... FLOORS
25 4
P254 Maint RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:41 Page 1
A cost effective range of single disc rotaries, offering exceptional handling and productivity for cleaning and polishing hard floors. Ideal on poolside, in changing rooms or any surface with anti-slip tiles • Ergonomic design for operator comfort and ease of use • Low vibration levels mean greater user comfort on long cleaning shifts • High pad/brush pressure for effective cleaning • Optional solution tank for wet scrubbing • Comprehensive range of accessories to suit all cleaning needs • Pre-assembled with the handle and inclusive of a drive board, saving both time and cost • Requires SU654, SU2063 or SU657 brushes, see accessories below • Available in 200 rpm, 400 rpm and Duo dual speed • 17 inch (43 cm) • High productivity through 1100 W motor
MAINTENANCE
TRUVOX ORBIS ECO
Folding handle for easy storage
Large rear wheels make it easy to transport the machine
V/Hz W m2/h rpm g/cm2 cm dB(A)
kSU2064 Orbis eco 200 43cm 230v/50Hz 1100w 475 190 22 43 53
cm cm cm kg m
62cm 43m 121cm 32kg 15m
Techical Specification Model Voltage AC (-) Frequency Motor power Productivity rate Pad/brush speed Pad/Brush pressure Pad/brush diameter Sound pressure level Dimensions Length Width Height (with handle) Weight Cable length Warranty Price
each.
kSU2065 Orbis eco 400 43cm 230v/50Hz 1100w 475 380 22 43 53
•
kSU2066 Orbis eco Duo 43cm 230v/50Hz 1100w 475 190/380 22 43 53
62cm 62cm 43m 43m 121cm 121cm 32kg 40kg 15m 15m 2 Years subject to conditions each.
each.
Note: All require SU654, SU2063 or SU657 brushes below
ORBIS ECO ACCESSORIES
43cm Polypropylene Scrubbing Brush (200) SU654 each. 43cm Polypropylene Scrubbing Brush (400/Duo) SU2063 each. Palmyra Floor Brush (dry use only, general purpose polishing) SU658 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
43cm Bassine Polishing Brush (wet or dry use) SU657 each. Carpet Shampoo Brush (200 & Duo) SU656 each. Solution Tank SU660 each. Anti-splash Skirt SU661 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
•
P255 Maint LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:44 Page 1
2020
MAINTENANCE
5 25
CLEANING... FLOORS
microfibre wet mops, dry mops and dusters ALUMINIUM FRAME FOR QUICK-CONNECT HANDLES
SU1018 Quick-Connect Frame 40cm. each. SU1020 Quick-Connect Frame 90cm. each.
durable, nylon universal joint with 1800 articulation
rounded plastic end caps
• Optimum blend of microfibre and
• Wet mop with unique flip over non-
MICROFIBRE WET MOPS
WET MOP with SCRUBBER 40cm
polyester • Efficient removing of dust, dirt and bacteria from almost any hard surface SU1021 Wet Mop 40cm. each.
QUICK-CONNECT HANDLES SU1016 Quick-Connect Handle 147cm. each. SU1017 Quick-Connect Telescopic Handle 115-186cm. each.
scratch scrubber flap
• Convenient and time-saving: no need
for extra tool or bending over to get rid of stubborn spots or heel marks SU1022 each.
use your foot to flip over the non-scratch scrubber flap and rub
twisted loop mop
Note: SU1025 will attach to SU1016 & SU1017 Quick-Connect Handles or SE740 Telescopic Handle 5m (see page 277).
SU1025
SU1027
• 51cm flexible dusting
FLEXIBLE DUSTER wand is delivered with one microfibre sleeve • Holds dust plus other irritating allergens from high and hard- to-reach places • Removable sleeves for laundering or replacement • The wand is cushioned with a binding for easy sleeve attachment/ removal SU1028 each.
MICROFIBRE SLEEVE ONLY
DRY MOPS • Available in 2 sizes: 40 and 90cm
• 100% microfibre,
8mm high-pile surface
• 90cm has a foam liner SU1025 40cm each. SU1027 90cm each.
SU1029 each.
soft edges protect the sleeve from tearing inside
SU1017
SU1020 SU1027
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
13mm high pile microfibre Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING... FLOORS
25 6
P256 Maint RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:45 Page 1
The perfect solution for spot cleaning and small areas cleaning. Incudes one Trigger Handle with Fluid Reservoir and one 40cm Aluminium Frame. With this advanced microfibre mop system - the new Rubbermaid Pulse™ you can clean more square feet in less time. Industry-best microfibre, on-board reservoir, and user-controlled release of solution adds up to cleaner floors that are finished faster, easier, and more effectively. • Red ergonomic trigger handle dispenses three streams of cleaning solution with each press • Lightweight construction - weighs only 1.8 kg (4 lbs) when fully loaded with solution • High-capacity refillable reservoir holds 0.6 ltr (21 floz) of solution to clean up to 80m2 (860 sq ft) of floor space • Reservoir windows allow easy monitoring of fluid level u id e th e in fo g • 40cm (16") Quick-Connect Frame included C h e c k o u t C le a n in g a t • Requires SE732 Pad or SU1021/SU1022 Wet Mops, please order separately / fo r P u ls e aidpulse.eu SE731 each. ww.rubberm
http://w
MAINTENANCE
RUBBERMAID PULSE™ MOPPING KIT
Clean Connect Cap
40cm Aluminium Frame included. Requires SE732 Pad, or SU1021/SU1022 Wet Mops.
SE731
On-Board Fluid Reservoir
High capacity refillable reservoir holds 0.6ltr of solution to clean up to 80m2 of floor space. Reservoir windows allow easy monitoring of fluid level. On-board fluid reservoir considerably improves aesthetics.
2020
Quick- Connect System
SE731 SE732
• Optimum blend of microfibre and
MICROFIBRE WET MOP 40cm polyester
• Efficient removing of dust, dirt
and bacteria from almost any hard surface SU1021 each.
WET MOP with SCRUBBER 40cm
• Wet mop with unique flip over non-
scratch scrubber flap • Convenient and time-saving: no need for extra tool or bending over to get rid of stubborn spots or heel marks SU1022 each.
SE732
MICROFIBRE 40cm HIGH ABSORBENCY PAD
SU1022
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Picks up over 24 oz of liquid. Unique Dense 3 - 5 micrometer quality fibre removes more dust, dirt and microbes than conventional cleaning products. Patent Pending Zig-Zag design packs 17% more split microfibre into each mop. Withstands more than 500 launderings, 200 with bleach. Proven to clean floors 45% better than string mops, 25% better than conventional microfibre SE732 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P257 Maint LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:52 Page 1
7 25
CLEANING... FLOORS
MAINTENANCE
MOP BUCKET BLUE 2 GALLON
Tough polypropylene mop bucket with easy clip on/off sieve and durable carry handle. SE914 each.
WET MOP HEAD
SE321 200g Pure yarn each. SE303 150cm Aluminium Handle for mops each.
SE323
SE517
BIOKRYL PLUS WET MOP HEAD • Made from bacterial and
SE321
MOP BUCKET
14 Litre plastic mop bucket and rose SE323 each.
2020
ALUMINIUM HANDLE 150cm (Illustrated above)
fungal growth inhibiting material • For use in hygienically sensitive areas SE517 each.
MICROBAN ANTI-MICROBIAL KENTUCKY MOP HEAD
Use with SE321, SE428, SE482 and SE517 mops. SE303 each.
450g Anti-microbial compound SE482 each.
Note: SE428 SE482 also require Mop Holder below.
PLASTIC MOP HOLDER
For use with SE428 and SE482 mops. SE522 each.
WYPALL® X50 CLEANING CLOTH • 250 x 425mm • Pack of 50 folded
KENTUCKY WET MOP HEAD
SU1413
450g Looped cotton yarn. SE428 each.
per pack.
MICROFIBRE CLEANING CLOTH • 380 x 380mm • Pack of 10
ABRASIVE FLOOR PADS SE432 Floor Pad Gripper Swivel Socket For use with SE303 Aluminium Handle. Pad gripper with all-round swivel action socket. each. SE433 Floor Pad Gripper Hand Held Pad gripper for hand use. each. SE434 Medium Abrasive Pad Green 120 x 255mm green pad for dewaxing and scrubbing heavily soiled floors. each. SE435 Minimum Abrasive Pad White 120 x 255mm white pad for polishing. each.
SU1412
per pack.
Links...
Wet Spills See Page 116, 260 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
of public areas
• Wringer can be used with
Kentucky or Traditional Mops • Dirty water bucket separates dirty from clean water • C/w caddy for storing cleaning supplies and an accessory bucket for waste collection or extra storage • Unit can carry 2 safety signs SU1337 each.
SU555
CUBO BRAVO MOP TROLLEY • 26 litre bucket with side
pressure wringer • Smooth, non-porus surface prevents bacterial growth • Wide stance, low centre of gravity for stability, easy movement over uneven floor surface • Torsion Spring for up to 25,000 cycles for long product life • Non-marking castors SE438 each.
ULTRA HYGIENIC BUCKET 12 LITRE • Embossed graduations for perfect measuring ideal for mixing cleaning chemicals • Moulded spout for targeted pouring • Manufactured to withstand industrial use - made from FDA approved materials • Hand grip at base of bucket enables easy pouring • Optional SU1334 wall bracket (see below) - hang upside down to dry out • Optional SE901 hinged lid (see below) SE840 each.
each.
Image shows trolley with SE731 Pulse Mop Go to page 256 and SE483 Wet Floor Sign - page 260 (both sold separately).
SOLID PLASTIC TRAY TIDY • 400 x 300mm SU1409 each.
PLASTIC BUCKET
White XL bucket with metal handle. Shatter resistant with reinforced base and metric/imperial markings to aid mixing. Size: 42cm x 38cm (H x D) Capacity: 30 litres (6.6 gallon). SE911 each.
BUCKET BLACK PLASTIC SE840
New..!
Strong bucket with metal handle with metric/imperial markings to aid mixing. Capacity: 14 litres (3 gallons) SE855 each.
SE911
BUCKET BLUE PLASTIC
UHB HINGED LID ONLY For Ultra Hygienic Bucket SE901 each.
SE901
New..!
WALL BRACKET
For Ultra Hygiene Bucket SU1334 each.
Strong bucket with metal handle and roll top. Capacity: 9 litres (2 gallons) SE516 each.
SE855
SU1334
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SE516
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
MAINTENANCE
CLEANING TROLLEY 2000 • Polypropylene construction • 2 rigid castors - 2 swivel castors • 117 x 55 x 98cm • Complete with yellow vinyl bag
WAVEBREAK DOWN PRESS COMBO CLEANING SYSTEM • Reduces splashing for safer cleaning
2020
CLEANING ... FLOORS
25 8
P258 Maint RH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:59 Page 1
P259 Maint LH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 16:00 Page 1
9 25
CLEANING... FLOORS
2020
MAINTENANCE
Avoid Accidents... The COSHH regulations and Health and Safety at Work Act specify that when dealing with hazardous spills “Established Emergency Procedures” should be in practice. Selecting the appropriate warning cone from the range offered will aid in meeting these legal requirements, and fulfilling Environmental Audits and Risk Assessment Programmes.
TITAN™ EXPANDER BARRIER • Expanding barrier easy to use and transport
• Flexible width up to 3m single • Multiple barriers can be connected
for more expansive coverage Dimensions: Open: up to 3m Closed: L 550 x H 1000 x D 600mm Weight: 10.5kg. Colour: Yellow/Black SU1379 each.
CLOSED FOR CLEANING HANGING SIGN
A defence against slip-and-fall injuries • Torsion action to secure pole (max extension 109cm) • Durable materials for long product life • Soft, pliable sign for ease of use and storage • Multi-lingual “Closed for cleaning” warning message (English, Spanish and French). SU1036 each.
WORKGATE SYSTEM 4 • Robust mini barrier system • 4 gates each with reflective top panel • Gates linked together with clip on hinges • Folds easily for quick deployment • Lightweight for easy storage and handling
PORTABLE MOBILE BARRIER • 4 Metres long with 16 articulating panels
• Two 12 cm non-marking wheels for quick deployment
• ANSI* approved colour and graphics • Comes ready-assembled • Lightweight - 15kg
Panel dimensions: 840 x 1000mm high SU1239 each.
WORKGATE BASE
Optional, improves stability for straighter layouts SU1240 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Links...
More Cones... See Page 439 Health Suite
Maint.
Dimensions: Open: up to 4m long Closed: 101.6 x 60 x 33cm ❋SU1034 each. Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING... FLOORS
26 0
P260 Maint RH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 16:02 Page 1
MINDER
2020
MAINTENANCE
For use in all public places, Leisure Centres, Health and Fitness Clubs, Swimming Pools, Hotels, Hospitals, Schools, Universities etc. Features: • Stand alone or link together • Fold away stand • Very light and robust • Stacks flat for easy storage • Lightweight but practically unbreakable • Bright yellow colour for high impact • Size 1030mm x 780mm x 26mm • Weight 2.5kg Six messages are supplied with each Minder Caution - Out of Service Caution - Wet Floor Temporarily Closed Danger - Keep Out Cleaning in Progress Caution - Work Area SU1633 each.
CAUTION WET FLOOR SIGNS
Two and four sided, freestanding signs. 670mm high SE371 each. 940mm high SE483 each.
SE371
SE483
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
WARNING CONES • 50cm PVC Caution Cones • One piece PVC self weighted and easily stacked
Caution Slippery Surface SE572 Caution Floor Cleaning in Progress SE573 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P261 Maint LH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 16:04 Page 1
1 26
CLEANING... FLOORS LOBBY DUSTPAN
292mm wide dustpan with 940mm tall handle. SU341 each.
MAINTENANCE
SCAVENGER YARD BRUSH 13” c/w HANDLE
Red PVC flat top stiff yard broom with 54” x 11⁄8” threaded wooden handle SU1127 each.
SU1127
TALL BRUSH
915mm tall brush for use with lobby dustpan. SU296 each.
PLATFORM BROOM HEADS • 610 x 54mm wood platform, no thread
• Bassine or Natural Coco fill • Require SU1617 handle
SU1615 Medium Bassine each. SU1616 Soft Natural Coco each. SU1617 Handle Wood 1372mm No Thread each.
SU1615
SU1616
BANISTER BRUSH
Soft 317mm wide, 57mm long trim crimped polyester. SU164 each.
SU165
2020
DUSTPAN PLASTIC Enclosed style dustpan. SU165 each.
SU164
‘V’ SCISSOR MOP FRAME ONLY
1320mm long chrome finish handles and blue plastic fitting. 960mm long chrome finish frames (without sweeper heads). SU162 each.
SU1617
‘V’ SCISSOR MOP SWEEPER HEADS ONLY
White cotton sweeper heads for polishing, complete with clips. SU163 pair.
JUMBO DUSTPAN WITH STIFF BANISTER BRUSH
SU297 SU162
Size: 410 x 330mm (16” x 13”) SU2034 each.
LITTER PICKER 990mm Long SU297 each.
RANGER LITTER PICKER • 870mm with curved handle for ease of use SU1411
each.
BAG HOOP
Brilliantly simple, insert bin liner and use with Litter Picker for easy litter collection or attach to SU1334 Wall Bracket for a low cost back of house or one off event litter bin. SU1333 each.
COB WEB BRUSH
Soft PVC twisted-in-wire cobweb brush for use with SE740 telescopic handle, (see page 277). SU166 each.
BAG HOOP WALL BRACKET For use with SU1333 Bag Hoop. SU1334 each.
SU1334
SU163
SU1333 SU1411
Links...
Entrance Mats... See Page 527 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING... GENERAL
26 2
P262 Maint RH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 16:06 Page 1
ADDGARDS WET WIPE STATION
MAINTENANCE
A unique and innovative design to house antibacterial wipes. Ideal for staff or gym users to wipe down CV or strength equipment, mats, balls etc. The dispenser is weighted, free standing with an integral bin for used wipes • Size: 330mm Ø x 1200mm high • Dispenser and integral bin made from polyethylene • Note: Wipes must be purchased separately (SU1544 or SU2157) SU1543 Green SU1629 Black each.
ADDGUARDS WET WIPE ROLLS • Eliminate 99.9% of all bacteria and germs • Suitable for hands and all surfaces
2020
Large Station Wipes Box of 3 rolls x 1000 wipes, size: 200 x 200mm Megatex Regular SU1544 per 3 rolls. Crepe Biodegradable SU2157 per 3 rolls. Mini Station Wipes Box of 6 rolls x 500 wipes, size: 150 x 200mm Megatex Regular SU2155 per 6 rolls. Crepe Biodegradable SU2156 per 6 rolls.
ADDGUARDS MINI WET WIPE STATION New portable Mini Wet Wipe Station easily slides in and out of bracket to use wherever required • Wall mounted or Desktop dispenser • Versatile – carry to wherever required • Rubber grommets at base for stability • Silicone insert – one pull, one wipe • Holds refill roll of 500 Anti Bacterial wipes 150 x 200mm (SU2155 or SU2156) • New 100% Biodegradable wipes now available Green SU2153 Black SU2154 each.
SURFACE CLEANING
Make Technical Concepts foaming surface cleaner available in your gyms and changing rooms, and your clients can use it to ensure whatever they touch really is clean and hygienic. Sanitizer Dispenser 400ml • Manual spray operation • Dispense hard surface sanitizer onto paper towel (see page 222) to wipe down surfaces such as Baby Changing Tables, Gym Equipment etc • Size: 180 x 135 x 120mm SU1273 each. Safe Touch Hard Surface Sanitizer Refill • 400ml pouch • Sold in pack of 12 SU1274 per 12. Sanitizer ‘Please Spray . . .’ Sign • Designed to encourage customer use of sanitizer • Size: 300 x 220 x 3mm SU1275 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P263 Maint LH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 16:08 Page 1
3 26
CLEANING... GENERAL
MAINTENANCE
The bacteria or virus microbe lands on the treated surface (Skin, Clothing, Gym Mat, etc)
It is then pulled onto the Clean FReek molecular layer by strong electrostatic forces
U NI
2020
Boxing gloves treated with ‘Clean FReek’
T N O C S
D E
The bacteria or virus microbe is then pierced, opening up the cell and can no longer exist
The best analogy is “a glove completely covered in tiny spikes’
ID
TERMINATOR CF1000 Our day to day antibacterial spray for multi surface cleaning. Leisure Centre and Gym friendly! Cleans and sanitises weights, cardio and resistance machines as well as all functional equipment. • Antiviral and Antibacterial • 99.99% kill rate • Terminate Germs • Cleans and Sanitises • Tantalizing Lemon Zest • British Standards EN1276 & EN14476
750ml SU1962 each. 5 litre SU1963 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING NILAQUA PRO FLOOR CLEANER 5 LITRE
A powerful antibacterial floor cleaner tested to EN1275 which covers all major bacteria • Suitable for all hard surfaces including, Vinyl, Terrazzo, Altro, Tiles, Rubber etc. • Features a buffering agent and leaves a pleasant lemon scent • Dilution rate is 1:100 making it very cost effective and Eco-friendly SU2232 per 5 litre.
2020
An advanced bacterial non tainting solution, Alcohol and Fragrance free, created for all types of surfaces leaving them Bacteria free for up to 30 days • Suitable for toilets, gyms, kitchens and reception areas • Kills up to 99.9999% of germs within 30 seconds including MRSA, E Coli, Norovirus, NDM1, C-Diff, Listeria, Salmonella, Legionella & more • Vegan and Halal friendly, tested food safe & cruelty free SU2228 per 5 litre. SU2229 per 500ml Spray.
MAINTENANCE
NILAQUA ANTIMICROBIAL SURFACE CLEANER
26 4
P264 Maint RH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:53 Page 1
NILAQUA ANTIMICROBIAL SURFACE WIPES As Nilaqua Surface Cleaner but with a 7-day barrier against Bacteria • Available in tub of 200 and refill • Wipe size: 200 x 200mm Tub 200 SU2230 each. Refill 200 SU2231 each.
SANITISER ‘PLEASE SPRAY…’ SIGN • Encourages customer use of sanitiser • Size: 300 x 220 x 3mm SU1275 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P265 Maint LH 2020.qxp 30/06/2021 14:58 Page 1
MAINTENANCE
5 26
CLEANING... GENERAL
Quill Prep Wipes are part of the Quill International Group, which have been supplying cleaning products to the global industrial market for over 25 years. Our dedicated team of chemists have designed and developed a range of wipes containing specific biocides carefully chosen to combat the dirt and germs commonly found in the sports and leisure markets.
ACTIVE GYM WIPES REFILL
Active Gym Wipes provide protection from 99.9% of germs including Community Acquired MRSA, E. coli and Salmonella delivering broad spectrum pathogen protection and long lasting biological cleanliness to surfaces in seconds. Active Gym Wipes are suitable for every day use by gym members to cleanse and sanitise all water safe surfaces including gym apparatus, sports equipment and changing areas. • Refill pack containing 200 wipes (140 x 111mm) • For use with SU779 Wall Mounted Dispenser detailed below SU780 each.
ACTIVE GYM WIPES DISPENSER ONLY • For use with refill pack SU780 detailed above
SU779
each.
2020
Note: Wipes NOT included, please order separately.
ACTIVE TOUGH WIPES
Active Tough Wipes provide protection from 99.9% of germs including MRSA, E. coli and Salmonella. Each tough wipe delivers broad spectrum pathogen protection and long lasting biological cleanliness to surfaces in seconds. Active Tough Wipes are suitable for cleansing and sanitising all water safe surfaces including children’s play equipment, office furniture, food preparation areas and sports equipment. Small bucket containing 125 wipes (280 x 280mm) SU781 each.
ACTIVE SURFACE WIPES
Active Surface Wipes provide protection from 99.9% of germs including MRSA, E. coli and Salmonella delivering broad spectrum pathogen protection and long lasting biological cleanliness to surfaces in seconds. Active Surface Wipes are suitable for cleansing and sanitising all water safe surfaces including children’s play equipment, office furniture, food preparation areas and sports equipment. Large tub containing 200 wipes (200 x 200mm) SU784 each.
ACTIVE BATHROOM WIPES REFILL
Active Bathroom Wipes provide protection from 99.9% of germs including MRSA, E. coli and Salmonella. Each biodegradable, flushable wipe delivers broad spectrum pathogen protection and long lasting biological cleanliness to surfaces in seconds. Active Bathroom Wipes are suitable for cleansing and sanitising all water safe surfaces including sinks, baths, toilets and toilet seats. • Refill pack containing 200 wipes • For use with SU785 Wall Mounted Dispenser detailed below SU786 each.
ACTIVE BATHROOM WIPES DISPENSER
For use with SU786 Active Bathroom Wipes detailed above. SU785 each. Note: Wipes NOT included, please order separately. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING... GENERAL
26 6
P266 Maint RH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:01 Page 1
Clostridium difficile and Norovirus
• For use in changing rooms, gyms, cubicles, lockers and wash room areas
• Protects surfaces from mould and eliminates odours • Exceeds European Standards, fragrance free, non-hazardous and non-corrosive Supernova Surface Sanitising Spray 1 Litre SU1253 each.
Supernova Tough Surface Wipes • Tub contains 280mm x 280mm x 125 blue wipes SU1164 each.
Links...
Wypall Paper Towel Dispenser See Page 230
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Supernova Textured Surface Wipes • Abrasive wipe makes it ideal for use on heavily contaminated surfaces and equipment • Tub contains 300mm x 300mm x 100 abrasive wipes SU1165 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SUPERNOVA SURFACE SANITISING • Kills 99.9% of spores, bacteria, fungi and viruses • Effective against Community Acquired MRSA,
MAINTENANCE
®
SUPERNOVA ... Professional germ protection for you and your customers Supernova is a revolutionary ultra low alcohol, hand and surface germ protection system used by healthcare professionals within the NHS. Supernova germ protection is now available to the leisure industry where the need for good standards of hygiene is more paramount than ever. Supernova is ideal for use on all water safe surfaces in gyms, studios, changing areas, treatment suites, spa’s and health clubs
P267 Maint LH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:34 Page 1
7 26
CLEANING... GENERAL
EcoTech (Europe) Limited are one of Europe’s largest manufacturers of cleaning solutions, including cleaning cloths, impregnated wipes and trigger spray chemicals.
ECOCLENZ DISPENSER ONLY • Hard wearing 100% ABS material designed for the
convenient dispensing of disinfectant wipes or toilet rolls
2020
• Ideal for use in washrooms, gymnasiums, kitchens and all other areas where easy access and disinfection of hard surfaces are required • Lockable unit for public use or quick release catch for staff use • Supplied with fitting instructions and all fittings • Refills code SU1739 SU1738 each. Note: Refill not included.
CATERING
S OF
IP ES
W
D TE A GN
OF IMPRE
O TH S
AC TU RE RS
ER TO R
HEALTHCARE
. F NU MA
Our entire range has been carefully built up over many years to ensure that our customers have a range of cleaning products available to them that ALL meet with the high standards expected in today’s market.
NV CO
MAINTENANCE
Total cleaning solutions
N VE NON-WO
CL
HAND AND SURFACE WIPES ALCOHOL FREE REFILL ONLY • For Ecoclenz Dispenser SU1738 • Developed and clinically tested for the effective disinfection of ALL hard surfaces • Formulation remains active on the wiped surface for 30 days, enhancing infection control procedures • Effective against E-coli, salmonella, C-diff and Tuberculosis • Ideal for use in Halal establishments due to the alcohol free factor • Tested to BS EN13727, BS EN1276 & BS EN1438 • Sheet size: 12.5 x 20cm • Pack of 1000 SU1739 each.
JANOTORIAL
TOILET ROLLS 2 PLY
Commercial toilet roll made to fit a wide range of dispensers including our SU1738 Centre Feed Dispenser • Size: 9cm x 150lm • Pack of 12 SU1817 per pack of 12.
ENCLOSED TOILET BRUSH & HOLDER Curved toilet brush, durable Polyester fill, rust proof stainless steel staples, with enclosed holder. 385 x 142mm Ø SU2035 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
SURFACE DISINFECTANT WIPES 500 QUAT FREE • Designed for the disinfection of all hard surfaces including worktops, door handles, sanitary ware, stainless steel etc. and for use on surfaces where food will come into contact • Tested to BS EN1276 & BS EN14476 • Kills 99.9% of all bacteria including E-coli, Salmonella, Listeria, P. Aeruginosa, MRSA, H1N1(influenza A), HIV and Hepatitis B-C • Sheet size: 20 x 20cm • Pack of 500 SU1740 each. MED
CAT
JAN
HEALTHCARE
CATERING
JANOTORIAL
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
INDUSTRIAL HAND WIPES
PAINT AND GRAFFITI WIPES
For the effective removal of ground-in oil, grease, silicone, paint from hands, tools and equipment • Anti-Bacterial, contains Aloe Vera for clean and soft hands after use • Size: 30 x 25cm • 150 wipes per tub SU1815 per 150.
For the effective removal of paint over-spray, permanent marker, ink and general graffiti from non-porous surfaces including polycarbonates • Size: 30 x 25cm • 150 wipes per tub SU1816 per 150.
STAINLESS STEEL POLISH 300ML High-shine producing polish, suitable for removing stains, tarnishing, oxidation and discoloration from Stainless Steel and other metals
CENTRE PULL DISPENSER • Supplied c/w screws and rawplugs • Size: 22.5 W x 23 L x 36cm H • Unlocked using plastic "key" SU1819 each.
2020
DIRECTIONS FOR USE: Apply using a soft, clean cloth in a thin film and burnish immediately. Not to be used on decorative silver or gold coated surfaces SU2233 each.
MICROFIBRE CLEANING CLOTHS
Ideal for use with SU2233 polish • 380 x 380mm • Pack of 10 SU1412 per pack.
ENVIROWIPE FOLDED (COMPOSTABLE CLOTH) • 100% natural fibre will fully compost in normal landfill conditions • Absorbs up to 10 times its own weight • Machine washable several times • Sheet size: 50 x 36cm • Pack of 25 SU1743 per 25.
ENVIROLITE PLUS FOLDED • A semi durable anti-bacterial all-purpose cleaning cloth with very good wet and dry strength
• Ideal as a dry cloth for polishing • Sheet size: 50 x 36cm • Pack of 50
MAXI ROLLS 2 PLY Top quality multifunctional paper towel for use in many areas e.g. drying off, mopping up, cleaning or polishing. Each roll has a removable centre core to enable dispensing from the middle via Wall Mountable SU1819, SU711 or SU1811 Floor Standing Roll Dispenser • Size: 19.5cm x 150lm • Pack of 6 SU1818 per 6.
SU1742 per 50.
MED
CAT
HEALTHCARE
CATERING
JAN
ORDERLINES
JANOTORIAL
PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
MAINTENANCE
CLEANING... GENERAL
26 8
P268 Maint RH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:36 Page 1
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P269 Maint LH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:38 Page 1
9 26
CLEANING... GENERAL
MAINTENANCE
Mirius… Super professional range of cleaning and hygiene products
BLEACH
Thick 750ml SU2094 per 12. Thick 5 litre SU2095 per 4. Thin 5 litre SU2096 per 3.
TOILET CLEANER LEMON FRAGRANCE 750ml SU2098 per 12.
WASHROOM CLEANER 750ml SU2100 per 6.
DISINFECTANT PINE 5 litre SU2097 per 4.
2020
HEAVY DUTY TOILET DESCALER 750ml SU2099 per 12.
GENERAL PURPOSE SANITISER • Kills 99.99% of MULTI-PURPOSE CLEANER WITH BLEACH • Kills 99.99% of germs including MRSA
• Removes stains • Lifts grease and grime quickly
germs including MRSA • Food safe SU2103 750ml per 6. SU2104 5 litre per 2.
SU2105 5 litre per 2.
SAFETY FLOOR CLEANER • Solvent free • Cleans and degreases SU2106 5 litre per 2.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
FLOOR GEL 5L • Buffs to bright shine • Will not affect polished floors
SU2107 5 litre per 2.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
WET LOOK FLOOR POLISH • Long lasting shine/protection • Slip resistant surface • Suitable for most
hard floors SU2109 5 litre per 2.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ODOUR NEUTRALIZER GEL
A complex formula utilising essential oils to neutralize a large array of organic and non-organic odours. SUREAIR Neutralizer Gel DOES NOT MASK ODOURS it neutralizes them. Use it for 30 minutes in combination with the Neutrabreeze Fan and bad odours will be neutralized… 1 litre Lemon SU2276 Cotton Fresh SU2277 each. 5 litre Lemon SU2278 Cotton Fresh SU2279 each.
ZN PRO ODOUR NEUTRALIZER GEL
As above with added Zinc Ricinoleate makes it the best Odour Neutralizer on the market...! Light sea breeze fragrance 1 litre SU2280 each. 5 litre SU2281 each
ODOUR NEUTRALIZER LIQUID 1 LITRE
NEUTRABREEZE FAN
POWERBLAST AIR FRESHENER AEROSOL 500ml
Ideal for cleaners to use whilst freshening up an area, the fan clips directly on top of either the 1 or 5 Litre GEL containers creating an airflow that increases the performance of the odour neutralizing gels and quietly fills the room with fragrance whilst neutralizing bad odours. Mains powered, economical to run. SU2284 each.
SUREAIR Liquids are designed to complement the Gel or they can be used separately in a spray bottle. With Gel products use the liquid as a rejuvenator, simply stir it in to replenish a fully or part used gel unit. Or, the odour neutralizing properties can be used in a spray bottle, add the liquid to a spray bottle and use in affected areas. Lemon SU2282 Cotton Fresh SU2283 each.
A sonic boom of fragrance is the best way to describe these aerosols, a 1 second blast fills a room with a lingering essence as and when needed. Laundry Day Blast SU2285 Water Melon Blast SU2286 Cherry Blast SU2287 each.
TRIGGER SPRAY 600ml
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Supplied empty for use with concentrates… Odour Neutralizer Liquid SU2282 and SU2283. SU2115 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
MAINTENANCE
SUREAIR professional range of products are designed to remove bad odours from gyms, changing rooms, toilets, pet areas and anywhere unwanted smells present themselves, whether a quick blast or a permanent background solution SUREAIR has a product for you…
2020
CLEANING... GENERAL
27 0
P270 Maint RH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:40 Page 1
P271 Maint LH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:41 Page 1
MULTI-CLEAN Kills 99.9% Bacteria
Use Daily
A powerful multi purpose sanitising cleaner, with a long lasting fragrance.
Multi-Clean can be used everywhere, on anything. Gym equipment, poolside, rubber matting, showers, changing rooms, spinning bikes, glass and mirrors, carpets and upholstery. The list is endless.
Showers
As Multi-Clean contains a fragrance, the only place it is not for use is in the kitchen. Safe to use poolside without effecting the pH balance of the pool water.
s
Poolside Area
SU1728 Liquid 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre. SU1748 1 litre Trigger Spray per 12.
nt
Gym equipme
POOLSAFE DUAL ACTION Descales & Cleans Tiles & Metals
Use Weekly
Tiled floors /
Removes poolside scale, scum, body fats and calcium without effecting the pH balance of the pool water. Poolsafe Dual Action has a pleasant fragrance, leaving areas fresh and brilliantly clean.
Poolsafe Dual Action is for use in Showers, Washrooms, Changing rooms, Steam rooms, Hot tubs and Spas. Anywhere there is a build up of scale or scum.
oms
Changing ro
Poolsafe Dual Action Gel is also available for difficult vertical surfaces and scum lines. Ideal for use on rubber flooring, shower heads, taps and pool covers.
a Pool side are
SU1533 Liquid 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre. SU1534 Gel 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre. aunas
eam rooms/S
Showers / St
DEEP CLEAN Tile Restorer
Use Monthly
2020
MAINTENANCE
1 27
CLEANING... GENERAL
This highly impressive product is recommended for initial deep cleaning and 3 monthly thereafter without the need for pool closure.
Deep Clean has been specifically designed to remove heavy duty rust, scale, scum, calcium and body fats from tiles and grout in all areas
Rust stains
Eliminates stubborn rust stains and restores the original anti-slip properties of the tiles. Safe to use in all wet areas and pool surrounds without effecting the pH balance of the pool water. Deep Clean Gel is available for use on vertical and challenging surfaces, scum lines, rubber flooring and pool covers.
a
Pool side are
Warning! Do not use on stainless steel or chrome. SU1535 Liquid 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre. SU1536 Gel 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P272 Maint RH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:43 Page 1
27 2
CLEANING... GENERAL
SHOWER SAFE
MOULD & MILDEW REMOVER
A quick and easy to used method of removing scale that harbours bacteria. Keeps showers and taps flowing freely as well as complying with HSE “L8” for control of legionella.
Cleans rubber flooring, safer surfaces, outdoor pool surrounds and patios.
An effective shower head descaler and disinfectant that kills bacteria including legionalla.
One treatment can last up to 3 months. SU1727 Liquid 5 litre per 2 x 5 litre.
Eliminates mould, mildew and algae. A powerful multipurpose cleaning gel. Ideal for showers, washrooms and toilets. SU1540 5 litre per 2 x 5 litre. SU1541 1 litre Trigger Spray per 12.
Before
Showers
After
ing
descaler
2020
Rubber floor
Showers head
Patio’s
DRAIN FREE
STEAM & SAUNA CLEANER & DEODOURISER
Dissolves hair, grease, soap scum, body fat and all other organic matter.
The easiest product you will ever use, simply spray Steam and Sauna cleaner and deodouriser on all benches, walls and floors at the end of each day and leave the product to work it’s magic. When you return the next day all odours and bodyfats will have disappeared. No need for wiping or rinsing.
A powerful caustic liquid drain cleaner that prevents costly blockages and destroys odours. Maintains drains, pipework, sinks, toilets/urinals and shower channels. Saves on expensive drain contractor costs.
Regular dosing programmes prevents the inconvenience of blockages, eliminates odours and keeps drains and pipework running freely.
An enzyme product that completely destroys body odours in saunas and steam rooms and gym mats.
SU1729 Liquid 5 litre per 2 x 5 litre. ts
Sinks / Toile
s
Steam room
No need to remove the traps to use Drain Free. Harmless to pipes, rubber and plastics.
MAINTENANCE
Specialised cleaning products for the Leisure industry...
Shower traps
/ Internal
SU1542 1 litre per 4 x 1 litre.
Sauna
Urinals
Tiled floors /
Heavy scale
WARNING! Do not use on stainless steel or chrome.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P273 Maint LH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:44 Page 1
3 27
CLEANING... GENERAL
MAINTENANCE
Specialised cleaning products for the Leisure industry... VERSATILE WASHROOM CLEANER & LIMESCALE REMOVER
CLEAN ALL
A powerful multi-purpose surface and floor cleaner, that cuts through grease, grime and body fats.
Quickly and efficiently dissolves unsightly and unhygienic scale.
Clean All has a powerful degreasing action suitable for cleaning walls, floors, glass, rubber, plastic, concrete and metal surfaces.
Cleans and descales tiles and grouting, metal and pipes, showerheads, toilets, taps, basins and hand dryers.
Removes grease, grime, oil, mildew, black scuff marks, ink and other stubborn stains.
SU1550 5 litre per 4 x 5 litre.
Clean All is a must have product that really does clean everything, everywhere!!
om Hotel Bathro
SU1537 Liquid 5 litre per 2 x 5 litre.
Tiled floors /
Sports Club
oms
Changing ro
Shower
Floors / walls
/ glass
After
2020
Before
s Work surface
ODOUR & STAIN ELIMINATOR
An enzyme product that plays a vital role within your cleaning routines. Completely destroys body odours, in saunas, steam rooms, gyms, sunbeds, showers, toilet areas and changing rooms. Odour & Stain Eliminator does the work for you, when eliminating odours. Simply spray on fabrics, carpets, floors, gym equipment and leave, no need for wiping or rinsing. Excellent for preventing gym pads from splitting. Completely removes urine, sweat, soiling, fats, cooking oils, wine, milk and most soft drinks by digesting proteins. Regular use will keep kitchen grease traps and pipes clear and odour free. SU1538 Liquid 5 litre per 2 x 5 litre.
PRISTINE DESCALING FLUID
Removes limescale and rust from showerheads, pipework, washing machines, dishwashers, kettles, glass washers, drinking fountains and taps. The perfect solution for dissolving unsightly limescale and rust from metals. A phosphoric acid that is non-fuming, non-toxic and taint free.
Safe to use on all kitchen appliances.
Safe to use on plastics. SU1539 5 litre per 2 x 5 litre.
s
Shower head
ent
Gym equipm
tains
Drinking foun
s / Saunas
Steam room
hines / Washing mac Dishwashers
Sunbeds
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
LEISURE BRIGHT 5 LITRE • Bactericidal alkaline cleaner for leisure centres and swimming pools • Removes body fat, light grease, oil, food fat, wax and acrylic polishes • Cleans and disinfects floors, walls, tiles, machinery and hand rails • Contains no fragrance so ideal for cleaning and disinfecting use in kitchen areas SU201 each.
ACIDIC BACTERIAL CLEANER DEODORISER • Cleans, disinfects, deodorises, removes lime scale, body fats and soap build up
• For use on toilets, wash basins, baths, showers, urinals, ceramic tiles, plastic, stainless steel and chrome
• Leaves a fresh malodour neutralising fragrance • Effective against athletes foot making it ideal for leisure,
sports and swimming clubs SU672 5 Litre Concentrate each. SU1101 750ml Diluted Ready to Use Trigger Spray
each.
HIGHLY PERFUMED GERMICIDAL CLEANER • Neutral pH germicidal cleaner deodoriser contains a safe solvent to remove grease and soil from all types of hard surface
• For use in changing rooms, gyms, cubicles, lockers, washroom areas and all public areas • Leaves surfaces cleaned and disinfected with a long lasting malodour neutralising fragrance • Passes British disinfectant standard BS6471 against E-Coli at a dilution 1-49
SU673 5 Litre Concentrate each. SU1102 750ml Diluted Ready to Use Trigger Spray
each.
GREENCLEAR 5 LITRE • Effectively controls algae, fungi and mould growth • Use on outdoor walkways, decking, around hot tubs, hard surfaces
2020
and any outside area where unsightly algae creates a slip hazard or diminishes the look of your facility. • Use pro-actively to reduce maintenance costs, 5 litres will treat 250m3 SU1753 per 2 x 5 litres
HEAVY DUTY THICKENED DESCALER 1 LITRE • Highly active cleaner, descaler and deodoriser • Contains 18% phosphoric acid making it suitable for both stainless steel and porcelain
• A thickened liquid which clings to vertical surfaces, allowing longer contact time to descale and remove the most stubborn stains
• Contains a corrosive inhibitor for added protection
SU788
each.
EQUIP CLEANSE 750ml • Multi-purpose neutral pH cleaner,
AROMASAN AIR & FABRIC FRESHENER • Ready to use bactericidal air & fabric freshener • Orange floral fragrance • 750ml spray
SU936
each.
DISINFECTANT CLEANER 750ml • Bactericidal, viricidal and fungicidal cleaner for all areas requiring the highest standard of hygiene • Ready to use spray FA111 each.
MAINTENANCE
CLEANING... GENERAL
27 4
P274 Maint RH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:45 Page 1
disinfectant, malodour neutraliser cleaner and air freshener for all kinds of footwear, headgear, body gear and safety equipment • Contains a modern and safe biocide to prevent cross-infection and effectively eliminate malodours • The biocide is registered as a drug for use against athletes foot • Ready to use spray SU766 each.
WINDOW, GLASS AND STAINLESS STEEL CLEANER 750ml • For the non-smear, streak free cleaning of
windows, glass, mirrors, stainless steel, chrome, plastics, aluminium, TV and VDU screens and surrounds, ceramic and glazed tiles • Ready to use spray SU787 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P275 Maint LH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:48 Page 1
MAINTENANCE
5 27
CLEANING... GENERAL
Outstanding winning performances have been achieved with Gard products... Gard range of products formulated for the Leisure Industry • Altra Gard is used for the fast and effortless removal of daily grime that takes
ALTRA GARD - SAFETY FLOOR CLEANER hold on ‘Anti Slip’ floor surfaces
• For use on all varieties of anti slip floor coverings including tiles • Use diluted up to four parts water • Applied via a mop and bucket, initial light agitation may be required if extremely soiled. Alternatively use via floor scrubbing machine if available
• Altra Gard gets to work immediately on contact SU1848 5 Litre. per 4 x 5 Litres.
• Degree is a superior ‘Pool Safe Body Fat Remover and Sanitiser’ • Will not affect pH or TDS readings • Use in Showers, Saunas, Jacuzzi’s, Scum Line, Deck Level Grids and Pool Side Areas • Dilute with up to four parts water • Apply via a mop and bucket or Spray and Wipe • Makes the task effortlessly simple
2020
DEGREE - SHOWER AND POOL CLEANER
SU1849 5 Litre. per 4 x 5 Litres.
• Jayloo is a powerful cleaner for the removal of uric acid build up that will break
JAYLOO - URIC ACID REMOVER
down the unsightly deposits and eradicate the source of malodors created by uric acid build up • Used on toilet floors for a periodic deep clean and daily on urinals and toilet bowls will transform your toilet areas and raise hygiene standards • Jayloo can be diluted up to 4 parts water and used on most floor covering and tiles • Not for use on stainless steel or polished tiles and marble SU1851 5 Litre. per 4 x 5 Litres.
• Drain Gard is formulated to replace acid type drain cleaners • Produces no heat or smell and is safe on pipes, rubber and plastics • Used as a corrective measure and preventative treatment • Dissolves hair, soaps, fats and grease • Economical in use
DRAIN GARD - CONCENTRATED DRAIN CLEANER
SU1850 1 Litre per 12 x 1 Litre.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLEANING... GENERAL
27 6
P276 Maint RH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:49 Page 1
A unique technologically advanced cleaner replaces commonly used, hazardous acid cleaners such as hydrochloric (HCL), phosphoric, citric etc. to remove limescale and restore colour • Use across variety of areas - tiles, poolside, changing room, showers, sauna etc • Non-corrosive to skin • Non-fuming • Pleasant odour • User and environmentally friendly • Will not affect pH or TDS readings • Safe on metals/glass SU2264 5 Litre per 4 x 5 Litre.
• QTC Tile Cleaner developed for the fast removal of moderate
QTC - TILE CLEANER / RESTORER Calcium/Limescale build up
• Apply via a mop and bucket, agitate if necessary then mop and rinse off with clean water
MAINTENANCE
TC10 - TILE CLEANER / RESTORER
• QTC gets to work instantly on contact making the job effortless • QTC can be diluted up to four parts water following your deep clean • QTC is safe to use on all anti slip floor coverings • Not for use on stainless steel or polished tiles and marble
2020
SU1853 5 Litre per 4 x 5 Litre.
• Scalex is a powerful Limescale and Rust Remover to be used where
SCALEX - LIMESCALE REMOVER
limescale has built up over a long period of time
• For use on changing room floors and poolside deck areas • Apply via a mop and bucket agitate where necessary then mop and water rinse off with clean
• Scalex gets to work instantly on contact making the job effortless • Scalex can be diluted up to four parts water following your deep clean • Scalex is safe to use on all anti slip floor coverings and tiles • Not for use on stainless steel or polished tiles and marble SU1854 5 Litre per 4 x 5 Litre.
• Polyclean is developed for use on plastic, metal and laminate surfaces • Very low odour and ideal for changing room doors / toilet cubicles • Applied by a clean cloth and wipe clean • Economical in use Tip, Crayon, Grease, and most paints Lipstick • Removes Ink, Felt
POLYCLEAN - GRAFFITI REMOVER (PLASTIC SAFE)
SU1852 5 Litre per 4 x 5 Litre.
Follow us social media
@GardChemicals
We offer direct support to assist you in making the correct choice for your own facility. Feel free to contact us in order that we can help. Please note all products required will be supplied byJPLennard.
sales@gardchemicals.com 01924 403550
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P277 Maint LH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:51 Page 1
7 27
CLEANING... WINDOWS
2020
MAINTENANCE
PRO-WIND OW PRO-WINDO PROFESSIONAL WINDOW CLEANING SYSTEM
PRO-WINDOW products set new standards in ergonomics and innovation and provide you with the latest generation of professional glass cleaning tools The system consists of a T-bar scrubber with a microfibre sleeve, a handle with two different size squeegee blades and telescopic poles that fit both the T-bar and the squeegee. The handles on the squeegee and scraper T-Bar are created with a non-slip, bi-component ergonomic grip that fits perfectly into a user’s hand. When it comes to understanding the needs of the user, HBC’s new PRO-WINDOW Soft Rubber provides streak-free performance, better glide and superior results. HBC telescopic poles allow you to work at heights up to 5 metres, while standing firmly on the ground. This avoids the use of ladders and increases the safety levels in and around your workplace.
• New standards in ergonomics and innovation • Exceptional dirt pick up • Easy rinsing • Glides smoothly across the glass without leaving streaks • Smart-lock technology for lightweight telescopic handles • Easy-Spring technology allows for practical replacement of the channel or rubber
SE740
SE735
T-BAR 350MM each.
SE734
SLEEVE 350MM each.
SE735
SE734
TELESCOPIC HANDLE 5M each.
SE740
COB WEB BRUSH
Soft PVC twisted-in-wire cobweb brush for use with SE740 telescopic handle. SU166 each.
PLASTIC BUCKET 22 LITRE SE313
each.
WINDOW, GLASS & STAINLESS STEEL CLEANER • For non-smear, streak free cleaning • 750ml ready to use spray
SU787
each.
Links...
Flexible Wand See Page 255 SQUEEGEE HANDLE ONLY each.
SE736
CHANNEL C/W RUBBER 350MM Attach to belt for hands free holstering of window cleaning squeegees for safer manoeuvrability SE797 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
each.
SE737
HOLSTER FOR SQUEEGEE
Health Suite
Maint.
CHANNEL C/W RUBBER 450MM
Links...
SE738
More Squeegees See Page 116 Fitness
Sports
each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FIXTURES/FITTINGS SITE BOX 360ml
MAINTENANCE
Comprises: Toolbox, brush set, blow out pump, FIS AM applicator gun, 5 static mixer nozzles SE682 each.
27 8
P278 Maint RH 2020.qxp 01/07/2021 15:56 Page 1
INJECTION RESIN CARTRIDGE 360ml
Great underwater performance, use this expansion free heavy duty resin to safely anchor Holdfast Fixings or any Sockets to most substrates including concrete, masonry or natural stone. Once opened can be sealed and reused, just change the mixing nozzle. Curing range -15˚c to +40˚c. SE683 each.
APPLICATION GUN Use with SE683. SE684 each.
MIXING NOZZLE
Use with SE683. SE685 each.
SDS-PLUS HAMMER DRILL BIT 18 x 210mm
2020
For use with SDS drill, use to drill 18 x 90mm for SE408 holdfast. SE686 each.
Stainless Steel Eyebolts screwed into Stainless Steel Holdfasts provide the ideal anchorage for pool lanes.
EYEBOLT M10
10mmØ thread, 20mm thread length. SE29 each.
HOLDFASTS Narrow Overall size: 90 x 16mm, Thread size: 30 x 10mm. SE408 each. Standard Overall size: 100 x 25/30mm, Thread size: 90 x 10mm. SE30 each. Spring Loaded As SE30 with addition of spring loaded cover covering the hole when bolt not in position. SE687 each.
STAINLESS STEEL A4 WING SCREW
M10 x 30mm c/w washer • Alternative fixing for ease of use with M10 holdfasts SE831 each.
STAINLESS STEEL A4 SET SCREW
M10 x 30mm c/w washer • For use with M10 holdfasts SE290 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
AQUA EPOXY STICK • 2 part epoxy repair
putty - hand kneadable for easy mix • Can be applied underwater • 20-30 minutes hardening time • Functional cure after 60 minutes • Repairs many surfaces such as fibreglass, stone, glass, ceramics, metals, wood and many plastics • Once fully cured it can be drilled, tapped, machined, ground, sanded and painted • 175 x 22mmØ • 113g stick SE376 each.
STAINLESS STEEL POLISH 300ML High-shine producing polish, suitable for removing stains, tarnishing, oxidation and discoloration from Stainless Steel and other metals DIRECTIONS FOR USE: Apply using a soft, clean cloth in a thin film and burnish immediately. NOT TO BE USED ON DECORATIVE SILVER OR GOLD COATED SURFACES SU2233 each.
MICROFIBRE CLEANING CLOTHS
Ideal for use with SU2233 polish • 380 x 380mm • Pack of 10 SU1412 per pack.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P279 Maint LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 08:56 Page 1
9 27
F L O O R M A R K I N G / S E G R E G AT I O N TITAN™ EXPANDER BARRIER • Expanding barrier easy to use
2020
MAINTENANCE
and transport
• Flexible width up to 3m single • Multiple barriers can be connected
for more expansive coverage Dimensions: Open: up to 3m Closed: L 550 x H 1000 x D 600mm Weight: 10.5kg Colour: Yellow/Black SU1379 each.
MINDER
For use in all public places, Leisure Centres, Health and Fitness Clubs, Swimming Pools, Hotels, Hospitals, Schools, Universities etc. Features: • Stand alone or link together • Fold away stand • Very light and robust • Stacks flat for easy storage • Lightweight but practically unbreakable • Bright yellow colour for high impact • Size 1030mm x 780mm x 26mm • Weight 2.5kg Six messages are supplied with each Minder Caution - Out of Service Caution - Wet Floor Temporarily Closed Danger - Keep Out Cleaning in Progress Caution - Work Area SU1633 each.
PORTABLE MOBILE BARRIER • 4 Metres long with 16 articulating panels • Two 12 cm non-marking wheels for quick deployment
• Lightweight - 15kg • ANSI* approved colour and graphics
• Comes ready-assembled
WORKGATE SYSTEM 4 • Robust mini barrier system • 4 gates each with reflective top panel • Gates linked together with clip on hinges • Folds easily for quick deployment • Lightweight for easy storage and handling
Dimensions: Open: up to 4m long Closed: 101.6 x 60 x 33cm ❋SU1034 each.
Panel dimensions: 840 x 1000mm high SU1239 each.
WORKGATE BASE
Optional, improves stability for straighter layouts SU1240 each.
Links...
Marker Cones... See Page 424 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
F L O O R M A R K I N G / S E G R E G AT I O N
28 0
P280 Maint RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 08:58 Page 1
Permanent 750ml • Provides a hard wearing, fast drying permanent line • For use on wood, grass, tarmac, concrete and composite surfaces • CFC free aerosol • Can be used internally and externally
FOUR WHEEL APPLICATOR
SU680 White SU681 Yellow SU1139 Red SU1140 Blue SU1141 Green SU1142 Orange SU1143 Black each.
Specifically designed to create professional quality straight lines. SU727 each.
Temporary 750ml • Touch dry in five minutes • Paint can be removed with water and a brush • Paint will weather away within 4-6 weeks
2020
SU682 White SU683 Yellow SU1144 Red SU1145 Blue SU1146 Green SU1147 Orange each.
HANDHELD APPLICATOR SU1151
MAINTENANCE
LINE MARKING PAINT
each.
BARRIER POSTS BASES - CHAINLINK • Ideal barrier systems for • • •
sports and leisure centres especially in wet or humid conditions PVC posts Plastic chainlink Recycled PVC Base
Standard Posts and Bases Post: 910mm high x 50mmØ Base: 350mmØ Recycled PVC Weight 3kg SE343 Yellow Post, Black Base SE344 White Post, Black Base each.
SE343
Plastic Chainlink SE275 Red/White SE345 Black/Yellow SE915 Green per 25 metres.
SE344
ZEBRA TAPES • Non-adhesive,
diagonally striped tape
• Attach to marker posts
to section off hazardous areas. SU482 Red/White 100m roll. each. SU483 Black/Yellow 500m roll. each.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Floor Marking Tape... See Page 440
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P281 Maint LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 09:00 Page 1
1 28
F L O O R M A R K I N G / S E G R E G AT I O N
MAINTENANCE
RETRACTABLE BELT BARRIERS A temporary, easy to handle retractable belt barrier system, suitable for cordoning-off areas quickly and smartly. Two designs – freestanding post/base or/and wall mount unit, can be used together i.e. Wall mount out to a post.
SE3930
SE394
Post and Base • Suitable for most indoor environments • Post screws into Base enabling flat storage • Post: Stainless Steel grade 302 with Black Powder Coated finish • Base: Concrete filled Galvanised Steel c/w Black Plastic Cover and floor protector • Overall Height 1015mm (40”) • Retractable Blue Belt 51 x 2600mm (2” x 40”) SE3930 each.
• Easily installed or removed • Retractable blue webbing 51 x 2600mm (2” x 40”) Wall Mount
SE394 New..!
each.
SE894
BARRIER POST POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL WITH RETRACTABLE BLUE BELT • As SE3930 above but Polished Steel finish SE894 New..!
each.
2020
REMOVABLE STAINLESS STEEL POST C/W RETRACTABLE BELT Ideal for permanent or semi-permanent queue systems. The socket is set into the floor and the stanchion is fitted with an insert that slides into the socket. A cap fits flush with the socket flange for safe closure when the stanchion is removed. • Polished Stainless Steel grade: 302 • Post overall height 1015mm (40”) • Post diameter 50mm (2”) • Retractable Blue Belt 51mm width x 2600mm length (2” x 40”) SU1822 each. SU1822
SU1823
RETRACTABLE BELT WALL RECEIVER CLIP • For wall attachment of Retractable Belts SU1823
each.
New range..!
FREE-STANDING STANCHION POSTS • Suitable for most indoor environments • Post screws into Base enabling flat storage • Post: Polished Stainless Steel grade 302 • Base: Concrete filled Galvanised Steel c/w Cover and floor protector
• Overall Height 990mm (39”) SU1824
SU1824
SU1825
each.
PREMIUM STANCHION ROPE BLACK • Braided rope 38mm ø x 1.8m • Supplied with one SU1826 hook at each end SU1825
each.
SLIDE SNAP END HOOK • Polished Chrome 38mm ø (1½”) • Attaches to Premium Stanchion Ropes SU1826
each.
WALL HOOK • For Premium Stanchion Ropes SU1827
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SU1826
SU1827
each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
An attractive range of durable metal litter bins to suit most locations. Manufactured from stainless steel or zinc treated steel, polyester powder coated for toughness and long lasting use. SWIVEL TOP STAINLESS STEEL 51 Litre • All stainless steel • Galvanised liner included
Size: 360mmø x 720mm high. SU571 each.
SWIVEL TOP BINS
• Powder coated Zintex steel body • Stainless steel swivel flap and rim • Galvanised metal liner included SU1095 120 Litre Size: 450mmø x 785mm high each.
MAINTENANCE
LITTER BINS
28 2
P282 Maint RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 09:01 Page 1
SU1095
SU571
SU198
LITTER BIN 60 Litre • Powder coated Zintex steel body •
and top Optional liner
Size: 360mmø x 720mm high. SU572 each. SU573 Galvanised Liner 60 Litre • For SU572 bin each.
LITTER BIN 37 Litre
Medium capacity bin for public areas.
• Two litter openings • Powder coated Zintex steel body • Galvanised metal liner included
Size: 360mmø x 720mm high. SU224
each.
SU1094
LITTER BIN 60 Litre SU224
SU572
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Larger version of SU224 with three litter openings.
Size: 450mmø x 785mm high. SU1094 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SU198 51 Litre Size: 360ø x 720mm high each.
P283 Maint LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 09:12 Page 1
3 28
LITTER BINS
SILENT CLOSE PEDAL BINS • Soft closure and super-light pedal operation • Odour proof closure • Easy to clean – removable inner bucket • Non-slip base – protects the floor and keeps the bin steady • Easy to move around – smart grip in lid hinge • Inner bucket has special ventilation openings - prevents vacuum when removing the full bin liner - easy to change
• Sample pack of Brabantia PerfectFit Bags enclosed – easy to fit without ugly overwrap
OPEN TOP BIN • 60 litre capacity • Brilliant Steel finish with ABS plastic lid • Extra-large opening prevents spills • Ideal for large amounts of waste • Protective bottom ring - prevents damage to the floor • PerfectFit Brabantia Bags with tie-tape available
(code H - see opposite) – easy to fit without ugly overwrap SU2144 each. PerfectFit Bag size H, SU2772, order separately.
12 litre White 250mm Ø x 395mm high FA115 each. 12 litre Brilliant Steel 250mm Ø x 395mm high SU940 each. PerfectFit Bag size X, SU2293, order separately.
2020
MAINTENANCE
Looking for sturdy, stylish waste bins? Open top..? Push top..? Foot pedal..? PerfectFit liners, tailored precisely to fit..? Find and order your ideal waste bin from our Brabantia collection…
30 litre Brilliant Steel 293mm Ø x 679mm high SU2265 each. PerfectFit Bag size O, SU2770, order separately.
PUSH TOP BIN • 60 litre capacity • Brilliant Steel finish • Silent closing – dampened lid • Large opening for easy waste disposal without spilling • Ideal for large amounts of waste • Protective bottom ring - prevents damage to the floor • PerfectFit Brabantia Bags with tie-tape available (code H) –
easy to fit without ugly overwrap SU860 each. PerfectFit Bag size H, SU2772, order separately.
CONICAL WASTE PAPER BINS • 11 litre capacity • Brilliant Steel finish • Smart top - keeps most contents discretely covered • Removable top rim - easy for fixing the bin liner • Plastic protective bottom ring - prevents damage to the floor • PerfectFit Brabantia Bags with tie-tape available (code C) –
easy to fit without ugly overwrap SU941 pair. PerfectFit Bag size X, SU2293, order separately.
PERFECT FIT BIN LINERS • Size X, 10/12 litre, 20 waste bags SU2293
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
pack of 20.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
LITTER BINS
28 4
P284 Maint RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 09:16 Page 1
Bo Bins - designed to add style to any front of house reception area. Bo Bins add function to their design with their large capacity and space efficient design. Flat back allows you to place Bo Bins snugly against a wall, PerfectFit bin liners are precisely tailored to fit...
with the lightest touch
• Space efficient - it fits closely to the wall or conveniently in a corner
• Easy waste disposal without spilling – large opening • Ideal for larger chores - lid stays open • XL inner bucket – large enough for a busy area • Cradle to Cradle Certified - Bronze level. • Easy to clean - removable plastic inner bucket. • Easy to move around – sturdy grips • Sample pack of Brabantia PerfectFit Bags enclosed –
easy to fit without ugly overwrap Size: Depth 312mm, Width 545mm Height: 656mm (917mm lid open) Capacity: 60 litres Colour: Black Steel SU2268 each.
BO PEDAL BIN 36 Litre • Soft closure and super-light pedal operation • Ideal for large chores, stay open lid • Easy to replace liners • Easy to clean - removable inner bucket • Space efficient - fits closely in a corner or flat against the wall
• Non-slip base - protects the floor and keeps the bin steady • Easy waste disposal without spilling - large opening • Sample pack of Brabantia PerfectFit Bags enclosed easy to fit without ugly overwrap
• XL inner bucket - room enough for busy area
Size: Depth 365mm, Width 540mm, Height 440mm Capacity: 36 litres Colour: White SU2269 each. PerfectFit Bag size R, SU2771, order separately.
PerfectFit Bag size O, SU2770, order separately.
PERFECTFIT BAG DISPENSER PACKS PerfectFit - precisely tailored to Brabantia waste bins
• Easy to close and carry - with integrated tie-tape • Easy to use dispenser pack • Unique colour code on packaging matches colour code in waste bins.
• Made of extra-strong quality plastic (HDPE).
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Size X, 10-12 litre Pack of 20 bags SU2293 each. Size O, 30 litre Pack of 40 bags SU2270 each. Size R, 36 litre Pack of 10 bags SU2271 each. Size H, 50-60 litre Pack of 10 bags SU2272 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
BO TOUCH BIN 2 x 30 Litre • 2 x 30 litre inserts for waste management • 'Soft-Touch' opening and closing system - opens silently
MAINTENANCE
BRABANTIA BO BINS, WASTE IN STYLE…
P285 Maint LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 09:20 Page 1
5 28
LITTER BINS RUBBERMAID® BIG WHEELER CONTAINER
MAINTENANCE
Use for storage or waste control • Polypropylene mobile unit • Retractable castors save space when not in use • Hinged lid for easy emptying Capacity: 75kg or 100 litres. Size: 530 x 510 x 850mm high. SU391 each.
DUSTBIN c/w CLASP LID • 540ø x 660mm high • Polypropylene • Blue only SU1138
each.
PLASTIC LITTER BIN • 50 litre capacity • Ideal for wet/humid
2020
environments SU1123 each.
KIMBERLY-CLARK PROFESSIONAL WASHROOM WASTE BIN • Chute style lid for easy dispensing
of waste without the need to touch the bin • Easy to clean with no dirt traps • ABS impact resistant plastic • Can be wall mounted or free standing • 43 litre capacity • Supplied in pairs SU1635 per pair.
RUBBERMAID® STEP-ON CONTAINER • Impact resistant polyethylene - 100% rust free • Heavy-duty pedal assembly for durable and quiet operation • Hygiene “hands-free” operations, avoids direct contact • Overlapping lid reduces spread of odours Capacity 30 litres. Size 413 x 400 x 435mm high. SU382 each.
RUBBERMAID POLYETHYLENE WASTE BIN 39 LITRE • Durable, will not rust, chip or peel • Size: 390 x 280 x 500mm high • Optional swing top to keep
waste out of site SU1290 each.
RUBBERMAID SWING TOP ONLY • Optional for SU1290 above
• Keeps waste out of site • Size: 400 x 290 x 180mm high
SU1291
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
each.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
LITTER BINS
28 6
P286 Maint RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 09:39 Page 1
SUPERTUFF LITTER BINS
MAINTENANCE
Tough, hard wearing bins offering long lasting and reliable service. Produced from a tough polyethylene plastic material SuperTuff litter bins incorporate a watertight base, a lid and a rigid inner plastic liner helping to keep any contents contained and unaffected by outside elements. Round • 510 ø x 960mm high SU1856 Green SU1857 Blue each.
2020
Square • 375 x 375 x 870mm high SU1858 Green SU1859 Blue each.
BAG HOOP
Brilliantly simple, insert bin liner and use with Litter Picker (see below) for easy litter collection or attach to SU1334 Wall Bracket for a low cost back of house or one off event litter bin. SU1333 £7.28 each.
BAG HOOP WALL BRACKET For use with SU1333 Bag Hoop. SU1334 each.
OUTDOOR PLASTIC LITTER BIN • Size: 457mmØ x 965mm high
• Capacity - 84 litres • Three litter openings • Includes galvanised liner
• Colour: Dark Green
SU859 each.
ECONOMY LITTER PICKER
Size: 990mm Long SU297 each.
RANGER LITTER PICKER • Lightweight tough and durable • Ergonomic curved handle • Reflective arms improve safety Size: 870mm Long SU1411 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P287 Maint LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 09:45 Page 1
7 28
LITTER BINS Image shows 3 bins - Lids sold separately
2020
MAINTENANCE
SLIM JIM RECYCLING CONTAINERS 60 Litre Slim-line bins for tight spaces
SU1282 Slim Jim Bins • Moulded handles Size: 590 x 280 x 630mm each.
SU1283 Bottle Lid Green SU1284 Paper Lid Blue SU1285 Handle Lid Grey each.
SLIM JIM BIN BLACK 87L • As SU1282 but with venting channels
making bag removal over 60% easier, NO SUCTION! • Bin liner cinches - no need to tie knots in liners • Moulded grips for ease of handling SU1338 each.
SLIM JIM CUP AND STACK SYSTEM • Use ONLY with SU1338 • 6 x more capacity than a traditional
bin makes the perfect solution for waste in your drinks vending area • Pictograms communicate use • Lift lid to empty, cups remain in poly liner SU1339 each.
SLIM JIM SWING LID • Hands free swing lid, conceals waste from view
• For use with all
Slim Jim containers SU1340 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
LITTER BINS Size: 235mm Ø x 275mm high. SU578 per 4.
AGENDA WASTE TUB • Tough, lightweight plastic
D E U Size: 308 x 308 x 386mm high. IN T SU770 each. N SCO
DI
UNTOUCHABLE BIN 87L • Sleek design • Withstands impact • Will not rust, chip or dent • Choose a lid to suit use • Liner Cinch for bag retention
MAINTENANCE
WASTE PAPER BIN 12 Litre • Powder coated steel
28 8
P288 Maint RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 09:47 Page 1
SU1286 Bin Grey 42 x 40 x 79cm each. SU1287 Hands Free Swing Lid Black each. SU1289 Paper Recycle Lid Blue each.
Note: Lids sold separately
WALL LITTER BIN • 20 litre powdercoated steel • Ideal where space is limited • 2 keyhole slots in backplate for wall mounting • Supplied in pairs only • Galvanised metal liner included
2020
Size: 395 x 190 max. x 475mm high SU200 per pair.
Liner Cinch
EXTERNAL WALL MOUNTED ASH TRAY
‘LINPURE’ WALL MOUNTED ASHTRAY
For disposal of cigarette ends outside buildings • Manufactured from Zintec steel and epoxy powder coated • Integral collection box fitted to the door • Supplied with fixing kit, key fits all units Size: 200 x 100 x 360mm high SU1416 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
A sturdy and practical disposal bin for use outside buildings where unsightly cigarette ends can cause a nuisance • Fully fire retardant, Manufactured from ‘Zintec’ pre-treated steel sheet Size: 285 x 85 x 350mm high SU939 each.
Ribbed stubber bar
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P289 Maint LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 09:54 Page 1
9 28
PROTECTION
Consistently passes and exceeds required impact tests the HardCap AeroLite® is the best performing, lightest full shell bump-cap available on the market • Both the sweatband and liner are coated with Polygiene® anti-bacterial treatment giving a life-time guarantee for odour control • Moisture wicking materials allow liquids to spread out across the fabric increasing the rate of evaporation • Reflective panels on each side increases the wearers safety Colour: Navy Weight: Less than 135g SU2040 each.
VISISPEC SAFETY SPECTACLES • Lightweight, clear, wrap-around spectacle with vented
CASPIAN IV POLYCARBONATE LENS ANTI-MIST GOGGLES • Designed to offer a high degree of comfort for long periods • Conforms to EN166 1.B.3.4.9 and ANSI Z87 • The goggles will resist the impact of a 6mm steel ball fired
side shields SU499 pair.
at 270mph at the lens whilst protecting the wearer from molten metal splash, liquid droplets and dust particles SU1375 pair.
FILTERSPEC BLACK FRAME CLEAR LENS C/W FMP3 FILTER
SU500 FFP1 (No Valve) Class 1 efficiency (80%) per 20.
SU500 4 x WEL SU501 10 x WEL SU1235 20 x WEL
WOOD - HARD
SILICA
WOOD - SOFT
WELDING
ROCKWOOL
SANDSTONE
PLASTER
MINERAL FIBRES
LEAD FUME
MDF HAND TOOLS
FIBRE GLASS
CONCRETE
FERROS METAL FUME
•
pocketed masks hygienically fold flat when not in use Ergonomically shaped for an efficient fit
BRICK DUST
DISPOSABLE RESPIRATORY FOLD FLAT MASKS • Handy sized and easily
ASSIGNED PROTECTION FACTOR
The unique FilterSpec effortlessly combines both eye & respiratory protection without the protection loss associated with using separate Spectacle/Mask combinations. FMP3 filtration giving 94% efficiency. FilterSpec exceeds EN1827 for breathing resistance by more than HALF and performs over 3% above the standard for filtration efficiency. Spectacle • Stylish fully adjustable spectacle frame for maximum comfort & security • 6.5 base, one-piece lens offers optimal coverage • Anti-Mist & Anti-Scratch Coating on Lens as standard • Conforms to EN166.1.F Filter Mask • Disposable filter mask element for optimum protection • Re-usable filter holder element for an economic PPE solution • Conforms to EN1827:1999:+A1:2009 • Exhale valve fitted for increased filter element longevity • Supplied with 3 filter elements SU1376 each.
JPL CODE
2020
MAINTENANCE
HARDCAP AEROLITE® SHORT PEAK
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
WEL = Workplace Exposure Limit.
SU501 FFP2 (Odour Valved) Class 2 medium efficiency (94%) per 10. SU1235 FFP3 (Valved) Class 3 high efficiency (99%) per 10.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
PROTECTION
29 0
P290 Maint RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 09:56 Page 1
D E U N I NT O C S I D c/w filter cartridges.
• Use until filters expire or up to 28 days • COSHH records not required • Hypo-allergenic, odour free,
medical grade PVC conforms to EN405. SU1378 each.
SU1378
FORCE8™ HALF MASK WITH TYPHOON™ VALVE
Supplied without filters - requires SU1237 and if applicable SU1238. • Typhoon™ valve for superior low breathing resistance • 4-point suspension harness with quick release buckles • Durable thermoplastic rubber mask for superior fit to most face shapes • Conforms to EN140 (face piece), EN14387:2004 (filter performance), EN143:200 (filter performance) SU1236 each.
SU1236
FORCE8™ ABEK1 CARTRIDGES (PACK OF 2) For use with SU1236 Half Mask. SU1237 per pack.
SU1237
MAINTENANCE
TRADESMAN 2 SEMI DISPOSABLE MASK TWIN A1P2 • Maintenance free semi disposable mask
FORCE8™ PRE-FILTER KIT (PACK OF 2)
For use in conjunction with SU1237 Cartridges attached to the SU1236 Mask to increase the protection to include dust particulates. SU1238 per pack.
FORCE™10 TYPHOON™ FULL FACE MASK ONLY
PRESS TO CHECK FILTERS
A full-face twin cartridge mask with Class 3 heavy duty filter connections. Conforms to: BS EN 136:1998. Filters sold separately, requires PressToCheck filters. • Fully adjustable padded 5-point suspension harness moulds to face shape for excellent seal • Exhalation valve to reduce heat and moisture build-up • Quick release buckles Panoramic Lens Features • Impact protection lens • Anti-mist - Anti-scratch SU2036 Medium SU2041 Large each.
With the new PressToCheck™ filters you can instantly check that you have the correct seal every time. For use with Force10 and Force8 Masks. Fit it..! Don the Mask - Put the straps and harness over your head and pull the straps to a suitably tight and comfortable fit. Press it..! PressToCheck™ - Press the front and backs of both filter covers together to stop air from entering through the filters. Check it..! Inhale - No air should come through the mask, adjust until it doesn't. Press to check ABEK1 P3 Filters Set of 2 SU2037 set. Press to Check™ A2 P3 Filters Set of 2 SU2038 set. Press to Check™ P3 Dust Filters Set of 2 SU2039 set.
FILTER DESCRIPTION TABLE Filter Marking A
Meaning
Class Vapour Filter
! % $! ( # !
1
#'
B
! % $! ( # !
2
#'
E
$ $! & # ! % $! ( # !
3
#'
K
! ! % # % % $! ( # !
A B E K $ # % $! ( # ! " % P R NR
!# $ ! ( # ! $" # $ #
1
#'
" # !# $ # ( # !
2
#'
3
#'
ORDERLINES D
Class Particulate Filter
#" # ! ! #"
PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SU1238
P291 Maint LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 10:41 Page 1
1 29
PROTECTION OVERSHOES • PVC with elasticated top
MAINTENANCE
SW179
per 50 pairs.
400mm
150mm
OVERSHOE DISPENSER PLASTIC 75 • New design ABS plastic dispenser holds refill box 75 pairs of PVC overshoes SU1211
each.
Note: Overshoes NOT included, please order separately.
OVERSHOE REFILL PACK PLASTIC 75 • Pack of 75 pairs of PVC Overshoes designed to fit in
SU1211 plastic dispensers SU1212 each.
OVERSHOE REFILL PACK PLASTIC 50 • Pack of 50 pairs of PVC Overshoes designed
SU1212
to fit in existing SU503 plastic dispensers SU504 each.
Note: SU503 Plastic dispenser discontinued.
2020
SU504
AUTOMATIC OVERSHOE DISPENSER • Innovatively designed walk-through overshoe dispensing system
• Press foot into dispenser and lift out to obtain a clean, PVC, wrapped foot
• Supplied with 50 pairs of overshoes SU1224
each.
Step in... AUTOMATIC OVERSHOE DISPENSER REFILL ONLY • Pack of 50 pairs of overshoes for SU1224 Dispenser
Standard SU1225 per 50 pairs. Anti-Slip • Thicker gauge and offer better slip resistance than standard SU1335 per 50 pairs.
...Step out
DISPOSABLE CLOTHING
Polythene Aprons • Size 107 x 68cm • Pack of 100 • Blue SU474 per 100. Oversleeves • Polyethylene • Elasticated at both ends • Pack of 100 • Blue SU476 per 100.
VINYL GLOVES • Seamless, ambidextrous, sensitive
• Lightly powdered • Beaded cuffs • Pack of 100
Health Suite
Maint.
Great tensile strength and stretchability, Superfit TPE Gloves are a fantastic alternative to PE and Vinyl Gloves at an affordable price • Conform to: EN 455 part 2; EN 374 part 2 (air & water leak) • Latex and Powder free • Pack of 200 singles, fit either hand Clear Medium SU1873 Clear Large SU1874 Blue Medium SU1875 Blue Large SU1876 per 200.
NU I T N SCO
Blue Medium SU475 Blue Large SU487 per 100. Clear Medium SU471 Clear Large SU486 per 100.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SUPERFIT TPE GLOVES
DI
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ED
with hood • Protect work clothes • Breathable fabric • Elasticated wrist, ankles, waist and hood • Colour - Blue SU472 Large SU473 Extra Large each.
Supertex® Coveralls offer both particle and splash protection without compromising on all-important breathability great if you’re looking for head to toe protection without having to wear thick, warm layers • Chemical Handling • Clean Areas • Food Processing • Hygiene Rules • Paint Spraying SU1877 Medium SU1878 Large SU1879 X Large each.
CHEMICAL RESISTANT BOILER SUIT • PVC, plasticised
both sides with a nylon/polyester coating • Elasticated cuffs and ankles • Conforms to EN465 Type 4 SU67 Medium SU670 Large SU671 Extra Large each.
DUNLOP WARWICK SAFETY WELLINGTON BOOTS • Acifort full safety • PVC/Nitrile Rubber • Steel Toe Cap 200 Joule • Midsole Protection • Acid and Alkali Resistant • Oil Resistant Outsole • 100% Waterproof • EN ISO 20345 †SU1156 †SU1157 †SU1158 †SU1159 †SU1160 †SU1161 †SU1162
pair.
Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9 Size 10 Size 11 Size 12
NITRILE GLOVES Disposable, non-sterile general purpose ambidextrous gloves
• Latex free • Powder free • Packed 100 each size per box
SU1812 Medium SU1813 Large SU1814 Extra Large per 100.
GREEN PVC/ NYLON APRON • 107 x 91cm • Complete with ties SU1015
each.
SAFETY GLOVES • Heavy-duty Nitrile support • Cut/Puncture Resistant • Knit wrist cuff • Cotton fleece lining • Pack of 12
SU410 per 12.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
CHEMICAL PROTECTION GLOVES • Nitrile gloves for protection against solvents and oil based chemicals
• Lined for comfort • Sand patch finished • Length: 330mm • Thickness: 0.75mm
(single wall) SU469 Size 9 SU470 Size 10 per 12.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
MAINTENANCE
SUPERTEX® TYPE 5/6 COVERALLS
DISPOSABLE COVERALLS • Non-woven coveralls
2020
PROTECTION
29 2
P292 Maint RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 11:06 Page 1
P293 Maint LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 11:13 Page 1
3 29
SIGNAGE
2020
MAINTENANCE
FIRST AID, DEFIBRILLATOR AND EYEWASH SIGNS
Rigid, 200x300mm SU1890 £
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1893 £ each.
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1892 £ each.
•
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1887 £ each.
Rigid, 200x300mm SU1889 £ each.
•
Rigid, 200x300mm SU1888 £
•
BS EN ISO 7010 Compliant where applicable
PROJECTING 3D SIGNS • • •
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1891 £ each.
Highly visible projecting signs 3D multi-angle signage ensures clear visibility Wall mounting with pre-drilled holes for fitting
PPE SIGNS
• Rigid, 350x200mm SU1895 £ each.
• Rigid, 350x200mm SU1896 £
• Vinyl, 200x300mm SU1902 £ each.
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1894 £ each.
SMOKING SIGNS
Vinyl, 100x100mm SU1901 £
•
Rigid, 200x300mm SU1923 £ each.
Rigid, 200x300mm SU1921 £ each.
•
Rigid, 200x300mm SU1922 £ each.
•
•
Rigid, 200x300mm SU1898 £ each. •
HAZARD WARNING SIGNS
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1924
Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1928 £ each.
•
Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1925 £
•
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1929 £ each.
Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1926 £
•
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1933 £ each.
Note: All vinyl signs are self adhesive
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1930 £ each.
SU1899 Vinyl, 150x200mm £ each. SU1900 Rigid, 150x200mm £ each.
Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1932 £
•
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1927 £ each.
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1934 £ each. • Rigid, 200x300mm SU1935 £ each.
Health Suite
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1931 £ each.
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1936 £ each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SIGNAGE MANDATORY INSTRUCTION SIGNS
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1937 each. • Rigid, 75x200mm SU1903 Water Sign SU1906 CO2 Sign each.
Rigid,150x200mm
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1941 £ each.
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1939 £ each.
• Rigid, 75x200mm SU1905 AFFF Foam Sign SU1904 Dry Powder Sign each.
Rigid, 200x300mm SU1940 each. •
•
MAINTENANCE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIGNS
29 4
P294 Maint RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 11:30 Page 1
•
Rigid, 150x200mm • Rigid, 200x300mm SU1909 £ each.
PROHIBITION SIGNS
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1943 each.
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1944 each.
Note: All vinyl signs are self adhesive
2020
SU1910 SU1908
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1942 each.
USING THE CORRECT FIRE EXTINGUISHER POSTER • Poster, 420x300mm SU1907 £ each.
FIRE EXIT SIGNS
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1945 £ each.
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1947 £ each.
• Rigid, 200x300mm SU1949 £ each.
SU1911 Rigid, 450x150mm £ each. SU1915 Rigid, 350x200mm each. SU1912
Rigid, 200x300mm SU1950 £ each. •
Rigid, 200x300mm SU1951 £ each. •
Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1956 £
• Rigid, 150x200mm SU1946 £ each.
•
Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1954 £
• Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1955 £ each.
SU1913 Rigid, 450x150mm £ each.
SU1914 Rigid, 450x150mm £ each.
• Rigid, 300x400mm SU1916 £ each.
FIRE DOOR AND ESCAPE SIGNS Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1952 £
•
• Rigid, 100x100mm • Rigid, 100x100mm • Rigid, 100x100mm SU1918 £ each. SU1919 £ each. SU1920 £ each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Vinyl, 150x200mm SU1953 £
•
•
• Rigid, 450x150mm SU1917 £ each.
Links...
More Signs See Page 149 - 153
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P295 Maint LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 11:31 Page 1
5 29
STORAGE SU1830
MAINTENANCE
PREMIUM MOBILE CONTAINERS Produced entirely from a food grade plastic, these mobile container trolleys are easily cleaned and require little maintenance. • Will not rust or corrode • Large capacity makes for very useful storage space • Optional lids for security, see SU1834/5 below 685W x 1010L x 735H mm 320 Litres SU1830 each. 775W x 1370L x 765H mm 455 Litres SU1831 each.
SU1832
SU1831
2020
SU1833
PREMIUM MOBILE CONTAINERS C/W HANDLES • As above but c/w Handles 685W x 1010L x 735H mm 320 Litres SU1832 each. 775W x 1370L x 765H mm 455 Litres SU1833 each.
LIDS FOR PREMIUM MOBILE CONTAINERS SU1834 320 litre SU1835 455 litre
each. each.
SUPERTUFF OUTDOOR STORAGE BINS A perfect storage solution for aggressive environments such as on pool side. Manufactured from robust and durable UV stabilised polyethylene, built to withstand the test of time. Guaranteed not to rust or corrode, no metal components. Water tight lid can be padlocked. Stackable design, will nest within each other making for easy storage. 1080W x 670D x 695H mm 200 Litres SU1828 each. 1175W x 790D x 795H mm 350 Litres SU1829 each.
SU1828
Links...
SU1829
Supertuff Litter Bins See Page 288 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Links...
Padlocks See Page 215 Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
STORAGE
Dimensions Height 1060mm Width 915mm Depth 460mm Weight 65kg
Note: Drawers shown not included and are an optional extra, see SU1577.
PPE & FIRST AID WORK STATIONS
• Cabinets feature adjustable shelves • Strong robust construction • 2 Point locking • High visability 270 degree labelling complying to BS5499-1
• Reinforced doors for extra strength • Optional drawers available WORK STATION DRAWERS Optional lockable drawers for work stations. ❋SU1577 each. Note: Please state whether for PPE or First Aid Work Station
MAINTENANCE
PPE Work Station Specification: Doors: Blue Carcass: Silver Supplied with 2 adjustable shelves Drawers are optional, See SU1577 ❋SU1574 each.
29 6
P296 Maint RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 11:32 Page 1
Dimensions Height 1060mm Width 915mm Depth 460mm Weight 65kg
Note: Drawers shown not included and are an optional extra, see SU1577 above.
ACID AND ALKALINE SAFE STORAGE CABINET The storage of caustic materials needs to be controlled. This cabinet offers a highly visible, safe storage solution for acids and alkalines. Strong steel construction with an epoxy polyester coating makes the surface resistant to most acids and alkalis. • 2 Point locking • Removable 75mm sump base tray • High visiblity 270 degree labelling complying to BS5499-1 • Fitted with 3 adjustable shelves • Smoke/fire alarm fitted internally Colour: Smoke White ❋SU1576 each. Dimensions Height 1780mm Width 915mm Depth 460mm Weight 65kg
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
First Aid Work Station Specification: Doors: Smoke White Carcass: Smoke White Supplied with 2 adjustable shelves Drawers are optional, See SU1577 ❋SU1575 each.
P297 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 11:34 Page 1
7 29
A S S E S S M E N T. . . B L O O D P R E S S U R E
FITNESS
OMRON BLOOD PRESSURE MONITORS UPPER ARM
The incidence of hypertension (high blood pressure) continues to grow. It is estimated that over 1 billion people in the world suffer from hypertension.
the major risk factor for Cardiovascular disease which is the world’s number 1 cause of death because it can result in strokes and heart attacks. Regular blood pressure monitoring is an essential part of any prevention program so that you or your members and physician can build up an accurate picture of health.
The problem is big and getting bigger... The World Health Organization has identified hypertension as
OMRON BPM CUFF LARGE • Large cuff for use with automatic BPM’s • 32 - 42cm SU618
each.
2020
OMRON M7 INTELLI IT OMRON'S most advanced device, brings the latest innovation in accuracy: Intelli Wrap Cuff while embedding OMRON'S smartphone app: OMRON connect… • Unique Intelli Wrap Cuff Tech • Omron Connect App to manage health on Smart Phone • Easy Blood Pressure Colour Indicator • Morning hypertension tracker • Advanced Averaging function • Irregular heartbeat detection • Cuff wrap guide • Cuff 22-42cms • 2 User x 100 Memories • Body movement Detection for 360 Degree accuracy SU1810 each.
OMRON M3 c/w EASY CUFF
Features EasyCuff 22-42cm • Fast, easy and accurate measurements • 60 memories showing date and time of reading • One button operation • Irregular heartbeat detector • Morning hypertension indicator • Batteries included SU616 each.
OMRON M6 COMFORT New look, fully featured automatic blood pressure monitor with cutting edge technology offering the very best in the fight against hypertension. Unique pre-formed cuff fits medium and large arms with ease and comfort… • Unique Intelli Wrap Cuff Tech • Easy blood pressure colour indicator • Morning hypertension tracker • Advanced Averaging function • Irregular heartbeat detection • 2 x 100 Memories • Body movement detection • Cuff 22-42cms SU1604 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FITNESS
A S S E S S M E N T. . . B L O O D P R E S S U R E
29 8
P 298 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 12:42 Page 1
M3 Comfort comes with the Intelli Wrap Cuff technology, which supports 360 degrees accuracy, enabling accurate results in any position around the upper arm… • Intelli Wrap Cuff for accurate results in any position around the upper arm • Intellisense Tech inflates cuff to ideal level for each use • Cuff Wrap Guide • Intelli Wrap Cuff 22-42cms • Easy high blood pressure colour indicator • Irregular heartbeat detector • Body movement detection SU2291 each.
OMRON M4 INTELLI IT • The Intelli Wrap Cuff provides accurate results in any position around the upper arm
• 60 memories showing date and time of reading • One button operation • Irregular heartbeat detector • Morning hypertension indicator • Batteries included SU2292 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
OMRON RS2 WRIST MONITOR • Features an array of early warning sensors that will give
valuable insights into the health and wellbeing of your circulatory system • The hypertension indicator lights up if your blood pressure exceeds recommended levels • While the irregular heartbeat indicator will switch on if you are suffering from arrhythmia • Simple but vital safeguards against ill-health • For wrist circumferences 13.5 - 21.5cm SU1606 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
OMRON M3 COMFORT
P299 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 12:43 Page 1
OMRON BODY COMPOSITION MONITORS
Find out what you’re made of... If you want a more complete picture of your body’s condition than just weight, then a body composition monitor, which measures body fat and muscle percentages, is invaluable. Used regularly, it calculates and records how your body is changing, ensuring you don’t lose body muscle when you’re trying to lose body fat, for example.
OMRON scales and body composition monitors both feature large, easy to read displays, are completely painless to use and what’s more, the multi-user memory function means that many people can use the device to record their progress. All our body composition devices are validated to clinical standards, to guarantee precise and reliable readings.
2020
FITNESS
9 29
A S S E S S M E N T. . . B O DY C O M P O S I T I O N
OMRON BF511 BODY COMPOSITION MONITOR
Full body measurement with clinical accuracy – even for kids. Our ‘Family Model’ gives you a comprehensive set of readings including body and visceral fat, skeletal muscle levels, your BMI and resting metabolism. And, since it’s categorized as a medical device you can count on its total, clinical accuracy. SU1611 each.
OMRON BF212 BODY COMPOSITION MONITOR
Probably the simplest way of checking your body fat, body weight and BMI. Also gives you readings on skeletal muscle for a complete overview of your body composition. SU1610 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
TANITA BODYFAT MONITOR/SCALES
Uses the latest Tanita Bio-electrical impedance analysis (BIA) technology to provide vital information about your body. This personalised information can be used to accurately track the impact of a diet and fitness programme over time. Specifications: Measures body fat % (Adult’s and Children’s Health Body Fat Ranges) Measures total Body Water % 8 Set up Memories 27mm Black LCD with bright white backlight Weight Only Function: Yes Recall Function: Yes Weight Capacity: 150kg /23st 8lb SU1422 each.
PEAK FLOW METER • Measures peak expiratory flow using the
classical mechanical spring gauge • Easily read scale markers • Suitable for multi-subject use with a Disposable Mouthpiece • Use with SU194 Disposable Mouthpieces SU189 each.
LUNG AGE MONITOR
Compares a subject’s FEV1 with predicted normal values to calculate the subject’s ‘lung age’. A high lung age in relation to the subject’s chronological age can illustrate the likely negative impact of continued smoking on lung function and encourage smoking cessation • Measures FEV1 displayed as a percentage of predicted values • Coloured zones indicate abnormality • Automatically calculates the best FEV1 from multiple blows • Use with SU194 Disposable Mouthpieces SU1391 each.
LUNG MONITOR
Hand held Lung Monitor designed for simple, accurate lung function monitoring • Measures FEV1, FEV6 (forced expired volume in one second) and the ratio • Large, easy-to-read display • Stores 200 test sessions • Use with SU194 Disposable Mouthpieces SU1395 each.
DISPOSABLE MOUTHPIECES Box of 500 for above. SU194 per 500.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
FITNESS
A S S E S S M E N T. . . B O DY C O M P O S I T I O N
30 0
P300 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 12:46 Page 1
P301 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 12:48 Page 1
1 30
A S S E S S M E N T. . . F L E X I B I L I T Y
2020
FITNESS
APOLLO SIT AND REACH BOX
The Apollo Sit and Reach Box is compact and strong, easy to assemble • A robust steel unit with sliding finger bar. • Easy to read numbers ensure accurate measurement in both inches and centimeters. • Essential for measuring leg, hip and trunk flexibility. • Assembly instructions included. • Sit and reach tests. SU518 each.
HARPENDEN PRECISION SKINFOLD CALIPERS • Precision engineered mechanical device for the accurate measurement of subcutaneous body fat
• Acknowledged as a global standard in research studies • Range 0-80mm Graduation 0.2mm • Complete with instruction booklet
SU425
each.
APOLLO BODY FAT CALIPER The Apollo Body Fat Caliper is a precision instrument designed for use in the performance of skinfold thickness measurements from which estimates of body fat can be derived Features • Consistant pressure marker measuring system • Easy and accurate body fat measurements in minutes • Ideal for personal trainers and fitness instructors SU519 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ASSESSMENTS... MEASURES
30 2
P302Fitness RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 12:49 Page 1
FITNESS
SECA 201 ERGONOMIC MEASURING TAPE • Retractable measuring tape for precise body measurements • Smooth operating tapes of stretch resistant soft material • Measurement range: 205cm • Division: 1mm • Diameter: 70mm • Height: 22mm • Weight of device:
about 55g SU1220 each.
2020
Millimeter graduation for accurate measurements
SECA 213 PORTABLE HEIGHT MEASURE • Stand alone stadiometer, easy to set up
and handy to transport Measure range: 20 - 205cm (8 - 81”) Graduation - 1mm (1⁄8”) Dimensions (WxHxD): 337 x 2130 x 590mm Weight: 2.4kg Supplied with Seca 412 carry case SU816 each.
• • • •
SECA 203 MEASURING TAPE • Measurement range: 205cm • Division: 1mm • Diameter: 70mm • Height: 28mm • Weight of device: about 75g
• Function: WHR calculater
(waist to hip ratio) SU1221 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
PULL DOWN HEIGHT METER • Screw into wall so bottom of •
height meter is at the maximum reading shown (200cm) Pull down the meter until the base touches the head of the user and take reading SU193 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P303 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 13:36 Page 1
3 30
A S S E S S M E N T. . . W E I G H T SECA 777/787 COLUMN SCALES
FITNESS
The price-performance champions of measuring and weighing… Don’t compromise on precision or quality when looking for a cost-efficient scale, the seca 777 provides the perfect solution with its oversized low-profile, tilt-proof solid metal platform (no plastic) and built-in measuring rod with 10 - 230cm (4” – 90") measuring range. The new design sets standards for precise, quick and secure weighing and measuring. With its high capacity of 250kg / 550 lbs, the scale is optimal for accommodating all types of people. Its large, rubber coated castors also make it convenient for staff to transport the scale when needed. If you are looking to upgrade to a digital measuring rod, seca 787 is the perfect option.
• Low-profile solid metal platform with Seca 777
tilt-proof design
• Measuring rod (4 – 90 inch / 10 – 230 cm) • Large rubber coated castors for excellent movability
• Display swappable to the left or right side • Damping system and Auto-HOLD function • Built-in telescopic height measuring rod
2020
SU2289 each.
SU2289
Seca 787 As above plus: • Built-in digital height measuring rod • Two-line display shows height, weight and BMI • Upgradeable to LAN/Wi-Fi module SU2290 each.
SU2290
SECA DIGITAL 813 SCALE • Especially wide, low platform for
easy mounting • High capacity of 200kg • Large, easy to read 29mm LCD figures • Quick, reliable weighing with step-off function • Power-saving automatic switch off 200kg/440lbs • Capacity: 100g/0.2lbs • Graduation: • Dimensions: 433 x 47 x 373mm 2.6kg • Weight: • Power supply: batteries • Functions: Step off, Automatic Switch-off, kg/lbs/sts switch-over SU1223 each.
SECA DIGITAL 875 SCALE
SECA HEAVY DUTY 760 SCALE • Popular, economical, space saving • Extra robust steel construction • Large easy-to-read dial • Non-slip platform cover 150kg/23st • Capacity: 500g/1lb • Graduation:
SU190
each.
Note: Recommended for use in supervised areas, not suitable for humid environments
Note: Recommended for use in supervised areas, not suitable for humid environments
Note: Recommended for low use in supervised areas, not suitable for humid environments
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
A lightweight for heavyweight use • Large platform for high stability • Lightweight and easy to transport • Longlife battery operation for ease of use • Only weighs in Kg! • Weight capacity: 200 kg • Scale division: 200 g • Scale dimensions (WxHxD): 288 x 60 x 278 mm • Weight of scales: 4.2 kg • Power: batteries • Tap-on automatic for switching ON • Calibration class: III • 4yr warranty SU1670 each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SECA 703 HIGH DIGITAL COLUMN SCALE c/w BMI FUNCTION • Clear waist high digital display • BMI calculator • 250kg/550lbs Capacity - 50g Fine divisions • Readout in kg/lbs/st • Enlarged platform
• Dimensions - 360 x 930 x 520mm • Weight - 15kg • In built wheels SU791
each.
SECA DIGITAL 769 COLUMN SCALE c/w BMI FUNCTION • Site independent as battery operated
• Easy to transport • Cost effective and low maintenance
due to low power consumption Intelligent functions for versatile use Capacity: 200kg/450lbs Graduation: 100g/0.2lbs Dimensions: 292 x 830 x 390mm Weight: 6.8kg Power supply: batteries, mains adapter optional • Functions: TARE, HOLD, BMI, lbs/kgs switch over, automatic/manual switch-off SU1222 each.
• • • • • •
2020
SECA MAINS ADAPTOR 442 • Optional mains adaptor for Seca scales where stated
• 2 metre cable length SU792
each.
SECA 700 EYE LEVEL BEAM SCALE • High capacity mechanical
scale with with eye-level sliding weights • Capacity: 180kg/400lbs • Graduation: 0.2lbs/100g • Dimensions (WxHxD): 444 x 1460 x 546mm • Weight: 19kg SU1084 each.
SECA 755 BMI COLUMN SCALE • Quick and easy ascertainment of BMI • Simultaneous evaluation of
nutritional condition Clearly designed dial and low platform Capacity: 160kg/350lbs/25st Graduation: 500g/1lb Dimensions (W x H x D): 360 x 1000 x 628mm • Platform (W x H x D): 350 x 840 x 360mm • Weight: 18 kg • Function: BMI SU1083 each.
• • • •
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
FITNESS
A S S E S S M E N T. . . W E I G H T
30 4
P304 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 13:37 Page 1
Links...
More Column Scales See Page 305 - 306
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P305 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 02/07/2021 14:23 Page 1
5 30
A S S E S S M E N T. . . C O M P O S I T I O N / W E I G H T MARSDEN M-150 GYM & FITNESS SCALE
FITNESS
Robust, high capacity, weighs in kg and stones, very easy to use, outstanding value.
Marsden Weighing Group is the market leader in the manufacture and supply of Class III medical weighing scales to hospitals, GP surgeries and care homes across the UK and the EU. Now, we have developed a range of scales specifically for gymnasiums and the leisure market.
2020
Our robust, highly accurate scales are designed in and supplied from our own factory in Yorkshire and engineered to the most precise standards. Plus, there’s a complete service and repair support package available with every scale, meaning you can provide a faultless, highly accurate weighing facility for visitors to your gym.
Robust column scale designed for use in gyms, sports clubs, leisure centres. High capacity 300kg, accuracy of 200g, ideal to keep regular track of weight. Features: • Tare and Hold functions • Anti-slip base • Height Measure to allow for the calculation of BMI. Specification: • Power supply: Mains or rechargeable battery • Maximum weight 300kg (47 stones) • Increments 200g / 0.5lb • Base: 320 x 420mm • Overall: 870 x 420 x 320mm SU1713 each.
MARSDEN M-430 DIGITAL PORTABLE SCALE Robust and lightweight, Bluetooth plug-in available Robust construction, can withstand heavy use in your gym or sports centre. Non-slip surface suitable for changing areas. Key Features • Easy to use & highly accurate • 220kg weight capacity (200g graduations) • Non-slip surface • Tap-on to turn on • Tare function • Large LCD with reversible display • Dimensions: 320 x 310 x 60mm • Power supply: Mains or 6 x AA Batteries (Not included see page 173)
SU1720 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
A S S E S S M E N T. . . C O M P O S I T I O N / W E I G H T
30 6
P306 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 03/07/2021 11:55 Page 1
BODY COMPOSITION SCALE WITH PRINTER High capacity, easy to use, with printer
FITNESS
Marsden Body Composition Scales measures body composition, Basal Metabolic Rate (BMR), Total Body Water (TBW), Fat Free Mass (FFM), Fat Mass (FM), Body Fat %, Weight and BMI.
Printer can record all readings, perfect for monitoring key fitness data from sports professionals to gym members.
Class III approved to medical weighing standards and approved under the Medical Devices Directive (MDD). Power supply: Mains. Key Features • Easy to use • Immediate print-out • Column-mounted printer (below) • 300kg weight capacity: 100g increments Column Scale SU1722 Floor Scale SU1721
each. each.
• • • •
Highly accurate Large platform Tare and hold functions Base: 340 x 450 x 80mm
MARSDEN AUTO DIGITAL HEIGHT MEASURE
Features: • Digital display • Connects to Marsden column scales SU1721/2 • Offers automatic readout of weight, height and BMI Specification: Dimensions: 40 x 30 x 1780mm Measuring Range: 1200 - 2000mm Increments: 1mm Power supply: Mains or 1 x AAA Battery (Not included see page 173) SU1723 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SU1722
SU1721
P307 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 03/07/2021 11:56 Page 1
7 30
E D U C AT I O N . . . C H A R T S / P O S T E R S
PosterFits's range of A1, 584 x 840mm, laminated charts are a great way of brightening up any training environment and provide a great source of immediate support for gym users.
FITNESS
The visual and educational charts help inspire users, providing motivating ideas, tips and advice for both training and nutrition. POSTERFIT MUSCLE GROUPS & EXERCISE CHART
2020
The Muscle Groups and Exercises chart vibrantly highlights key muscles in the body and lists exercises which can help strengthen these muscles. There is also advice on causes, symptoms and treatment of muscle-related injuries The QR codes located on the poster provides access to videos of the exercises being performed. SP3047 each.
POSTERFIT CONDITIONING CHART SET
POSTERFIT EXERCISE CHART SET
Set of 7 charts for:Upper Body Stretching Lower Body Stretching Warm Up and Cool Down Training Zones and Thresholds Understanding Nutrition Nutrition for Training Muscle Groups and Exercises SP3046 per set.
Set of 7 charts for:Arms Chest Core Muscle Groups and Exercises SP3045 per set.
Shoulders Back Legs
POSTERFIT CHART FRAME • Give your gym a professional look with the fantastic PosterFit frame
• Great value aluminium poster frames • High quality matt silver finish • Easy poster change snap frame mechanism
• 25mm wide aluminium frame profile
• Anti-glare, anti-yellowing
cover also protects from dust and dirt • 1.5mm reinforced high impact plastic back panel • Screw fixing hidden behind closed frame SP3048 each.
POSTERFIT COMPLETE CHART SET Set of 13 charts for:Arms Shoulders Chest Back Core Legs Warm Up and Cool Down
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Upper Body Stretching Lower Body Stretching Understanding Nutrition Nutrition for Training Training Zones and Thresholds Muscle Groups and Exercises SP3044 per set.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
E D U C AT I O N . . . C H A R T S / P O S T E R S
30 8
P308 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 03/07/2021 12:41 Page 1
FUNCTIONAL MOVEMENT CHART SET
FITNESS
Set of 7 charts:Size: A1 How to use a variety of kit including kettlebells, medicine balls, exercise balls, resistance bands, suspension training systems, foam rollers and ladders. SP3226 per set.
Plus a Free Poster With this set you will also receive the QR Information poster for free. Daydream Education's Set of 20 Health & Fitness posters are guaranteed to brighten up any training environment and are a great reference point for all gym users to get clear and concise advice and exercise ideas. The posters demonstrate a range of exercises and stretches for different parts of the body and educate users on how to use a variety of kit. They also identify muscle groups and training zones and thresholds as well as helping users understand the nutrition they need for training. Set of 20 charts:Size: A1 Arms, Chest, Core, Shoulders, Back, Legs, Upper Body Stretching, Lower Body Stretching, Warm Up and Cool Down, Training Zones and Thresholds, Understanding Nutrition, Nutrition for Training, Muscle Groups and Exercises, Kettlebells, Medicine Ball, Exercise Ball, Resistance Bands, Suspension Training, Foam Roller and Ladder Drills. SP3227 per set. Ideal for leisure/fitness facility walls, classroom walls and school hallways. The large A1 size makes the bright and informative chart highly readable from a distance, complementing every learning environment.
COMPONENTS OF PHYSICAL FITNESS SET
Set of 12 charts:The Components of Physical Fitness Agility Balance Body Composition Cardiovascular Fitness Coordination Flexibility Muscular Endurance Power Reaction Time Speed Muscular Strength SP3228 per set.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
HEALTH & FITNESS CHART SET
P309 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 05/07/2021 11:32 Page 1
9 30
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E MAD PVC MEDICINE BALLS • PVC 1-5kg
FITNESS
COMPACT MEDICINE BALLS
SP289 1kg 12cm dia. SP290 2kg 15cm dia. SP291 3kg 17cm dia. SP292 5kg 23cm dia.
each. each. each. each.
SP3401 1kg 19.5cmØ SP3402 2kg 19.5cmØ SP3403 3kg 23.5cmØ SP3404 4kg 23.5cmØ SP3405 5kg 23.5cmØ
each. each. each. each. each.
RUBBER DOUBLE GRIP MEDICINE BALLS each. each. each. each. each. each. each.
2020
SP2461 Double Grip 4kg SP2462 Double Grip 5kg SP1536 Double Grip 6kg SP1537 Double Grip 7kg SP1538 Double Grip 8kg SP1539 Double Grip 9kg SP1540 Double Grip 10kg
ATREQ RUBBER MEDICINE BALLS SP1531 1kg SP1532 2kg SP1533 3kg SP1534 4kg SP1535 5kg
each. each. each. each. each.
WALL BALL (OVERSIZED MEDICINE BALLS) Great-value oversized medicine ball with upgraded design, core to any functional strength routine. • New design with matte outer layer is more durable and easier to handle/catch than ever before • Hand-sewn, leather-like medicine ball whose inner load is protected by high-density foam • Great for developing a range of muscles including quads, glutes, calves, abs, deltoid, biceps, and triceps. OVERSIZED • Available in six sizes, colour coded for easy weight identification MEDICINE BALL SP3822 4kg Black/Yellow each. RACK SP2760 6kg Black/Blue each. • Holds 4 oversized SP2761 8kg Black/Orange each. medicine balls SP2762 10kg Black/Purple each. Colour: Silver SP3823 12kg Black/Red each. Size: W580 x H1420 SP2763 14kg Black/Green each. x D680mm ❋SP2764 each. Note: Balls not included
Links...
More Medicine Ball Racks See Pages 408, 409 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E SLAM BALLS
Great way to exercise any area of the body including core, upper and lower extremities, improving core strength, joint integrity, co-ordination, range of motion and flexibility. Can be used to train explosive power, ideal for circuits and functional training etc. Great for use indoors or outdoors, a favourite for Bootcamps and Crossfit style training.
SP3129 2kg. each. SP3130 4kg. each. SP3131 6kg. each. SP3132 8kg. each. SP3133 10kg. each.
to spot when being thrown
• Does not bounce when thrown against wall or onto floor • NOT suitable for medicine ball rebounder use SP2765 3kg 20cmØ each. SP2766 5kg 20cmØ each. SP2767 7kg 20cmØ each. SP2768 9kg 20cmØ each. SP2769 12kg 30cmØ each. SP2770 15kg 30cmØ each.
MEDICINE/SLAM BALL RACK • For 5 Slam Balls or regular
Medicine Balls Size: W280 x H1600 x D360mm Weight: 6kg SP2117 each. Note: Balls not included
2020
JORDAN SLAM BALLS • 20cmØ for 3-9kg • 30cmØ for 12-15kg • Bright red colour makes it easier
MAD PVC SLAM BALLS • PVC with sand filling • All 20cm diameter SP3397 4kg each. SP3398 6kg each. SP3399 8kg each. SP3400 10kg each.
Links...
Medicine Balls Racks See Pages 407-408
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
FITNESS
• Great for strength and power training exercises • Non bounce, no-roll construction • Latex free PVC cover will not split or crack • Extremely durable for heavy use • Non slip surface makes for safe, comfortable and easy grip • Use indoors or outdoors • 20cm diameter • Colour: Purple ATREQ SLAM BALLS
31 0
P310 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 06/07/2021 16:37 Page 1
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P311 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 06/07/2021 16:41 Page 1
1 31
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
FITNESS
GRIPR RESISTANCE TRAINER The GRIPR is ideal for individual exercises but, as it’s made to withstand the toughest of treatment by using micro grade steel sand within a double stitched neoprene bag, it’s also perfect for small group training sessions where it can be used for dynamic throwing and explosive catching drills
• Progressive and suitable for a •
2020
•
wide range of users. The steel sand displaces rapidly, so bags can be placed on the arms, legs and feet Trains deep core muscles while adding an exciting and unpredictable element to your workouts – your body never knows what’s coming next Our unique rubber printing treatment stretches with the fabric, ensuring it doesn’t crack or deteriorate over time
SP3019 GripR 2kg SP3020 GripR 4kg SP3021 GripR 6kg SP3022 GripR 8kg SP3023 GripR 10kg
VERTBALL VERTBALL Not all MedBalls are equal – Not all MedBalls are equalours – have been designed to be ours have been designed thrown. to be thrown. The Escape VERTBALL™ The Escape VERTBALL™ is a is a fantastic addition to sportsfantastic addition to sports-driven driven small group training and group training and personal personal training sessionssmall where training sessions where clients clients want to develop usable strength, rather than just want to develop usable strength, rather than just induce fatigue induce fatigue
each. each. each. each. each.
• The oversized design • •
encourages a strong posture, keeping the core engaged and meaning the shoulder girdle is aligned for throwing and catching Soft and spongy materials prevent risk of injury in high velocity workouts All balls are equal in diameter (350mm) regardless of their weight – a weight that is extremely accurate thanks to the rubber granules that are poured and then hand compressed
SP3024 VertBall 3kg each. SP3025 VertBall 4kg each. SP3026 VertBall 5kg each. SP3027 VertBall 6kg each. SP3028 VertBall 7kg each. SP3029 VertBall 8kg each. SP3030 VertBall 9kg each. SP3031 VertBall 10kg each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
31 2
P312 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:28 Page 1
SP2479 Core Bag 5kg each. SP2480 Core Bag 10kg each. SP2481 Core Bag 15kg each. SP2482 Core Bag 20kg each. SP2483 Core Bag 25kg each.
Links...
5 Bag Rack... ...See Page 409 TUFNUT Say hello to TufNut... There's six sides to this innovative story. In fact, it's just the right shape to help you get into the right shape. TufNut gives you all the challenge of a tyre with all the control you want. There are straps on various faces – and various weights are available - so you can jump, flip, roll, lift, push, pull and walk until your heart and muscles are content.
And we don't call it TufNut for nothing. With a hexagonal sturdy steel frame surrounded by super resilient foam and covered with a strong PVC cover, it can take as much as you can give. So imagine, one bit of kit for a complete, killer workout with complete control, stability and safety. TufNut takes tyre training to a new level, indoors or out. Come and have a go if you think you're tough enough.
40kg • Side to side – 1110mm • Inner diameter – 590mm • Height – 360mm kSP3511 each. 60kg • Side to side – 1210mm • Inner diameter – 640mm • Height – 390mm kSP3512 each. 80kg • Side to side – 1310mm • Inner diameter – 690mm • Height – 420mm kSP3513 each. 100kg • Side to side – 1410mm • Inner diameter – 740mm • Height – 450mm kSP3514 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Core bag training enlists the use of stabilising muscles to a greater degree than working with traditional weights • New bright colours for easy weight identification • Two additional hand positions compared to our previous design • Toughened material with reinforced stitching to cope with the toughest workouts
FITNESS
CORE BAG
P313 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:29 Page 1
3 31
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E JORDAN PRO SANDBAG • Now includes an inner strap to protect the zip
FITNESS
• • • • • • •
fastening as well as extra velcro tabs 3 Heavy duty straps make bags very versatile 2 Inner bags to hold sand with a foam inner lining Available in weights from 5-35kg Maintains its tubular shape unlike other sandbags Prefilled with sand Can be used outdoors Not suitable for slamming
PRO SANDBAG BENEFITS • Indoors or Outdoors • Excellent for improving grip strength • Can be used as a form of unconventional training • Improved Strength, Strength-Endurance and Power-Endurance
• For energy expenditure leading to metabolic acceleration and fat loss
• Can be thrown and caught, as an alternative to
2020
a medicine ball
• Can be used as a sports specific strength and conditioning tool
• Improve Co-ordination, Proprioception and Core Efficiency SP2518 5kg each. SP2519 7.5kg each.
SP2520 10kg each. SP2521 15kg each.
SP2522 20kg each. SP2523 25kg each.
SP2524 30kg each. SP2525 35kg each.
BAG RACK • Holds 5 bags • 580 x 680 x 1420mm high ❋SP2588 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
31 4
P314 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:30 Page 1
FLEXI-BAG • Great for co-ordination, balance and shoulder mobility/stability drills • Increase strength and muscular endurance of your grip • Develop strength and/or power throughout the entire body • Great for PTs/Boot Camps and Small Group Training • Portable and easy to store
each. each. each. each. each.
2020
SP3096 5kg Yellow SP3097 7.5kg Green SP3098 10kg Orange SP3099 15kg Blue SP3100 20kg Red
FITNESS
FLEXI-BAG Lift it, swing it, curl it, press it - limited only by your imagination! Flexi-Bag allows the user to easily work in all three planes of motion the ultimate functional training tool.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P315 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:31 Page 1
5 31
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
Bright colours, a range of weight options and a huge selection of different applications – Fitness Bulgarian Bags should feature in every serious functional training zone • Synthetic leather coating - easy to wipe down and keep clean • Various handles – essential for a range of different exercises SP2771 5kg Green each. SP2772 8kg Blue each. SP2773 12kg Red each. SP2774 17kg Silver each.
2020
FITNESS
FITNESS BULGARIAN BAGS
STUDIO PRO REBOUNDER Commercial grade 40” (1016mm) ideal for zero impact aerobic exercise offering a quiet and smooth bounce Key Features: Springs - 36 high quality 32mmø barrel springs attached to frame using a riveted barrel pin Frame - Heavy gauge powder coated steel ensures a strong frame Rebounder Bed - High quality polypropylene with nylon thread stitching and two layers of strong polypropylene webbing to securely attach bed to springs Spring Cover - Durable 420 denier oxford nylon offers great durability and tear resistance Legs - 6 x 9” (22.5cm) which fold down with use of tools for fast easy storage Feet - Extra wide non-marking rubber, offering improved grip SP2139 each. NOTE: Maximum user weight 125kg
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
JORDAN V2 STUDIO BARBELLS With its super-tough finish, unique locking mechanism and innovative anti-roll design, the new Ignite V2 Studio Barbell is an all round great performer
• Laser etched colour coding • Ergonomically designed easy-grip
Studio Barbell Quick Lock Collar SP3229 30mmØ pair.
centre for use as dumbbells
• Colour coded
2x 5kg, 2x 2.5kg, 2x 1.25kg, pair Quick Lock collars & bar
Rubber Studio Barbell Set
SP3060 each. Separates SP3061 1.25kg each. SP3062 2.5kg each. SP3063 5kg each. SP3064 10kg each.
2020
Urethane Studio Barbell Set 2x 5kg, 2x 2.5kg, 2x 1.25kg, pair Quick Lock collars & bar SP3666 each. Separates SP3667 1.25kg each. SP3668 2.5kg each. SP3669 5kg each. SP3670 10kg each.
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
31 6
P316 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:35 Page 1
STUDIO BARBELL RACKS • Holds up to 12 or 30 sets kSP2116 12 Set Rack H1490 x L638mm each. kSP2346 30 Set Rack H1605 x L1925mm each.
Note: Weights not included.
RUBBER RADIAL STUDIO BARBELL SET 20KG
• Attractive rubber radial design • Rubber coated for protection of discs and floors • Integrated hand grip • 2 x 1.25kg, 2 x 2.5kg, 2 x 5kg, (17.5kg weights) + Bar and collars kSP3663 set.
RUBBER RADIAL SEPARATES
A
SP3664 Red 5kg each. SP3665 Green 10kg each.
B
STUDIO BARBELL COMPONENTS
C
D
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SP1519 A. Spring Collars 30mmØ pair. SP2863 B. Spring Collars 25.4mmØ pair. SP3229 C. Quick Lock Collars 30mmØ pair. SP2659 D. Barbell Bar 30mmØ each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P317 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:36 Page 1
2020
FITNESS
7 31
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
REEBOK STEP THE ORIGINAL
ACCESSORIES
Timeless aerobic Reebok Step remains integral and immensely popular piece in group fitness exercise Sturdy and durable for every lunge and jump, the Reebok Step’s non-slip rubber surface allows focus on form and positioning • Adjustable to 3 heights (15cm/20cm/25cm) • Total body workout • Lightweight and easy to move • Solid and trusted build quality • Compact and stackable design SP342 each. Eas y tto o cl ean, sw eat Easy clean, sweat rresistant esistant surface surface
Step Riser SP3058 each. Step Feet SP2304 each. Step Clip SP2306 each.
3 HEIGHT 3 HEIGHTVARIATIONS VARIATIONS
Raised ‘bubble Raised ‘bubbl e’ texture texture for for reliable reliable grip grip
Quick and simple ‘click and ‘click and lock’ lock’ adjustment ffeet eet adjus tment
Rubber ffeet prevent Rubber eet tto o pr event slipping absorb impact impact slipping g and and absorb
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
31 8
P318 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:37 Page 1
THE ORIGINAL STEP • Moulded high density
FITNESS
polyethylene platform with inset anti-slip rubber mat and four supporting risers • Platform size: 1090 x 400 x 102mm • Height adjustable: 102 - 152 - 203mm • Incline/decline capability for bench applications. SP492 each.
THE ORIGINAL STEP PLATFORM ONLY SP1139
each.
RISERS ONLY • Suitable for use with The Original and Studio Steps each.
2020
SP1138
STUDIO AEROBIC STEP • Similar to SP492 but features specially moulded anti-slip top surface
• Platform size: 1100 x 410 x 110mm • Four supporting risers enable adjustment
SP492
to 110, 160 or 210mm
• Max user weight 200kg SP2390 each, 10 and over each.
STUDIO AEROBIC STEP PLATFORM ONLY • Featuring specially moulded anti-slip top surface SP2391 each.
SP2390
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P319 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:38 Page 1
9 31
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
• Durable design offering stability and maximum safety • Dual density impact absorbing foam inner designed to
FITNESS
ATREQ SOFT PLYOMETRIC BOXES prevent users from injury
• Anti-slip surface landing area of 600mm x 750mm for increased grip
• Boxes can be connected together with velcro flaps to
enable stacking, creating various height combinations
• Heavy duty handles for easy moving • Sold individually or as a set of 4
Sizes and Weights Purple Size 600 x 750 x 150mm weight 10kg ❋SP2997 each.
Green Size 600 x 750 x 300mm weight 18kg ❋SP2998 each. Red Size 600 x 750 x 450mm weight 27kg ❋SP2999 each.
2020
Blue Size 600 x 750 x 600mm weight 38kg ❋SP3000 each.
ATREQ SOFT PLYO BOXES SET OF 4
• Includes 1 each SP2997, SP2998, SP2999, SP3000 ❋SP3123 each.
The ATREQ Triplex 3 in 1 Soft Plyo Box is great to develop muscular power and explosiveness. Using a soft plyometric box reduces the risk of injury and much more comfortable on the feet. Plyometric training conditions the whole body with dynamic resistance exercises that rapidly stretch a muscle and then rapidly shorten it.
ATREQ TRIPLEX 3 IN 1 SOFT PLYO BOX
• Ideal for functional training • Durable design offering stability and maximum safety • Dual density impact absorbing foam inner designed to prevent users from injury
• 3-in-1 design for space efficiency • Height options 500mm, 600mm, 750mm • Dimensions 500 x 600 x 750mm ❋SP3124
each.
Links...
More Plyometric Platforms... ...See Page 395 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
These revolutionary battle ropes offer a fun, dynamic and versatile strength and conditioning programme like no other
FITNESS
Get fit for battle
32 0
P320 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:39 Page 1
BATTLE ROPES • British-made, high quality waterproof nylon ropes suitable for inside use only • Unique mouldable rubber grip SP2782 32mm x 10m, Weight: 5kg each. SP2783 50mm x 10m, Weight: 7kg each. Warranty: 1 year
ROPE ANCHOR 120 x 285 x 65mm SP3106 each.
ROPE STORAGE POINT 250 x 340 x 65mm SP3107 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
TRAINING ROPE WITH NYLON CASING Extremely versatile training tool, for beginners to elite athletes • Suitable for indoor and outdoor use • Natural Manilla rope covered with a water resistant black nylon jacket SP2587 15m x 38mm Ø, Weight: 15kg each. SP3218 15m x 50mm Ø, Weight: 28kg each.
P321 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:42 Page 1
1 32
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
FITNESS
STUDIO PRO BARS Padded free weight bars for use in group and individual exercise. Provide a controlled workout that improves balance and co-ordination. Built to commercial specification.
D E U
• Premium quality bars made with a solid iron core welded in place so it will not rattle
STUDIO BAR RACK c/w WHEELS • Holds up to 60 Bars • Lockable wheels • Size: 810 x 860 x 1150mm high • Weight: 35kg ❋SP2610
• Rubber ends protect floors and are designed to •
each.
N I T
prevent bars from rolling away Length: 1230mm
N O C
S I D
2020
Note: Bars not included
PARALLETTES One of the most convenient and versatile products available for body weight training. Perfect to take outdoors for group training or for use in the gym. Hundreds of exercises can be performed based on a variety of dips, rows, push ups and jumps to target the chest, triceps, shoulders, legs and core • 381mm (15”) clearance, the optimum height to encourage good form, posture, stability and strength • Heavy duty tubing yet lightweight and portable • Sturdy and supportive - non-slip feet will not shift under pressure • Comfortable, padded foam handgrips • Powder-coated frame • Suitable for both indoor and outdoor use • Set of 2 Dimensions: 470 x 425 x 381mm high Weight: 2 x 2kg SP3220 set of 2.
SP2463 3kg - Pink £18.34 each. SP2464 4kg - Green £21.67 each. SP2465 5kg - Blue £23.34 each. SP2466 6kg - Orange £25.00 each. SP2467 7kg - Red £26.67 each.
GYM RINGS • 2 x ABS plastic rings with adjustable band length
• Diameter of ring 240mm, band width 25mm
• The original suspension training system, used for over a hundred years for gymnastic training
• Performing fully suspended exercises such as Great For:
the pull up or dips and advanced exercises to perform muscle ups and iron cross drills SP2599 pair.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
MAD PRO SUSPENSION TRAINER
ULTRA SPEED CABLE ROPE
Portable, lightweight, allows workouts anytime, anywhere..!
Ultra fast tangle proof cable rope, ideal for double unders, crossfit, HIIT & mma training to boost speed, agility and coordination - a lightning fast skipping experience • Long comfortable brushed chrome handles • Perpendicular swivel • Quick adjustable coated steel cable SP3108 each.
STUDIO PRO ROPES
• Suspension Training increases flexibility and endurance, helps develop and maintain a strong core
• Independently load tested to over 450kg (1000lb) • Built to perform from hi-strength polyester webbing with
High quality, smooth-turning Speed rope is recommended for general purpose skipping. Made of solid vinyl cord with freespinning, easy grip, low density shatterproof polyethylene handles, these are the most durable speed-style ropes available. The cord is regularly tested by an independant research laboratory to ensure maximum flexure fatigue resistance. SP2080 2.4m (8’) Suits heights up to 1.6m (up to 5’3”) SP1530 2.7m (9’) Suits heights 1.6m - 1.8m (5’4” - 5’10”) SP2081 3m (10’) Suits heights 1.8m - 2m (5’11” - 6’6”) each.
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
32 2
P322 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:46 Page 1
industrial bartack stitching
• Unique steel T-fastener buckles for quick adjustment of Apex style straps, adjust 1.2m to 2.5m
• Apex straps attach to 1.25m anchor strap to offer 5 different
2020
attachment points
• ABS padded hand grips with integrated foot cradles for inground based exercises
• Maximum user weight – 125kg SP2860 each.
MAD RESISTANCE BANDS For use in Pilates, resistance workouts or rehabilitation, Latex bands have the best and most progressive elasticity, offering smooth, even resistance • Three strengths, light, medium and strong • Resistance rating and safety warnings written on the band • Ideal for studio use Single Bands SP3765 Light/Red each. SP3766 Medium/Blue each. SP3767 Strong/Black each.
ultimate performance and durability SP3214 244cm (8’) SP3393 275cm (9’) each.
LEATHER
274cm with plastic swivel handles. SP559 each.
COTTON SKIPPING ROPES
Pack of 10 of
MAD RESISTANCE BAND ROLLS Marked with repeating safety warnings for use in a commercial environment • 150mm x 15m • Strength/colour as above SP3771 Light/Red each. SP3772 Medium/Blue each. SP3773 Strong/Black each. Warning: Contain Latex Do Not Use if Allergic Care Instructions See Page 323
PRO-BOX CABLE STEEL SKIPPING ROPES • Superfast jump rope offers
Plaited cotton. Sold in packs of 12. SP557 213cm per 12. SP558 274cm per 12.
SKIPPING ROPE RACK • Holds 500 skipping ropes (Fixings not included) SP1470
each.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Skipping Ropes See Page 340
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P323 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:47 Page 1
3 32
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
FITNESS
COMMERCIAL SUSPENSION TRAINER
TM
The TRX® COMMERCIAL SUSPENSION TRAINER is our most innovative product to date, designed to meet the demands of high-volume usage in commercial environments. Based on 12 years of feedback and testing, we have created our best Commercial Suspension Trainer to date. Designed to meet the demands of a high-volume, multi-user commercial environment, the new TRX® Suspension Trainer combines innovative features and a fresh new look to be our most durable and user-friendly product yet.
LOCKING CARABINER
Keep your investment safe and secure
EQUALISER LOOP
Self levelling Straps that allow for quick transitions
2020
EQUALISER LOOP LOCKING LOOP
LOCKING LOOP
A safety feature that keeps the user from falling if grip is lost on one handle
ADJUSTMENT
Barrel Lock adjusters with a revolutionary low profile for improved ease of use
TRX® PRO SUSPENSION TRAINER
The PRO kit contains our strongest, most secure Suspension Trainer with durable, easy to clean rubber handles, a locking carabiner to deter theft and three different types of anchors for maximum versatility. Includes five pre-made workout cards and an all-new Trainer Basics video that can be accessed on a computer, tablet or mobile device. Product Features • Weight: 0.7 Kg - light weight for the perfect combination of portability and strength • Anchoring Options: Door Anchor, Suspension Anchor and Xtender strap for any training environment • Carabiner: Designed to support over 9kN = over 2,000lbs (917kg) of force. Corrosion resistant and pin lock security • TRX Wrench: 2.5mm • Equaliser Loop: Ultra-durable Dupont® Kevlar® for extended wear and a self-leveling feature that provides variable feedback on loading • Locking Loop: Reinforced industrial Polyester with a built- in slip guard providing functional boundaries to range of motion and increased resistance • Adjustment: Barrel Lock adjusters with a revolutionary low profile steel slide mechanism for improved comfort and easy adjustment • Foot Cradles: Neoprene padding for comfort • Handles: Commercial-grade, ergonomic rubber handles designed for durability, ease of cleaning and improved grip during sweaty workouts • All packed in retail box SP2864 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
NEW
PADDED TRIANGLES
NEW
ANTIMICROBIAL HANDLES
NEW
ADJUSTABLE FOOT CRADLES
Larger and padded for increased comfort
ADJUSTABLE
Stop the spread of bacteria
PADDED TRIANGLES ANTIMICROBIAL HANDLES
ADJUSTABLE FOOT CRADLES
Anti-slippage and cushy padding for an enhanced member experience
TRX® PRO CLUB 4 SUSPENSION TRAINER
Ideally suited to commercial leisure facilities offering same straps as Pro but without the accessories or retail packaging, great value… • Club 4 Suspension Straps with locking carabiner and xtenders only • Allen wrench, ‘get started’ and easy set up card included • Packed in mesh bag SP3360 each. Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
32 4
P324 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:48 Page 1
TRX DOOR ANCHOR
Turn any space into a TRX training room and achieve greater range of motion and more flexibility with the TRX X mount anchoring solution • Discrete, 114mm (4.5’') diameter, high-quality steel construction plate attaches easily to any wall, vertical stud or secure overhead beam • Supports all TRX Suspension Trainer models • The perfect accessory to dedicate an area to TRX Suspension Training SP2487 each.
A full TRX workout wherever there’s a door..! • Nylon, high density foam and felt system slips easily over the top of any solid wood or metal door, when door is shut, offers 100% sturdy support • Handy “Workout In Progress” safety placard included, just hang on outside of door SP2486 each.
FITNESS
TRX X MOUNT
Expand small group training volume, maximize space savings and provide more room for pull-ups and muscle-ups • Sturdy, industrial-grade steel, wall mounted pull-up bars • Ideal for workout facilities where space is tight • 3 sizes with a wide variety of configuration options to suit your space • Sizes from 213cm (7’) to 639cm (21’) will support from 3 to 10 TRX Suspension Trainers • The perfect way to integrate TRX Training into your facility • Installation instructions and safety guidelines included • Professional installation recommended TRX MultiMount 213cm (7ft) • For personal trainers and small studios • Supports up to 3 Suspension Trainers ❋SP2865 each.
• For group training in small to mid-size facilities • Supports up to 6 Suspension Trainers or 3 heavy bags • Allows for pull-ups and other hanging exercises TRX Double MultiMount Kit 426cm (14ft)
❋SP2866
each.
2020
TRX MULTI MOUNTS
• Ideal for mid-size to large facilities • Allows for group training • Supports up to 10 Suspension Trainers or 5 heavy bags TRX Triple MultiMount Kit 639cm (21ft)
❋SP2867
each.
TRX EXERCISE CHARTS Make your TRX zone stand out with these workout enhancing charts constructed from spill-resistant, tear proof material.
Strength Build muscle and increase total-body strength with the TRX® Suspension Trainer™. Size: 914mm x 610mm. SP3149 each.
Strength Advanced Looking for a challenging workout? Build total-body strength with the TRX® Suspension Trainer™ through this advanced program. Size: 914mm x 610mm. SP3150 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Flexibility Stretch on the TRX® Suspension Trainer™ to reduce muscle tension, increase range of motion and improve posture. Size: 914mm x 610mm. SP3151 each.
Rip Training Develop core strength, explosive power, flexibility and endurance through these functional movement patterns with the TRX® Rip® Trainer. Size: 914mm x 610mm. SP3152 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P325 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:49 Page 1
5 32
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
FITNESS
IGNITE STUDIO DUMBBELLS • Unique and stylish anti-roll design • Comfortable grip • Weights marked on each dumbbell • High quality neoprene covering • Colour coded for easy weight identification • Neoprene covering will not scuff or mark any other surface
• Sold in pairs
2020
SP3330 0.5kg SP3331 1kg SP3332 2kg SP3333 3kg SP3334 4kg SP3335 5kg SP1343 6kg
pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair.
SP1344 7kg SP1345 8kg SP3343 9kg SP3344 10kg
pair. pair. pair. pair.
IGNITE STUDIO DUMBBELL SETS c/w RACK 0.5-5kg c/w SP1144 Rack Comprising (pairs); 0.5kg x 8, 1kg x 8, 2kg x 10, 3kg x 6, 4kg x 6, 5kg x 4 kSP3572 each. 0.5-10kg c/w SP1144 Rack Comprising (pairs); 0.5kg x 5, 1kg x 5, 2kg x 5, 3kg x 4, 4kg x 4, 5kg x 4, 6kg x 3, 7kg x 3, 8kg x 3, 9kg x 3, 10kg x 3 kSP3573 each.
ALUMINIUM HAND GRIP EXERCISER Built for ultimate performance and durability providing resistance to help develop muscles • Strengthen forearms, hands, wrists and fingers • Improve performance in weight lifting, racket sports, climbing and golf • Improve strength for daily activities • Premium grade aluminium hand grips • High quality steel spring • Resistance in kg below SP3605 Blue – Light 45kg SP3606 Green – Medium 60kg SP3607 Purple – Strong 90kg each. Note: Weights not included.
IGNITE STUDIO DUMBBELL RACK • Lockable chrome top bar • Colour - silver • Holds up to 45 pairs of Studio Dumbbells • Portable With Wheels (Lockable) • Weight 42kg • Max Load 361kg • Height 1080mm x Length 1020mm x Depth 620mm SP1144 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
MAD NEOPRENE DUMBBELLS Anti-roll design Steel dumbbell with a medium density neoprene covering offering excellent grip
SP2468 0.5kg Pink SP621 1kg Purple SP2469 1.5kg Green SP622 2kg Blue
pair. pair. pair. pair.
SP623 3kg Orange SP624 4kg Red SP625 5kg Black
pair. pair. pair.
BLACK SERIES
pair. pair. pair. pair. pair.
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
32 6
P326 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 10:51 Page 1
Links...
SP3780 Black 1kg SP3781 Black 2kg SP3782 Black 3kg SP3783 Black 4kg SP625 Black 5kg
MAD NEOPRENE DUMBBELL STORAGE RACK
MAD WRIST & ANKLE WEIGHTS
Specifically designed to hold Mad Neoprene Dumbbells, 0.5 - 5kg • Lockable top and bottom bar - padlock not included • Portable with wheels • Size: 855 x 600 x 1204mm, Weight: 42kg Designed to hold: 16 (8 pairs) x 0.5kg 12 (6 pairs) x 1kg 10 (5 pairs) x 1.5kg 8 (4 pairs) x 2kg 8 (4 pairs) x 3kg 8 (4 pairs) x 4kg 6 (3 pairs) x 5kg Max load: 137kg kSP3336 each.
Add extra resistance to Intensify workouts and increase endurance Nylon Double Fastening • Unique double Velcro closures ensure friction free fit • Terry nylon material with SBR padded backing • Iron filling SP2155 2 x 0.5kg pair. SP2156 2 x 1.0kg pair.
• Velcro closures with metal D ring • Neoprene material with iron sand filling Neoprene
SP3814 2 x 0.5kg SP3813 2 x 1.0kg SP3759 2 x 2.0kg
Note: c/w locking bars. Weights and Padlocks not included. (Padlocks see page 255).
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
pair. pair. pair.
Note: Colour may vary
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Rubber Dumbbells See Page 387-390
P327 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 11:25 Page 1
FITNESS
7 32
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
ELASTIBAND®
Patented product designed for the workout of each main group of muscles - buttocks, abdominal muscles, thighs, arms, back and pectoral muscles ELASTIBAND • 3 Strengths: Light, Medium and Strong • 8 x 10cm loops per band • 4 x 16.5cm and 4 x 11cm loops •
on ‘multi’ model make it easier for use with trainers etc Washable to 30º
SP2660 10kg Light - Yellow 80cm each. SP2663 10kg Multi Light - Green 110cm each. SP2661 15kg Medium - Black 80cm A N E W WAY O F T R A I N I N G I N Y O U R C O U R S E S ! each. SP2662 20kg Strong - Blue 80cm each.
2020
SP2664 Elastiband Poster Size: 650 x 870mm each.
STUDIO PRO SAFETY RESISTANCE TRAINERS
ATREQ DUAL MINI POWER BANDS
Protection sleeve virtually removes risks associated with latex tube failure, extends the life of latex tube • Available in 4 strengths, each with a different coloured sleeve marked with resistance level, ideal for studio use • Length: 120cm(including handles 155cm) • Stretch: 4 times original length • TPR handles for comfortable grip SP2135 Light resistance, Green each. SP2136 Medium resistance, Blue each. SP2137 Strong resistance, Red each. SP2138 X-Strong resistance, Black each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Designed for strength and conditioning, rehab and exercise • Extremely strong for the most intense workouts • 100% pure natural latex for a longer lifespan • Non-toxic and highly durable • Available in six separate levels of resistance determined by width of band • 300mm long (600mm full loop) x 5mm thick x various widths SP3519 6mm Black each. SP3520 12mm Orange each. SP3521 22mm Green each. SP3522 32mm Red each. SP3523 44mm Yellow each. SP3524 64mm Purple each.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E
32 8
P328 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 11:27 Page 1
each. each. each. each. each. each. each. each.
ATREQ MINI LOOP BAND SET Very versatile, ideal for lateral movement exercises, hip and glute activation, shoulder stabilization. Suitable for fitness, yoga, cardio, strength training, crossfit, calisthenics, bodybuilding, pilates, and physical therapy. • 75 x 300mm (600mm full loop) • High quality 100% natural latex construction • Set of 4, one each resistance Light - Orange 0.25mm 4-7kg resistance Medium - Green 0.75mm 9-11kg resistance Heavy - Yellow 1.00mm 15-18kg resistance X Heavy - Red 1.25mm 20-23kg resistance SP3515 set of 4.
MAD MINI POWER LOOPS Durable latex loops, ideal for rehab or general strength and conditioning, use around ankles, thighs, arms or to add extra reach to stretching exercises Yellow/Very light 0.35mm Green/Light 0.5mm Red/Medium 0.7mm Blue/Strong 0.9mm Black/Very strong 1.1mm • Assorted set of 5 or single strength packs of 10 in extra light, light, medium, strong, extra strong • Size: 50 x 300mm diameter (600mm full loop) SP3615 Set of 5 assorted per set.
SP3880 Pack of 10 Yellow/Extra Light 0.35mm per pack. SP3761 Pack of 10 Green/Light 0.5mm per pack. SP3762 Pack of 10 Red/Medium 0.7mm per pack. SP3763 Pack of 10 Blue/Strong 0.9mm per pack. SP3881 Pack of 10 Black/Extra Strong 1.1mm per pack.
MINI AEROBIC BANDS
Set of 4 colour coded strength Size: 50 x 220mm (440mm full loop) SP2777 set of 4.
RUBBER RESISTANCE TUBES High quality safety resistance tubing with comfortable integral foam covered handles • A multi stranded rubber core with a protective nylon sleeve, which prevents the possiblity of sudden tube failure • Rubber offers natural and progressive resistance and avoids the possibility of latex allergies • Ideal for class or studio use Length: 130cm (tube only). Total length 155cm Stretch: 3 times ie. tube goes from 130cm to 390cm SP2157 Light resistance SP2158 Medium resistance SP2159 Strong resistance each.
Warning: Do not stretch bands more than 2.5 x original length
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Bands • 150 x 1200mm • Individually packed Neon Green 0.3mm SP3844 Neon Pink 0.4mm SP3845 Blue 0.5mm SP3846 Purple 0.6mm SP3847 Rolls • 150mm x 25m • Cut to required size Neon Green 0.3mm SP3848 Neon Pink 0.4mm SP3849 Blue 0.5mm SP3850 Purple 0.6mm SP3851
FITNESS
SUPER DRIED AEROBIC RUBBER BANDS AND ROLLS 100% latex rubber bands and rolls produced by a dipping process, dried then vulcanised at room temperature • Good elongation and elasticity • Hypoallergenic and free of nitrosamines • Very durable smooth surface - silky and soft to touch • Perfect for resistance training for specific muscles • Suitable for rehab and training exercises • Lightweight & portable • Good offering as an alternative to heavy weights
P329 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 11:29 Page 1
FITNESS
9 32
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E C V
GYM PACKAGE
PACKAGE PRICE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A STARTING FRAMEWORK DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A STARTING FRAMEWORK kSP3907 FOR A SMALL LIMITED FORLEISURE A SMALLFACILITY LEISURE WITH FACILITY WITHSPACE LIMITED SPACE
This fitness package includes the latest TAURUS cardio equipment, with its German design and engineering providing stability, safety and simplicity. Together with BODYMAX strength and conditioning items, a fantastic package for all-round fitness incorporating the ten items below:kSP3886
kSP3888
UB 9.9 Upright Bike
kSP3891
RB9.9 Recumbent Bike FX Front Wheel Elliptical
R100 Air Rower
CF820 Elite Dual Adjustable Pulley
kSP3896
ith
kSP3894
C kage FOpac
kSP3893
B900 Weight Bench
IC50 Indoor Cycle
kSP3824-33 kSP2125
Rubber Hex Dumbbells 10 pairs 1-10kg Tower Rack (see page 387)
TAURUS RB9.9 RECUMBENT BIKE • HRM: hand pulse
TAURUS T9.9 TREADMILL
Key Features: • Kinomaps compatible • Suitable for Light Commercial use • 190kg maximum user weight • 1570 x 560mm running surface • Incline: 0-15 % (Adjustable in increments starting from 1%) • Speed: 0.5 - 22 km/h (Adjustable in increments starting from 0.1 km/h) kSP3886 each.
sensors + chest strap (sold separately) • Power supply: mains adapt • Saddle adjustment: incline, horizontal, pedals with toe clips and straps • Extras: extra low access, transport wheels • Drinking bottle holder • Max. user-weight 180kg kSP3888 each.
TAURUS UB9.9 UPRIGHT BIKE
TAURUS X9.9 REAR WHEEL ELLIPTICAL
Key Features: • HRM: hand pulse sensors + chest strap (sold separately) • Power supply: mains adapt • Saddle adjustment: horizontal, vertical • Extras: extra low access, transport wheels, drinking bottle holder • Max. user-weight - 180 kg • Dimensions set-up (L) 122 cm x (W) 61 cm x (H) 154 cm kSP3887 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
kSP3890
w
2020
T9.9 Treadmill
kSP3887
(all individually detailed on the following pages).
Key Features: • Electromagnetic induction braking system • Ball-bearing mounted joints • Computer resistance levels: 32 • Display: duration, distance, speed, watts, RPM, calories, heart rate • Exercise programmes 25 • Max. user-weight - 180 kg • Dimensions set-up (L) 232 cm x (W) 95 cm 0x (H) 172 cm kSP3889 each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E C V
TAURUS AIR BIKE ERGO-X Ideal solution for commercial fitness facilities with unbeatable durability, engineered to compete with the best air bikes on the market.
TAURUS IC50 INDOOR CYCLE • Belt transmission system • 20kg flywheel • Dipping handlebar • Maximum user weight: 135kg kSP3891 each.
BODYMAX R100 AIR ROWER
Key Features: • Very high stability • Easy-to-use folding mechanism • 5" LCD display on-board console • 26 on-board training programmes • Combined magnetic and air resistance system • Weight 43.6kg • Maximum user weight: 130kg • Dimensions open: 245 x 43 x 106cm (LxWxH) • Console display 127mm (5") LCD display console kSP3893 £499.17 each.
D E U
IN T N O C
S I D
The perfect partner from high-intensity interval training (HIIT) to gentle cardiovascular workouts. Special Features • Dual-Action design delivers a full body workout • Heavy duty frame to ensure stability • Belt-Driven fan resistance. The faster you pedal, the greater the resistance • Rubber dipped handles with a variety of grip positions • Oversized seat with easy 4-way adjustment for comfort • Transport wheels allow user to quickly and easily re-position the bike • Front foot pegs allow users to focus on an upper body workout • Easy-to-read LCD screen provides feedback to the user (Time, Speed, Distance, Calories & Interval) • No mains power required • Smooth, J6 Hutchinson drive belt • Suitable for commercial grade facilities with a warranty which covers: 5 Years Frame, 1 Year Parts, 6 Months Wearable Items and 6 Months Labour kSP3792 each.
BODYMAX CF820 ELITE DUAL ADJUSTABLE PULLEY Key Features: • Multiple position pullies • 2 x 72kg/160lb cast weight stacks • Built-in pull-up/ chin-up bars • Solid construction • Extend the range of exercises by adding weight bench (order separately) kSP3894 each.
TAURUS IC70 INDOOR CYCLE • Belt transmission system • 20kg flywheel • Dipping handlebar • Maximum user weight: 150kg • 9/16“ SPD pedals kSP3892 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
FITNESS
Key Features: • Braking system: electromagnetic induction brake • Ball-bearing mounted joints • Computer resistance levels: 32 • LCD Display: duration, distance, speed, watts, RPM, calories, heart rate • Exercise programmes in total: 25, of which custom: 1, heart rate controlled: 4 • Power supply: mains adaptor • Extras: transport wheels, drinking bottle holder kSP3890 each.
2020
TAURUS FX9.9 FRONT WHEEL ELLIPTICAL
33 0
P330 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 11:58 Page 1
P331 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 12:01 Page 1
1 33
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E S T R E N G T H
2020
FITNESS
TAURUS ROW-X AIR ROWER
BODYMAX PT210 COMMERCIAL CHIN/DIP/KNEE BLACK
Key Features: • Advanced hybrid resistance system • Four preset HIIT programmes • Suitable for commercial use • Weight: 44.3kg • Maximum User Weight: 150kg • Dims open: 250 x 63 x 124cm (LxWxH) • Heart Rate Measurement: Yes • Power Method: Mains kSP3681 each.
Key Features: • Designed for commercial use • Heavy duty tubular frame construction • Comfortable, durable upholstery for added support and protection • Perform multiple exercises: Chin-up, pull-up, dip, knee-raise, sit up • Weight: 97kg • Maximum User Weight: 200kg • Dims open: 144 x 120 x 230cm (LxWxH) kSP3898 each.
TAURUS WEIGHT BENCH 900
TAURUS WEIGHT BENCH 950
BODYMAX BE275 COMMERCIAL OLYMPIC BENCH PRESS BLACK
BODYMAX ST225 COMMERCIAL DISC LOAD SEAT CALF BLACK
Key Features: • Very sturdy training bench • Backrest 8 times adjustable - from flat bench to 90° • Seat upholstery is 3 times adjustable • Pulling handle and transport wheels • Weight: 35kg • Maximum load capacity: 400 kg kSP3897 each.
Key Features: • Comfortable handle system for safe and easy moving • Transport wheels and lever handle • Scratch and tearproof powder varnish • Double steel frame construction • Hard rubber feet help protect floors • Weight: 20kg • Maximum user weight: 300kg kSP3896 each.
Key Features: • Designed for heavy commercial use • Professional and distinctive matte black finish • 3 individual bar positions • Olympic weight plate holders • Thick padded back rest for superior comfort • Weight: 95kg • Maximum User Weight: 600kg • Dim open: 161 x 134 x 121cm (LxWxH) kSP3899 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Key Features: • Suitable for full & light commercial use • Solid steel with modern matte black powder coated finish • Curved frame looks stylish but also improves integrity • Plate loading and extremely low maintenance • Feel of training with free weights with safety of a machine • Maximum user weight: 300kg • Dimensions open: 116 x 65 x 89cm (LxWxH) kSP3900 each.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
TAURUS ELITE COMMERCIAL HALF RACK
kSP3905 each.
Key Features: • Full commercial grade half rack • Multi-grip chinning/pull-up station • Landmine attachment Included • 2 x Olympic bar holders and 8-pin olympic plate storage • Optional integrated lifting platform available • Weight: 100kg • Maximum user weight: 500kg kSP3904 each.
BODYMAX BE265 COMMERCIAL PREACHER CURL BLACK
BODYMAX BE225 COMMERCIAL FLAT BENCH BLACK
BODYMAX COMMERCIAL ADJUSTABLE PULLEY BLACK
TAURUS SQUAT RACK
Key Features: • Heavy gauge steel construction • Extra-wide seat and arm pads • Designed to position the user in the optimal workout position to optimise results. • Built for heavy commercial use • Adjustable seat • Weight: 33kg • Maximum user weight: 115kg • Dimensions open: 90 x 83 x 90cm (LxWxH) kSP3902 each.
Key Features: • Designed for full commercial use • Sleek and stylish black colour • Easily adjustable • 2 x 100kg heavy weight stacks with guard • Strong and robust construction • Weight: 420kg • Maximum user weight: 350kg • Dimensions open: 85 x 145 x 235cm (LxWxH) kSP3903 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Key Features: • Integrated wheels facilitate movement around fitness suite • Solitary front leg reduces trip hazards • Optimal bench height for dumbbell training • Designed for commercial use • Weight: 18kg • Maximum user weight: 180kg • Dimensions open: 141 x 60 x 44cm (LxWxH) kSP3901 each.
Key Features: • Rack system with 10 possible height levels • Grip width/inside dimensions: approximately 111 cm • Sturdy steel frame construction • Durable powder coating • Optimal for squats, bench press etc. kSP3906 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
FITNESS
TAURUS BOM TF ELITE HALF RACK C/W PLATFORM 2.5 x 1m
2020
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E S T R E N G T H
33 2
P332 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 12:02 Page 1
P333 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 12:18 Page 1
FITNESS
3 33
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT ‘Since 1891 Lonsdale has remained at the heart of boxing with legends of the sport such as Mohammad Ali, Sugar Ray Robinson & Henry Cooper all using Lonsdale products. Ambassadors today include Joe Calzaghe, Carl Froch, Tony Price & Nathan Cleverly to name a few, and the brand continues to develop with MMA & nutrition products added to the ranges offered.
The first boxing match using gloves was organised by the 5th Earl of Lonsdale in 1891 and the original ‘Lonsdale Belt’ was donated to professional boxers in 1909. In 1959 ex-boxer Bernard Hart was granted permission by the 7th Earl of Lonsdale to use the Lonsdale name for a range of boxing equipment & clothing and the first Lonsdale store opened in London the following year. The Lonsdale brand is synonymous with boxing and product development has remained at the heart of the success that the brand continues to enjoy.’
LONSDALE SPAR PARTNER • Free standing Spar Partner
LONSDALE PU ANGLE PUNCH BAG 1060mm • Heavy duty PU outer bag • Soft inner filling for kindness
in the shape of head and torso • EVA foam-bonded construction with three height adjustable settings to approx 183cm (6’), 168cm (5’6”) and 152cm (5’) • Base can be filled with water or sand • Weight: Empty 20kg, waterfilled 110kg SP2829 each.
to hands and wrists • Hanging straps included • Excellent for combination practice • Weight: 27kg approx SP2830 each.
IN
T
N O C
IS
LONSDALE PU PUNCH BAG 1220mm • Heavy duty PU outer bag • Soft inner filling for kindness to
2020
U
D E
D
hands and wrists
• Hanging straps included • Weight: 27kg approx SP2831
each.
LONSDALE CLUB TRAINING PACK Lonsdale holdall with PU pads and mitts • 10 pairs x Pro Training Hook and Jab Pads • 10 pairs x Pro Training Bag Mitts • 10 x Basic Skip Ropes SP2833 each.
Links...
More Punch Bags... ...See Page 335-336 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
33 4
P334 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:07 Page 1
PRO-BOX TRAINING PACKS
FITNESS
Easy to carry Pro-Box holdall with Heavy Duty Synthetic Leather Pads, Mitts and Heavy Duty Skipping Ropes
• 5 pairs x Hook & Jab Pads • 5 pairs x Mitts • 5 x Skipping Ropes
• 10 pairs x Hook & Jab Pads • 10 pairs x Mitts • 10 x Skipping Ropes 30 Piece
15 Piece
each.
SP3392
each.
2020
SP2936
ESCAPE FREESTANDING PUNCHBAG
PRO-BOX BASE SPAR HEADGUARD • High quality synthetic
leather ‘Open Face’ head guard
• Padded with light weight air cushion, safety foam filling
Heavy-duty, freestanding technique bag built to stand the test of time – it’s tough with an understated, functional design • Durable, medium duty bag, designed for frequent use, features a special formulation foam base stronger and more resilient than plastic alternatives • Composed of two parts which can be separated for transportation easy to move and store • Markings offer user targets to aim for • 780 x 1850mm • Weight 72kg kSP3528 each.
• Velcro fastening chin and back strap Small Blue Red Medium Black Large
SP3862 SP3863 SP3864
each. each. each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P335 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:08 Page 1
5 33
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
FITNESS
PRO-BOX SYNTHETIC LEATHER SPARRING GLOVES Professional hi-tech synthetic leather training gloves provide enhanced durability • Breathable palm & high compression ‘IMF’ safety foam padding • Wide wrap around Velcro fastener with thumb attachment • Taffeta waterproof lining helps keep gloves fresher for longer • Colour: Black/White 10oz SP3865 12oz SP3908 14oz SP3909 pair. Womens • Features as above, anatomically designed for women to provide shock resistance and maximum comfort • Colour: Black/Fuchsia/White 8oz pair.
PRO-BOX PUNCHBAG MITTS • Leather or PU • Pre-shaped for comfort • Small size now available for ladies
2020
Professional Black Leather Small SP2004 Medium SP1673 Large SP1674 pair.
PU PRESHAPED PUNCHBAG MITTS • Pre-shaped style bag
mitts as supplied in training packs on page 334 • Tough PU with elastic wrist fastening and breathable mesh palm • Colour: Black/Red/White Small SP2268 Medium SP2269 Large SP2270 pair.
Club Blue PU Small SP3718 Red PU Medium SP3719 Black PU Large SP3720 pair.
PRO-BOX INNER GLOVES Black/Gold SP3867 pair. Black/Fuchsia SP3868 pair.
AIBA SPECIFICATION STRETCH HAND WRAPS • Elasto-Stretch wraps with velcro closing • Colour: Black 5 x 250cm SP3209 pair. 5 x 150cm SP3210 pair.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Links...
Skipping Ropes See Page 340 Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
33 6
P336 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:10 Page 1
PRO-BOX CHAMP BOXING GLOVES
2020
FITNESS
Hand stitched gloves made from carbon patterned tough PU • Extra wide hook & loop wrist closure ‘safety bar’ system – easy on/off • Excellent wrist support • Durable super soft moisture wicking lining - quick drying between sessions Blue/Red/Silver 8oz SP3869 10oz SP3870 pair. Black/Silver 12oz SP3871 14oz SP3872 pair. Black/Fuchsia Womens 8oz SP2273 pair.
CLUB ESSENTIALS TRAINING GLOVES • High quality synthetic leather training gloves with breathable mesh palm, and high compression ‘IMF’ padding • Taffeta waterproof lining, wrap around velcro fastening strap and thumb safety attachment Blue 8oz SP2449 Red 10oz SP2450 Black 12oz SP2451 Black 14oz SP2452 Black 16oz SP2453 pair.
CHILDRENS TRAINING GLOVES BLUE • Ultra-safe PU artificial leather gloves with moulded foam safety filling and velcro wrist closing • Age range 6-12 years 4oz SP2271 6oz SP2272 pair.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P337 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:11 Page 1
7 33
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
2020
FITNESS
MAD LEATHER PRO SPARRING GLOVES Premium Leather Pro boxing gloves with hand moulded multi-layer foam padding designed for optimum comfort, support and absorption. Wide Velcro wrist support, attached thumbs and are lined with waterproof taffeta that prevents moisture entering the padding • Size: 8oz – 16oz • Material - Premium cowhide leather construction with multi-layer foam protection and Velcro fastening wrist support • Colour - Black with metallic white palm 8oz SP3748 10oz SP3749 12oz SP3750 pair. 14oz SP3751 16oz SP3752 pair.
MAD SYNTHETIC LEATHER SPARRING GLOVES
MAD SYNTHETIC LEATHER MITTS
Soft Synthetic leather sparring gloves with anatomically designed latex mould insets designed for optimum comfort, grip, support and absorption. Wide velcro wrist supports, attached thumbs and lined with waterproof taffeta that prevents moisture entering the padding • Size – 6oz Junior, 10oz, 12oz, 14oz • Material - Soft Synthetic leather construction with anatomical pre moulded inserts for maximum protection and a wide velcro closure for exceptional wrist support • Colour - Black with white palm 6oz Junior SP3753 pair. 10oz SP3754 12oz SP3755 14oz SP3756 pair.
Soft synthetic leather boxing bag mitts with a dense anatomical hand moulded multi-layer foam padding designed for optimum hand protection. Elasticated wrists for easy on/off access providing a comfortable and secure fit • Material - Soft Synthetic leather construction with dense multi-layer foam protection & elasticated wrists • Colour - Black with white stitching Small SP3741 Medium SP3742 Large SP3743 X Large SP3744 pair.
STRETCH COTTON HAND WRAPS 3.5m Never spar or do any heavy bag work without first putting on hand wraps, or you may damage our hands! These Boxing-Mad professional 3.5m stretch cotton hand wraps are perfect for boxing training or BoxFit classes, thumb loops and velcro fastenings ensure a secure fit • Thumb loops and velco fastening • Sold in pairs • Material - stretch cotton with velcro fastenings • Length - 3.5m SP3745 pair. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
33 8
P338 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:11 Page 1
MAD WOMENS SYNTHETIC LEATHER SPARRING GLOVES
FITNESS
Soft Synthetic leather sparring gloves with anatomically designed pre moulded latex moulds designed for women to provide optimum comfort, support and absorption. Wide Velcro wrist support, attached thumb lined with waterproof taffeta prevents moisture entering the padding • Size - 8oz • Colour - White with red palm • Material - Soft Synthetic leather construction with anatomical pre moulded inserts for maximum protection and a wide Velcro fastening for exceptional wrist support SP3757 pair.
MAD CURVED HOOK & JAB FOCUS PADS
2020
Ideal for training, super thick foam shock absorption inner and wrist padding provides a comfortable position for hands of trainer as well as protection from impact. Pad palms are dome shaped, elasticated wrist strap creates the perfect fit. Great for developing speed combinations and accuracy… • Material – Leather or Synthetic leather with dense shock absorbing foam and Velcro fastening wrist support • Colour Black with metallic white palm and white laces Leather SP3875 pair. Synthetic Leather SP3746 pair.
MAD TRAINING PACK Large holdall with Focus Pads, Mitts and Speed Ropes 10 pairs Synthetic Leather Focus Pads 10 pairs Synthetic Leather Mitts (5 pairs Medium, 5 pairs Large) 10 Speed Ropes 2.7m (9’) 1 Holdall SP3876 each.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Mad Speed Ropes See Page 322
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P339 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:13 Page 1
2020
FITNESS
9 33
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
PRO-BOX CURVED HOOK & JAB PADS R/B/S • Metallic carbon PU material in eye catching colours • Constructed from 76mm (3”) thick shock absorbing EVA foam padding • ‘Air chamber’ to absorb heaviest of punches • Secure fit, hook & loop strap to wrist • Microfibre lining for extra comfort • Finger guard SP3874 pair.
PRO-BOX CURVED HOOK AND JAB PADS CLUB • Leather and vinyl hook
PRO-BOX CURVED KICK/PUNCH SHIELD • Made from tough PVC with dense foam filling • Size 660 x 440 x 130mm thick SP1221
and jab pads
• Tough and hardwearing SP862
each.
pair.
PRO-BOX THAI KICK PAD • Nu-buck leather grain vinyl • High density aerofoam padding
• Size: 430 x 240 x 100mm SP1676
each.
SP1221
SP1676
PRO-BOX PUNCH PADDLES
Designed to add diversity to the workout session • Helps improve speed, precision, offensive and defensive skills • Highly comfortable padded grip and strike area offers superb levels of punch dispersion and cushioning • Wrist loop incorporated to help improve safety for coach and boxer SP3571 pair. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
34 0
P340 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:14 Page 1
HEAVY DUTY NYLON SPEED ROPE • Handles with bearings – smooth action
FITNESS
SP3858 SP3859 SP3860 SP3861
2020
2.1m (7’) Blue 2.4m (8’) Red 2.7m (9’) Black 3m (10’) Orange each.
LEATHER SKIPPING ROPE 274cm with plastic swivel handles. SP559 each.
COTTON SKIPPING ROPES
PRO-BOX CABLE STEEL SKIPPING ROPES • Superfast jump rope offers ultimate
performance and durability 244cm (8’) SP3214 275cm (9’) SP3393 each.
Plaited cotton. Sold in packs of 12. 213cm SP557 per 12. 274cm SP558 per 12.
SKIPPING ROPE RACK • Holds 500 skipping ropes • Fixings not included SP1470
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
each.
Links...
More Ropes See Page 322
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P341 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:14 Page 1
1 34
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
• Constructed from 100 x 100mm steel box section with a durable powder coated finish • 4 people can work simultaneously at each station and no floor fixing is required • Maximum bag weight for each station is 80kg • Size 2040 x 2040 x 2530mm high • Require assembly • Bags sold separately, see P343/344 ❋SP2928 4-Punch Bag Station each.
2020
FITNESS
COLOSSUS 4-STATION FRAMES
❋SP2929 3-Punch Bag and Adjustable Speedball Platform each.
SWIVEL HANGER
For use with Wall Brackets, see page 343. SP2926 each.
Note: Punch Bags, Speedball and/or Floor to Ceiling Balls not included, please order separately. Either of the above can take a Floor to Ceiling Ball.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
PRO-BOX ELITE SPEEDBALL PLATFORM • Adjustable height frame • 25mm thick intense use platform and swivel • Requires speedball SP858 or SP3731, sold separately • Fixings not included SP1675
each.
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
34 2
P342 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:16 Page 1
PRO-BOX SPEEDBALLS • Include rubber/leather straps • Fixings not included • For intense professional use • Black/White • Double reinforced, Leather Heavy Duty
Leather Heavy Duty • For intense professional use • Black/White SP859 each. Synthetic Leather • Tough PU and laminated PU • Black SP3730 £ each.
rivetted hanging strap SP858 each.
PRO-BOX Synthetic Leather Tough PU & laminated PU •SPEEDBALL Black BLADDER •SPARE SP3731 • Spare £rubber each. speedball bladder SP2459 each.
SWIVEL ONLY • For use with any Pro-Box
Speedball Platform. SP850 each.
FLOOR TO CEILING BALL STRAP SET • Replacement leather
and rubber strap set SP2529 set.
FLOOR TO CEILING BALL ANCHOR PLATE • No floor fixing required • Use in conjunction with cast iron weight disc’s (not supplied) SP2458 each.
2020
PRO-BOX FLOOR TO CEILING BALLS • Include rubber/leather straps • Fixings not included
PRO-BOX SPEEDBALL PLATFORM CLUB • Full size platform,
complete with frame and two piece swivel • Requires speedball SP858, sold separately • Fixings not included SP857 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P343 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:17 Page 1
3 34
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
The new Champ-Spa punch bags from Pro-Box are constructed from tough PU and laminated material, machine filled with textiles. All three bags incorporate 25mm inner foam jackets giving a more responsive feel whilst offering great levels of protection to hands and wrists
• Size: 39cm Ø x 122cm height • Weight: 35kg
PU Jumbo • Size: 48cm Ø x 140cm height • Weight: 65kg kSP3740 each.
PU Angle Bag • Size: 50cm Ø x 122cm height • Weight: 40kg SP3732 each.
PRO-BOX HEAVY WEIGHT PUNCH BAG BRACKETS • Metal brackets for suspending
COLOSSUS SUPER HEAVY DUTY PUNCH BAG WALL BRACKETS • Made to take the largest and heaviest
SUPER HEAVY DUTY PUNCH BAG CHAINS • High quality stainless
PU Extra Large
SP3739 each.
Note: Requires bag chains SP861 x 1
Note: Requires bag chains SP3153 x 1
Note: Requires bag chains SP3153 x 1
2020
FITNESS
PRO-BOX CHAMP-SPAR PUNCH BAGS
punch bag from wall
• Fixings not included • Fixed 91cm (3’)
punch bags
• Constructed from 100 x 50mm steel
supports up to 35kg SP3733 each.
box section with a durable powder coated finish • Includes replaceable swivel hanger • Lifetime guarantee on the main frame • Extends to 0.9m ❋SP2455 each.
steel with thick heavy duty chain and snap hook attachments • The ultimate bag chains for maximum reliability • Up to 100kg SP2454 4 - Leg set. SP3153 6 - Leg set.
Fixed 61cm (2’) supports up to 40kg SP751 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . A C T I V E K O M B AT
34 4
P344 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:18 Page 1
The Professional Leather Punch Bags from the finest hand crafted leather cow hide giving supreme quality performance and style. They are machine filled with textile, canvas lined to increase strength and come complete with a 25mm inner foam jacket that gives a more responsive feel whilst offering great protection to the hands and wrists. These bags are designed to withstand the heaviest of punishment from the biggest of punchers.
• Size - 35cmØ x 122cm height • Weight: Approx 40kg
Professional Leather Punch Bag
SP3394 each.
Note: Requires SP3153 bag chains
Professional Leather Angle Bag • Size - 50cmØ x 100cm height • Weight: Approx 40kg SP3396 each. Note: Comes complete with bag chains
2020
Note: Requires SP861 bag chains
Professional Leather Colossus Bag • Size - 50cmØ x 140cm height • Weight: Approx 60kg kSP3395 each.
FITNESS
PRO-BOX PROFESSIONAL LEATHER PUNCH BAGS
PRO-BOX PUNCHBAG CHAINS • Suitable for hanging
punchbags up to 50kg on any of our brackets 4 - Leg SP861 set. 6 - Leg SP3734 set.
SNAP HOOKS
Quick fixing attachment for balls, bags, weight training attachments etc. SP2873 Stainless steel A4 • Heavy duty • 1150kg breaking load each. SP2460 Mild steel • For use with non-critical loads each.
SWIVEL HANGER
For use with Wall Bracket SP2455 SP2926 each.
EYEBOLT M12
For use with SP751 and SP2007 brackets SP2531 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P345 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 13/07/2021 15:22 Page 1
5 34
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B A L A N C E C O R E
STUDIO PRO 500kg ANTI-BURST SWISS BALL
FITNESS
Our Studio Pro Ball is rated at 500kg and is one of the toughest balls available
Weights: 55cm x 1200g, 65cm x 1500g, 75cm x 1850g Safety Tests: SGS Labs tested as burstresistant with up to 750kg static load. Rated as suitable for 500kg load. SGS Labs tested with a static load of over 2 tons without failure.
UED
N NTI O C S
DI
• Tested by SGS Laboratories for burst-resistance, static, dynamic and cyclical loading
• Perfect for commercial use weight training, fit ball workouts, yoga, pilates or physiotherapy
SP2085 55cm Graphite each. SP2086 65cm Graphite SP2794 65cm Dark Blue each. SP2087 75cm Graphite SP2795 75cm Purple each.
2020
STEADYBALL Designed specifically for core stability and balance work • Unique, safe and stylish two-tone • Self-levelling technology means it won’t roll away • Made from anti-burst foam PVC, so little risk of sudden deflation • Fully tested with safe maximum user weight 110kg
STUDIO 300kg SWISS BALL • Burst Resistance Swiss Ball with a load rating of 300kg • Perfect for fit ball workouts, yoga, pilates or physiotherapy • Can be used as a chair to aid with postural problems Weights: 45cm x 1000g 55cm x 1100g 65cm x 1350g 75cm x 1650g
SP3618 55cm each. SP3619 65cm each. SP3620 75cm each.
Safety Tests: Rated as suitable for 300Kg load. SGS Labs tested as burst-resistant with a 500Kg static load. SGS Labs tested with a static load of over 1.5 ton without failure.
Colour: Blue SP3760 45cm £11.24 each.
NTINU O C S I D
ED
SP2082 55cm each. SP2083 65cm each. SP2084 75cm each.
Height Under 152cm (5’0”) 152cm (5’0”) - 165cm (5’5”) 168cm (5’6”) - 180cm (5’11”) 183cm (6’0”) - 191cm (6’3”)
Ball Size 45cm (18”) 55cm (22”) 65cm (26”) 75cm (30”)
BALL SIZE GUIDE
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B A L A N C E C O R E
34 6
P346 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 14/07/2021 09:39 Page 1
GYM BALL RACK
2020
FITNESS
Manufactured from heavy duty 3mm oval steel tube finished in durable gloss powder coating • Holds up to nine balls/BOSU • Size: 2180 x 650 x 1800mm high ❋SP1823 each.
Note: Gym balls not included. Requires assembly.
BODYMAX GYM BALL STAND 10 BALL
GYM BALL STACKER RINGS Stacker ring supplied in lay flat form, ideal where space is restricted • Robust construction • Low cost storage SP1785 each.
Tidy storage solution
INFLATORS
Hi Speed Power Pump • 2 way action for fast inflation • Size: 170mm barrel (50mm dia) SU1000 each.
Super Pump • Lightweight, non corrosive plastic. SW505 each.
Features • Fully adjustable ring holders • Holds up to 10 gym balls • Rubber feet protect flooring • Size: 121 x 121 x 192cm high kSP3622 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Note: Gym balls not included.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P347 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 14/07/2021 09:41 Page 1
FITNESS-MAD ADJUSTABLE WOBBLE BOARD
STABILITY CUSHION
An excellent way to improve balance, proprioception, ankle strength and co-ordination. Consistent training will help prevent ankle and knee injury and speed up rehabilitation. • 400mmØ offers angles between 19 and 23 degrees by simply screwing the rocker in or out SP2349 each.
Ideal tool for improving balance and posture • Inflate/deflate to increase/decrease level of stability • Stand, kneel or sit, excellent for core work • Size: 360mmØ SP1457 each.
2020
FITNESS
7 34
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B A L A N C E / C O R E
BALANCE PAD BALANCE POD DOMES Increase your coordination, improve your balance and challenge your core Designed to help develop your core strength muscles, abdomen, back and pelvis by adding extra challenge to numerous bodyweight exercises. Help to improve balance which in turn helps with body toning and posture. • Feature a flat side and a dome side covered with small spikes, meaning you can use them flat or dome side up for varying levels of difficulty • Ideal for physiotherapists, sports therapists, personal trainers and fitness instructors to use for clients programmes • Dimensions: 80 x 165mm Ø • Material - PVC • Maximum user weight - 100kg • Sold in pairs SP3764 pair.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Designed for use in balance, co-ordination and reaction training, also ideal for posture stability, motor skills exercises and rehab • Super unstable user must always compensate to stabilise themselves when training • Made from Closed cell EVA Foam • Anti-slip, wipe clean surface SP3616 each.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P348 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 14/07/2021 09:42 Page 1
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B A L A N C E / C O R E
34 8
BOSU®
BOSU BALANCE TRAINER PRO COMMERCIAL • Inflatable half-sphere with 630mmØ solid base • Can be used either way round • Two recessed handles in base • Multiple uses for balance training, sports conditioning,
agility training, strength, stability, flexibility for the entire body or specific areas of the body SP2374 each.
2020
Features a complete TPR anti-slip base and a lower Dome height for better use as a wobble board and all exercises performed with the Dome to the floor. • Provides an unstable surface making exercises more dynamic, challenging and effective • Use for almost any exercise usually performed on an aerobic step or on the floor • Use either side up • Six anti-slip feet keep the dome in place • Size: Base Ø 590 x 210mm high (when fully inflated) • Max user weight: 140kg • Hand pump included • TPR anti-slip base SP2570 each.
FITNESS
AIR DOME PRO II
Note: Bosu not included. Requires assembly.
Note: Bosu sold separately
BOSU STORAGE RACK • Storage for up to 5 BOSU Balance Trainers
• Size: 680 x 720 x 1560mm high ❋SP2639 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
GYM BALL/BOSU STORAGE RACK
Manufactured from heavy duty 3mm oval steel tube finished in durable gloss powder coating. ❋SP1823 • Holds up to nine balls/BOSU • Size: 2180 x 650 x 1800mm high each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P349 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 14/07/2021 09:43 Page 1
FITNESS
9 34
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B A L A N C E / C O R E
2020
POWER WHEELTM “The Best CoreTrainer in the World” University of California, Berkeley
The Lifeline Power Wheel delivers a series of intense exercises that challenge your abs, obliques, back, hips and glutes. You’ll even see (and feel) the effects on your chest, arms, hamstrings and calves. With exercise options that vary from mild to downright wild, this is the perfect piece of equipment for all fitness levels.
• Heavy-duty wheel with adjustable toe/heel fasteners • 14 inch wheel challenges the core in all planes of motion • Used with hands and feet, both indoors and out • Includes instruction DVD for advanced workouts by fitness expert Jon Hinds SP2625 each.
DUO AB WHEEL Build your core and develop your abs… Duo Ab Wheel provides greater stability with a two wheeled design, workout on any smooth floor • Dimensions - 40cm (W) • Material - Metal bar inside PP handles with TPE rubber grips, EVA tyre, PVC end caps SP3857 each.
AB SIT-UP SUPPORT Struggling to perform the perfect sit-up to isolate specific abdominal muscles? The Fitness-Mad Ab Support helps keep your back properly aligned as you target your upper, lower or oblique abdominal muscles! The ergonomic design cushions your lower back through the movement, to reduce strain, while the groove allows for the spine to dip between the sides for additional comfort • Created from ultra-lightweight, high quality, closed cell EVA foam • Anti-slip surface • Ideal for use with Fit Pro’s, Pilates Instructors, PTs, Physios and Sport Therapists • Dimensions: 385 x 240 x 70mm SP3758 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACTIVBENCH This lightweight bench is probably the first to meet the provisional BS EN 913 regulations and is manufactured in solid timber from sustainable sources. It is designed without side rails in order to minimise weight for enhanced manoeuvrability and ease of storage. A batten is provided at one end to enable the bench to be used at an incline in conjunction with other equipment, and non marking rubber feet and buttons provide stability whether the bench is used upright or inverted. The balance rail on the underside is 100mm wide to provide a sure surface. • Available in natural lacquer finish or • • • •
NATURAL LAQUER FINISH
Size: 2m long x 330mm wide x 340mm high Weight: 14kg SP2044 each.
COLOURED FINISH
Size: 2m long x 330mm wide x 340mm high Weight: 14kg SP2045 Red SP2046 Green SP2047 Blue SP2048 Yellow each. Size: 2.5m long x 330mm wide x 340mm high Weight: 18kg SP2198 Red SP2199 Green SP2200 Blue SP2201 Yellow each.
2020
• •
4 bright colours Lightweight for ease of movement Meets provisional BS EN 913 standard 100mm balance rail on underside SP2044 Solid sustainable timber construction Can be used on the incline White rubber feet and buttons to prevent marking
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B A L A N C E / C O R E
35 0
P350 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 14/07/2021 09:44 Page 1
TRADITIONAL BALANCE BENCHES SP788 1.83m (6’) each. SP789 2.67m (8’9”) each. SP790 3.35m (11’) each.
• Superbly constructed to the highest standards • Each bench leg is jointed into both the bench top and the bench foot • This method of construction, combined with a dovetailed balance rail, produces a bench with optimum structural stability
• Hardwood fillets in the bench top ends prevent splitting • Rubber buttons avoid damage to bench top when bench is inverted
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Links...
Gymnastic Equipment See Pages 459-464
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P351 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 14/07/2021 12:01 Page 1
1 35
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
FITNESS
SPIKEY MASSAGE BALL SET OF 3 Perfect for self-massage to help release muscle tension which can also help to release toxins and improve circulation. Three densities, so for rehab they can be used progressively or try a different density for various areas of the body • Size: 6.5cm diameter • Density: Light Blue – Soft, Green – Medium, Grey - Hard • Material: PVC SP3574 set. Warning: This product is not suitable for use by people with back injuries or those who suffer from lower back pain, unless recommended by a medical professional.
TRIGGER POINT MASSAGE BALL SET 3 different densities for acupressure massage and trigger point release • Starting with the softest (least aggresive) ball, choose a ball with suitable hardness and position on point to be massaged • Use in conjunction with foam roller for best results • Set of 3 (Colour may vary) SP2885 set.
ATOM MASSAGE STICK The atom nodules massage your muscles for optimum trigger point release as well as helping to stimulate circulation • Ergonomic handles offer easy self massage • Ideal for myofascial release/general rehab • Deep tissue massage • Size: 40cm length • Material: Steel core with TPE atoms & handle SP3575 each.
2020
PINPOINT TRIGGER BALL Small but mighty..! Give your muscles a precise acupressure massage, release tight smaller muscle groups and "flush out" toxins, blunt spikes provide acupressure release for feet, hands, shoulders, upper back, forearm, outer leg, glutes and hips. Use against a wall to target trigger points and tight muscles in the back, or any time your muscles feel tight! • Size: 44mm diameter • Material: PVC SP3879 each.
MINI MASSAGE ROLLER Myofascial release of the muscles is key to better performance
• ABS tube with EVA foam padding
• Relieves tight muscles
and targets fascia management Ideal before and after exercise Portable and easy to use Size: 160 x 65 x 65mm dia. Weight: 0.1kg SP3117 each.
• • • •
FOOT ROLLER MAD SPIKEY MASSAGE BALLS These small spikey massage balls are used to release tight, un-comfortable muscles and can help to release toxins and improve circulation • Available in two sizes 7cm or 9cm • The balls are often used in pairs but are sold in singles SP2144 7cm Purple each. SP2143 9cm Blue each.
Helps to relieve foot, heel and plantar fasciitis pain. Ease tight and tired feet muscles before or after exercise. Simple to use; roll back and forth under your foot whilst seated or standing for an effective massage. Suitable for any fitness enthusiast or athlete or anyone looking to maintain good foot health
• Ease tight and tired muscles of the feet • Helps to relieve foot, heel and plantar fasciitis pain • Material - ABS inner tube, TPE outer tube and wheel,
PP inner wheel SP3576 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
35 2
P352 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 08:42 Page 1
FOAM ROLLER STANDARD • Lightweight PE foam roller for use in
SP2141
FITNESS
balance training, body awareness, muscle re-education and muscular flexibility and to provide dynamic strength training • Size: 15Ø x 90cm • Weight: 0.8kg SP2141 each.
FOAM ROLLER SHORT • Half length roller ideal for many uses
particularly muscle and ITB release on legs
• Size: 15Ø x 45cm • Weight: 0.45kg SP2436
each.
SP2436
STUDIO PRO FOAM ROLLERS • Professional quality made from EPPExpanded Polypropylene
• EPP is an engineered foam
material that is durable, lightweight and recyclable • Features excellent energy absorption and high strength offering improved performance and longevity to the roller SP2434 Size: 15Ø x 90cm Weight: 0.4kg each.
SP2436
SP3774 Size: 15Ø x 45cm Weight: 0.2kg each.
SP2797
SP2434
SP3774
Two Vari-Rollers join together with a connection screw use separately or together • The ultimate roller for myofascial release and to help massage and release tight muscles • Features a range of different patterns so you can vary the intensity of the massage to suit your individual needs • Unlike many foam rollers will not break down or lose its shape from day to day use • Size: 12Ø x 60cm long SP3578 each. Note: Standard SP2797 Vari-Rollers cannot be connected together to make a twin.
STUDIO PRO FOAM ROLLERS Half Round SP3878 Size: 15Ø x 90cm each. SP3877 Size: 15Ø x 45cm each.
VARI-MASSAGE FOAM ROLLER • Ultimate roller for myofascial release and to help massage and release tight muscles
• Features a range of different patterns so you can vary the intensity of massage to suit your individual needs
• Unlike many the Vari-Massage Foam rollers dual ABS and
EVA construction will not break down, lose its shape, or require costly replacement as a result of day-to-day use • High impact ABS tube with EVA foam padding • Size: 12Ø x 30.5cm long SP2797 each.
TREAD ROLLER Provides more pressure points as you roll, giving you a deep tissue massage. Ideal for muscle massage and self myofascial release for tight muscles, before or after exercise, or even if you wish to roll your muscles out after a long day standing or sitting. Made from strong tubing to prevent deformation whilst rolling with a moulded EVA tread pattern
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
• Durable & portable design • Deep tissue massage • Myofascial release • Tread pattern • Size: 13.5Ø x 32.2cm • Materials -
Injection moulded EVA foam with Polypropylene tube SP3577 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
TWIN VARI MASSAGE ROLLER
P353 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 13:48 Page 1
3 35
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
FITNESS
SUPER DRIED AEROBIC RUBBER BANDS AND ROLLS 100% latex rubber bands and rolls produced by a dipping process, dried then vulcanised at room temperature • Good elongation and elasticity • Hypoallergenic and free of nitrosamines • Very durable smooth surface - silky and soft to touch • Perfect for resistance training for specific muscles • Suitable for rehab and training exercises • Lightweight & portable • Good offering as an alternative to heavy weights
Rolls • 150mm x 25m - Cut to required size Neon Green 0.3mm SP3848 each. Neon Pink 0.4mm SP3849 each. Blue 0.5mm SP3850 each. Purple 0.6mm SP3851 each.
Bands • 150 x 1200mm - Individually packed Neon Green 0.3mm SP3844 each. Neon Pink 0.4mm SP3845 each. Blue 0.5mm SP3846 each. Purple 0.6mm SP3847 each.
ATREQ MINI LOOP BAND SET Very versatile, ideal for lateral movement exercises, hip and glute activation, shoulder stabilization. Suitable for fitness, yoga, cardio, strength training, crossfit, calisthenics, bodybuilding, pilates, and physical therapy. • 75 x 300mm (600mm full loop) • High quality 100% natural latex construction • Set of 4, one each resistance
2020
Light - Orange 0.25mm 4-7kg resistance Medium - Green 0.75mm 9-11kg resistance Heavy - Yellow 1.00mm 15-18kg resistance X Heavy - Red 1.25mm 20-23kg resistance SP3515 set of 4.
MAD RESISTANCE BANDS
MINI AEROBIC BANDS
For use in Pilates, resistance workouts or rehabilitation, Latex bands have the best and most progressive elasticity, offering smooth, even resistance • Three strengths, light, medium and strong • Resistance rating and safety warnings written on the band • Ideal for studio use
MAD MINI POWER LOOPS
Single Bands SP3765 Light/Red each. SP3766 Medium/Blue each. SP3767 Strong/Black each.
Durable latex loops, ideal for rehab or general strength and conditioning, use around ankles, thighs, arms or to add extra reach to stretching exercises
Pack of 10 of one strength/colour
MAD RESISTANCE BAND ROLLS Marked with repeating safety warnings for use in a commercial environment • 150mm x 15m SP3771 Light/Red each. SP3772 Medium/Blue each. SP3773 Strong/Black each. Warning: Contain Latex - do not use if allergic Care Instructions - See Page 322
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Set of 4 colour coded strength Size: 50 x 220mm (440mm full loop) SP2777 set of 4.
Yellow/Very light 0.35mm Green/Light 0.5mm Red/Medium 0.7mm Blue/Strong 0.9mm Black/Very strong 1.1mm • Assorted set of 5 or single strength packs of 10 in extra light, light, medium, strong, extra strong • Size: 50 x 300mm diameter (600mm full loop) SP3615 Set of 5 assorted per set.
SP3880 Pack of 10 Yellow/Extra Light 0.35mm per pack. SP3761 Pack of 10 Green/Light 0.5mm per pack. SP3762 Pack of 10 Red/Medium 0.7mm per pack. SP3763 Pack of 10 Blue/Strong 0.9mm per pack. SP3881 Pack of 10 Black/Extra Strong 1.1mm per pack.
Warning: Do not stretch bands more than 2.5 x original length
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
35 4
P354 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 13:49 Page 1
Pilates-Mad is the UK’s leading specialist Pilates equipment brand offering a comprehensive range of Pilates equipment for group and matwork classes. Pilates-Mad products offer unrivalled performance at highly competitive prices PILATES FIT RING DOUBLE HANDLE • Double handles and foam cover make this ring more comfortable in use
• Inner ring made from flexible plastic making the ring both lighter in weight and slighty lighter in resistance than the SP2798 Studio Pro ring Specification: 36cm padded ring with double handles SP2142 each.
ALIGN-PILATES STUDIO PRO PILATES RINGS • Professional edition sprung steel Pilates resistance ring by Align-Pilates designed for intensive studio use
• Available in two diameters 305mm (12”) and 355mm (14”),
SP2792
2020
the 305mm (12”) ring offers greater resistance than the 355mm (14”) version • Based on the original Magic Circle design • Tri-band sprung steel construction • Soft TPE outside handles SP2792 305mm (12”) each. SP2798 355mm (14”) each.
SP2798
SITTING BLOCK • This large block is used to level the pelvis in Yoga and Pilates postures
• Ideal for those only looking for one block as the extra width ensures both sitting bones fit on the block
• Non toxic EVA foam
Size: 320 x 250 x 60 mm Colour: Blue. SP1796 each.
EXER-SOFT BALLS
SP1797
SP1796
Ideal for pelvic floor exercises, the ball will enhance your Pilates workout and help develop strength, endurance and concentration as well as promote relaxation and co-ordination • Anti-slip offering excellent grip SP3109 30cm each. SP1794 23cm each. SP2151 18cm each.
PILATES-MAD SOFT WEIGHTS HEAD & KNEE BLOCK • This block is used to slightly raise the head in reclining
postures in order to achieve the correct neck alignment
• Can also be used to correct the tilt on the pelvis or for support between the knees
• Non toxic EVA foam
Size: 250 x 150 x 25mm Colour: Blue SP1797 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
FITNESS
The Pilates Equipment Specialists
Designed for strengthening, plyometrics, balance training and mobilisation exercises offering a more fluid range of motion compared to dumbbells • Safer design reduces risk of injury if dropped • PVC outer shell with sand filling • Sold in pairs SP2091 0.5kg pair. SP2092 1.0kg pair. SP2093 1.5kg pair.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P355 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 13:51 Page 1
5 35
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
2020
FITNESS
FITNESS-MAD STUDIO PRO-MAT • The Pro-Mat is our best mat for Pilates, exercise and therapy • At 15mm thick it offers excellent support for the spine and knees
• The mat is double sided and will not slide on the floor • 100% recyclable TPE is impermeable, hygienic and PVC Free
• 180cm for full body coverage and studio use Colour: Blue Size: 180cm x 60cm x 15mm SP2099 each.
KNEE PAD NBR Ideal for use in addition to yoga or Pilates mat to give knees some extra cushioning and comfort when performing kneeling postures and poses, at 60cm wide covers most mats widthways • Also helps under wrists/palms/elbows • Dimensions: 610 x 250 x 15mm • Weight: 200g • Material: NBR Rubber, DOP, AZO, Heavy Metal, Phenol, and Phthalate free. SP3883 each.
CORE-FITNESS STUDIO MATS • An ideal Pilates or exercise mat for those on the move, or for Studios tight on storage space
• NBR closed cell foam offers excellent cushioning and memory
• Non absorbent and wipe clean • Top side ribbed, bottom side smooth • SP2089 comes complete with removable
shoulder strap that holds the mat up for easy storage and transport • Material: NBR foam DOP, AZO, Heavy Metal and Phenol Free Colour: Blue SP2089 10mm x 182cm x 58cm each. SP2799 15mm x 182cm x 58cm each. Eyelet Mats As above but complete with Rubber Eyelets for hanging. SP2800 10mm x 182cm x 58cm c/w eyelets each. SP2801 15mm x 182cm x 58cm c/w eyelets each.
ADJUSTABLE MAT RACK • Designed to hold mats with eyelets with a hole diameter greater than 2cm
• Space between bars adjusts from 360 to 510mm (centre to centre)
• Bars securing the mats are 21cm long and on
a suitable wall can hold up to 15 x 10mm mats or 10 x 15mm mats SP2793 each.
Links...
More Mats... See Page 354, 357-366 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
35 6
P356 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 13:51 Page 1
Perfect for all kinds of exercise and stretching from aerobic workouts to rehabilitation. 10mm thickness ideal for cushioning and comfort for exercises performed on the floor as well as matwork Pilates. Lightweight and easily transportable with the use of the included carry strap
2020
Features • Dimensions - 1800 x 600 x 10mm • Material - Closed cell NBR foam • Care instructions - The Stretch Fitness mat is made from closed cell NBR foam which is non-absorbent and will not harbour bacteria, therefore washing is not required, simply wipe clean using a clean damp cloth and a small amount of detergent SP3579 each.
YOGA MAT
STUDIO MAT
Traction, cushioning and improved balance - these are the key benefits of using a premium quality studio Yoga mat. • Yoga mat formed from 4mm thick foam to maintain consistency when compressed • 2 integrated eyelets for easy storage on a Reebok Mat Rack • Offers traction for all Yoga poses and prevents slipping • 1710 x 610 x 4mm • Eyelets: 360mm separation (centre-to-centre); 19mm diameter — only fits on Reebok Mat Racks SP1926 each.
The 10mm thick Reebok Studio Mat provides a plush platform for all types of studio classes such as Yoga, Pilates and floor-based workouts. Formed from a single piece of 10mm thick foam, the mat retains its consistency when compressed, making it ideal for all types of exercises and routines. • 10mm thick foam studio mat • Ideal for all types of studio classes from Yoga and Pilates to other floor-based workouts • 2 integrated eyelets for easy storage on a Reebok Mat Rack • Maintains an even consistency when compressed • 1000 x 500 x 10mm • Eyelets: 360mm separation (centre-to-centre); 20.5mm diameter — only fits on Reebok Mat Racks SP1928 each.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
FITNESS
FITNESS STRETCH MAT
More Mats See Pages 355-366
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P357 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 13:52 Page 1
7 35
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
2020
FITNESS
The Yoga Equipment Specialists
Yoga-Mad is the UK’s leading yoga equipment brand offering high quality affordable yoga mats and props that have been the choice of many leading yoga institutions, clubs and teachers for many years
STUDIO YOGA MAT The King of mats, the first yoga mat to be tested against harmful substances for skin contact • High density mat offering the best cushioning, slip resistance and durability, ideal for yoga studio intensive use • Black SP3590 fire retardant - making it perfect for use in the health service and other institutions • Dimensions – 1830 x 600 x 4.5mm • Weight - 1.5kg • Material - Phthalate Free PVC • Free from - Phthalates. Tested as free of harmful substances to Oeko Tex Level 1 SP1798 Blue SP3590 Black each.
YOGA-MAD EVOLUTION YOGA MAT • The Evolution Yoga Mat is the next generation of yoga • • •
mat combining excellent grip, a supersoft hand feel and stylish double-sided design The mat offers fantastic cushioning and yet is super light, making it easy to transport Equally important, the TPE material used in its manufacture is kinder on the environment (than the PVC used in normal yoga mats) is recyclable and degradable The mat comes with a convenient colour co-ordinated carry string
Care instructions - The studio mat can be wiped clean or machine washed at 40 degrees, using a small amount of soap. DO NOT put your mat through a spin cycle or spin dry as this may damage the mat.
Colour: Aubergine/Grey Material: TPE - PVC and Latex Free, Recyclable and degradable TPE (Thermo Plastic Elasomer). Size: Standard 183cm x 60cm x 4mm Weight: 1kg SP2097 each.
Links...
Extra large yoga mats... See Page 462 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
35 8
P358 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 13:55 Page 1
INU
ED
NT SCO
DI
Links...
2020
More Yoga Belts See Page 359-360 YOGA-MAD WARRIOR II YOGA MAT 4mm Warrior II is the latest version of these best-selling Warrior Mats offering excellent grip and cushioning at a superb price • A good quality durable mat now with improved grip • Phthalate free PVC • Machine washable 40 degrees Size: 4mm x 61cm x 183cm. Weight: 1.1kg D UE SP1495 Blue SP2098 Purple SP3113 Lime Green IN NT O C each. DIS
SP3884 Graphite c/w eyelets each.
Adjustable Mat Rack SP2793, see page 355
Links...
More Pilate Rings See Page 354 YOGA-MAD WARRIOR II PLUS YOGA MAT 6mm Same excellent grip as standard Warrior II but at 6mm offers more cushioning for those seeking extra comfort • Phthalate free PVC • Machine washable 40 degrees Size: 6mm x 61cm x 183cm. Weight: 1.6kg D UE TINGreen SP3110 Light Blue SP3111 Purple SP3112ON Lime C DIS each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
TINUED
DISCON
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P359 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 13:56 Page 1
9 35
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D YOGA-MAD YOGA BLOCKS • For use as cushioning in inversions, such as the
FITNESS
shoulder stand (4 required), to support the head in forward bends and for lift in seated twists • Non-toxic, closed cell, first grade EVA foam with 3mm chamfered edges • Colour: Blue or Purple • Weight: 42kg/cbm density • Size: 305mm x 205mm x 50mm SP1496 Blue SP2094 Purple each.
HALF BLOCK
2020
Allow the user to fine tune their requirements, for when you need a change of half the size of a standard full block • Made from non-toxic EVA foam with 3mm chamfered edges. • EVA foam material is more dense than chipfoam providing less give and a more solid base • Provides lift, support, grounding for yoga poses • Size: 305 x 205 x 25mm • Material: Non-Toxic EVA foam • Colour: Blue SP3592 each.
YOGA-MAD HI DENSITY EVA YOGA BRICKS • A safe and lighter alternative to the
traditional wooden brick, for use in numerous standing and seated postures to provide lift or grounding • With three distinctly different dimensions to vary the height, the brick offers firm and stable support in all planes • Non-toxic, closed cell, first grade EVA foam with 3mm chamfered edges • Colour: Blue or Purple. • Weight: 140kg/cbm density. • Size: 220mm x 110mm x 70mm. SP2096 Blue SP1497 Purple each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
•
posture by providing the required tension of a pose without straining Belts can be used for binding, as limb extensions or to provide support
Size: 2.5m or 2m x 38mm with non-slip cinch buckle Material: 100% cotton Colour: Blue or Purple
THE WEDGE Can be used in Pilates but is mostly used either beneath the hands in the Bow pose or beneath the heels in the Downward Facing Dog pose to reduce strain • Size: 500 x 150 x 50mm. • Colour: Purple • Material: EVA SP3591 each.
SP1544 2.5m Blue each.
FITNESS
YOGA-MAD COTTON YOGA BELTS • Yoga belts are useful to assist in attaining a correct
36 0
P360 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 13:57 Page 1
2020
SP2095 2.0m Purple each.
YOGA BLOCK 369 EPP Ideal for intensive use in a commercial studio/gym environment, made from EPP (Expanded Polypropylene), extremely durable and strong, recyclable..! • Superior durability • Extremely lightweight • Sold singly (generally used in pairs) • Dimensions - 228 x 150 x 76mm • Material - Expanded Polypropylene (EPP) SP3882 each.
KNEE PAD NBR Ideal for use in addition to yoga or Pilates mat to give knees some extra cushioning and comfort when performing kneeling postures and poses, at 60cm wide covers most mats widthways • Also helps under wrists/palms/elbows • Dimensions: 610 x 250 x 15mm • Weight: 200g • Material: NBR Rubber, DOP, AZO, Heavy Metal, Phenol and Phthalate free SP3883 £3.75 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Links...
Latex Bands See Page 353
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P361 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 13:58 Page 1
1 36
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
the most suitable materials for an aerobic/exercise mat • EVA foam is soft and feels warm, offering extreme comfort • May be used in conjunction with step • Blue only Size 980 x 720 x 8mm. SP161 each.
VINYL AEROBIC MAT • Made in thick foam for complete comfort • Covered in heavy gauge, wipe clean vinyl
2020
FITNESS
AEROBIC MAT • Manufactured in EVA foam, one of
Size: 600 x 900 x 25mm SP87 each, 30 and over each. Note: Packed in multiples of 10.
AEROBIC MAT STORAGE TROLLEY • One open side for easy loading • Open frame design so mats can breathe
allowing them to dry out quickly, reducing unwanted odours • Holds up to 40 x SP87 60 x SP1795 90 x SP2154 90 x SP3114 120 x SP161 Size 1100 x 815 x 1070mm high SP746 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
36 2
P362 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 13:59 Page 1
STUDIO DELUXE AEROBIC MATS • Made from first grade EVA Foam • Studio quality aerobics mat offering excellent memory, shock absorption and comfort
FITNESS
• Closed cell with rounded corners and carry hole • Super quality mat giving real value for money • Available in 15mm or 10mm thick
2020
SP1795 Size: 1000 x 500 x 15mm. each. SP2154 Size: 1000 x 500 x 10mm. each.
ADJUSTABLE MAT RACK • Designed to hold mats with eyelets with a hole diameter greater than 2cm
• Space between bars adjusts from 360 to 510mm (centre to centre)
• Bars securing the mats are 21cm long and on a suitable
wall can hold up to 15 x 10mm mats or 10 x 15mm mats SP2793 each.
75
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
CLUB AEROBIC MAT 9.5mm c/w EYELETS
Extremely durable commercial quality mat with eyelets for easy storage • Designed for studio use • PVC foam with sealed edges • Super hygienic wipe-clean vinyl covered • Water resistant • Graphite, black reverse Size: 9.5mm x 1000 x 500mm Weight:1.5kg SP3114 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P363 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:01 Page 1
FITNESS
3 36
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
U
D E
N I T
N O C
FOLDING EXERCISE MAT TEXTILE G220 • Super quality mat featuring a tough
textile finish laminated to a medium density PE foam • Anti-slip underside • Size 1400 x 600 x 8mm SP752 each.
S I D
2020
Note: Not suitable for Pilates
FOLDING EXERCISE MAT G201 • Manufactured in GV foam • Embossed one side, anti-slip the other • Size 1400 x 600 x 8mm SP870 each.
Note: Not suitable for Pilates
KNEE PAD NBR Ideal for use in addition to yoga or Pilates mat to give knees some extra cushioning and comfort when performing kneeling postures and poses, at 60cm wide covers most mats widthways • Also helps under wrists/palms/elbows • Dimensions: 610 x 250 x 15mm, Weight: 200g • Material: NBR Rubber, DOP, AZO, Heavy Metal, Phenol and Phthalate free SP3883 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
36 4
P364 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:02 Page 1
Super quality mat featuring a tough wipe-clean vinyl finish laminated to a medium density PE foam. Anti-slip underside. 2 eyelets for hanging means compact storage. Large Size 1800 x 600 x 8mm SP842 each. Medium Size 1400 x 600 x 8mm SP843 each.
EXERCISE MAT WALL BRACKET
Note: Not suitable for Pilates
• Super compact storage • For Gym Strong mats with eyelets • Holds up to 20 mats SP845
each.
PRO STRETCH 3-FOLD AEROBIC MAT • Club quality tri-fold aerobic and fitness mat • 3-fold design features double hinge construction • Reversible and non-slip • Closed cell, wipe clean, embossed EVA foam • Size: 1340 x 500 x 9mm (450 x 500 x 30mm folded)
• Weight: 600g SP2569
each.
Note: Not suitable for Pilates
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Aerobic Bands See Page 364
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
GYM STRONG EXERCISE MATS
P365 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:03 Page 1
5 36
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
FITNESS
DELUXE TRAINING MAT 20mm Hard wearing, lightweight mat constructed from the same material as our popular gymnastic mats for extra durability • Blue, flame retardant PVC Cover • Latex Anti-Slip Base Size: 1.22m x 0.60m x 20mm. SP2103 each.
STUDIO MATS • A range of top quality exercise mats specifically
• Comply with current flame retardant regulations,
manufactured to suit the requirements of today’s studios BS 1892-3-2003 ignition sources 0 & 5
• PVC covers with an anti-slip base • Other colours available to suit decor of your gym
2020
Size: 2m x 1m x 25mm SP1963 Royal Blue SP1964 Silver Grey SP1965 Black SP3120 Purple each.
ATREQ MULTI-PURPOSE GYM/JUDO MATS • Grained blue PVC covered, high density combustion modified chipfoam mat
• Ideal for general Sports Hall use, Judo, Karate and Gymnastics • Flame retardant-ignition sources 0 & 5 composite 2m x 1m x 40mm. SP1970 JPL Blue SP3121 Atreq Apple SP3122 Atreq Orange each. 1m x 1m x 40mm. SP1971 JPL Blue each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
36 6
P366 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:04 Page 1
MULTI-PURPOSE LINKED MAT
FITNESS
• Heavy duty PVC cover • Velcro flap link system • Use for exercise, stretching areas or martial arts • Colour blue Size: 1.2m x 0.6m x 40mm SP2105 each.
SURE SHOT FOLDABLE MATS Versatile deluxe, lightweight, four/three fold mat for physical education and basic gymnastics. Ideal for leisure centre, studio, club or school, the mats are covered with an anti-tear hard wearing vinyl and fold for easy storage • Ideal for physical education and basic gym work • Fitted with Velcro so mats can be linked together • Versatile lightweight foldable mats • Hygienic tough PVC cover • Comply with British Standard 1892 • Colour: Blue Large 2440 x 1220 x 50mm (Folded 610 x 1220 x 200mm) SP3529 each.
2020
Small 1800 x 600 x 25mm (Folded 600 x 600 x 75mm) SP3843 each.
DELUXE GYM MATS • Ideal for general Studio/Gym use • Blue PVC covered combustion modified chipfoam • Flame retardant-ignition sources 0 & 5 composite SP3500 1.8m x 1.22m x 25mm each. SP1969 1.83m x 1.22m x 32mm each.
JIGSAW JUDO MATS Manufactured from solid sheets of EVA foam laminated together to make them truly reversible • Approved by The World United Martial Arts Federation • Tough surface with a Tatami finish • Border strips included Blue/Red Reversible 1m x 1m x 20mm SP2857 each. Blue/Red Reversible 1m x 1m x 40mm SP2858 each. Green/Red Reversible 1m x 1m x 40mm SP2859 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P367 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:05 Page 1
FITNESS
7 36
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
High quality Gymnastic, Judo and Exercise Mats particularly suited to use in Sports and Leisure Centres. Product features include PVC coated fabric covers, reinforced welded corners and effective latex anti-slip bases (cellular rubber for the Contest Judo Mat) all manufactured to BS 1892-3-2003.
DELUXE MAT • 6’ x 4’ x 11⁄4” PVC
covered combustion modified chipfoam mats • For general gymnastic and exercise activities singly or in areas • Flame retardant ignition sources 0 & 5 Composite SP773 each.
SUPERLIGHT LIGHTWEIGHT MAT • 6’ x 4’ x 23mm • PVC covered expanded polyethylene mats
• Especially suited to Soft
Play and Creches or wherever lightness and extreme ease of handling will be beneficial • Flame retardant - ignition sources 0 & 3 Composite SP774 each.
AGILITY MAT • 6’ x 4’ x 2” • Softer 2” thick PVC
2020
covered combustion modified chipfoam mats • For use around climbing frames and in gymnastics for rolling, tumbling and landing activities • Flame retardant - ignition sources 0 & 5 Composite SP775 each.
Links...
More Mats See Page 355-366
Other sizes available to order. Please phone for details.
MAT TROLLEY HEAVY DUTY FLAT LARGE • Heavy duty 50mm x 25mm box section frame complete with 9mm thick plywood platform to prevent damage to bottom mats
• Size: 2m x 1.2m - will take both 2m x 1m and 6’ x 4’ mats • Non marking 10cm castors - 4 swivel and 2 fixed for easy manoeuvrability
• Carrying capacity 250kg max • Total weight 46kg ❋SP658
each.
Note: Requires assembly
MAT TROLLEY HEAVY DUTY FLAT SMALL • As SP658 but 1.8m x 0.6m • Total weight 30kg • Ideal for corridors and narrow doorways ❋SP897 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SAFETY MATTRESSES • Heavy duty flame retardant PVC coated fabric covers • Zip closure on to high quality foam interior • Anti-slip bases, toggle and loop connectors, carrying handles and mesh breathers. ❋SP564 8’ x 4’ x 8” each. ❋SP655 8’ x 4’6” x 8” each. ❋SP656 8’ x 4’6” x 12” each. ❋SP657 10’ x 5’ x 12” each. Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . B O DY & M I N D
36 8
P368 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:06 Page 1
MULTI-PURPOSE GYM/JUDO MATS • Blue grained PVC covered,
FITNESS
high density combustion modified chipfoam mats • For Judo, Karate, Gymnastics and general sports hall activities • Flame retardant - ignition sources 0 & 5 Composite SP776 2m x 1m x 40mm each. SP1509 1m x 1m x 40mm each.
JUDO CLUB MATS • Latex anti-slip base • Green or Red Tatami
pattern PVC covered high density combustion modified chipfoam mats • Flame retardant ignition sources 0 & 5 Composite SP777G Green, SP777R Red 2m x 1m x 40mm each. SP1510 1m x 1m x 40mm each.
JUDO MAT LAYOUTS
2020
JUDO CONTEST MAT • 2m x 1m x 40mm • Cellular rubber anti-slip base
• Top quality mat for Judo & Karate at the highest level
• Green or Red Tatami
pattern PVC covered high density combustion modified chipfoam mats • Flame retardant - ignition sources 0 & 5 Composite SP460 each.
12m x 12m 58 Green 14 Red.
10m x 10m 36 Green 14 Red.
8m x 8m 22 Green 10 Red.
SUPER HEAVY DUTY MAT TROLLEY • 2m x 1.2m • Extra heavy duty 50mm x 50mm box section frame complete with 12mm plywood platform
• Will take both 2m x 1m and 6’ x 4’ mats • Folding handle • Pneumatic rubber tyred wheels 300mm diameter • Front steering “trailer” type action for ease of manoeuvre • Max carrying capacity 750kg • Total weight 75kg ❋SP1070
each.
MAT TROLLEY VERTICAL • Tubular steel construction with fixed side frames complete with pulling handle
• Centre divider section for mat support • Accepts 12 x 25mm, 8 x 11⁄4”, 8 x 40mm • Non marking 10cm swivel type castors on all four corners, brakes on 2 alternate sides
• Total weight 35kg ❋SP659
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P369 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:07 Page 1
9 36
FA N S / C O O L I N G
CYCLONE PEDESTAL/WALL FANS
FITNESS
SU2161 Cyclone 750T-W 30” Wall Mounted Fan £ each
SU813 Cyclone 650T-S 26” Pedestal Fan £ each
SU2160 Cyclone 650T-W 26” Wall Mounted Fan £ each Model
2020
Fan Diameter Voltage Phase RPM (1/2/3) Air Volume (1/2/3) Noise (1/2/3) Power (1/2/3) Product Weight
Features • Easy assembly/installation • 3 fan speed control switch • Blades, guards and motor are powdercoated for long lasting durability • 90 degrees oscillating feature allows for wider coverage • Special fan blade designed to maximise airflow and velocity while reducing noise • Over heat protection for safety • High quality copper motor • Fully wall mounted, bracket and fixings supplied (SU2159 only) Model Fan Diameter Voltage Phase RPM (1/2/3) Air Volume (1/2/3) Noise (1/2/3) Power (1/2/3) Product Weight
CYCLONE 650T-S 26” PEDESTAL FAN 650mm / 26 inch 230 v Single 1100/1250/1400 143/174/220 m3 55/60/68 dB (A) 142/160/187 w 22 kg SU813 each.
CYCLONE 650T-W 26” WALL FAN 650mm / 26 inch 230 v Single 1100/1250/1400 143/174/220 m3 55/60/68 dB (A) 142/160/187 w 12.7 kg SU2160 each.3
CYCLONE 750T-W 30” WALL FAN 750mm / 30 inch 230 v Single 1100/1250/1400 214/270/302 m3/min 58/70/75 dB (A) 175/195/240 w 15 kg SU2161 each.
SU812 Cyclone 45T-S 18” Pedestal Fan £ each
SU2159 Cyclone 45T-W 18” Wall Mounted Fan £ each
CYCLONE 45T-W 18” WALL FAN 450mm / 18 inch 230 v Single 950/1250/1400 57/69/84 m3/min 48/50/55 dB (A) 60/70/80 w 5.7 kg SU2159 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Features • Easy assembly/installation • 3 fan speed control switch • Blades, guards and motor are powdercoated for long lasting durability • 90 degrees oscillating feature allows for wider coverage • Special fan blade designed to maximise airflow and velocity while reducing noise • Over heat protection for safety • High quality copper motor • Large sturdy 24” base (SU813 only) • Fully wall mounted, bracket and fixings supplied (SU2160/1 only)
Health Suite
Maint.
CYCLONE 45T-S 18” PEDESTAL FAN 450mm / 18 inch 230 v Single 950/1250/1400 57/69/84 m3/min 48/50/55 dB (A) 60/70/80 w 7 kg SU812 each.350.00 Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CYCLONE DRUM FAN
SU2162 Cyclone 30” Drum Fan £ each
Features • Thermal protection • Speed control switch • Variable angle of air output • Ideal for cooling large areas such as gyms, warehouses • Large robust rubber wheels for easy manoeuvrability • High velocity industrial drum fan suitable for movement of hugh volumes of air • Robust unit with heavy-duty gauge steel casing, guard and frame • Handle, wheels and tilt function cradle stand allow control of airflow where it is needed • Carefully balanced and fully guarded blades provide quiet and safe operation • Fitted with BS approved plug
Fan Diameter Voltage Plug Amp Power (1/2/3) Speed (1/2/3) Air Volume (1/2/3) Noise (1/2/3) Product Weight
2020
CYCLONE 30” HVF-75N DRUM FAN 110V OR 230V 750mm / 30 inch 110/230 v 16/13 A 190/210/260 w 1050/1150/1360 rpm 214/270/302 m3/min 60/65/70 dB (A) 17.4 kg SU2162 each.
Model
CYCLONE PEDESTAL MISTING FANS
Features • Adjustable misting volume - large mist to tiny droplets • Easy maintenance - centrifugal mist system means no clogged nozzles and filtered water is not required • Multifunctional remote control: fan speed, mist volume, time • Thermal protection (low temperature rise) • Protective device means pump does not burn out if used without water • 90º oscillating angle adjustment • Safe guard protection, anti-rust • Rating: IP24
Model Speed (H/M/L) Max Misting Volume Tank Capacity and Usage Voltage Airflow Volume (H/M/L) Sound Level (H/M/L) Dimensions (W x H x D) Product Weight
SU2164 Cyclone 26” Pedestal Misting Fan
CYCLONE 26” PEDESTAL MISTING FAN 4100/1250/1100 rpm 5 L/h 23L - 5 - 10 hours usage par tank 220 v 220/174/143 m3/min 68/60/55 dB (A) 678 x 1930 x 435 mm 35.4 kg SU2164 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
FITNESS
FA N S / C O O L I N G
37 0
P370 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:08 Page 1
Links...
Portable Air Conditioning Units & Evaporative Coolers... See Pages 533-536
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P371 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:09 Page 1
1 37
GY M / S T U D I O . . . F L O O R I N G
2020
FITNESS
ecotile Gym Flooring - the world’s number one interlocking floor tile
Tile/Ramp Colours: Light Grey, Dark Grey and Black, Ramps also available in yellow
HIGH PERFORMANCE FLOORING FOR GYMS Ecotile Gym flooring is an outstanding flooring solution used by hundreds of gyms and sports clubs all over the UK. It is the world’s number one interlocking floor tile and is manufactured from 100% recycled material and have been used to create a smart and hard wearing floor covering for gyms. Ecotile is extremely quick and easy to install and so ideal for tight deadlines imposed by the long opening hours needed at most gyms. Hard Wearing Ecotile is manufactured from hard wearing 100% recycled PVC. Ecotile is injection moulded using a compound that has excellent wear characteristics, chemical resistance, long term stability and stable electrical properties. Easy to Install Ecotile can usually be installed without the requirement for a damp proof membrane, screed or adhesive significantly reducing VOC emissions, installation time and cost. An Environmentally Sustainable Solution Ecotile is produced from the highest quality pre and post consumer recycled material. Once the tiles have reached the end of their useful life the manufacturer will collect the tiles and recycle them to produce the next generation of Ecotile. Key Benefits • Smart appearance • Good anti-slip properties • Easy to clean • Hidden joint design • Extremely hard wearing and durable • Quick and simple to install • A cost effective and long term flooring solution • Protects your existing floor from damage
❋SU1217 Ecotile 500 x 500 x 7mm per pack of 10 (=2.5 sq. m). ❋SU1218 Ecotile Ramp 500 x 120 x 7mm each. ❋SU1619 Ecotile Ramp Corner 580 x 80 x 7mm each.
Note: Please state colour when ordering.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P372 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:10 Page 1
37 2
GY M / S T U D I O . . . F L O O R I N G RUBBER FLOOR TILES 12mm
SU839 SU840
2020
Technical specification: • Material: High grade rubber • Thickness: 12mm • Density: 2200kg/m3 • Hardness: 66° • Weight: 6kg SU840 Tile Black Only 500 x 500 x 12mm each. Bevel Border 500 x 180 x 12mm SU839 Black each. SU1090 Yellow each. Bevel Corner 180 x 180 x 12mm SU838 Black each. SU1091 Yellow each.
FITNESS
Interlocking floor tiles offer a highly durable solution for use in weight training areas, gymnasiums and other sports facilities • 100% Rubber construction is noise and shock absorbent, protecting floors from heavy gym equipment • Designed for player safety, protecting against damage to joints and ligaments and other impact related injuries • Loose lay modular format fits any area and can be easily relocated • Safety bevel edges and textured surface providing traction/anti-slip for training athletes • Easy to clean and maintain • Fast installation • Easy maintenance • High durability • 12mm thick tiles, Black only, borders available in Black or Yellow • Tile size: 500 x 500 x 12mm
SU1091
SU838
SU1090
JORDAN ACTIV FLOORING (15, 30mm) Tactile cushioned flooring to protect your free weights from impact damage. Ideal for professional sports facilities, free weights and general fitness areas. With fantastic noise suppression capabilities this flooring is soft to touch and ultra durable.
• • • •
Technical Specification Material: Rubber Dims: 50 x 50 x 15/30cm (4 tiles per sqm) Thickness: 28mm / 7mm (Ramp Edge) Weight: 4kg / 6kg
Jordan Activ Flooring kSP3647 15mm Black Tile 50cm x 50cm kSP3648 15mm Black Corner 50cm x 50cm kSP3649 15mm Black Ramp Edge 50cm x 50cm kSP3650 30mm Black Tile 50cm x 50cm kSP3651 30mm Black Corner 50cm x 50cm kSP3652 30mm Black Ramp Edge 50cm x 50cm
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
each. each. each. each. each. each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P373 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:11 Page 1
3 37
GY M / S T U D I O . . . F L O O R I N G RUBBER FLOOR MAT HEAVY DUTY • 100% Rubber construction, noise and shock
FITNESS
absorbent, protecting floors from heavy gym equipment
• Size: 1800 x 1200 x 10mm each.
2020
❋SU967
FLOOR PROTECTION MATS • Excellent floor protection for use underneath exercise equipment
• Help to keep equipment in place and reduce machine noise
• Sealed edges; anti-slip base so will
D
not slide on the floor
• Material: PVC. Chemical resistant
U
SP2132 Floor Protection Mat Size: 1500 x 900 x 6mm each. SP2133 Floor Protection Mat Size: 2000 x 1000 x 6mm each. SP2134 Floor Protection Mat, Size: 2500 x 1000 x 6mm each.
E
IN
T
N O
C
IS
D
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
37 4
P374 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:13 Page 1
ADJUSTABLE INCLINE/DECLINE BENCH Ten possible angles from -10 to +85 degrees
Low user height for user comfort and security Solid frame made from 100mm x 50mm x 3mm oval al steel Wheels for portability Tapered backrest provides optimal user support 1 Year frame warranty, warranty 90 day upholstery warranty Height 530mm x 1520mm x Depth 680mm Weight: 38kg SP2620 each.
ADJUSTABLE INCLINE/DECLINE BENCH VERTICAL KNEE RAISE/DIP • Solid frame made from 150mm x 50mm x 3mm oval steel • 1 Year frame warranty, 90 day upholstery warranty • Height 2110mm x Length 1580mm x Depth 1060mm • Weight: 86kg SP2621 each.
• Ten possible ang gles from -10 to +85 • Auto adjusting se eat • Anti slip rubber feet eet • Choice of Red orr Black upholstery • Handle and whee els for portability • 1 Year frame warranty, rranty, 90 day upholstery warranty anty • Height 460mm x 1520mm x 695mm • Weight40kg h SP2614 each. G r e a t fo r : • A multitude of free e exercises including dumbbells s or cable seated curls. • Use with dumbbe ells, barbells, cables, curl bars or tricep bars • supine triceps exttension to vary the exercise and d hit different motor units nits
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
FITNESS
Designed with Personal Training Studios and d Fitness Clubs in mind, Jordan’s benches offer a stylish yet functiona al solution at an affordable price.
P375 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:16 Page 1
5 37
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H OLYMPIC FLAT BENCH
2020
FITNESS
BENCHES FEATURES • +*/0.1 0! 1/%*# $! 2 5
10 5 9 8 0 /% ! +2 ( /0!!( • )) 3 (( 0$% '*!// • %* ". )! (%"! 0%)! #1 . *0!! • 1. (! )) ( /!. 1/%*# ( 0!/0 ( /!. 100%*# 0! $*+(+#%!/ allows us to cut steel 0+ !4 0%*# ,.! %/%+* 0 $%#$ ,.+ !//%*# /,!! / .%2%*# 1, -1 (%0 5 * %),.+2%*# +2!. (( !" 7 %!* %!/ • !/%#*! * ) *1" 01.! %* 0$! UK • F i n i s h e d w i t h d ur a b l e 7*! #. ! 1,$+(/0!. 5 0+ !*/1.! ) 4%)1) + ) " + . 0 • 1. (! ,+45 ,+3 !. + 0%*# • ( ' +. )!0 ((% .!5 1. (! ,+4 5 ,+3 !. + 0%*#
1. 1. !4 !4 4 ( (1 (1/ 1/%2! ! *!3 . *#! +" ,.! !)%1 1) ) bench hes add da 0+ +1 $ $ +" (( /// 0+ + 5+ +1.. " %%((%%005 5 *1"" 01 1..! ! %* * 0$ $! 1//%%* *# ,.! !)%1 1) ) #.. ! ) 0! !.%% (// ourr bench hes are e buiilltt to o la ast as we elll / +""""! !..%%* *# /1, ,!. "1 1* * 0%%+ +* (%%005
• 2 position cat a c h bar s • %*%/$! 3%0$ 1. (! 7*! #. ! 1,$+(/0!. 5 0+ !*/1.! ) 4%)1) +)"+. 0 • $! (+3 !* $ $!%#$0 * .! !//! .! ,.+2% !/ ,( !)!*0 "+. /,+00!. * • ((+3/ "+. ,.%)! 3+.'+10 ,+/%0%+*%*# 0+ +,0%)%/! .!/1(0/ • !%#$0 )) 4 !*#0$ )) 4 % 0$ )) •
'# SP3530 ( ' SP2611 !0 ((% .!5 ! $ Great For: • Bench Pressss in a stable !*2%.+*)!*0 0+ (%"0 $! 25 (+ / +. "+. $5,!.0.+,$5 0. %*%*# • !2!(+,%*# 0$! $+.%6+*0 ( ,.!// )1/ (!/ /,! %7 ((5 0$! /0!.* ( 7 .!/ +" 0$! ,! 0+. (%/ ) &+. 0$! deltoids and d triceps • %0%+* ( 3!%#$0 %/ /0+. #!
OLYMPIC DECLINE BENCH • • • •
2 position cat a c h bar p os i t i o n s 1. (! 7*! #. ! 1,$+(/0!. 5 0+ !*/1.! ) 4%)1) +)"+. 0 * ,.+0! 0%+* %#$ !*/%0 5 "+ ) , ! .+((!./ "+. (!# /1,,+. 0 $%/ !* $ ,.+2% !/ ,( !)!*0 "+. /,+00!. * !* +1. #!/ ,.%)! 3+.'+10 ,+/%0%+*%*# * / "!0 5 • !%#$0 )) 4 !*#0$ )) 4 % 0$ )) • '# SP3531 ( ' SP2612 !0 ((% .!5 ! $ Great For: • !2!(+,%*# 0$! ,.!// )1/ (!/ %* 0$! +3*3 . / % #+* ( ,( *! /,! %7 ((5 0 .#!0%*# 0$! (+3!. /0!.* ( 7 .!/ +" 0$! ,! 0+. (%/ ) &+. 0$! !(0+% / * triceps • 0$!. ! (%*! !4!. %/!/ such as supine triceps !40!*/%+* +. ! (%*! 85/ • %0%+* ( 3!%#$0 %/ /0+. #!
OLYMPIC INCLINE BENCH • 2 catch bar positions • %4! %* (%*! !#.!!/ %*%/$! 3%0$ 1. (! 7*! #. ! 1,$+(/0!. 5 0+ !*/1.! ) 4%)1) +)"+. 0 * ,.+0! 0%+* • • ,+/%0%+* /! 0 /! "1((5 &1/0 (! "+. $!%#$0 /!(! 0%+* * ,.+2% !/ ,( !)!*0 "+. /,+00!. 3$% $ ((+3/ "+. ,.%)! 3+.'+10 ,+/%0%+*%*# * / "!05 • !%#$0 )) 4 !*#0$ )) 4 % 0$ •
'# SP3532 ( ' SP2613 !0 ((% .!5 ! $ Great For: • !2!(+,%*# 0$! ,.!// )1/ (!/ %* 0$! 1,3 . / % #+* ( ,( *! /,! %7 ((5 0 .#!0%*# 0$! 1,,!. /0!.* ( * ( 2% 1( . 7 .!/ +" 0$! ,! 0+. (%/ ) &+. 0$! deltoids and d triceps • 0$!. %* (%*! !4!. %/!/ /1 $ / %* (%*! 1) !(( 85/ • %0%+* ( 3!%#$0 %/ /0+. #!
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SEATED PREACHER CURL BENCH • & $# $! " ! " # " # • %' ! "# # % " # • ! $"# " # # • " ! $# ! ! # !" • # & # & # • # SP3536 Black SP2617 # ! '
Great For: • -+1% %*# ./ (! ,+.%/%+* /+ ,!-"+-) -! $!- 0-(. • !-"+-)%*# 0-(. +* 0-( -. +- 0) !((. 2%/$ ,-+* /! .0,%* /! +.!)% .0,%* /! #-%, • !1!(+,%*# ./-!*#/$ * .%5! %* /$! !( +2 6!3+-.
ADJUSTABLE ABDOMINAL DECLINE BENCH • ,+.%/%+* / $ - ,+.%/%+*. 0- (! "%*! #- ! 0,$+(./!-4 /+ !*.0-! ) 3%)0) +)"+-/ • and protection • %#$ !*.%/4 "+ ) , ! -+((!-. "+- (!# .0,,+-/ • $%. !* $ ,-+1% !. ,( !)!*/ "+- .,+//!- * !* +0- #!. ,-%)! 2+-'+0/ ,+.%/%+*%*# * . "!/4 • !%#$/ )) 3 !*#/$ )) 3 % /$ )) • !%#$/ '# SP3534 Black k SP2615 !/ ((% -!4 ! $
Weights not included
FLAT BENCH • % " % #" ! " " " ! !# "! $ " ( " !! #! !
• ! " " $ !" • # !" ' • " & " & " • "
SP3537 Black SP2618 " '
2020
MULTI ADJUSTABLE BENCH
0%/ (! "+- ! (%*! "( / * %* (%*! !3!- %.!. * +-,+- /%*# .!1!* ./ -/%*# ,+.%/%+*. &0./)!*/. !#-!!. /+
!#-!!. 0% ' * ! .4 &0./)!*/. !%#$/ )) 3 !*#/$ )) 3 % /$ )) SP3533 ( ' +*(4 ! $
Great For: • !-"+-)%*# 1 -%!/4 +" ! (%*! "-!! 2!%#$/ * (! !3!- %.!. .0 $ . ! (%*! 64. $!./ ,-!.. * /-% !, !3/!*.%+*. • +-'%*# /$! */!-%+- +-! )0. (!. 2%/$ ! (%*! -0* $!. (!# - %.!. * -+/ /%+*.
TED CALF RAISE • &0./ (! /$%#$ , "+- +--! / ,+.%/%+*%*# +*1!*%!*/(4 ,( ! $ * (!. ,-+1% ! 0.!-. 2%/$ )+-! • 45 DEGREE HYPER E EXTENSION • 0 ( "++/ -+((!-. !*.0-! +--! / 0.!- *#(! • !%#$/ &0./ (! "+- 2% ! - *#! +" 0.!-. • */% .(%, /-! 2 (' +* .! "+- ) 3%)0) ./ %(%/4 • !%#$/ )) 3 !*#/$ )) 3 % /$ )) • !%#$/ '#
SP3535 Black SP2616 !/ ((% -!4 ! $
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
37 6
P376 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:19 Page 1
..%./ * ! 0-%*# !3!- %.!
! ! $ ) & (+ '&+ $ ! #$ ' • " #"! !&%
! ) & "$! ")% "$ % $ " ! ' • '! " ! " + # # & %
• &
* ! & & P3538 Black P2619 & $ +
* &
eat For: !1!(+,%*# (" -!*#/$ +- .%5! . -!,( !)!*/ +%/%+* /+ ./ * %*# Weights not included (" - %.!. 0%( %*# ./-!*#/$ +- .%5! %* /$! .+(!0. )0. (! . +,,+.! /+ /$! # ./-+ *!)%0. 2$% $ %. -!"!-!*/% ((4 /- %*! 2$!* /$! (!# %. ./- %#$/
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P377 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:20 Page 1
7 37
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
FITNESS
WEIGHT LIFTING BELT LEATHER
WEIGHT LIFTING BELT NEOPRENE
Offers increased comfort with a contoured shape to ensure a proper fit • A heavy, double-pronged metal buckle for extra strength • Non-pinch buckle flap also offers extra support SP3586 Medium 77-94cm (30-36") SP3587 Large 95-111cm (36-44") SP3588 Extra Large 110-124cm (43-49") each.
Designed to offer extra back support when performing heavy lifts • Sturdy neoprene belt fully adjustable with Velcro closure and strong metal buckle • Contoured shape ensures snug fit to the lower back SP3583 Medium 81-94cm (32-34") SP3584 Large 94-107cm (37-42") SP3585 Extra Large 107-127cm (42-50") each.
2020
PADDED LIFTING STRAPS Help with heavy lifting by providing a more secure grip of the bar • Features comfortable neoprene wrist pad on heavy duty cotton webbing strap • Length: 610mm (24") x 38mm SP3589 pair.
ATREQ DUAL MINI POWER BANDS Designed for strength and conditioning, rehab and exercise • Extremely strong for the most intense workouts • 100% pure natural latex for a longer lifespan • Non-toxic and highly durable • Available in six separate levels of resistance determined by width of band • 300mm long (600mm full loop) x 5mm thick x various widths SP3519 6mm Black each. SP3520 12mm Orange each. SP3521 22mm Green each. SP3522 32mm Red each. SP3523 44mm Yellow each. SP3524 64mm Purple each.
ATREQ MINI LOOP BAND SET Very versatile, ideal for lateral movement exercises, hip and glute activation, shoulder stabilization. Suitable for fitness, yoga, cardio, strength training, crossfit, calisthenics, bodybuilding, pilates, and physical therapy. • 75 x 300mm (600mm full loop) • High quality 100% natural latex construction • Set of 4, one each resistance Light - Orange 0.25mm 4-7kg resistance Medium - Green 0.75mm 9-11kg resistance Heavy - Yellow 1.00mm 15-18kg resistance X Heavy - Red 1.25mm 20-23kg resistance SP3515 set of 4. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
37 8
P378 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:21 Page 1
POWER BANDS
Anchor attachments on Squat Racks, on their own or with freeweights Power Bands are great for: · Speed Training · Agility Drills · Jump Resistance · As an alternative to standing cable exercises · Prehabilitation and Rehabilitation · Sports Specific Drills for sports like MMA Power Bands Resistance: Resistances are per band and equate to the approximate loading at slight extension and up to maximum extension (or maximum loading) Do not overstretch or overload, otherwise damage and/or injury may result. SP3885 14mm wide, 2-16kg each. SP3032 22mm wide, 4-23kg each. SP3033 32mm wide, 11-36kg each. SP3034 44mm wide, 23-54kg each. SP3035 64mm wide, 27-68kg each. SP3036 83mm wide, 32-79kg each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
the more resistance offered
· Available in 6 widths · Seamless latex rubber, very durable · Can be used with Olympic, Hex and EZ Bars,
FITNESS
· All bands 105cm long x 5mm thick · Width determines resistance, wider the band
P379 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:22 Page 1
9 37
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
FITNESS
RUBBER GRIP ATTACHMENTS
Tricep Press Down Bar SP1738 each.
Rotating Cable Handle SP1741 each.
Rope Attachment Single End SP2341 each.
Bodymax Pro Tricep Press Down (Double) SP1740 each.
Stainless steel A4 • Heavy duty • 1150kg breaking load SP2873 each. Mild steel • For use with non-critical loads SP2460 each.
Leather Ankle Belt. SP1742 each.
Multi Purpose Bar SP1699 each.
Revolving Seated Row/Chinning Bar SP1739 each.
2020
Revolving Tricep V Bar SP2342 each.
Revolving Lat Bar 1219mm SP1737 each.
Revolving Straight Bar 508mm SP1697 each. Revolving Curl Bar 711mm SP1698 each.
ATTACHMENT RACK • Four sided keeps attachments tidy
• Space saving foot print • Holds up to 24 attachments
Size: 700 x 700 x 1000mm high ❋SP1978 each. Note: Attachments not included.
Revolving Pro-Style Lat Bar 864mm SP2340 each.
Revolving Pro-Style Lat Bar 615mm SP2339 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T R E N G T H . . . S T R E N G T H
38 0
P380 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:27 Page 1
C
G
F
JORDAN URETHANE CABLE A AT TTACHMENTS A
Cable handle with fabric grip SP3555 each.
B
Cable handle with Urethane grip
J
N/O O
M
J
E
I
H
L
K
D
Para Parallel allel grip lat wide pulldown bar SP3564 each.
K
Parallel grip lat narrow pulldown bar ar SP3565 each.
SP3556 ach.
C
V Handle
SP3557 each.
D
Angled pressdown bar
SP3558 each.
E
Straight cable bar
SP3559 each.
M
Single rope
F
Tricep rope
SP3560 each.
N
615mm (36”) Standard lat pulldown n bar
G
Pivoting pressdown bar
SP3561 each.
I H II
Cable EZ curl bar
SP3562 each.
Cable curl bar
SP3563 each.
L
Close grip low row/pulldown handle e SP3566 each. SP356 67 each. SP3568 each.
O
1220mm (48”) Standard lat pulldown ulldown bar SP356 69 each.
JORDAN CABLE A AT TTA ACHMENTS RACK • • • • • • •
Holds up to 15 attachments Vertical space saving design One piece construction for stability Chrome attachment pins Height 1100mm Weight 25kg
SP3570 ach. Note: Attachments NOT included
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
B
A
FITNESS
Urethane
P381 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:28 Page 1
1 38
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
PREMIER SQUAT STANDS
FITNESS
Heavy duty, freestanding Squat Stand ideal for use in a gym or studio where maximising space is key, and a full Power Rack may be unsuitable Easier to move to a different area and won’t require drilling to the floor Great for use with just a bench or weightlifting platform Features: • Easily moveable - not required to be drilled to the floor • Can be used with a full-length Olympic 7ft bar • Adjustable Squat Stands, safety squat bars, and adjustable width • Made from oval steel tubing, coated in durable "Tuff Coat" finish • Adjustable width using a simple screw system Dimensions: Max width (external) 1260mm - Max width (internal) 1100mm Minimum width (external) 858mm - Minimum width (internal) 698mm Height of main squat hooks - Min 950mm - Max 1598mm Height of safety squat bars - Min 429mm - Max 728mm Width 1380mm, Depth 820mm ❋SP2809 each. Note: Bar and weights not included.
2020
Jordan Olympic Bars are manufactured using the latest techniques. Olympic bars undergo stringent quality control and tests. Bars feature either precision bearings or bronze bushes for smooth rotation.
ELITE STEEL HIGH PERFORMANCE OLYMPIC BAR • Premium grade bearings for smooth operation • Durable, brushed steel finish • 28mm grip • Yellow, high visibility end cap • Tested to exceed 750kg • Spring steel, heat • Length 2200mm, treated to • Diameter: 28mm Grip HB400 50mm Ends • 185,000 psi • Weight 20kg SP3424
each.
OLYMPIC BARS STEEL SERIES 50mm High grade Olympic Bars featuring precision bearings for a smoother rotation. These bars also feature a unique and contemporary brushed steel finish, far more durable than traditional chrome bars. 7’ (2180mm) (1500lb/681kg test) Weight: 20kg SP3539 each. 6’ (1830mm) Weight: 15kg SP3540 each. 5’ (1500mm) Weight: 13kg SP3541 each.
ALUMINIUM TRAINING BAR
Curl Bar 4’ (1200mm) Weight: 7.5kg SP3542 each.
(65kg /130Ib test) • Learn Olympic Lifts, without having to lift a full, 20kg Olympic bar • Use with light rubber training plates (up to 5kg)
• Brushed steel finish • Length 6’ (1830mm), • Diameter 28mm • Weight 7kg SP3543 each.
OLYMPIC HEX BAR STEEL SERIES 50mm WITHOUT BEARINGS Same high standard as Steel Series but with bronze bushes replacing premium grade bearings 6’ (1830mm) Weight: 27.6kg SP3544 each.
SAFETY SQUAT BAR Without a safety squat bar you are missing out ... training with this bar is ideal for upper back, lower back, and leg work. Also great for addressing weak points in the squat. • Weight: 21kg • Length: 220cm • Max Load: 150kg SP3545 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
QUICK LOCK COLLARS 50mm Ideal for securing Olympic discs onto a 50mm bar - "click and lock" to secure discs virtually eliminating bar damage compared to conventional collars. SP3546 pair. Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
38 2
P382 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:29 Page 1
LIQUID CHALK 250ml
FITNESS
Ideal for weightlifting, Yoga studio etc. • Inhibits sweating from hands or feet increasing grip • Unlike chalk balls no dust and little mess • Non-toxic SP3548 each. Note: Core Plate Handle sold separately see SP3363.
OLYMPIC BARS
SP1728 Olympic Bar 7’ Chrome, 50mmØ. each.
SP1728
SP1729 Olympic Bar 5’ Chrome, 50mmØ. each. SP1730 Olympic Curl Bar. each.
for stability • Floor fixing holes available • Includes fixing point for training ropes and bands • Olympic bars (right), Discs (Page 377) and Ropes (Page 312) available separately • Length 50cm, Depth 45cm (length of bar holder 50cm) • Weight 22.5kg SP3362 each.
CORE PLATE HANDLE ONLY • Textured silver finish • For use with the Core Plate
SP1729
OLYMPIC BAR HOLDER • Tidy storage for up to
8 x 50mmØ bars Size: 500 x 500mm ❋SP1820 each.
SP1730
SP3363 each.
SP1731
NECK PROTECTOR SP1732 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
CORE PLATE • Steel plate with textured silver finish • Rubber anti slip base on base plate • Extra heavy base plate
SP1731 Olympic Tricep Bar. each.
P383 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:31 Page 1
3 38
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
PREMIER SQUAT STAND
FITNESS
Heavy duty, freestanding Squat Stand ideal for use in a gym or studio where maximising space is key, and a full Power Rack may be unsuitable Easier to move to a different area and won’t require drilling to the floor Great for use with just a bench or weightlifting platform Features: • Easily moveable - not required to be drilled to the floor • Can be used with a full-length Olympic 7ft bar • Adjustable Squat Stands, safety squat bars, and adjustable width • Made from oval steel tubing, coated in durable "Tuff Coat" finish • Adjustable width using a simple screw system Dimensions: Max width (external) 1260mm - Max width (internal) 1100mm Minimum width (external) 858mm - Minimum width (internal) 698mm Height of main squat hooks - Min 950mm - Max 1598mm Height of safety squat bars - Min 429mm - Max 728mm Width 1380mm, Depth 820mm ❋SP2809 each.
RUBBER OLYMPIC RADIAL PLATES • Black disc • Integral handles • 50mm centres
2020
SP1722 1.25kg SP1723 2.5kg SP1724 5kg SP1725 10kg SP1726 15kg SP1727 20kg SP1895 25kg
Links...
Olympic Bars See Page 381-382
each. each. each. each. each. each. each.
OLYMPIC WEIGHT TREE • Designed to store all sizes of Olympic discs with 50mm ø centres • Stylish oval steel frame, high quality chromed bars, rubber feet an essential part of any free weight area • Size: 900 x 570 x 1300mm high • Weight: 31 kg ❋SP1817 each.
RUBBER OLYMPIC RADIAL PLATE SET • 1.25kg x 4, 2.5kg x 2, 5kg x 4, 10kg x 2, 15kg x 2, 20kg x 2, 25kg x 2
• Olympic Chrome Bar with bearings 2134mm (7’), 50mm Ø • Olympic Spring Collars 50mm SP1517
each.
OLYMPIC TRAINING DISC RACK • Unique textured paint finish ‘Tuff Coat’ makes racks more resistant to wear and tear damage
• Holds Olympic training discs • 100mm gaps for discs • Complete with handle and wheels for easy mobility
• Frame made from 11-gauge steel • Size: 1420 x 330 x 305mm high • Weight: 20kg ❋SP2574 each.
OLYMPIC COLLARS 50mm (2”) diameter for use with Olympic Bars Spring Collar SP1735 pair.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
• Click and lock to secure discs • Virtually eliminates bar damage Quick Lock
compared to conventional collars SP3546 pair. Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RUBBER BUMPER PLATES BLACK • Precision engineered plate • Perfect for Olympic lifting and Crossfit Training • Optimal bounce • Dual weighted • Diameter: 450mm, Thickness: 45mm • 50mm (2") reinforced centre sleeve for easy loading each. each. each. each. each.
Links...
Olympic Bars See Page 381-382
RUBBER BUMPER PLATES COLOURED • Solid rubber disc, designed to fit Olympic diameter bars • Colour coded for easy weight identification • Diameter: 450mm, Thickness: 45mm • 50mm (2") reinforced centre sleeve for easy loading
Green 10kg Yellow 15kg Blue 20kg Red 25kg
SP3549 SP3550 SP3551 SP3552
each. each. each. each.
RUBBER LIFTING PLATFORMS Strong, durable, suitable for heavy commercial gym use – less wear and tear on equipment, reliable protection for your gym floor • Hard compound shock absorbing rubber surface mounted on a baseboard • Polyester powder coated mild steel frame • Two sizes available 3m x 2m x 60mm kSP3686 each. 3m x 3m x 60mm kSP3687 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
5kg SP3793 10kg SP3250 15kg SP3251 20kg SP3252 25kg SP3794
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
38 4
P384 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 14:32 Page 1
P385 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 15/07/2021 15:50 Page 1
MAD VINYL COVERED KETTLEBELLS • Steel kettlebell with heavy duty half vinyl covering • Ideal for men and women serious about getting into peak physical condition • Kettlebells can be lifted like ordinary dumbbells, but can also be swung about in intense cardio workouts
• One of the best forms of durable portable training equipment available in the market today
• Designed for intense all round training Rainbow Series SP2145 Pink 4kg SP2802 Yellow 6kg SP2146 Purple 8kg SP2803 Red 10kg
each. each. each. each.
SP2147 Green 12kg SP2148 Blue 16kg SP2149 Red 20kg SP2150 Black 24kg
each. each. each. each.
2020
FITNESS
5 38
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
Black Series SP3784 Black 4kg SP3785 Black 6kg SP3786 Black 8kg SP3787 Black 10kg
Note: Kettlebells sold in singles Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
each. each. each. each. Sports
SP3788 Black 12kg SP3789 Black 16kg SP3790 Black 20kg SP2150 Black 24kg
each. each. each. each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Note: Kettlebells sold separately
KETTLEBELL RACKS • Store up to 10 or 15 Kettlebells • Racks will hold bells of any size • Rubber mats on shelves reduce noise and protect kettlebells
each. each. each. each. each. each. each. each. each.
Chrome/Rubber • Unique stylish design • Super smooth chrome handle • Smooth rubber coating comfortable to use, protect kettlebell and floor SP2575 4kg each. SP2576 6kg each. SP2577 8kg each. SP2578 10kg each. SP2579 12kg each. SP2580 14kg each. SP2581 16kg each. SP2582 18kg each. SP2583 20kg each. SP2584 24kg each.
2 Tier Holds up to 10 Kettlebells Size: 1220 x 530 x 840mm high Weight: 35kg ❋SP2585 each.
3 Tier Holds up to 15 Kettlebells Size: 1560 x 600 x 1180mm high Weight: 43kg ❋SP2828 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
FITNESS
Cast Iron SP2314 4kg SP2315 8kg SP2316 12kg SP2317 16kg SP2318 20kg SP2319 24kg SP2320 28kg SP2321 32kg SP2322 40kg
2020
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
38 6
P386 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 10:58 Page 1
P387 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 10:59 Page 1
2020
FITNESS
7 38
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
Did you know… dumbbells work more than your upper torso? Using them in conjunction with different exercises such as squats, lunges and Russian twists can also strengthen and tone the glutes, quads, hamstrings, calves and core abdominals. When used as part of an intense cardiospecific program such as Circuits or Crossfit, dumbbells also increase muscular endurance, boost cardio stamina and promote steady, healthy weight loss.
When it comes to exercise there is no question that dumbbells are a fantastic total-body conditioning tool; providing a fast and effective way of targeting every single major muscle group in the body. Totally versatile, dumbbells can be used on a weight bench, stability ball, Bosu ball, or on the floor to increase muscle strength and definition.
Try the weighted crunch and dumbbell side bend to target the abdominals and obliques; work those pecs with a bench press, incline fly and bent-arm pullover. Lateral raises, shrugs and military presses are great for the deltoids while a reverse-fly on the Bosu ball will not only tone arms, shoulder and back, it gives abs a challenging workout too..!
RUBBER HEX DUMBBELLS
1kg 2kg 3kg 4kg 5kg 6kg 7kg 8kg 9kg 10kg 12.5kg 15kg
SP3824 SP3825 SP3826 SP3827 SP3828 SP3829 SP3830 SP3831 SP3832 SP3833 SP3834 SP3835
pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair.
17.5kg 20kg 22.5kg 25kg 27.5kg 30kg
SP3836 SP3837 SP3838 SP3839 SP3840 SP3841
pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
The hexagon, a six sided polygon, is the most efficient, least wasteful shape found in nature... the compressive characteristics of the shape allow it to be one of the strongest structures in the world…. Finely crafted and stylish Rubber Hex Dumbbells, thoughtfully designed to provide an exceptional exercise experience these weights have an ergonomically contoured, chromed and knurled grip to ensure comfort and safety. Rubber coated ends offer extreme durability, whilst also providing protection for flooring and reducing noise levels. Boasting a unique hexagonal design at the ends these dumbbells will stay still when put down..! Visible at the slightest glance, each dumbbell has its specific weight embossed on the side. Available from 1 kg through to 30 kg, there are racks available to display this exceptional range of dumbbells, a superb addition to any gym or commercial fitness studio. Key Features: • Rubber coated ends for durability and protection • Ergonomically contoured chromed and knurled dumbbell grip • Hexagonal design prevents dumbbell from rolling • Wide range of weights available • Racks available (See opposite page and page 408) Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
DUMBBELL TOWER RACK • Holds 10 pairs dumbbells 1-10kg • Solid welded steel frame for stability • Plastic retaining clips protect rack
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
38 8
P388 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 10:59 Page 1
and dumbbells
• Hard wearing stove enamelled finish • Minor assembly required • Size: 500 x 500 x 1220 mm high. ❋SP2125
each.
Links...
More racks See Page 389
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Note: Weights not included
P389 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:00 Page 1
9 38
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
FITNESS
DUMBBELL STORAGE RACKS Heavy duty 2 tier design with a grey oval frame Rubber saddles for correct weight location Flexible design - ‘daisychained’ together for one continuous rack Flexible design - ‘daisychained’ together for one continuous rack
❋SP2343 10 Pair Size: 2450 x 530 x 840mm high. Weight: 62kg. each.
SP2343
Note: Weights not included
2020
❋SP2344 5 Pair Size: 1225 x 530 x 840mm high. Weight: 36kg. each.
SP2344
VERTICAL DUMBBELL RACK • Sturdy rack holds up to 10 pairs of dumbbells:-
1-10kg, 1kg increments or 2-20kg, 2kg increments
• Compact foot print • Curved frame allows easier access/placement of dumbbells • Size: 740mm x 600mm x 1570mm high ❋SP2628 1-10kg each. ❋SP3464 2-20kg each.
Note: Weights not included
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
CLASSIC RUBBER DUMBBELLS • Stylish and durable black rubber finish will not chip • • •
SP3426 1kg SP3427 2kg SP3428 3kg SP3429 4kg SP3430 5kg SP3431 6kg SP3432 7kg SP3433 8kg SP3434 9kg SP3435 10kg SP3436 12.5kg SP3437 15kg SP3438 17.5kg SP3439 20kg SP3440 22.5kg SP3441 25kg SP3442 27.5kg SP3443 30kg
pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair.
2020
• • • •
or damage machines Our unique J-lock system helps prevent loosening of the dumbbell head and minimises maintenance Rubber virtually eliminates "clanking" of dumbbells Contoured chrome easy grip handles Raised number weight identification Braille Weight Identification 1 year warranty Vertical Racks will only hold up to 20kg dumbbells
FITNESS
GY M / S T U D I O . . . S T R E N G T H
39 0
P390 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:03 Page 1
CLASSIC RUBBER DUMBBELL SETS Sets…the simple solution..! kSP3444 1-10kg (1kg increments/10 pairs) each. kSP3446 2-20kg (2kg increments/10 pairs) each. kSP3842 2.5-50kg (2.5kg increments/20 pairs) each. Note: See opposite for suitable racks.
Links...
Neoprene Dumbbells See Page 325/6
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P391 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:05 Page 1
FITNESS
1 39
PERFORMANCE TRAINING
ATREQ specialises in high performance fitness products which help improve strength, agility, speed, balance and power. Each product is made to the highest quality, designed to meet the needs of athletes and coaches of all ages and abilities.
• Heavy duty, durable and portable • Remain in position due to superior design and weight • Offers great versatility on a wide variety of training ATREQ HURDLES
2020
drill activities
• UV, Heat and extreme cold resistant • Suitable for use indoors or outdoors
SP2974 10cm Hurdle. SP2975 15cm Hurdle. SP2976 30cm Hurdle. SP2977 50cm Hurdle.
each. each. each. each.
ATREQ SPEED LADDERS
• Help improve agility,
balance and conditioning
• Heavy duty, durable and portable
• Hard wearing plastic
round rungs spaced at 45 cm intervals • Brightly coloured for use in all lighting conditions • UV, Heat and extreme cold resistant • Available in 3 lengths • Includes drawstring carry bag SP2978 1.7m. each. SP2979 4m. each. SP2980 8m. each.
• Helps improve agility, balance and conditioning • Heavy duty, durable and portable • Consists of 4 x 2m coloured sections ATREQ COLOURED LADDER 8M (red, blue, green and yellow)
• Each section can be used individually or joined together by Velcro fastners to create lengths of 4, 6 or 8 metres
• The colours allow easy identification of when to change foot drills
• A total of 20 round rungs with each section 45cm x 37cm • UV, Heat and extreme cold resistant • Includes drawstring carry bag SP2981
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
each.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FITNESS
PERFORMANCE TRAINING
39 2
P392 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:06 Page 1
• Helps improve agility, balance and conditioning • Heavy duty, durable and portable • Fixed in cross formation to combine forward and ATREQ AGILITY CROSS LADDER lateral movement
One of the most popular and widely used quickness enhancement devices on the market today, simple, versatile and suitable for all sports , indoors or out • Constructed using strong webbing sewn to flexible plastic rungs which deform under pressure • Hard wearing 45cm wide plastic rungs spaced at 45 cm intervals form a long obstacle course guaranteed to challenge foot speed, balance, agility and fitness • Ladder layout teaches continuous re-loading of the foot, any number of sports specific movement patterns can be improved upon • Wide variety of drills mean each workout can be made different and tailored to develop speed or aerobic conditioning • Use for a warm up, balance, foot control, high-speed endurance and controlled plyometrics • Available in 4m or 8m SP3526 4m each. SP3527 8m each.
SP2982
each.
2020
ATREQ FLEXIBLE SOFTRUNG LADDERS
• Constructed of 4 x 2m coloured ladders • UV, Heat and extreme cold resistant • Includes drawstring carry bag
• 60cm Diameter Hoop • Fitted with three balls which raise hoop off ground • Balls prevent hoops from sliding on indoor surfaces • Position of hoops can be varied for variety of drills • Suitable for use indoors or outdoors ATREQ SPEED REACTION HOOP
SP2989
each.
ATREQ AGILITY SLATS
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Place in virtually any configuration to create a variety of drills, suitable indoors or out • Create your own linear and lateral patterns for Acceleration, Quickness, Agility and Coordination • High quality 100% natural rubber • Highly visible orange • 470mm long x 40mm wide • Set of 12 durable slats SP3525 per 12.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P393 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:07 Page 1
3 39
PERFORMANCE TRAINING • Develop hip strength, balance, speed and
ATREQ LATERAL SPEED RESISTOR first-step quickness
• Use for lateral steps, monster walks, leg extensions and lifts
FITNESS
• Aids athletes to maintain proper body positioning • Adjustable, padded ankle cuffs for superior comfort • Rubber cord covered with safety fabric sheath SP2987
each.
• Evasion Belts are the fun way to improve agility, lateral ATREQ EVASION BELT movement and foot speed
• Aids distance training, mirroring and marking as well as multi-directional quickness drills
• Ideal for one on one drills • Set includes two adjustable belts and attachment velcro cord
each.
2020
SP2988
• Helps improve speed, strength, acceleration, leaping, ATREQ SLINGSHOT TRAINER
first step quickness, stride frequency and length
• Increases sprinting speeds above normal, providing the
most effective means of getting fast in a short period of time • Overspeed training is a great way to build explosive power in the legs and enhance multidirectional quickness and power • Resistance tubing covered fully by fabric sheath to provide maximum safety • Can be used for lateral drills when two overspeed trainers are connected to one athlete and held in resistance by two other athletes Sets Include: • Two adjustable padded waist belts • Flexible, 3m (10’) or 6m (20’) long rubber cord with a safety fabric sheath to stop over extension • Storage bag SP2983 3m. SP3001 6m.
each. each.
• Designed to increase your acceleration, anaerobic ATREQ SPEED RESISTOR
endurance (short bursts of strength or speed) and lower-body power • One person provides the load by holding back on the strap attached to the harness, while the runner sprints at maximum effort • When the speed resistor is released, you will be primed to move faster around the field • Challenge your muscles to develop increased levels of power in natural, athletic movements • Great for short sprints, lateral shuffles and explosive forward and backwards movements • Easy to use, lightweight and comfortable SP2990
each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
PERFORMANCE TRAINING
39 4
P394 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:08 Page 1
• This straight line training device creates resistance helping ATREQ SPEED SLED
improve acceleration, stamina and leg drive
• Simply add weight to the sled and experience top speed
resisted sprinting for unmatched power gains explosive starts.
FITNESS
• The Speed Sled resists your sprinting by forcing you to tow
a weight on the Sled maximizing stride efficiency and explosive lower-body strength • The Speed Increases resistance by adding additional weights • Speed sleds can also be used on a variety of ground surfaces including grass, astro turf, and indoor floors (with a towel underneath) Includes - Sled, Resistor Harness, Connecting Lead (weights not included) SP2984 each.
• Provides excellent resistance training for improved speed, ATREQ RESISTANCE CHUTES stamina, strength, and acceleration
hamstrings. Over time, an athlete may find his or her leg turnover increased • Built-in mesh panels prevent strings from tangling and improves stability • Adjustable belt for secure fit • Suitable for distances from 10m to 200m • The chute can only be discharged by releasing the waistband • Supplied with storage drawstring carry bag SP2985 Medium Lead Length 1.1m, dia. of chute 0.75m. each. SP2986 Large Lead Length 0.90m, dia. of chute 1m. each.
• Use in a variety of ways to improve speed, agility and balance • 30mm dia, 1.7m heavy duty flexible PVC pole • Aluminium spike for easy ground insertion • Bright orange colour for high visibility • Develops sidestep and evasion skills • Can be used indoors or on astroturf with the ATREQ SLALOM POLE SET
Atreq Slalom pole base
• Supplied as set of 12 in carry bag SP2991
set.
• Heavy duty stable base • Allows spiked Slalom poles to be used indoors or ATREQ SLALOM POLE BASE on artificial surfaces
• Sold Individually SP2992
each.
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use • Soft and safe, lightweight and portable • Weighted base to prevent movement in windy conditions ATREQ FOAM TRAINING HURDLE Size: 15cm high x 30cm long SP3128 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
• The chute will help to strengthen calves, quads, glutes and
P395 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:09 Page 1
5 39
PERFORMANCE TRAINING
• Ideal for speed, agility, plyometric ATREQ WEIGHTED VESTS
FITNESS
and strength training
• One size fits-all with double closure design • Constructed with reinforced nylon mesh for breathability
• Great mobility due to an even weight load (upper body)
• Weights are loaded at top body front & back for optimum performance
• Sand filled packets fit into internal pockets for comfort
• Secure adjustable weight pockets - easy to adjust weight load
• Available in 9kg & 18kg SP3125 9kg each. SP3126 18kg each.
ATREQ 2.5kg SOFT STEEL WEIGHTED VEST
• Use for running, walking or performing any other physical activity
2020
• Enhances conditioning and strength training • Improves cardio and strength • Helps recruit more muscles, burn more calories • One piece soft flex steel weight moulds to your body • Constructed with reinforced nylon mesh for breathability • Secure electronics pocket for MP3s • One size fits most SP3127
each.
• Improve explosiveness, speed and vertical jump • Help minimize muscle strain and injury through ATREQ PLYOMETRIC PLATFORMS correct training.
• Heavy duty steel construction • Non skid durable rubber surface to cushion landings • Stackable design helps minimise storage space requirements
• Colour Orange & Black
Surface area and Weights 30cm High Surface 350 x 350 Weight 5.5kg ❋SP2993 each. 45cm High Surface 400 x 400 Weight 7kg ❋SP2994 each. 60cm High Surface 450 x 450 Weight 8.5kg ❋SP2995 each. 75cm High Surface 500 x 500 Weight 10kg ❋SP2996 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
• Great for strength and power training exercises • Non bounce, no-roll construction • Latex free PVC cover will not split or crack • Extremely durable for heavy use • Non slip surface makes for safe, comfortable and easy grip • Use indoors or outdoors • 20cm diameter • Colour: Purple ATREQ SLAM BALLS
SP3129 2kg SP3130 4kg SP3131 6kg SP3132 8kg SP3133 10kg
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
each. each. each. each. each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
PERFORMANCE TRAINING
39 6
P396 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:10 Page 1
• Durable design offering stability and maximum safety • Dual density impact absorbing foam inner designed to ATREQ SOFT PLYOMETRIC BOXES prevent users from injury
FITNESS
• Anti-slip surface landing area of 600mm x 750mm for increased grip
• Boxes can be connected together with velcro flaps to
enable stacking, creating various height combinations
• Heavy duty handles for easy moving • Sold individually or as a set of 4
Sizes and Weights Purple Size 600 x 750 x 150mm weight 10kg ❋SP2997 each.
Green Size 600 x 750 x 300mm weight 18kg ❋SP2998 each. Red Size 600 x 750 x 450mm weight 27kg ❋SP2999 each.
ATREQ SOFT PLYO BOXES SET OF 4
• Includes 1 each SP2997, SP2998, SP2999, SP3000 ❋SP3123 each.
The ATREQ Triplex 3 in 1 Soft Plyo Box is great to develop muscular power and explosiveness. Using a soft plyometric box reduces the risk of injury and much more comfortable on the feet. Plyometric training conditions the whole body with dynamic resistance exercises that rapidly stretch a muscle and then rapidly shorten it.
ATREQ TRIPLEX 3 IN 1 SOFT PLYO BOX
• Ideal for functional training • Durable design offering stability and maximum safety • Dual density impact absorbing foam inner designed to prevent users from injury
• 3-in-1 design for space efficiency • Height options 500mm, 600mm, 750mm • Dimensions 500 x 600 x 750mm ❋SP3124
each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Blue Size 600 x 750 x 600mm weight 38kg ❋SP3000 each.
P397 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:12 Page 1
7 39
RESALE
2020
FITNESS
SUPER DRIED AEROBIC RUBBER BANDS AND ROLLS 100% latex rubber bands and rolls produced by a dipping process, dried then vulcanised at room temperature • Good elongation and elasticity • Hypoallergenic and free of nitrosamines • Very durable smooth surface - silky and soft to touch • Perfect for resistance training for specific muscles • Suitable for rehab and training exercises • Lightweight & portable • Good offering as an alternative to heavy weights
Rolls • 150mm x 25m - Cut to required size Neon Green 0.3mm SP3848 each. Neon Pink 0.4mm SP3849 each. Blue 0.5mm SP3850 each. Purple 0.6mm SP3851 each.
Bands • 150 x 1200mm - Individually packed Neon Green 0.3mm SP3844 each. Neon Pink 0.4mm SP3845 each. Blue 0.5mm SP3846 each. Purple 0.6mm SP3847 each.
MAD MINI POWER LOOPS
STUDIO PRO ROPES
Durable latex loops, ideal for rehab or general strength and conditioning, use around ankles, thighs, arms or to add extra reach to stretching exercises Yellow/Very light 0.35mm Green/Light 0.5mm Red/Medium 0.7mm Blue/Strong 0.9mm Black/Very strong 1.1mm • Assorted set of 5 or single strength packs of 10 in extra light, light, medium, strong, extra strong • Size: 50 x 300mm diameter (600mm full loop) SP3615 Set of 5 assorted per set.
High quality, smooth-turning Speed rope is recommended for general purpose skipping. • Solid vinyl cord • Free-spinning, easy grip, shatterproof polyethylene handles • Cord regularly tested by independant research laboratory to ensure maximum flexure fatigue resistance SP2080 2.4m (8’) Suits heights up to 1.6m (up to 5’3”) SP1530 2.7m (9’) Suits heights 1.6m - 1.8m (5’4” - 5’10”) SP2081 3m (10’) Suits heights 1.8m - 2m (5’11” - 6’6”) each.
Warning: Do not stretch bands more than 2.5 x original length
ULTRA SPEED CABLE ROPE
SP3880 Pack of 10 Yellow/Extra Light 0.35mm per pack. SP3761 Pack of 10 Green/Light 0.5mm per pack. SP3762 Pack of 10 Red/Medium 0.7mm per pack. SP3763 Pack of 10 Blue/Strong 0.9mm per pack. SP3881 Pack of 10 Black/Extra Strong 1.1mm per pack.
GYM TOWEL
450gsm Featherlight knitted towel. • Full details see page 242 • Size 27 x 90cm SU999 each.
Ultra fast tangle proof cable rope, ideal for double unders, crossfit, HIIT & mma training to boost speed, agility and coordination - a lightning fast skipping experience • Comfortable brushed chrome handles • Perpendicular swivel • Quick adjustable coated steel cable SP3108 each.
ZS-2 SPORTS HEADPHONES These extremely popular headphones are water and sweat resistant with anti-tangle leads, ideal for the gym..! Great for resale at any leisure centre, gym or health and fitness club. SU1717 pair.
WATER BOTTLE 800ml
Water bottle ideal for training. Extra wide neck for easy filling and cleaning. BOTTLE: LDPE TOP: PP/TPR Rubberised side sections for increased grip when wet. SW920 each.
Z1 EAR BUDS Basic ‘in-ear’ earphones offering excellent value for money. Great for resale at any leisure centre, gym or health and fitness club. SU1716 pair. For product information see page 406 or JPLennard.com
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RESALE
For product information see page 345 or JPLennard.com SP2885
set.
PINPOINT TRIGGER BALL Small but mighty..! Give your muscles a precise acupressure massage, release tight smaller muscle groups and "flush out" toxins, blunt spikes provide acupressure release for feet, hands, shoulders, upper back, forearm, outer leg, glutes and hips. Use against a wall to target trigger points and tight muscles in the back, or any time your muscles feel tight! • Size: 44mm diameter • Material: PVC SP3879 each.
SPIKEY MASSAGE BALL SET OF 3 Perfect for self-massage to help release muscle tension which can also help to release toxins and improve circulation. Three densities, so for rehab they can be used progressively or try a different density for various areas of the body
For product information see page 345 or JPLennard.com
The atom nodules massage your muscles for optimum trigger point release as well as helping to stimulate circulation • Ergonomic handles offer easy self massage • Ideal for myofascial release/general rehab • Deep tissue massage • Size: 40cm length • Material: Steel core with TPE atoms & handle SP3575 each.
FOOT ROLLER Helps to relieve foot, heel and plantar fasciitis pain. Ease tight and tired feet muscles before or after exercise. Simple to use; roll back and forth under your foot whilst seated or standing for an effective massage. Suitable for any fitness enthusiast or athlete or anyone looking to maintain good foot health
For product information see page 345 or JPLennard.com SP3576 each.
MINI MASSAGE ROLLER Myofascial release of the muscles is key to better performance
For product information see page 345 or JPLennard.com
SP3574 set.
SP3117
each
FITNESS-MAD SPIKEY MASSAGE BALLS These small spikey massage balls are used to release tight, un-comfortable muscles and can help to release toxins and improve circulation For product information see page 345 or JPLennard.com
SP2143 9cm Blue each. SP2144 7cm Purple each.
FOLDING EXERCISE MAT TEXTILE G220 • Super quality mat featuring a tough
textile finish laminated to a medium density PEfoam with an Anti-slip underside • Size 1400 x 600 x 8mm SP752 each.
Patented product designed for the workout of each main group of muscles buttocks, abdominal muscles, thighs, arms, back and pectoral muscles
ELASTIBAND • 3 Strengths: Light, Medium and Strong • 8 x 10cm loops per band • 4 x 16.5cm and 4 x 11cm loops •
on ‘multi’ model make it easier for use with trainers etc Washable to 30º
SP2660 10kg Light Yellow 80cm each. SP2663 10kg Multi Light Green 110cm each. SP2661 15kg Medium Black 80cm each. SP2662 20kg Strong Blue 80cm each.
SP2664 Elastiband Poster, Size: 650 x 870mm. each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
FITNESS
3 different densities for acupressure massage and trigger point release
ATOM MASSAGE STICK
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
TRIGGER POINT MASSAGE BALL SET
39 8
P398 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:14 Page 1
P399 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:14 Page 1
Recommended for Aqua
9 39 FITNESS
SOUND
ROADMAN BATTERY POWERED SPEAKER C/W CD PLAYER For classes up to 60 people, large areas • With wireless headset microphone • Complete with CD/MP3/USB/SD players • Mains 240 volt, can be run off mains supply whilst recharging the battery • Rechargeable battery with up to 10-hour operating time • Dimensions: W355 x H610 x D315mm • Weight: 19kg SU2042 each.
ROADBUDDY BATTERY POWERED PA
2020
For classes up to 40 people, medium sized areas • Wireless headset or hand held microphone and Bluetooth© technology for wireless streaming • Bluetooth/MP3/USB/SD players • Mains 240 volt, can be run off mains supply whilst recharging the battery • Rechargeable battery with up to 8-hour operating time • Dimensions: W415 x H525 x D328mm • Weight: 16kg c/w Handheld Mic SU1735 c/w Headset Mic SU2062 each.
ROADJACK 8 BATTERY POWERED SPEAKER WITH “BLUETOOTH” PA SYSTEM For classes up to 25 people, small to medium size areas • Complete with Bluetooth/MP3/USB/SD players • Mains 240 volt, can be run off mains supply whilst recharging the battery. • Rechargeable battery with up to 20-hour operating time • Dimensions: W415 x H525 x D328mm (W x H x D) • Weight: 16.2kg SU1867 each.
ROADBOY BATTERY POWERED SPEAKER C/W CD PLAYER For classes up to 15 people, small areas • Wireless headset microphone • Complete with CD/MP3/USB and SD players • Mains 240 volt, can be run off mains supply whilst recharging the battery. • Rechargeable battery with up to 5-hour operating time • Dimensions: W200 x H300 x D230mm • Weight: 6kg SU2043 each.
PLEASE NOTE: THESE PRODUCTS MUST NOT BE STORED IN THE POOL AREA, WHEN NOT IN USE PLEASE STORE IN A WARM AND DRY ENVIRONMENT.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FITNESS
2020
Aerobics Classes
SOUND
40 0
P400 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:15 Page 1
Note: Not supplied with microphone, pplease see page 401 for selection
PLEASE NOTE: ALL BATTERY-OPERATED PA SYSTEMS MUST BE FULLY CHARGED BEFORE FIRST USE. FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL RESULT IN SHORTENING THE BATTERY TIME AND BATTERY LIFE.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P401 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:16 Page 1
Recommended for Aerobic/
1 40 FITNESS
SOUND
MAUI 5 MAINS OPERATED COLUMN PA SYSTEM For classes up to 80 people, very large areas and where the quality of sound, high and wide, is paramount An ultra-compact PA and monitor system in-one that comes in at just under 11kg to supply 800 watts peak performance and a maximum sound pressure of 120 dB. Assembly takes just a few seconds thanks to specially developed multi-pin connectors and only four components. • Complete with Bluetooth© technology for wireless streaming and suitable for use with CD/MP3/USB and SD players • Mains 240 volt • Component dimensions: • Subwoofer: W305 x H405 x D395mm • Columns each: W82 x H535 x D105mm • Assembled height: 1895mm • Weight: 11kg SU2044 each.
2020
Note: Not supplied with microphone, please see page 401 for selection
MAUI 5 SUBWOOFER PROTECTION/ TRANSIT BAG SU2045 each.
MAUI 5 COLUMN PROTECTION/ TRANSIT BAG SU2046 each.
ROADMAN BATTERY POWERED SPEAKER C/W CD PLAYER For classes up to 60 people, large areas • With wireless headset microphone • Complete with CD/MP3/USB/SD players • Mains 240 volt, can be run off mains supply whilst recharging the battery • Rechargeable battery with up to 10-hour operating time (must be fully charged before first use) • Dimensions: 355 x 610 x 315mm (W x H x D) • Weight: 19kg SU2042 each.
ROADBUDDY BATTERY POWERED PA
For classes up to 40 people, medium sized areas • Wireless headset or hand held microphone and Bluetooth© technology for wireless streaming • Bluetooth/MP3/USB/SD players • Mains 240 volt, can be run off mains supply whilst recharging the battery • Rechargeable battery with up to 8-hour operating time • Dimensions: W415 x H525 x D328mm • Weight: 16kg c/w Handheld Mic SU1735 c/w Headset Mic SU2062 each. PLEASE NOTE: THESE PRODUCTS MUST NOT BE STORED IN THE POOL AREA, WHEN NOT IN USE PLEASE STORE IN A WARM AND DRY ENVIRONMENT.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
2020
Zumba & Dance classes
FITNESS
SOUND
40 2
P402 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:16 Page 1
PLEASE NOTE: ALL BATTERY-OPERATED PA SYSTEMS MUST BE FULLY CHARGED BEFORE FIRST USE. FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL RESULT IN SHORTENING THE BATTERY TIME AND BATTERY LIFE.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P403 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:17 Page 1
Recommended for Spinning,
3 40
MAUI 11 G2 MAINS OPERATED COLUMN PA SYSTEM For classes up to 80 people, very large areas, where the quality of sound is paramount high and wide and equipment noises can supress lesser speakers. This compact and elegant PA System offers an unbeatable sound quality in its class and wide-ranging sound distribution. It was developed after years of experience in the design of column systems as a userfriendly solution for PA. Complete with Bluetooth© technology for wireless streaming and suitable for use with CD/MP3/USB/SD players • Mains 240 volt • Component dimensions: • Subwoofer: 285 x 650 x 373mm (W x H x D) • Column: 96 x 1350 x 104mm (W x H x D) • Assembled height: 2030mm • Weight: 25kg SU2047 each. Note: Not supplied with microphone, please see page 405 for selection
2020
FITNESS
SOUND
MAUI 11 SUBWOOFER PROTECTION/ TRANSIT BAG SU2048 each.
MAUI 11 COLUMN PROTECTION/ TRANSIT BAG SU2049 each.
ROADJACK 8 BATTERY POWERED SPEAKER WITH “BLUETOOTH” PA SYSTEM Take your sound anywhere with this rechargeable battery-operated speaker. Complete with Bluetooth/MP3/USB/SD players • Mains 240 volt, can be run off mains supply whilst recharging the battery. • Rechargeable battery with up to 20-hour operating time (must be fully charged before first use) • Dimensions: W415 x H525 x D328mm (W x H x D) • Weight: 16.2kg SU1867 each. Note: Not supplied with microphone, please see page 405 for selection
PLAY 12 SERIES MAINS OPERATED ACTIVE PA SPEAKER An affordable sound system that offers comprehensive connectivity and possibilities for multiple applications. • Complete with USB/SD players • Connectivity for external sound sources like Microphone or CD Player • Mains 240 volt • Dimensions: 425 x 640 x 365mm (W x H x D) • Weight: 16kg
Note: Not supplied with microphone, please see page 405 for selection
SU2050 each.
PLEASE NOTE: THESE PRODUCTS MUST NOT BE STORED IN THE POOL AREA, WHEN NOT IN USE PLEASE STORE IN A WARM AND DRY ENVIRONMENT.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SOUND
40 4
P404 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:17 Page 1
2020
FITNESS
Gym, Studio & Public address
PLEASE NOTE: ALL BATTERY-OPERATED PA SYSTEMS MUST BE FULLY CHARGED BEFORE FIRST USE. FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL RESULT IN SHORTENING THE BATTERY TIME AND BATTERY LIFE.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P405 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:18 Page 1
PA System Accessories
5 40 FITNESS
SOUND
UHF ECO2 WIRELESS HEADSET MICROPHONE SYSTEM
MICSET 1 MICROPHONE SET
This economical mic system includes a headset microphone with cardioid polar pattern, a bodypack transmitter and a diversity receiver featuring balanced XLR and unbalanced 1/4” outputs, level and squelch controls and LED status indicators. • Frequency range: 630,200 MHz • Mains operated receiver 204v • Belt pack Transmitter: 2 x AA Batteries (supplied) SU1869 each.
Set comprises: • Dynamic Handheld Microphone • XLR Cable Male/Female 5 metres • Microphone Stand with Boom Arm SU1868 each.
2020
PROFESSIONAL AEROBICS HEADSET MICROPHONE ONLY
UHF WIRELESS HEADSET MICROPHONE SYSTEM U308 BPH Bodypack and Headset Microphone offering outstanding audio performance at an extremely competitive price • 12 selectable channels • Includes channel frequencies between 863 to 865 license free in the UK..! • 100m transmission range in ideal conditions • Trouble-free operation thanks to pilot tone squelch • 10-hour transmitter operation on two AA batteries, supplied SU2083 each.
Headset only especially suitable for aerobics, sports, and fitness trainers, Connects to a wireless transmitter via a mini-XLR 3-pin connector • Bi-directional electret condenser capsule with windscreen offers speech intelligibility and high sound quality • Low weight, flexible microphone arm and neckband with adjustable strap ensure a comfortable, secure fit and complete freedom of movement • Headset is extremely sturdy and water-repellent SU2052 each.
ALUMINIUM SPEAKER STAND Min height: Max height: Max load: SU2053 each.
1250 mm 1950 mm 25kg
PLEASE NOTE: THESE PRODUCTS MUST NOT BE STORED IN THE POOL AREA, WHEN NOT IN USE PLEASE STORE IN A WARM AND DRY ENVRONMENT.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ZB1 BLUETOOTH WIRELESS EARPHONES
ZS-2 SPORTS HEADPHONES
al for
Small, lightweight, wireless low energy Bluetooth connectivity ideal for gym workouts, running, cycling and many other sports activities… Features: • 10mm acoustic drivers deliver brilliant base and well balanced sound • Built-in microphone and remote control for making and taking calls or changing track and volume control • Up to 8 hours continuous music playback with only 3 hour recharge time • Compatible with all Bluetooth devices • Small, medium & large earbuds & shirt clip included Specifications: Speaker size: 10mm Frequency range: 18Hz-20kHz Sensitivity: 116 ± 3dB (1000Hz, 0.5rms) Impedance: 32Ω Bluetooth version: V4.1 Bluetooth range: 10m Music playing time: 8hrs Charge time: 3hrs SU2274 pair.
These extremely popular headphones Ide Resale are water and sweat resistant with anti-tangle leads, ideal for the gym..! Great for resale at any leisure centre gym or health and fitness club. Key Features: • Small, lightweight and designed for the active lifestyle • IP64 rating meaning the ZS-2s are protected from water, rain & sweat • 3.5mm AUX jack compatible with all standard line-in ports such as smartphones, tablets, MP3 players • Comfortable non-slip rubber earbud, ensuring they stay fitted perfectly in your ear during any vigorous workout • 10mm acoustic drivers with base enhancement and crisp sound. Specifications: Speaker Size 10mm Sensitivity 96±3db Impedance 16Ω±15% Frequency Response 20Hz-20kHz Cable Length 120cm Jack 3.5mm SU1717 pair.
MX1 BLUETOOTH SPEAKER
Z1 EAR BUDS
The rugged MX-1 wireless speaker from Veho is water resistant rated to IPX6… Features: • Impressive sound output with 2 x 10W speakers the MX-1 packs a punch • Bluetooth® 4.2 easy to pair speaker connects with smartphones, tablets, or any other Bluetooth device • Outstanding playback time of up to 20 hours playback from one charge of the built-in 4400mAh rechargeable lithium battery • Pair with another MX-1 (using TWS mode) to play audio in surround sound Specifications: Total watts: 2 x 10W Frequency: 65Hz-20kHz Impedance: 4KΩ SNR ≥75dB Play modes: Bluetooth®/Aux-in Battery: 4400mAh lithium Mains input: DC5V/1.5A Play time: Up to 20 hours Charge time: Up to 3.5 hours Bluetooth®: V4.2 Built-in microphone: Yes TWS: Supported Dimensions: 223mm x 100mm x 43mm SU2275 each.
U N
D E
I T N O C
S I D
l for
Idea Basic ‘in-ear’ earphones offering Resale excellent value for money. Great for resale at any leisure centre gym or health and fitness club. Key Features: • 3.5mm plug with Ni plate • 10mm Speaker with Bass Enhancement • Qube Noise Isolating Technology • Flex Anti Tangle Cord System • Sound Sensitivity: 105db ± 3bd • Channel Balance: 3bd (at 1000Hz) • Rated input 3mW, Max input 10mW • Impedance: 18Ω± 15% • CE and ROHS approved • Weight 2.0g • Compatible with all common mobile/ MP3 Player Devices including iPod/ iPhone/iPad Specification: Speaker Size 10mm Frequency range 10Hz-25kHz Sensitivity 106±3dB (at 1 KHz,0.5Vrms) Impedance 16Ω Cable Length 125cm Jack 3.5mm SU1716 pair.
PLEASE NOTE: ALL BATTERY-OPERATED PA SYSTEMS MUST BE FULLY CHARGED BEFORE FIRST USE. FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL RESULT IN SHORTENING THE BATTERY TIME AND BATTERY LIFE.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
FITNESS
PA System Accessories
2020
SOUND
40 6
P406 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:21 Page 1
P407 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 11:40 Page 1
7 40
STORAGE
FITNESS
A new dimension in functional equipment storage RACK5
RACK5 is a versatile storage solution that will keep your facility tidy and your functional equipment in peak condition when not in use. From Bulgarian Bags to Med Balls or Foam Rollers, RACK5 offers them a stylish, dedicated home so members and trainers can grab what they need and get to work.
450mm
Size: 700 x 600 x 1850mm. Weight: 75kg. kSP3328 each.
450mm 450mm
450mm 450mm
2020
426mm
GRAVITY MULTI-FUNCTIONAL TROLLEY This light-weight, compact-folded, multi-functional cart can transport all shapes and sizes up to 150kg and folds for easy storage • Ergonomic design for easy handling • Steel construction ensures rigidity • 2 fixed and 2 rotating wheels for mobility • 8 in 1 configuration • Compact dimensions (670 x 405 x 805mm) • Extends to 0.98 m length • Load capacity of up to 150kg • Heavy-duty rubber (PU) tyres for maximum flexibility on a range of surfaces • 11kg unladen SU2273 each.
MAD NEOPRENE DUMBBELL STORAGE RACK Specifically designed to hold Mad Neoprene Dumbbells, 0.5-5kg • Lockable top and bottom bar - padlock not included • Portable with wheels • Size: 855 x 600 x 1204mm • Weight: 42kg kSP3336 each.
Note: c/w locking bars. Weights and Padlocks not included. (Padlocks see page 208).
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ATTACHMENT RACK • Four sided keeps attachments tidy • Space saving foot print • Holds up to 24 attachments
KETTLEBELL RACKS • Store up to 10 or 15 Kettlebells • Racks will hold Kettlebells of any size • Rubber mats on shelves reduce noise/protect kettlebells
Note: Attachments not included
2 Tier Holds up to 10 Kettlebells Size: 1220 x 530 x 840mm high Weight: 35kg ❋SP2585 each.
Size: 700 x 700 x 1000mm high ❋SP1978 each.
FITNESS
STORAGE
40 8
P408 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 16/07/2021 12:34 Page 1
3 Tier Holds up to 15 Kettlebells Size: 1560 x 600 x 1180mm high Weight: 43kg ❋SP2828 each.
DUMBBELL STORAGE RACKS • Heavy duty 2 tier design with a silver oval frame • Rubber saddles for correct weight location • Ultra flexible design - racks can be ‘daisychained’ ❋SP2343 10 Pair Size: 2450 x 530 x 840mm high. Weight: 62kg. each. ❋SP2344 5 Pair Size: 1225 x 530 x 840mm high. Weight: 36kg. each.
Note: Weights not included
SP2343
SP2344
VERTICAL DUMBBELL RACK • Sturdy rack holds up to 10 pairs of dumbbells:-
1-10kg, 1kg increments or 2-20kg, 2kg increments
• Curved frame allows easier access/ placement of dumbbells
• Size: 740mm x 600mm x 1570mm high IGNITE STUDIO DUMBBELL RACK • Lockable
❋SP2628 1-10kg ❋SP3464 2-20kg
each. each.
Note: Weights not included
Note: Weights not included
chrome top bar
• Holds up to 45 pairs of Studio Dumbbells • Portable With Wheels (Lockable) • Weight 42kg - Max Load 361kg • Height 1080mm x Length 1020mm x Depth 620mm SP1144
each.
DUMBBELL TOWER RACK • Holds 10 pairs dumbbells 1-10kg • Solid welded steel frame for stability • Plastic retaining clips protect rack and dumbbells • Hard wearing stove enamelled finish • Size: 500 x 500 x 1220 mm high. ❋SP2125
each.
Note: Weights not included
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
together to provide one continuous rack
P409 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 11:16 Page 1
9 40
STORAGE
FITNESS
MEDICINE BALL RACKS
MEDICINE BALL RACKS
10 Ball Rack • Size: W650mm x H1650mm x D300mm • Weight: 10kg SP2609 each. 5 Ball Rack • Size: W280mm x H1600mm x D360mm • Weight: 6kg SP2117 each.
• Tidy options to store up to 5, 10 or 20 medicine balls (depending on the size) • Compact space saving designs 20 Ball Rack • Lockable wheels • Size: W1510mm x H1020mm x D640mm • Weight: 35kg ❋SP2608 each.
SP2609
Note: Medicine Balls not included.
Note: Balls not included
SP2608
SP2117
BAG RACK • Holds 5 Sand/Core bags • 580 x 680 x 1420mm high
30 SET STUDIO PUMP RACK • Size:1925mm x 727mm x 1605mm high • Weight: 60kg ❋SP2346 each.
❋SP2588 each.
2020
Note: Bags not included
Note: Weights not included
STUDIO BAR RACK c/w WHEELS • Holds up to 60 Bars • Lockable wheels • Size: 810 x 860 x
STUDIO PUMP STORAGE RACK • Effective storage for up to 12 sets
❋SP2610 each.
❋SP2116 each.
including bars, collars and discs
• Sturdy floor standing unit • Easy access weight selection • Size: 638 x 721 x 1490mm high
1150mm high
• Weight: 35kg
Note: Bars not included
GYM BALL/ BOSU STORAGE RACK
Manufactured from heavy duty 3mm oval steel tube finished in durable gloss powder coating. • Holds up to nine balls/BOSU • Size: 2180 x 650 x 1800mm high ❋SP1823 each.
AEROBIC MAT STORAGE TROLLEY • Open frame design so
Note: Bosu not included - see page 342. Requires assembly.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Note: Mats not included
Fitness
Sports
mats can breathe allowing them to dry out quickly, reducing unwanted odours • Holds up to 40 x SP87, 60 x SP1795, 90 x SP2154 90 x SP3114 120 x SP161 • Size 1100 x 815 x 1070mm high SP746 each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FITNESS
STORAGE
41 0
P410 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 11:25 Page 1
Trolleys can be padlocked, optional padlocks see page 215 Large External: 1255 x 755 x 1560mm high Internal: 1120 x 620 x 945mm high ❋SU767 each. Medium External: 1255 x 690 x 1372mm high Internal: 1120 x 555 x 757mm high ❋SU1861 each.
Links...
Links...
More storage options... See Pages 154-166
Padlocks See Page 215
Size: External 1044 x 6990 x 840mm high Internal 900 x 555 x 625mm high ❋SU558 each.
ALUMINIUM SUPER TROLLEY
Note: Requires assembly.
ALUMINIUM MESH EQUIPMENT TROLLEY STANDARD • Heavy aluminium profile with aluminium mesh sides for security • Fitted with 4 castors • Opening lid can be locked • Size: 1000 x 650 x 950mm high ❋SE380
each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
An ideal unit for leisure centres, health/fitness clubs, swimming pools, schools, clubs and sports halls. Items are immediately and clearly to hand • Natural bright aluminium finish • Stable and elegant design • Top and bottom, doors, side frames, rear wall and all inserted trays are supplied as a complete welded structure, whereby a special joint system assures simple assembly • Crimped aluminium grilles provide security, optimum water drainage and drying of equipment • Trackless and smooth-running wheels offer rapid transport • Fits through a standard door • Size: 1500 x 620 x 1480mm high ❋SE379 each. Note: Requires assembly.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
VENDIPLAS EQUIPMENT TROLLEY SMALL
VENDIPLAS EQUIPMENT TROLLEYS
P411 Fitness LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 11:26 Page 1
1 41
STORAGE
Use individually or with Mobile Cabinets Colour: Grey • Ideal for pool area • Water drains easily allowing quick drying of contents • 600 x 400 x 410mm ❋SU2117 each.
MOBILE CABINETS WITH LOCKS
2020
FITNESS
PLASTIC BASKET
Mobile cabinets with individually lockable compartments (locks included) designed to take SU2117 baskets (not included) with top rack for extra storage Colour: Blue 1360 x 760 x 1540mm high Takes up to nine SU2117 baskets (order separately) ❋SU2131 each. 1360 x 760 x 2080mm high Takes up to twelve SU2117 baskets (order separately) ❋SU2132 each.
EQUIPMENT TROLLEYS LARGE & EXTRA LARGE
Colour: Blue Large • Three compartments • Removeable shelves • Two doors, can be locked • 1260 x 760 x 1920mm high ❋SU2129 each. Extra Large • Twelve compartments • Removeable shelves, adjustable space for different size items • Two doors, can be locked • Top rack • 1760 x 760 x 2270mm high ❋SU2130 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FITNESS
STORAGE/TIMING
41 2
P412 Fitness RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 11:30 Page 1
STORAGE CABINET
This space saving Large Utility Cabinet provides over 22 cu. ft of storage behind the easy– access padlockable doors, with 4 adjustable shelves and a vertical partition. Manufactured from weather resistant, UV stabilised polypropylene, it is ideal for wet or humid environments. Size: 750 x 500 x 1800mm high SU1119 each. Note: Requires assembly
AEROBIC MAT STORAGE TROLLEY • One open side for easy loading • Open frame design so mats can breathe allowing them to dry out quickly, reducing unwanted odours
SP746
each.
QUANTUM 400mm • Plastic cased wall clock with
TIME OF DAY CLOCK 500mm • Suitable for a multitude of locations in todays
silver front bezel
sports, leisure, health and fitness clubs
• Glass lens • AA Battery included
• Quartz battery operated (batteries included) • Black plastic casement with shatterproof lens SE588
each.
SE611
each.
DUAL PURPOSE CLOCK 410mm • Suitable for Aerobics Studios, Gyms etc. • Features Time of Day with large second hand • Plastic casing • Water resistant • Battery operated (Not included 1 x SU116 AA see page 173) ❋SE462 each.
DUAL PURPOSE CLOCK 457mm • Features Time of Day and Pace Clock readings • Large sweep hand • With or without powder coated metal casing • Battery operated
SE446
SE679
(Not included - 1 x SU116 AA see page 173)
• Ideal for Aerobics studio, Gyms etc. ❋SE679 Without Case. each. ❋SE446 Encased. each.
Links...
More clocks and stopwatches See Page 167-173
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
• Holds up to 40 x SP87, 60 x SP1795 or 120 x SP161 • Size: 1100 x 815 x 1070mm high
P413 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 11:31 Page 1
SPORTS
3 41
ACCESSORIES... BIBS/FLEXCOILS/LANYARDS/WHISTLES
MITRE PRO REVERSIBLE TRAINING BIBS
MITRE PRO TRAINING BIBS Pro level bibs in 100% polyester micro mesh for lightweight and breathable performance
As above but fully reversible to enable easier team change
Sizes and prices see page 446 Acme Thunderer 59 ⁄2 • Nickel plated brass • Non stick pea whistle • Tapered mouth produces high pitch • 20g, 45mm long SU17 per 12. Acme Thunderer 558 • Injection moulded plastic • Non stick pea whistle • High pitch, easily blown • 15g, 45mm long SU16 per 12.
SU16
• Injection moulded plastic • Non stick pea whistle • 5g, 40mm long Acme 660
SU15
per 12.
• Moulded plastic • 10g, 50mm long Black Plastic
SU557
per 12.
SQUEEZEE HAND WHISTLE • Hygienic whistle made
FLEX COILS
Packed 10 of one colour SW1974 Red, SW1998 Black, SW3029 Blue. per 10.
from soft PVC
• Simply squeeze to make it
whistle! SU1175 each.
LANYARDS
LANYARDS BREAKAWAY • 10mm flat braided polyester • Plastic safety breakaway • Packed 10 of one colour
Cotton, 12 assorted colours. SU239 per 12.
SW1975 Red, SW1999 Blue. per 10.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
2020
Acme Tornado 635 • Injection moulded plastic • Pea-less offering clear, penetrating blast • Unique unconventional design • 5g, 50mm long SU252 per 12. Acme Tornado 636 SU251 • Injection moulded plastic • Pea-less offering clear, penetrating high pitch blast • Tapered mouthpiece • 5g, 43mm long SU251 per 12. Acme Tornado 2000 SU269 • High impact, shatterproof plastic • Pea-less offering unique combination of high and low frequencies • The most powerful whistle in the world • Unaffected by water • 8g, 50mm long SU269 per 12. SU252
SU17
1
SU557
micro mesh with elasticated strap • Team positions on back and front • Set of 7 Sizes and prices see page 446
Sizes and prices see page 446
WHISTLES
SU15
MITRE NETBALL PRO TRAINING BIB SETS • 100% polyester
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
AC C E S S O R I E S . . . M E G A P H O N E S / P U M P S SP536
30 seconds SP536 each.
SP1803
MITRE ELECTRIC PUMP • For quick inflation of sports balls • Electric 13amp 240v SP1803
each.
SPORTS
COMPRESSOR • AC220-240v~50Hz • Air inflation and deflation • Average ball inflation time -
41 4
P414 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 11:32 Page 1
MITRE DOUBLE ACTION PUMP • Faster inflation - pumps on push
and pull SP949 each.
SP398
TUFTEX HAND INFLATOR 30cm SP397
each.
SP1838
SUPER STIRRUP PUMP SP398
each.
MITRE STIRRUP PUMP each.
2020
SP1838
SPARE NEEDLES SP594 5mm Thread Fits SP397. per 12. SP1153 7mm Thread Fits SP536, SP398, SP1803, SP1838. per 3.
SP949 SP397
ECO SONIC AIR HORN • Delivers 120db blast at 3.09m • High-impact trumpet • 100% non-flammable canister • 99.5% lower global warming
footprint than other non-flammable horns SU1622 each.
ECO SONIC AIR HORN REFILL ONLY SU1623
each.
POWER MEGAPHONE • Battery operated 15 - 20 watt giving great power concentration • Effective distance approx. 280m • Features include a whistle • Weight 1.5 kg • Excellent value for money SU102
each.
SMART 101 MEGAPHONE • The worlds smallest megaphone • Features a special compensatory circuit • Use indoors without loss of clear speech or outdoors with no whine or feedback • Warning whistle • Effective distance 120m • Power output 12 watts • Weight 500g SU314 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
CLIPBOARD • Foolscap size with heavy duty
spring clip SU264 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P415 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 11:34 Page 1
5 41
ACCESSORIES... RESALE • Stay fresh and perform as our charcoal inserts keep your kit try and odour free
SPORTS
• Simply place the deodorising bag inside your shoes, sports gloves bag etc., when not in use
• The natural charcoal properties will absorb the moisture and kill the bacteria that causes bad smells
Neutralises Odours • Kills Germs • Absorbs Moisture
• To extend the life of our products, place in direct sunlight once a month for 4 hours
NO STINK SPORTS GLOVE DEODORISER
NO STINK MULTI-PURPOSE DEODORISER
SP3166
SP3364
pair.
pair.
NO STINK SPORTS SHOE DEODORISER pair.
2020
SP3167
Links...
Clean Freek See Page 263 MITRE WATER BOTTLE 1 LITRE
Z1 EAR BUDS
SP1841
Basic ‘in-ear’ earphones offering excellent value for money. Great for resale at any leisure centre gym or health and fitness club.
each.
MITRE CARRIER C/W BOTTLES • Metal carrier • 8 x 1 litre bottles
SP1840
Key Features: • 3.5mm plug with Ni plate • 10mm Speaker with Bass Enhancement • Qube Noise Isolating Technology • Flex Anti Tangle Cord System • Sound Sensitivity: 106db +/- 3bd • Channel Balance: 3bd (at 1000hz) • Rated input 3mW • Max input 10mW • Impedance: 16 ohms +/- 15% • CE and ROHS approved • Weight 2.0g • Compatible with all common mobile/MP3 Player Devices including iPod/iPhone/iPad
each.
Specification: Speaker Size Frequency range Sensitivity Impedance Cable Length Jack SU1716 pair. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
10mm 10-25,000Hz 106±3dB(at 1 KHz,0.5Vrms) 16 Ohm 125cm 3.5mm
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACCESSORIES... RESALE KARAKAL SQUASH BALLS WSF approved – Non marking rubber SP3700 Double Yellow dot Extra Super Slow for tournaments SP3701 Single Yellow dot Super Slow for tournaments SP3702 Red Medium speed SP3703 Big Ball 15% oversized 46mm Designed for coaching per 12.
2020
SP1140 Pro Double Yellow spot. SP1141 Competition Single Yellow spot. SP1142 Progress 6% oversize ball. SP1143 Intro 12% oversize ball. per 12.
SPORTS
DUNLOP SQUASH BALLS
41 6
P416 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 11:35 Page 1
RACKET GRIPS Karakal PU Super • Extra thick Non-slip Nano PU surface • Super absorbent • Super tacky • Self adhesive • Supplied in display pack of 24 assorted colours or black only SP323 Assorted Colours SP2223 Black Only per 24.
PU Grip • Synthetic, anti-slip • Super absorbent • Self adhesive • Excellent value for money SP539 per 24.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P417 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 11:36 Page 1
7 41
ACCESSORIES... RESALE
SPORTS
CARLTON SHUTTLECOCKS Club 100 Designed and engineered to provide top quality at competitive prices • Club 100 was re-invented in 2000 with a new improved skirt design giving unprecedented strength • The Club 100 offers exceptional performance to the leisure player SP699 Blue. per 12.
WILSON SHUTTLECOCKS Dropshot Club Grade • Top grade nylon skirt • Natural cork base • Bright White = High visibility for indoor play SP3142 per 6.
• Man-made base gives Tournament T800
outstanding durability without compromising its fine performance characteristics SP700 White Skirt Blue, SP703 Yellow Skirt Blue, SP701 White Skirt Red, SP704 Yellow Skirt Red, per 12.
2020
YONEX SHUTTLECOCKS
Mavis 10 A budget priced synthetic feather, ideal for recreational use in either schools or leisure centres. SP1076 Blue only. per 12.
F1 White • Outstanding performance closely matches playing characteristics of feather shuttlecocks in terms of fast turn-around, peak and drop and flight trajectory • Construction is ultra high durability nylon and a natural cork base SP1557 Fast Red, SP1558 Medium Blue. per 12.
• As above incorporating F1 Yellow
Mavis 300 White Skirt Cork based. High quality performer, proven worldwide. Recommended for players seeking unrivalled performance and value. SP531 Red, SP653 Blue. per 12. Mavis 300 Yellow Skirt As above in yellow skirt. SP532 Blue, SP1418 Red. per 12.
Carlton’s unique ‘Hi-Vis yellow’ colouring on both cork tip and skirt • 20% brighter shuttle than traditional white shuttles, improving visibility and enhancing playing experience SP1559 Fast Red, SP1560 Medium Blue per 12.
CARLTON GOOSE FEATHER SHUTTLECOCKS GT3 Grade 3 feathered shuttle with a durable, consistent flight ideal for all clubs and league. SP2035 Speed 78. SP2036 Speed 79. per 12. GT4 Practice quality feathered shuttle offering excellent value. Ideal for all training, practice matches and club nights. SP2037 Speed 78. per 12.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
DUNLOP PRO RACKETBALL BALL
TENNIS BALLS
The Official ball of the English National Racketball Championships • Engineering using N-1SR3 construction technology - a feature of Dunlop’s World No 1 squash ball • Delivers unparalleled playability for advanced and intermediate players SP3188 per 3.
Dunlop Fort All Court ITF approved. SP611 per 12. Dunlop Pro Tour ITF approved. SP866 per 12. First Quality Loose Ideal for every day use in Sports Centres SP640 per 12.
SPORTS
ACCESSORIES... RESALE
41 8
P418 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 21:42 Page 1
DUNLOP COMPETITION RACKETBALL BALL • Low bounce official racketball match ball
and intermediate players SP409 per 3.
SLAZENGER WIMBLEDON ULTRA VIS TENNIS BALL • Ultra visibility • Water resistant hydroguard cloth for superb control
• ITF approved SP1853
DUNLOP 3 STAR PREMIUM BALL WHITE Fort Tournament • Ultra premium table tennis balls engineered specifically for tournament match play • Fully approved 3 star competition ball • Hand selected • ITTF Approved SP2839 per 3.
DUNLOP 2 STAR RECREATIONAL BALL
Pro Tour • High quality recreation ball ideal for clubs and sports centres • 2 Star Ball SP2840 per 3.
per 12.
DUNLOP 1 STAR RECREATIONAL BALL WHITE Club Champ • Suitable for all recreational and leisure play • Ideal for sports centres and schools • 1 Star Rated Training Ball SP2841 per 6.
DUNLOP 1 STAR TRAINING BALL WHITE
Club Training • Fantastic Training Ball Pack (144) • Suitable for all recreational and leisure play • Ideal for sports centres and schools • 144 Balls SP2842 per 144.
LION TABLE TENNIS BALLS Three Star ETTA approved. White only. SP574 per 12. Two Star ETTA approved. White. SP705 per 12. One Star White, SP711 per 12.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
• Ideal for beginners
P419 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 21:43 Page 1
9 41
ACCESSORIES... STORAGE
Small trolleys for balls or large items Colour: Blue 1040 x 690 x 840mm high - Open top ❋SU2126 each. 1040 x 690 x 840mm high - Complete with lid ❋SU2127 each.
Multi-Purpose two section open top trolleys Colour: Blue 1440 x 690 x 1110mm high 1980 x 690 x 1110mm high ❋SU2133 each. c/w two extra shelves ❋SU2134 each.
2020
SPORTS
EQUIPMENT TROLLEYS
MOBILE CABINETS WITH LOCKS Mobile cabinets with individually lockable compartments (locks included) designed to take SU2117 baskets (not included) with top rack for extra storage Colour: Blue 1360 x 760 x 1540mm high 1360 x 760 x 2080mm high Takes up to twelve SU2117 Takes up to nine SU2117 baskets (order separately) baskets (order separately) ❋SU2132 each. ❋SU2131 each.
TRIPLE TROLLEY • Robust construction with 3 position handle • Large non-marking castors for good stability • Multitude of uses around the Leisure Centre ❋SU477
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
• Wide, stable, easy to load Polyethylene deck • Folds away for space efficient storage • Size: 825 x 520mm • Capacity: 181kg
each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACCESSORIES... STORAGE
42 0
P420 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 21:44 Page 1
SPORTS
PVC/ABS STORAGE UNITS • Ideal for wet and humid conditions • No sharp edges • Non - toxic PVC - will not rot or rust • Tough rubber castors VENDIPLAS EQUIPMENT TROLLEYS Trolleys can be padlocked, optional padlocks see page 215 Large External: 1255 x 755 x 1560mm high Internal: 1120 x 620 x 945mm high ❋SU767 each. Medium External: 1255 x 690 x 1372mm high Internal: 1120 x 555 x 757mm high ❋SU1861 each.
SU767
VENDIPLAS EQUIPMENT TROLLEY SMALL
2020
Size: External 1044 x 690 x 840mm high Internal 900 x 555 x 625mm high ❋SU558 each. SU556
VENDIPLAS MOBILE STORAGE UNITS • Ideal mobile storage solution for a wide variety of swim, sports and fitness products and general storage • Hold up to 6 Storage Bins either 320mm, 365mm or 520mm high (Not included, please order separately, see page 162) ❋SU556 1000 x 500 x 1835mm high each. ❋SU1603 1500 x 500 x 1835mm high each.
SU558
SKIPPING ROPE RACK • Holds up to 250 ropes • Length: 620mm.
Protrudes 380mm from wall SP1470 each. SU1603
Fixings not included
GRAVITY MULTI-FUNCTIONAL TROLLEY This lightweight, compact-folded, multi-functional cart can transport all shapes and sizes up to 150kg and folds for easy storage • Ergonomic design for easy handling • Steel construction ensures rigidity • 2 fixed and 2 rotating wheels for mobility • 8 in 1 configuration • Compact dimensions (670 x 405 x 805mm) • Extends to 0.98 m length • Load capacity of up to 150kg • Heavy-duty rubber (PU) tyres for maximum flexibility on a range of surfaces • 11kg unladen SU2273 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P421 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 21:48 Page 1
1 42
ACCESSORIES... STORAGE STORAGE BASKETS WHEELAWAY • Plastic baskets ideal for pool area • Water drains easily allowing
SPORTS
quick drying of contents
• 3 sizes available
SE673 Large 600 x 400 x 1060mm high each. SE651 Medium 600 x 400 x 740mm high each.
SE652 Small 600 x 400 x 420mm high each. Note: Height includes castors,
WIRE MESH EQUIPMENT TROLLEYS • 50 x 50mm welded steel mesh
• Complete with lid and four castors
2020
• Polythene or Powder
Coated Polythene Coated Suitable for wet/humid areas Size: 863 x 610 x 457mm high ❋SE53 each. Powder Coated Suitable for dry areas only Size: 860 x 590 x 400mm high ❋SU1415 each.
Note: Requires minimal assembly.
WIRE MESH EQUIPMENT TROLLEY LARGE • 50 x 25mm polythene coated weld mesh mounted on 63.5mmnylon castors
• Drop side lockable hinged lid • Ideal for sports, swimming and creche equipment storage • Size: 914 x 610 x 660mm high ❋SE28
ALUMINIUM BALL TROLLEY • Weatherproof, sturdy construction, ideal storage of sports or swimming equipment
• Hinged lid can be padlocked • Size: 915 x 711 x 711mm high
each.
MESH STORAGE BAGS • Heavy duty nylon mesh • Drawstring closure • Good ventilation - Easy drainage • Wet items dry out quickly
❋SE67
each.
Links...
Padlocks See Page 215
SE610 Medium 450 x 750 mm, Black. each. SE592 Large 915 x 1150mm, Blue. each.
AGE STORAG B
TS , SPOR MING SWIM DE OF LTITU A MU ALLY FOR PECI AGE IC ES STOR ITEMS FABR EAL SH ● ID D FITNESS N ME AN NYLO MS IGHT WET ITE R HTWE RD ● LIG BLE FO AW CO SUITA ING DR STEN ICK FA ● QU
mm 450 x 750 Medium 0mm 915 x 115 Large
Malay sia Made in
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Links...
More Carry Sacks See Pages159, 448 Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACCESSORIES... STORAGE
42 2
P422 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 21:49 Page 1
An ideal unit for swimming pools, schools, clubs and sports halls. Items are immediately and clearly to hand. • Now features adjustable shelving • Natural bright aluminium finish • Stable and elegant design • Top and bottom, doors, side frames, rear wall and all inserted trays are supplied as a complete welded structure, whereby a special joint system assures simple assembly • Crimped aluminium grilles provide security, optimum water drainage and drying of equipment • Trackless and smooth-running wheels offer rapid transport • Fits through a standard door. • Size: 1500 x 620 x 1480mm high ❋SE379 each.
elving h s e l b a t Adjus
!
SPORTS
ALUMINIUM SUPER TROLLEY
ALUMINIUM MESH EQUIPMENT TROLLEY STANDARD • Heavy aluminium profile with aluminium mesh sides for security
• Fitted with 4 castors • Opening lid can be locked. • Size: 1000 x 650 x 950mm high ❋SE380
each.
Note: Requires assembly.
ALUMINIUM ‘SPEEDY’ TROLLEY • Plug-device construction made from special aluminium profiles together with Crapal wave grid • Two removable shelves • 4 castors • Size: 1250 x 620 x 1200mm high ❋SE465 each.
Note: Requires assembly.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Note: Requires assembly.
P423 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 21:51 Page 1
SPORTS
3 42
ACCESSORIES... STORAGE
2020
Note: Requires assembly.
AEROBIC MAT STORAGE TROLLEY • One openside for easy loading • Open frame design so mats can breathe allowing them to dry out quickly, reducing unwanted odours
• Holds up to 40 x SP87, 60 x SP1795, 90 x SP2154
or 120 x SP161 Size 1100 x 815 x 1070mm high, SP746 each.
• 2 frames with PVC base ❋SU1215 Starter Bay
Links...
Gym Mats trolleys See Page 368
HEAVY DUTY MULTI-USE STORAGE BINS c/w LID Extra strong RECYCLED plastic bins provide a multitude of options for storage • Manufactured from 100% recycled plastic • Heavy duty bins resist high impact damage • Durable and strong, even in cold temperatures • Virtually indestructible, strength tested to 380kg! • Nest or stackable with lids on or off • Lids snap into place and feature holes to add ties for added security 45 Litre 500 x 395 x 320mm high Weight: 2.49kg SU2225 each. 62 Litre 600 x 400 x 365mm high Weight: 3.18kg SU2226 each. 92 Litre 600 x 400 x 520mm high Weight: 4.20kg SU2227 each.
plates and top caps
• 8 beams - 12 plastic shelves • 16 security clips • Weight 14kg
each.
• 1 frame with PVC base
❋SU1216 Extension Bay
plates and top caps 8 beams 12 plastic shelves 16 security clips Weight 11kg each. Note: SU1216 requires SU1215 Starter Bay
• • • •
BRUTE TOTE STORAGE BIN
Made from tough commercial grade polyethylene Size: 707 x 441 x 384mm Capacity: 75.5 Litre SU1031 each.
ECONOMY STORAGE BINS & LIDS • Bins and lids sold separately
Links...
More Storage Bins See Pages 161-162 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Simple shelving system can solve hundreds of storage issues • Height: 1500mm, Width: 1010mm, Depth: 410mm • Strong and sturdy high tensile steel frame • High quality propylene shelves - washable - max load 90kg per shelf • Four adjustable shelf levels including top and bottom • Assembled in minutes • Extension bays available
SUPERSHELF BOLTLESS SHELVING
Health Suite
Maint.
SU1435 Medium Bin Only, Size: 500 x 250 x 350mm each. SU1436 Large Bin Only, Size: 590 x 290 x 400mm each. SU1437 Medium Lid Only, each. SU1438 Large Lid Only, each.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Harrod UK are the leading manufacturers of indoor/outdoor sports equipment. The company enjoys an excellent working relationship with Badminton England and all our posts are approved by the association. They are also suppliers to the National Badminton Centre, Milton Keynes. Improved Specification • 40mm steel uprights complete with cleats and grooved top • The ‘H’ shaped bases have built-in weight and are fitted with rubber pads for floor protection • Wide double wheels are housed in extra strong fabricated brackets and will not mark or dent the floor • Offset wheels allow you to maximise space between courts whilst conforming to required safety standard • Netting can be drawn very tight without movement of the upright and base (19kg) • Posts are attached to the base with a spring clip mechanism and can be easily detached for storage • Uprights can be supplied welded to the base at extra cost • Polyester powder coated blue • Uprights and bases do not protrude into court area • Weight: 46.5kg per set SP221 pair.
Improved Specification • Same design as Deluxe posts but with lighter and deeper base and no offset wheels • Weight: 33kg per set SP222 pair.
WHEELAWAY DELUXE TRAINING POSTS
WHEELAWAY STANDARD TRAINING POSTS
SPORTS
BADMINTON
42 4
P424 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 21:52 Page 1
COMBINATION DELUXE TRAINING POSTS
2020
Improved Specification • Same design as SP221 but with sellock pin sleeve located at 86cm for Mini Tennis • Weight: 46.5kg per set SP2373 pair.
• Posts are supplied in sets of two, nets not included • Please order nets separately • Posts and bases are phosphated and then finished
IMPORTANT
with a baked-on polyester powder coating that provides a very tough, scratch-resistant finish • Safety and maintenance information supplied with all products
TO NFORM ALL CO 1509:2008 BS EN STANDARDS SAFETY
SP221 Interlocking bases 527mm deep
SP222 SP221
732mm deep
SP2373
BADMINTON NETS
Match 6.1m (20’) • Top quality net • Superior 19mm knotted nylon mesh • Cloth headline and sides SP12 each. General Purpose • Club use • Nylon regulation 19mm mesh SP18 7.32m (24’) each. SP180 6.1m (20’) each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SP12
SPARES
SP540 Badminton Post Feet Only each. SP963 Badminton Post Wheel Only each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P425 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 22:50 Page 1
5 42
BADMINTON
SPORTS
CARLTON SHUTTLECOCKS
Carlton is the World’s No. 1 Specialist Badminton Company and the preferred choice of many Olympic Medalists. As market leader within the education/leisure category Carlton is committed to ongoing innovation which delivers market leading rackets and shuttles to the highest standards of playability and durability.
Club 100 Designed and engineered to provide top quality at competitive prices • Club 100 was re-invented in 2000 with a new improved skirt design giving unprecedented strength • The Club 100 offers exceptional performance to the leisure player SP699 Blue. per 12.
• Man-made base gives Tournament T800
outstanding durability without compromising its fine performance characteristics SP700 White Skirt Blue, SP703 Yellow Skirt Blue, SP701 White Skirt Red, SP704 Yellow Skirt Red, per 12.
• Outstanding performance F1 White
2020
closely matches playing characteristics of feather shuttlecocks in terms of fast turn-around, peak and drop and flight trajectory • Construction is ultra high durability nylon and a natural cork base SP1557 Fast Red, SP1558 Medium Blue. per 12.
• As above incorporating F1 Yellow
Carlton’s unique ‘Hi-Vis yellow’ colouring on both cork tip and skirt • 20% brighter shuttle than traditional white shuttles, improving visibility and enhancing playing experience SP1559 Fast Red, SP1560 Medium Blue per 12.
CARLTON GOOSE FEATHER SHUTTLECOCKS GT3 Grade 3 feathered shuttle with a durable, consistent flight ideal for all clubs and league. SP2035 Speed 78. SP2036 Speed 79. per 12. GT4 Practice quality feathered shuttle offering excellent value. Ideal for all training, practice matches and club nights. SP2037 Speed 78. per 12. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
BADMINTON
Aeroblade 5000 Ideal beginner / intermediate racket with Titanium composite construction for all round performance Features: • Isometric headshape for increased power • Weight: 97g • Balance: Head Light • Flex: Medium SP2856 each.
Aeroblade 4000 Isometric head shape in Titanium alloy with Graphite shaft incorporating T-section technology for lightweight durability and powerful performance. • Weight (un-strung) - 90g • Balance - Head Light • Flex - Medium SP1757 each.
Aeroblade 3000 Isometric head shape in Titanium alloy with steel shaft construction for power and durability. • Weight (un-strung) 105g • Balance - Head Light • Flex - Medium SP1756 each.
Aeroblade 2000 Isometric head shape, two piece tempered steel construction for power, durability and value for money. • Weight (un-strung) - 120g • Balance - Even • Flex - Medium • Ideal for schools and leisure centres • Durable hire/retail racket SP2038 each.
CARLTON ISO 4.3 SERIES
Mini-Blade ISO 4.3 Definitive starter racket for ages 3-6 supports delivery of Key Stage 1 badminton. Weight 90 grams. • Ideal education or hire racket for 3-6 years • Titanium Alloy/Steel construction for ultimate durability • Larger head size for increased shuttle contact area • Ergonomically shaped grip for improved technique • 53cm (21”) racket length for the younger player SP713 each.
Midi-Blade ISO 4.3 The frame is perfect for players aged 7-10 years and supports Key Stage 2 badminton delivery. Weight 100 grams. • Ideal education or hire racket for 7-10 years • Titanium Alloy/Steel construction for ultimate durability • Larger head size for increased shuttle contact area • Ergonomically shaped grip for improved technique • 58cm (23”) racket length for the superior playability at this age SP2039 each.
Maxi-Blade ISO 4.3 Supersedes the market leading Contracts 4.3 as the No. 1 racket of choice for all schools and leisure centres. Supports delivery of Key Stage 3-5 badminton. Weight 110 grams. • Ideal education or hire racket for ages 11+ • Titanium Alloy/Steel construction for ultimate durability • Larger head size for increased shuttle contact area • Full 66cm (27”) length racket SP17 each.
‘HIRE’ Designed specifically ‘FOR HIRE’ at Sports and Leisure Centres • ‘For Hire’ decals feature prominently • 12mm aluminium head and 8.5mm steel shaft provide sturdy racket ideal for hire at sports and leisure centres SP1234 each.
Links...
Racket/Shuttle Packs See Pages 427-428
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
SPORTS
Isometric head shape racket geometry for ultimate power Aeroblade’s Isometric head geometry increases length of the main strings to create an enlarged sweetspot. This delivers ultimate power for enhanced performance and ideal playability for beginners and game improvers. The Aeroblade racket range also offers unmatched value for money
2020
CARLTON AEROBLADE SERIES
42 6
P426 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 22:51 Page 1
P427 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 22:52 Page 1
7 42
BADMINTON
SPORTS
CARLTON BADMINTON EDUCATION PACKS Super convenient packs of rackets and shuttlecocks complete with storage holdall to facilitate group badminton education
2020
Maxi Key Stage 3-5 Contents: 10 x Maxi-blade ISO 4.3 Badminton Rackets 5 x Midi-blade ISO 4.3 Badminton Rackets 4 x Tubes of 6 C100 Shuttlecocks 1 x Holdall SP2825 each.
Mini Key Stage 1-3 Contents: 10 x Mini-blade ISO 4.3 Badminton Rackets 5 x Midi-blade ISO 4.3 Badminton Rackets 4 x Tubes of 6 C100 Shuttlecocks 1 x Holdall SP2826 each.
Badminton Put-Up Net • Self-supporting net and post set • Height adjustable for short tennis • Lightweight, assembles in seconds • 3m long net folds into duffle bag for easy storage • Suitable for indoor/outdoor use SP2827 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Recognised internationally for their supreme qualities, Yonex badminton rackets are used by 80% of the world’s top players. The competitively priced B Series emulates the Yonex top-of-the-range models for beginners to intermediate players wishing to achieve a higher level of play. Mavis synthetic performance shuttlecocks offer optimum durability and the nylon base Mavis 10 has been designed specifically for the rigours of school and leisure play.
YONEX BADMINTON RACKETS
SPORTS
BADMINTON
42 8
P428 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 22:53 Page 1
YONEX SHUTTLECOCKS MAVIS 10 • Budget priced synthetic feather, ideal for
recreational use in schools or leisure centres SP1076 Blue only. per 12.
MAVIS 300 WHITE SKIRT • Cork based • High quality performer, proven worldwide
• Recommended for players seeking unrivalled
performance and value SP531 Red, SP653 Blue. per 12.
MAVIS 300 YELLOW SKIRT • As above in yellow skirt SP1418 Red, SP532 Blue. per 12.
2020
SP2192 MP2 • Aluminium frame, connected to steel shaft with strong T piece to ensure maximum resilience • Isometric head shape offers 32% larger sweet spot • Muscle Power frame technology reduces twisting • Provides superior playability, at a very affordable price each.
B700MDM / B4000 • Introduced by Yonex to cater for the leisure centre/schools market • Particular emphasis on Strength and Power • Both rackets feature a steel shaft with strong T-piece connection to a steel frame with the B700MDM having a MEGA Frame with larger sweet spot for deeper shots SP1512 B700MDM each. SP1283 B4000 Links... each. Note: Racket colours may vary.
Racket Grips See Page 416
YONEX 20 RACKET BAG SET Start-up coaching kit including rackets, shuttles and nets complete with zipped carry holdall ideal for leisure centres and schools Contents:20 x Yonex GR 202 Lightweight Steel Badminton Rackets 36 x Yonex Shuttlecocks Yellow Plastic Base 2 x 6.10m (20’) Nets 1 x Carry Holdall 20 x 74 x 25cm W x L x H SP3187 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P429 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 22:55 Page 1
SPORTS
9 42
BADMINTON
WILSON SHUTTLECOCKS
Dropshot Club Grade • Top grade nylon skirt • Natural cork base • Bright White = High visibility for indoor play SP3142 per 6.
2020
WILSON BADMINTON RACKETS
• Weight: 115g • Balance: Head heavy • Length: 660mm • Hyper alloy frame • Aluminium Die Cast Champ 90
Reaction 70 • Hyper Alloy Frame • Aluminium Die Cast T-Joint • Weight: 115g • Balance: HH • Length 660mm SP3140 each.
T-Joint SP3201 each.
SURE SHOT ATHENS BADMINTON RACKET
An excellent, strong racket for the recreational player. Very popular for schools and sports centres. • Tempered steel shaft and head • String - Galaxy • Hire or resale • Weight: 120g SP3469 each.
BADMINTON RACKET RACK • Ideal storage for approx. 14 rackets • PVC-covered steel rack for wall mounting
• Fixing not included
Size: 660 x 170 x 215mm high. SP784 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
MOLTEN BASKETBALLS
WILSON BASKETBALLS
Molten, one of the top basketball brands worldwide introduces the new BG-Series, official basketball of FIBA. The sleek design of the BG-Series allows for optimum performance with the new surface texture offering ideal grip to improve ball control when in contact with sweat or moisture. Molten continues to create superior quality basketballs with the latest innovative technology.
Wave Triple Threat Technology. The new standard for basketball performance, incorporates 24 additional T3 grooves into the usually flat panels of a standard basketball. Results in a ball with more surface area and leverage points helping you control the ball.
Molten BG 3800 • FIBA Approved • Composite leather • Nylon wound, Butyl bladder • Size 7 - Official size and weight • Recommended indoor use only SP1957 Size 7 each. SP1958 Size 6 each. SP1959 Size 5 each.
Performance All Star • Innovative dual tone rubber • Colour: Brown • Size 7 only SP3139 each. Wilson MVP • Excellent value for money • Four sizes SP3194 Brown, Size 7 SP3195 Brown, Size 6 SP3196 Brown, Size 5 each. SP3377 Purple/Lime, Size 3 each.
2020
Molten GGX • FIBA Approved New Molten X Technology • Synthetic leather • Nylon wound, Butyl bladder • Size 7 - Official size and weight • Recommended indoor use only SP1956 each.
• FIBA Approved • Official 12-panel design • Rubber cover • Special rubber compound to Molten BGR
give a tacky feel and durability
• Deep pebble surface • Nylon wound, Butyl bladder • Size 7 - Official size and weight
SP1960 Tan/Cream, Size 7 SP1961 Tan/Cream, Size 6 SP1962 Tan/Cream, Size 5 each. Molten BG 2000 SP1936 Tan/Cream, Size 3 each.
Molten BR SP2395 Blue/Orange, Size 7 each. SP2397 Red/Silver, Size 5 each.
UED
NTIN ISCO
D
Links...
Flip-Over Scoreboard See Page 434
BADEN BASKETBALLS Baden All Star • Deluxe rubber cover • Pro Channel design for better grip and feel • Precision-wound for durability • Colour coded sizing SP2392 Black/White, Size 7 SP2393 Blue/White, Size 6 SP2394 Silver/White, Size 5 SP3470 Yellow/Blue, Size 4 each. Baden Zone • New range of four colours • Easier for player/coach to identify size of ball being used • Composite rubber cover • Indoor/Outdoor all surface ball • Excellent value for money SP3197 Size 7 each. SP3198 Size 6 each. SP3199 Size 5 each. SP3200 Size 3 each.
OFFICIAL BASKETBALL SIZE CHART
Size 7 Size 6 Size 6 Size 5 Size 3
for male players aged 14+ for female players aged 14+ for both male & female players aged 11 to 14 for Key Stage 2: 7 to 11 year olds for Key Stage 1: 5 to 7 year olds
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SPORTS
BASKETBALL
43 0
P430 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 22:58 Page 1
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P431 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 22:59 Page 1
Sure Shot are one of the leading brands of Basketball equipment providing a range of products to suit institution, club and home markets. Basketball England endorse many Sure Shot Products.
c/w Acrylic Backboard
SURE SHOT 513 EASI JUST UNIT Ideal for school use as the height can be adjusted to suit the needs of all ages. • Ideal for players of all ages • Height adjustment from 2.3 to 3.05m • New handle adjustment system makes changing the heights quick and easy • 45cm (18”) steel ring with 12 loop net • Durable acrylic backboard measuring 111 x 76cm • Heavy duty pole for strength and durability • Wheels for easy movement • Ballast requires 170kg dry sand or 115 litres of water • Pole padding included • Approved by Basketball England and Basketball Scotland • Weight 36kg
2020
SPORTS
1 43
BASKETBALL
SP3382 513 c/w Acrylic Backboard each.
SURE SHOT 514 PORTABLE UNIT Features a revolutionary adjustable backboard and is easily transported with the portable base. • New adjustable backboard design • Ideal for children of all ages and adults • Instant height adjustment from 2.30m to 3.05m • 45cm (18”) flex action steel rim • Superior strength 110 x 71 x 3cm HDPE backboard • Wheels for easy movement • Ballast holds sand or water • Pole padding included • Weight 30kg
SP3378 514 c/w Standard Backboard each. SP3379 514 c/w Acrylic Backboard each.
SURE SHOT 510 PORTABLE UNIT • Unbeatable ‘Hot Shot’ • • • • • • • • • • •
polypropylene or acrylic backboard measuring 112 x 71cm 46cm powder coated solid steel red ring White nylon net Heavy duty pole for extra strength and durability made up of 3 links of 90mm diameter Ground stake for added stability Can be adjusted to any height up to the official 305cm Sturdy base which is to be filled with 190kg of dry sand 2 wheels for easy movement Assembly instructions included Weight (without sand): 47 kilos EBBA approved Pole padding included
c/w Standard Backboard
SP2656 510 c/w Standard Backboard each. SP2658 510 c/w Acrylic Backboard each.
Acrylic Backboard
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SURE SHOT 522 PRO JUST
First portable system with Certificate of EN 1270 • Ideal as a heavy duty portable unit for leisure centre, senior school and higher education use • Will support 240kg of load on the goal - twice as much as any other portable system of this type on the market • Fan shaped heavy duty backboard - 120 x 71cm • 45cm (18”) heavy duty ring with net • Heavy duty pole • Rolls on two wheels for easy movement • For easy storage, pole can be angled down - required height 200 cm • Approved by England Basketball, BBL and Basketball Scotland • Weight (without sand) 50 kg • Pole Padding included SP3471 each.
A top quality model for players of all ages offering instant height adjustment • Easy height adjustment from 2.3 to 3.05m • New handle adjustment system makes changing the height easy • 45cm (18”) steel ring with net • Superior glass imitation backboard measuring 154 x 88cm • Heavy duty pole for strength and durability • Wheels for easy movement • Ballast holds 240kg dry sand or 150 litres of water • Approved by Basketball England and Basketball Scotland • Weight 52kg SP3380 each.
2020
SURE SHOT HEAVY DUTY 520 PORTABLE UNIT
SPORTS
BASKETBALL
43 2
P432 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 23:00 Page 1
HEAVY DUTY WALL MOUNT SYSTEM Heavy duty fixed unit system for use in schools and leisure centres • One of the top performance backboards on the market • Rectangular laminated heavy duty backboard 120cm x 90cm • 45cm solid steel ring with net • Direct mount system bracket powder coated in black • 60cm extension from wall • Bolts on to any substantial vertical flat surface • Hardware to fix ring to board to bracket (not to wall) • Approved by England Basketball and Basketball Scotland • Weight 35kg SP795 each.
HEAVY DUTY FOLDING WALL MOUNT SYSTEM Heavy duty adjustable wall mount designed for use in secondary schools, colleges and leisure centres
• • • • • • • • •
Side folding with a 120cm extension Competition backboard measures 180 x 105cm (6' x 3.5') Adjusts between 2.4 and 3.0m (8' and 10') 45cm (18”) Steel ring 261 Compatible with 263, 265, 277, 270 and 299 rings 120cm (48”) extension from wall Height adjusted using handle Installation instructions provided Weight 54kg SP3856 each.
Note: Wall mounting bolts not supplied.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Basketballs See Page 430
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P433 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 23:03 Page 1
3 43
BASKETBALL SURE SHOT 553 EASI SHOT PORTABLE BASKETBALL UNIT • Simple and easy to use
Combination junior basketball and netball set. Ideal for junior and primary schools as a versatile unit • A complete portable junior basketball/netball unit • Adjustable pole from 1.8 to 2.5m • 381mm netball ring with no ties and white net • 457mm basketball ring with no ties and white net • Melamine basketball weatherproof fan shaped backboard (90cm x 60cm) • Pole Padding included • Wheels away • Switch from basketball to netball in minutes • Requires 40kg additional ballast for maximum stability • Weight: 40kg when empty SP1858 each.
basketball set
• The backboard,
90 x 60cm, carrying the official logo and endorsement of England Basketball • 45mm ring with net • Adjustable pole allowing a variable ring height of 1.2m to 2.5m • Plastic base can be filled with water or sand • Pole Padding included • Easy storage • Approved: England Basketball/ Basketball Scotland • Weight: 15kg SP1360 each.
SP1360
SP1858
2020
SPORTS
SURE SHOT COMPACT HOOPS
SURE SHOT 700 LITTLE SHOT SYSTEM • Helps develop young basketball skills • Lightweight portable system comes with pole, backboard and ring
• Steel pole comes with 4 steel
SURE SHOT HOTSHOT
The Hotshot is a great unit for those on a budget. For children aged 6+. • Strong plastic backboard measuring - 90 x 60cm (35” x 24”) • 45cm (18”) steel ring with nylon net • Steel pole • Easily adjustable between 1.2 and 2.4m (4’ and 8’) • Plastic base and ballast requiring sand or water • Straight forward assembly • Approved by England Basketball and Basketball Scotland Weight: 15kg SP2725 each.
leg supports
• Adjusts from 92 - 184cm easily • 10mm solid steel ring, net and hardware included
• Use size 3 ball. (not included) • EBBA approved
SP583
SURE SHOT TEAM ATTACK BACKBOARD & RING • Strong anti-shock backboard and ring • Manufactured from reinforced polypropylene resin • Board size 90 x 60cm (36” x 24”) • 40cm (15.75”) steel ring and nylon net • Suitable for indoor/outdoor use • Supplied with screws to fix the ring and
WHEELCHAIR BASKETBALL HOOP
Freestanding wheelchair basketball ring • Stands on any flat surface, ready to play basketball • Very useful training aid for wheelchair basketball • 45cm (18”) diameter solid steel ring • Height: 53cm (21”) above floor Weight 3kg SP3134 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
each.
D E U TIN
ON C S I D
wall mount fixings Weight: 4kg CP307 each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
BASKETBALL
away and protected SP1353 each.
TABLE TIMER
Ideal for basketball, boxing, netball and much more! Large 25mm, 2 line display, countdown timer and clock features:• Event timing • Time out • 24 Hours • Countdown • Time of day • Batteries included SU285 each. 96mm 96mm
90mm 90mm
203E • 45cm powder coated solid steel red ring • White 12 hook net included • 4 Hole pattern: 76 x 50mm • EBBA approved • Weight 4kg SP887 each.
ECO SONIC AIR HORN • Delivers 120db blast at 3.09m • High-impact trumpet • 100% non-flammable canister
• 99.5% lower global
warming footprint than other non-flammable horns SU1622 each.
ECO SONIC AIR HORN REFILL ONLY each.
SP3472
SP887
261 Institutional • Ideal for schools, colleges and leisure centres • 45cm powder coated solid steel orange ring • European hole pattern: 100 x 90mm • White net included • EBBA approved • Weight 5kg SP1156 each. 263 Ultra Heavy Duty • Institutional playground ring • Solid steel 45cm powder coated ring with net • Extra heavy back plate with 16mm thick brace • Din pattern 4 hole 110 x 90mm • EBBA approved • Weight 6kg SP1157 each.
50mm 50mm
SU1623
212 Fast Break Ring & Net Low cost high quality ring & net set • Full Size 18” (45cm) ring • Powder coated solid steel ring – 17mm • 12 Loop net • Easy to install – nuts and bolts not included • Universal 4 hole pattern 2.8” x 2.4” (72mm x 63mm) • Ideal for all ages and abilities • Weight: 3kg • Size: 23” x 18” x 4” (60 x 46 x 10cm) SP3472 each.
270 Heavy Duty Flex • Top quality flex ring for use in leisure centres, schools and college gyms • 45cm powder coated solid steel ring • Enclosed flex mechanism • Flex ‘break’ at 70kg • Side guards for safety • Heavy duty net included • Din pattern 4 hole 110 x 90mm • EBBA approved • Weight 9.5kg SP888 each.
SP1156
SP1157
BASKETBALL NETS
ACME SIGNAL HORN
Effective for distance of over two miles. Unaffected by water. Fail-safe, no reliance on batteries or compressed air. Approved to SOLAS 1974 Regulations. SU262 each.
Links...
Whistles See Page 139
(not illustrated) Ultra Heavy Duty Regulation net, extra heavy thick nylon cor, white. SP118 pair. Standard Synthetic practice nets, 3mm, red/white/blue. SP119 pair. Chain Weather resistant chain net in hour glass design. SP586 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SPORTS
team scores
• Smaller numbers 1-9 for team fouls • Overall size 610 x 305mm • Folds down so it can be easily stored
SURE SHOT BASKETBALL RINGS
2020
BADEN FLIP-OVER SCOREBOARD • Traditional table top scoring machine • Large 176 x 75mm numbers 0-99 for
43 4
P434 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 23:05 Page 1
SP888
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P435 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 23:06 Page 1
SPORTS
5 43
BOWLS
HENSALITE ALMARK STERLING SLIMLINE BOWLS SET OF 4
These bowls are designed to feel comfortable in the hand, they have a mid-bias and are a medium/heavy weight bowl recommended for all indoor surfaces. SP898 Size 2 (ladies) SP899 Size 3 (mens) set.
FOUR BOWL CARRIER SP905
SP902 Indoor Short Rink 2” Cream each.
BOWLS SCOREBOARD • Freestanding double
SP830 Indoor Heavyweight Flat Green 21⁄2” White each.
sided patented design
• Read identically from
both sides so players and spectators are aware of score at all times • 915 x 356mm SP906 each.
SP904 Indoor Extra Heavyweight 21⁄2” Yellow each.
PORTABLE BOWLS CARPETS
2020
each.
Note: Bowls not included
BOWLS JACKS
To assist handling, our new ‘Champion’ Bowls Carpets are considerably lighter than before whilst maintaining both playability and durability • 100% needled polypropylene • Green mat with white markings • Fast Pace • Lightweight • Supplied complete with a flame retardant wrapper for storage protection ❋SP828 Short Rink Indoor - 9.14 x 1.82m roll-up each. ❋SP901 ‘Short Mat’ Indoor - 13.72 x 1.82m roll-up each.
BOWLS FENDERS
Wooden end blocks for short rink game. SP1055 pair.
INDOOR CRICKET/ BOWLS MAT TROLLEY See page 438
BOWLS CENTRE BLOCK
Wooden centre block for short rink game. SP1056 each.
DELIVERY MAT
Heavy duty black rubber ribbed mat with 100mm white edged border. SP831 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
“New Age Bowls” Now you can play bowls on any flat surface, from your school playground or car-park to a multitude of other surfaces including carpet, vinyl, wood, grass, marble etc. These High Density Tactile Plastic Bowls perform just like any other Bowls with a bias, forehand, backhand or even a firing shoot. Great fun, but still the competitive and demanding game of Bowls. Suitable for any age or ability. A great teaching aid for beginners or starting your children into the amazing game of Bowls
SPORTS
BOWLS/KURLING
43 6
P436 Sports RH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 23:07 Page 1
“New Age Kurling” is a form of the game curling, but instead of playing on ice it is played on any smooth flooring, such as sports halls, school halls, dance floors etc. It is a game that can be played by able bodied and disabled people on an equal footing, trials have just been completed with disabled players and it has proved so popular that it has now been recognised as a sport by Disability Sports England, The British Wheelchair Sports Foundation and Scottish Disability Sport
NEW AGE BOWLS SET Comprising:• 4 Red and 4 Blue Bowls • 1 Yellow Jack • 1 Foot Mat • All in handy carrying sack SP2054 each.
2020
Indoor Kurling Stones - Made from durable Rubber and maintenance free Stainless Steel bearings. Two to eight players can play the game to a Target, nearest the centre wins the points. Based on the same rules as Curling or bowls but with much more speed, making the game attacking and exciting. Rules supplied with every set.
CURLING/BOWLS TARGET MAT SP1411 Detail opposite
NEW AGE HIGH SCORE FOAM WEDGE 1000mm x 750mm SP2056 each.
CURLING/BOWLS TARGET MAT • Green and yellow PVC target mat 1220mmØ • Use with Curling Stones or Bowls Carpet SP1411
each.
NEW AGE KURLING SET • Includes 4 Red and 4
Blue stones as described above, plus rules in carry case SP1410 per set.
TELESCOPIC HANDLES & PUSHER HEADS SP1628
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
per pair.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P437 Sports LH 2020.qxp 18/07/2021 23:12 Page 1
7 43
CRICKET SLAZENGER CROWN CRICKET BALL • Good quality school/practice ball • Alum tanned leather • Weight 43/4 oz
SPORTS
SPRING RETURN CRICKET WICKETS All Metal • Steel throughout to overcome broken stumps • 305 x 250mm fabricated base, complete with 690 x 25mmØ zinc coated stumps with plastic caps c/w bails SP234 each. Slazenger Wooden Wooden stumps set in metal spring return base c/w bails. SP1361 each.
INU
SP812
each.
CHINGFORD INDOOR CRICKET BALL 4OZ.
ED
NT SCO
SP236
DI
each.
SLAZENGER AIR BALL SENIOR • Soft plastic ball with a
special foam core for durability • Ideal for coaching youngsters • Colour: Orange SP2398 each.
2020
PRO FLEX CRICKET STUMPS • Strong moulded rubber
SLAZENGER REFLEX STUMPS SET • Heavy and secure base • Three plastic stumps c/w Bails • Perfect for wide range of surfaces
base with integral steel counter weight • Regulation 710mm x 35mmØ stumps with bails • 6.5kg SP1855 each.
SP3346
each.
SLAZENGER ACADEMY PLASTIC CRICKET SETS Excellent value plastic cricket from Slazenger Team Set Contains: 4 x Plastic Bats Size 5 2 x Plastic Bats Size 3 6 x Soft Plastic Balls 2 x Plastic Wickets Complete with carrybag SP2875 each. Size 5 Set Contains: 2 x Plastic Bats Size 5 2 x Soft Plastic Balls 2 x Plastic Wickets Complete with carrybag SP2846 each.
D E U N I T N O C S DI
ACADEMY PLASTIC BATS SP2847 Size 5 £5.25 each. SP2848 Size 3 each.
PLASTIC AIR BALL SP2849
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
each.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SPORTS
CRICKET/DODGEBALL
43 8
P438 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 08:15 Page 1
INDOOR CRICKET/BOWLS MAT TROLLEY • Heavy duty construction • 2 or 4 x 20m x 2m cricket mats or 1 short mat bowls carpet • Brakes on all wheels • Weight 14kg ❋SP848
DALES INDOOR CRICKET MATTING • Reverse needled fibre bonded carpet • Loose lay on any flat surface • Roll up for storage • 2 metre width - available in any length Texture Rib Needled Totally impregnated - 100% Polypropylene Weight 1250grms/m2 ❋SP1601 per metre.
SP1599
Rubber Backed As SP1601 Texture Rib with Rubber backing Weight 1850grms/m2 ❋SP1599 per metre.
2020
SP1601
each.
GRAY NICOLLS KWIK CRICKET SET MEDIUM Bowed bats for better shape, weighted and gripped like a real cricket bat, replicating real cricket more closely. Kwik Cricket sets allow play at anytime of the year, either indoor or outdoor. The Kwik Cricket sets are manufactured from high quality moulded plastic and are light but extremely tough and durable. Kwik Cricket is an approved product of the ECB. Medium Set approx age 9-11 years Includes the following items: 2 bats - 76.20cm (30in) equivalent to size 5, 2 balls, 2 stump bases, 6 stumps and 1 holdall. Note: Introduction to Kwik Cricket Pack with skill award cards (Bronze, Silver and Gold) and Ideas for Playing the Game Book available as digital downloads only. SP210 each.
KWIK STUMP SET Base c/w 3 stumps SP214 each.
KWIK BAT SP211
each.
Links...
Zoft Dodgeballs See Page 502
KWIK BALL SP216
each.
MOLTEN DODGEBALLS
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Dodgeball is a fast growing sport recognised by the Sports Councils of England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales. Size 3 SP2389 each. Size 2 Soft-touch, No-sting aimed specifically at younger players SP3193 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P439 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 08:22 Page 1
9 43
FLOOR MARKING PLASTIC CONE 230mm • Set of 4, 1 each Red,
Blue, Green, Yellow CP162 per 4.
SPORTS
EXPANDABLE HURDLE POLE • Extension Pole
(110cm - 220cm) for fitting to Cone tops (10cm Dia. rings) SP3497 each.
PLAYM8 MULTI CONES Playm8 Multi Cones are versatile and can be used simply for training drills or marking out playing areas • Bright, colourful, strong plastic cones • Feature 3 holes down one side allowing hurdles to be created • Adjustable to three heights • Set of six cones, one each red, yellow, blue, green, orange and purple CP380 per set of 6.
2020
SPORTS CONES • Versatile and adaptable sports cones • Groove top to accept hurdle poles
300mm Yellow 450mm Blue 750mm Red
SP907 SP908 SP910
Note: Poles not included, please purchase CP381 separately.
each. each. each.
PLAYM8 POLES
• Each pole measures 1000 x 28mm • Highly visible, versatile plastic poles suitable for use with cones, bases, multi-clip targets or hoop nets • Set of six one each red, yellow, blue, green, orange and purple CP381 per set of 6.
COURT MARKER SET • Special soft pliable vinyl material • Injection moulded smooth but tactile top • Textured base grips almost any surface • Comprises of 20 lines 360 x 73 x 3mm
10 each - Blue and Yellow 4 Corner sections 280 x 73 x 3mm 2 each Blue and Yellow SP1159 per set.
POP-UP CONE 23cm • Flexible cone simply pops back into shape when stood on • Set of 12, Red only
CP163 per 12.
SAFETY MARKER SET • Set of 100 soft plastic floor markers • Collapse under pressure then re-shape SP359
set.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
SPORTS MARKER SET • Set of 40 tough rigid plastic floor markers SP134
Fitness
set.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SPORTS
FLOOR MARKING
44 0
P440 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:00 Page 1
MITRE FLAT SPACE MARKERS • Set of 20 assorted colour anti-slip rubber • Size 200mm Ø • Complete with mesh storage bag
SP2876
set.
SPORTS HALL FLOOR MARKING TAPE
SP40 Red 50mm, SP41 Blue 50mm, SP42 White 50mm, SP43 Yellow 50mm, SP44 Green 50mm, SP45 Black 50mm. roll. SP48 White 38mm, SP480 Yellow 38mm. roll. SP49 Hazard Tape Yellow/Black 50mm, SP259 Hazard Tape Red/White 50mm. roll.
MARKING SPOTS • Set of 6 assorted colour rubber floor marking spots • Size 255 Ø x 3mm. SP1760
set.
MEASURING TAPES • Fibreglass tape on a plastic frame winder with spike
• Not affected by sun or moisture
SP93 50 metre each. SP94 30 metre each.
FOUR WHEEL APPLICATOR • Specifically designed to
create professional quality straight lines. SU727 each.
SPORTS COURT LAYOUT INFORMATION Sport Badminton Basketball Five-a-Side Soccer Handball Indoor Hockey Netball Squash Tennis Volleyball
Colour White/Yellow Black Any Colour Yellow/Black Stripe White/Yellow Red Red White/Yellow Green
Width 38mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm
No. of Rolls 4 10 3 6 4 7 2 5 3
LINE MARKING PAINT
Permanent 750ml • Provides a hard wearing, fast drying permanent line • For use on wood, grass, tarmac, concrete and composite surfaces • Can be used internally and externally • CFC free aerosol SU680 White SU681 Yellow SU1139 Red SU1140 Blue SU1141 Green SU1142 Orange SU1143 Black each. Temporary 750ml • Touch dry in 5 minutes • Paint can be removed with water and a brush • Paint will weather away within 4-6 weeks SU682 White SU683 Yellow SU1144 Red SU1145 Blue SU1146 Green SU1147 Orange each.
HANDHELD APPLICATOR SU1151 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
A tough PVC adhesive tape designed specifically for the instant demarcation of Sports Halls. It has an aggressive pressure sensitive adhesive, good abrasion resistance and conformability, together with minimum "creep-back" upon application. Supplied in rolls of 33 metres.
P441 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:00 Page 1
1 44
FOOTBALL
SPORTS
In-play consistency cy. Low maintenance. High durability. With the accuracy cy, speed and power of a stitched football, all, and the control and consistency of a bonded football, Mitre e’s innovative Hyperseam technology delivers ers a ball that plays better, lasts longer, and a moves faster.. Hyperseam. The future of football has arrived.
CONSISTENCY Y
2020
Sealed seams ensure reduced d water intake, making the ball extremely consistent sistent in-play, helping the player to build familiarity miliarity.
LOW MAINTENANCE NANCE A high air re etention bladder keeps eps in the air for
as often.
DURABILITY Stitched and bonded seams, combined with a textured surface, increase the e durability of the ball, enabling it to last even n longer. longer.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
)- !/0 .)/'"0.) 0*/ *!,/"0- ,& /0. !, 0-)0* /0 '- * 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000 (# + 000000000000 (# +0#+ 0000000 (# +0( 00000000 +$ ( $% 00000000 +$ ( $% 00000000 +$ ( $% .''0 . / 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000#+ 00000000000000000000( 000 %&'&!, . "
000 / 0 %,/ /)*-.'" 5, 4, 3 5, 4 Grass 8 PSI Grass 8 PSI Astro 6 PSI Astro 6 PSI 30 30 EVA Foam EVA Foam Wound Wound Synthetic Synthetic Rubber Rubber %,/ /)*-.'" None None !, . /0*/ *!,/ Vimini Vimini 000#.)/'0 &) -) Machine Stitched Machine Stitched !*/, 0 TPU Film PU Film !,. -'* 000000000000000000000000 000 (-*,/0,.) / 000 & .,-"-&) LOW MEDIUM
000 - /" 0 !, . / !"*.-). -'* 000#.)/'0%&) - 000+-)-) 000 '. /,
5, 4 Grass 8 PSI Astro 6 PSI 30 EVA Foam Wound Synthetic Rubber None Vimini Hyperseam PU Film
5, 4 5 Grass 10 PSIGrass 10 PSI Astro 7 PSI Astro 7 PSI 20 20 Hyper Foam Hyper Foam Wound Wound Synthetic Synthetic Rubber Rubber None IMS Mitre Texture Mitre Texture Hyperseam Hyperseam PU PU
5 Grass 10 PSI Astro 7 PSI 20 Hyper Foam Wound Synthetic Rubber FIFA Quality Mitre Texture Hyperseam PU
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
MEDIUM
MEDIUM
HIGH
#& /, LOW
LOW
.''0 . / 0000000000000000 (# + 000000000000 (# +0#+ 0000000 (# + ( 00000000 +$ ( $% 00000000 +$ ( $% 00000000 +$ ( $% 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000#+ 00000000000000000000( Size 5, White SP3488 SP3486 SP3484 SP3480 SP3478 SP3476 Size 4, White SP3489 SP3487 SP3485 SP3481 Size 5, Yellow SP3490 Size 4, Yellow00000000000SP3491 Size 5, Orange Size 4, Orange Size 3, Orange #,- /00
SP3482 SP3483
SP3479
SP3477
each.
each.
each.
SP3492 SP3493 SP3494 each.
each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
SPORTS
Range TRAINING MATCH Range Name IMPEL ULTIMATCH 00000% $ + 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000% $ + & *0 &. 0 . -) 0 /' "0- ,& /0 -,"*0*&! 0000000000000000000000000000000 & *0 &. 0 . -) 0 /' "0- ,& /0 -,"*0*&! Key Range Features and Benefits 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 %% %
2020
FOOTBALL
44 2
P442 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:02 Page 1
P443 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:04 Page 1
3 44
FOOTBALL
IMPEL FUTSAL Training
SPORTS
• The Impel Futsal is for the Futsal player
who prefers a softer touch training ball
30 panel construction for • Hard-wearing
superb control.
• Reduced rebound for optimal •
s r g o
Size 3 SP3713 Size 4 SP3712 each.
2020
performance on hard surfaces. Developed to last on the roughest of Futsal surfaces Uses Mitre Delta graphics to align with of the range the rest
SUPER DIMPLE
s r g o
Training • Super Dimple comes with a two-year fair wear guarantee that even covers concrete • Fully moulded construction offers superb durability • Rubber core gives great shape and size retention, as well as superior air retention • Uses Mitre Delta graphics to align with the rest of the range
Size 5 SP767 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FOOTBALL
£
44 4
P444 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:05 Page 1
£
ULTIMATCH Indoor
• Fast-flying Match level
SPORTS
1 colour option
• 20-panel design gives the
Ultimatch Indoor great soft touch, improves control and boosts p durability Wound rubber core keeps •S the ball in shape throughout its lifetime •r A rubber bladder supplies great air c retention Uses Mitre Delta graphics to • the rest of the range align with Size 4 SP947 Size 5 SP3177 each.
£
2020
IMPEL BALL BUNDLE (SIZE 5)
SP3488 Training Impel Ball Size 5 x 10. Mesh Ball Sack x 1 SP3337 each.
ULTIMATCH INDOOR BALL BUNDLE (SIZE 5) SP3177 Indoor Ultimatch Ball Size 5 x 5. Mesh Ball Sack x 1 SP3386 each.
Links...
Mitre Goals and Accessories See Pages 445-446
O R D E R L I N E S
PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P445 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:06 Page 1
5 44 SPORTS
FOOTBALL
POP-UP GOALS Self-assembly pop-up goals. Complete with carry bag. 121 x 81 x 81cm SP2172 pair. Links... 182 x 106 x 106cm Stopwatches SP2173 pair.
B
See Pages 167-168
FLAT SPACE MARKERS (20) 20 flat space markers, ideal for use on hard surfaces such as AstroTurf and indoor. Non-slip rubber. Complete with mesh carry bag. SP2876 each.
ELECTRIC PUMP
Quiet, durable and very efficient electric ball pump. Ideal for large clubs and schools, numerous balls in where inflating one session is imperative. SP1803 each.
WATER BOTTLE (1Ltr)
2020
HDPE water bottle with screw top £ and soft pull lid. Perfect for both match and training use SP1841 each.
DOUBLE PUMP ACTION
Mitre’s first double action ball pump. Compact and durable. Comes supplied with a needle as soon as it arrives. for use SP949 each.
MITRE CARRIER AND BOTTLES Metal crate with 8 water bottles. Bottles hold 1ltr of water. Perfect for schools and clubs. SP1840 each.
STIRRUP PUMP
Heavy-duty stirrup pump is ideal for inflation of a medium-size group of balls. Perfect for schools and teams to inflate balls in a timely manner. SP1838 each.
£
Links...
Whistles See Pages 413
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
PRO TRAINING BIB (REVERSIBLE)
• Adjustable shoulder strap • Draw cord closure • Mesh panel for breathability • Takes 5 balls
Pro level bib. Made from 100% polyester micro mesh to give lightweight and breathable performance.
SP P3383 each.
Fully reversible.
JUMBO BALL SACK Jumbo sized ball sack, capable RI FDUU\LQJ LQÁDWHG VL]H footballs.
Junior oSP2536 Orange/Royal SP2539 Red/Yellow Small Mens SP2537 Orange/Royal SP2540 Red/Yellow Senior SP2538 Orange/Royal SP2541 Red/Yellow each.
Cord closure system and adjustable shoulder straps.
PRO TRAINING BIB
Adjustable webbing shoulder strap.
Pro level bib. Made from 100% polyester micro mesh to give lightweight and breathable performance.
SP3169 each.
BALL SACK Polyester sack to hold 12 fully LQÁDWHG VL]H EDOOV Cord closure system and a adjustable shoulder strraps. Adjustable webbing sh houlder strap. SP951 each.
MESH BALL SACK Polyester sack to hold 12 fu ully LQÁDWHG VL]H EDOOV Cord closure system and adjustable shoulder straps. Adjustable webbing shoulder strap. SP950 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Junior 68-81cm (26” - 32”) SP1570 Blue, SP1571 Yellow, SP1768 Red, SP1769 Green, SP1770 Orange, SP3178 Pink, SP3179 Black, SP3180 White. Small Mens 86-102cm (34” - 40”) SP1572 Blue, SP1573 Yellow, SP1771 Red, S SP1772 Green, SP1773 Orange, O SP3181 Pink, SP3182 Black, SP3183 White. Senior 10 07-122cm (42” - 50”) SP1574 Blue, SP1575 Yellow, SP1774 Red, SP1775 Green, SP1776 Orange, Orange SP3184 Pink, SP3185 Black, SP3186 White. ea ach
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
SPORTS
TUBULAR BALL SACK
2020
FOOTBALL
44 6
P446 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:12 Page 1
P447 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:14 Page 1
7 44
FOOTBALL
SPORTS
Footballs
Tuftex Albion Indoor • 18 panel, stitched feltex Size 4 SP429 each.
Tuftex • Moulded rubber nylon wound Size 5 SP139 each.
Sondico Indoor Football • 32 Panel • Training & junior match quality • Stitched panels • Synthetic outer Size 4 SP3163 each.
Size 4 SP140 each.
Inflators COMPRESSOR • AC220-240v~50Hz • Air inflation and deflation • Average ball inflation time
- 30 seconds SP536 each.
SPARE NEEDLES
TUFTEX HAND INFLATOR 30cm
2020
SP397
5mm Thread Fits SP397. SP594 per 12. 7mm Thread Fits SP536, SP398, SP1803 and SP1838. SP1153 per 3.
each.
SUPER STIRRUP PUMP SP398
each.
Carry Nets BALL CARRY NETS
BALL CARRY NETS
Polyethylene • 10 ball SP141 each.
Mesh Nylon • Draw Cord • Holds 12 balls • Size: 915 x 762mm SP1161 each.
Links...
Stopwatches See Pages 167, 168 Whistles See Pages 413 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
A very versatile pack for coaching junior football Contents: 6 x Non-sting Footballs, 20 x cones, 1 x mesh carry sack, 10 x mesh reversible bibs, 1 x 1.7m ladder, 1 x speed ladder instructions manual & 1 x set cone drill work sheets SP3015 each.
FLEXIPOLES • Flexible PVC, 1.8m x 22mm with spike
SP1046 White, SP1515 Yellow. each. SP1048 Flexipole Socket Only • Socket complete with lid and plate for flexipole each.
SP1047 Rubber Base • Solid rubber weighted base • Built-in socket for flexipole each. Flags Nylon, 30 x 30cm. SP1049 Red, SP1050 Yellow. each.
Links...
Team Bibs See Page 446 SENIOR FOOTBALL COACHING KIT
Contents: 6 Hurdles, 4 Ladders, 6 x 160cm Grid Spike Posts, 5 x 170cm Grid Bars, 10 Grid clips, 2 Footballs, 50 Markers, 2 sets of worksheets and 1 holdall SP1651 each.
Links...
Performance Training See Pages 391-396
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Links...
Sport First Aid Kits See Page 555-556
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
SPORTS
FOOTBALL COACHING PACK
2020
Boundary Posts and Flags
FOOTBALL
44 8
P448 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:15 Page 1
P449 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:16 Page 1
Harrod UK Ltd are the UK’s leading manufacturer of sports ground equipment and netting. Suppliers to top venues such as Wembley, Millennium Stadium, The Premier League. With a range that is second to none, their equipment is used extensively in university, leisure centre and school level. They truly set the standard and lead the field in this market. Harrod UK were the sole suppliers of Football Goals and Nets to the London 2012 Olympic Games.
INTEGRAL WEIGHTED GOAL POSTS Harrod UK’s uniquely designed range of Integral Weighted Portagoals has been developed and independently tested to meet 2004 FA Guidelines and BSEN Standards for freestanding goals. The goal is completely safe to use at all times, eliminating the users responsibility of attaching separate anchorage. The unique roller system allows easy manouverability on synthetic and grass surfaces. Self weighted portable aluminium goal, complies with BS EN 748 safety standards without the need for any separate anchorage.
2020
SPORTS
9 44
FOOTBALL... WEIGHTED GOAL POST S
• Uprights and Crossbars made from
INTEGRAL WEIGHTED GOAL POSTS 102mm x 112mm x 2.5mm thick reinforced aluminium • Back Bar consisting of 6 individual galvanised steel rollers • 2 x Lifting handles for easy movement • Full length steel international back tubes • Powder coated white (excluding roller) • Complete with lock on synthetic net hooks Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
❋SP1602 Senior 7.32 x 2.44m.
• 2 Hi Raise wheels per goal. ..........................................
❋SP1603 Junior 6.40 x 2.13m. ....................................... ❋SP2543 9v9 4.88 x 2.13m. ........................................... ❋SP1604 Mini 3.66 x 1.83m............................................ ❋SP1605 Five-a-side 4.88 x 1.22m. ............................... ❋SP1606 Five-a-side 3.66 x 1.22m. ...............................
Fitness
Sports
pair. pair. pair. pair. pair. pair.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SPORTS
FOOTBALL... WEIGHTED GOAL POST S
45 0
P450 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:17 Page 1
Harrod UK were Sole Suppliers of Football Goals and Nets to the London 2012 Olympic Games. Features • The 3G aluminium weighted portagoals are the latest addition to our self weighted portagoal range • The Hi-raise wheels lift the goal up to 100mm above the surface allowing for manoeuvrability on both grass and synthetic surfaces • Fully welded corner joints provide superior strength and added safety Specification • Uprights, Crossbars, Sidebars & Backbars made from 102mm x 112mm reinforced aluminium • Full length net supports made from 31.8mm diameter galvanised steel • Zinc plated internal corner joints • Puncture proof front cellular rubber tyres • Polyester powder coated white • Aluminium profile Backbar with integral weight insert and ballast
❋SP2918 Senior Size: 7.32m x 2.44m Total Weight: 417kg per set............................................. pair. ❋SP2919 Junior Size: 6.4m x 2.13m Total Weight: 391kg per set............................................. pair.
• FPX Style - 4mm White
3G WEIGHTED GOAL NETS SP2920 Senior Size: 7.32m x 2.44m........................................................ pair. SP2921 Junior Size: 6.4m x 2.13m.......................................................... pair.
WEIGHTED GOAL POST NETS
• FPX Style - 4mm White SP1607 Senior Size: 7.32 x 2.44m. pair. SP1608 Junior Size: 6.40 x 2.13m. pair. SP2544 9v9 Size: 4.88 x 2.13m. pair. SP1609 Mini Size: 3.66 x 1.83m. pair. SP1610 Five-a-side Size: 4.88 x 1.22m. pair. SP1611 Five-a-side Size: 3.66 x 1.22m. pair.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
3G ALUMINIUM WEIGHTED PORTAGOALS
P451 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:18 Page 1
SPORTS
1 45
FOOTBALL... SOCKETED GOAL POST S
SP421
2020
SUPER HEAVYWEIGHT FOOTBALL GOAL POSTS 76mm ROUND Improved Specification - Hexagonal rivet fixing ensures uprights are securely fixed to crossbar joints. • Uprights and crossbars are manufactured from 76mm diameter x 3mm thick steel • Polyester powder coated white • Complete with four 460mm deep sockets with 80.9mm diameter internal measurement • Sockets are designed to allow uprights to sit 313mm deep into socket • All external bolts are stainless steel • Complete with 24 synthetic arrow net hooks ❋SP421 Senior Size: 7.32m x 2.44m Weight: 150kg per set..................................................... ❋SP422 Junior Size 6.4m x 2.13m • Specification as per senior but junior size Weight: 141kg per set..................................................... ❋SP2545 9v9 Size 4.88m x 2.13m Weight: 113kg per set..................................................... ❋SP2884 7v7/5v5 Size 3.66m x 1.83m Weight: 103kg per set.....................................................
pair. pair.
SP2545
pair. pair.
• Manufactured from 22mm diameter solid steel • Polyester powder coated white • Bolts not included • Supplied as a set of 4
CONTINENTAL SOLID STEEL NET SUPPORTS
❋SP423 For Senior and Junior Posts Weight: 24kg per set of 4.................................... per set of 4. ❋SP2546 9v9 and 7v7/5v5 Posts Weight: 11.5kg per set of 4................................. per set of 4.
• • •
FOOTBALL GOAL NETS SENIOR
7.32 x 2.44m regulation square mesh Heavy white polyethylene cord Running back 1.2m at roof and 3m at base SP424 2.5mm cord ....................................................... pair. SP1309 3.0mm cord ...................................................... pair.
• •
FOOTBALL GOAL NETS JUNIOR
White polyethylene cord Running back 1m at roof and 2.44m at base SP425 2.0mm cord ........................................................ pair.
• •
FOOTBALL GOAL NETS 9v9 AND 7v7/5v5
SP423
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
White polyethylene cord Running back 1m at roof and 2.44m at base SP2547 9v9 Size: 4.88m x 2.13 - 3.0mm cord................................... pair. SP643 7v7/5v5 Size: 3.66m x 1.83 - 2.5mm cord................................... pair.
SP2546
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SPORTS
FO OT B A L L . . . S M A L L S I D E D G OA L P O S T S
45 2
P452 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:19 Page 1
Net supports fold away and are easily transported
(Nets NOT included). • Recommended for Mini Soccer • Freestanding, folding side frames • 50.8 x 2.6mm steel tube • Complete with four ‘U’ type ground pegs • Ideal for schools, our 7-a-Side posts meet F.A. safety guidelines for the recommended goal height of 1.83m for under 11’s
kSP715 4.8 x 1.8 x 1.2m.............................................. pair. kSP716 3.6 x 1.8 x 1.2m............................................... pair.
MINI SOCCER GOAL NETS
Heavy white polyethylene cord. 2.5mm thick. SP642 4.8 x 1.8 x 1.2m ................................................. pair. SP643 3.6 x 1.8 x 1.2m ................................................. pair.
IMPORTANT! FREE STANDING GOALS If used indoors or on synthetic pitches, goals must be suitably anchored to conform to BS EN 748 or BS 8462. Goal Post Safety Manual available on request NOTE: ALL GOAL NETS MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY
Anchorage: 6 x SP575 per goal recommended (see page 454).
• 3.6m x 1.8m • Easily assembled and ready for use in 15 minutes • Completely freestanding • Sold singularly complete with net, clips, net retaining pegs, SUPA 7 PORTABLE MINI SOCCER GOAL
‘U’ style ground pegs and storage bag
• Main frame 50mm dia, powder coated steel, side frames 32mm galvanised tube
• An ideal goal for F.A. Mini Soccer initiative • Weight 28.5kg each kSP1168
each.
Anchorage: 6 x SP575 per goal recommended (see page 454).
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
IMPORTANT! FREE STANDING GOALS If used on synthetic pitches, goals must be suitably anchored to conform to BS EN 748 or BS 8462. Goal Safety Manual available on request
All our goals above 4.88m x 1.83m in size conform to BS EN 748 Our 7-a-side/Mini soccer goals have been independently tested and greatly exceed the BS 8462 standard. Each goal has to pass rigorous strength and stability tests. Certificates of conformity are available on request.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
MINI SOCCER GOAL POSTS STEEL
P453 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:36 Page 1
SPORTS
3 45
FO O T B A L L . . . T R A D I T I O N A L 5 v 5 G OA L P O S T S
2020
FIVE-A-SIDE GOAL POSTS STEEL FOLDING
(Nets NOT included). Phosphated and finished with Polyester Powder which is baked to provide a very tough durable scratch-resistant finish. Each set consists of 2 goals. Completely Portable and Free-Standing • Folding side frames • Indoor and Outdoor Use • Strong and durable with Crossbar Joints for strength • 50mm x 1.6mm Tubular Steel Posts and 25mm x 1.6mm Net Supports • Rubber pads fitted to protect and grip floors • FOLD-AWAY Net Supports for easy storage
FIVE-A-SIDE GOAL POSTS STEEL FOLDING/WHEELAWAY
(Nets NOT included). Extra heavy duty construction with wheelaway facility • Particularly strong and hard wearing • Uprights and crossbars made from 50mm x 2.6mm tubular steel • 31.8mm net supports complete with rubber tyred, non-marking wheels • Side profile of the weighted back frames is 1.1m • Rubber pads protect and grip floors • Specially designed for use in Sports Halls where they have continual use Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
SP223 4.8 x 1.2 x 1.2m (16’ x 4’ x 4’) Total Weight 46kg.......................................................... pair. SP224 3.6 x 1.2 x 1.2m (12’ x 4’ x 4’) Total Weight 41kg.......................................................... pair. SP260 2.4 x 1.2 x 1.2m (8’ x 4’ x 4’) Total Weight 32kg.......................................................... pair. SP204 Button Clip Spares ........................................... each. Anchorage: 4 x SP575 per goal recommended (see page 454).
PLEASE CHECK you know the right size for your sports hall! 4.8m (16’), 3.6m (12’) or 2.4m (8’)?
ARE YOU SURE?
Costs will be incurred for return of goals ordered in error. See Conditions of Sale - page 570 paragraph 3.6
kSP1051 4.8 x 1.2 x 1.2m (16’ x 4’ x 4’) Total Weight 105kg........................................................ pair. kSP1052 3.6 x 1.2 x 1.2m (12’ x 4’ x 4’) Total Weight 89kg.......................................................... pair. kSP1053 2.4 x 1.2 x 1.2m (8’ x 4’ x 4’) Total Weight 74kg.......................................................... pair. Anchorage: 4 x SP575 per goal recommended (see page 454).
IMPORTANT! FREE STANDING GOALS If used indoors or on synthetic pitches, goals must be suitably anchored to conform to BS EN 748 or BS 8462. Goal Post Safety Manual available on request
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Detail of corner joint
SPORTS
FO O T B A L L . . . T R A D I T I O N A L 5 v 5 G OA L P O S T S
45 4
P454 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:38 Page 1
BUY WITH CONFIDENCE All our 5-a-side goals exceed BS 8462 For continuous use always use heavy duty posts.
Anchorage: 4 x SP575 per goal recommended (see below).
Fixed Side Frame ❋SP595 Senior Size: 4.8m x 1.2m Total Weight: 49kg........................................................... ❋SP596 Junior Size: 3.6m x 1.2m Total Weight: 43kg........................................................... Folding Side Frame ❋SP1548 Senior Size: 4.8m x 1.2m Total Weight: 49kg........................................................... ❋SP1549 Junior Size: 3.6m x 1.2m Total Weight: 43kg...........................................................
pair. pair. pair. pair.
PLEASE CHECK you know the right size for your sports hall! 4.8m (16’), 3.6m (12’) or 2.4m (8’)?
ARE YOU SURE?
Costs will be incurred for return of goals ordered in error. See Conditions of Sale - page 570 paragraph 3.6
GOALPOST COUNTERBALANCE WEIGHT
FIVE-A-SIDE GOAL NETS DELUXE
Handbag style 17kg SP575 each.
SYNTHETIC ALU FOOTBALL NET HOOK Suitable for Harrod Aluminium goals SP980 per 24.
FIVE-A-SIDE GOAL MATS • Constructed from dual density
chipfoam, bulk of mat in 6lb chipfoam • Each mat projects 300mm behind goal line to prevent keeper tripping and provide increased stability of mat around goalposts • Colour: Blue ❋SP1162 8’ Goal Mat Mat size: 3.35 x 0.9 x 0.3m each. ❋SP1163 12’ Goal Mat Mat size: 4.57 x 0.9 x 0.3m each. ❋SP1164 16’ Goal Mat Mat size: 5.80 x 0.9 x 0.3m each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
• Conform to BS EN 748 • Exceptionally Heavy White Polythene. 3mm thick
• For Sports Halls where they
are subject to continual use SP127 4.8 x 1.2 x 1.2m .................................................. pair. SP128 3.6 x 1.2 x 1.2m ................................................... pair.
• Extra Heavy White Polythene Cord. 2.3mm thick FIVE-A-SIDE GOAL NETS STANDARD
SP129 4.8 x 1.2 x 1.2m ................................................... pair. SP131 3.6 x 1.2 x 1.2m ................................................... pair. SP217 2.4 x 1.2 x 1.2m ................................................... pair. Note: Above prices for NETS ONLY... for goalposts see pages 449-454
• Prevent the possibility of goals toppling over • Anchorages comprise of either wall or floor socket, eyebolt, FIVE-A-SIDE GOAL POST ANCHORAGE
30cm plastic covered chain, carbide clip and ‘U’ type bracket to fit goal (max 28mmØ.) at base or side frame
SP298 Floor Fix
each.
SP297 Wall Fix
each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use • All exceed the BS 8462 standard • New design corner joint for improved safety and stability • Strong, durable high quality matchplay and training goals, easily moved to clear the playing area for other sports • 80mm dia, x 2.5mm thick reinforced aluminium crossbars and uprights • 31.8mm x 3mm thick aluminium full back supports • Galvanised steel bottom back bar for increased lateral support • Internal 8mm thick aluminium corner joints • Unique lock-on synthetic net hooks FIVE-A-SIDE GOAL POSTS ALUMINIUM
P455 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:41 Page 1
5 45
FOOTBALL
SPORTS
SAMBA goals are made from 68mm high impact uPVC with reinforced plastic corners. uPVC Goals Assembly is by a simple sleeving technique which locks into place adding strength stability and safety.
SAMBA MULTI-GOAL SET • One goal has components to form
EIGHT different sizes 16’ x 7’, 16’ x 6’, 12’ x 7’, 12’ x 6’, 12’ x 4’, 8’ x 7’, 8’ x 6’, 8’ x 4’. e.g. Five-a-side, Mini-Football, Hockey etc. • No nuts or bolts • Ground anchors included • One net adjusts to fit different sizes by means of fasclips • Completely portable, carry bag included SP755 each.
MULTI-GOAL NET ONLY Replacement for above. SP756 each.
CARRY BAG SP757
each.
FASCLIPS
SP758 Pack of 80.
per 80.
2020
SAMBA MATCH GOALS • Manufactured
from high impact uPVC • Conform to BS8462: 2005 • Supplied with goal frame, net, net clips, ground anchors. SP2170 16’ x 7’. each. SP952 12’ x 6’. each. SP2171 12’ x 4’.
SP2170 16 x 7 MATCH FA recommended size for 9 v 9 matches (Carry Bag not included)
Does not include bag See SP757 above.
each.
SP2171 12 x 4 MATCH 5 a side goal for adult use
SP952 12 x 6 MATCH FA recommended size for 7 v 7 mini soccer matches (Carry Bag not included)
HARROD POLYGOAL PVC freestanding goal, lightweight, can be easily assembled and dismantled for ease of transportation to and from the pitch. • Size 3.66m wide x 1.83m high x 1.5m runback • Manufactured from 68mm diameter heavy duty white PVC • Complete with a 2.5mm net, ‘U’ peg anchors, net retaining clips and carry bag with zip • Joins together using PVC button clips to ensure stability • Bag complete with central carry straps • Sold as a single goal • Weight 17kg SP1551 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FOOTBALL
45 6
P456 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:42 Page 1
SP3853
SP3852
SP3854
SP3855
SAMBA ALUMINIUM FOLDAWAY GOAL 155cm x 100cm (5ft x 3ft) Aluminium goal Unfold and ready to play in 10 seconds • Professional football goal post for all ages and skill levels • Designed to save time • Ideal for indoor academies, football coaches, 3 v 3, 4 v 4, school yards, training sessions and fun in the garden or park • Under 10 seconds to unfold and ready to play, fits into the boot of most cars, only 100cm x 75cm x 10cm folded flat • Foldable and lightweight - High quality aluminium frame, this goal post will last years and years • Elastic net in nylon quality that reduces the tension of a shot • Use on any surface - Grass, Astroturf, sand and indoor etc SP2169 each.
HARROD PRO SHOT GOAL • Easily assembled and dismantled • Heavy duty 68mm diameter PVC components
• Size 2.44m x 1.22m (8’ x 4’) • Completely freestanding • Virtually maintenance free • 2 x “U” style ground anchors included per goal
• Complete with heavy duty net
and net clips SP1165 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Up and ready in just 180 seconds with just one person to assemble and no tools. Features IDP (Impact Dissipating Technology) 100 x 100mm net profile, made with FA approved 2.5mm cord, meets new head entrapment requirement • Totally maintenance free • Steel frame with rubber feet for maximum stability and Taped crossbar • Self weighted, suitable for indoor and outdoor surfaces • Carry bag 1525 x 915mm (5’ x 3’) SP3852 each. 2440 x 1830mm (8’ x 6’) SP3853 each. 3660 x 1830mm (12’ x 6’) SP3854 each. 3 x 2m Futsal SP3855 each.
SPORTS
SAMBA SPEED GOALS
P457 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:43 Page 1
SPORTS
7 45
FOOTBALL
FOLDAWAY POP UP GOALS • Ideal for training, easy to transport, functional pop up, foldaway goals
• Unique design, folds easily away into storage bag • Sold in pairs
Size: 121 x 81 x 81cm. SP2172 pair. Size: 182 x 106 x 106cm. SP2173 pair.
PREMIER FIXED AND FREESTANDING BOOT WIPERS Freestanding or fixed boot wiper designed for single person use outside communal changing areas, the Premier Boot Wipers are extremely sturdy and hard-wearing, manufactured from 2mm thick x 50.8mm diameter steel and polyester powder coated matt black
sions
1 & 1.75m Ver
2020
Available in 1.
• Polyester powder coated matt black • Fully freestanding and 1m high • 2 or 4 individual 610mm long x 73mm wide side brushes PREMIER FREESTANDING BOOT WIPERS with 65mm long black bristles
• 2 individual 152mm long x 73mm wide side brushes with 65mm long black bristles
• 2 internal shoe scraping plates for added safety • Complete with two freestanding plates and fixings
1.1m - 23kg ❋SP2228 each. 1.75m - 31kg ❋SP2869 each.
• Specification as per SP2228/SP2869 but with floor PREMIER FIXED BOOT WIPERS fixing plates
• Please note no bolts or
fixings are included 1.1m - 16kg ❋SP2227 each. 1.75m - 21.5kg ❋SP2870 each.
Polyester powder coated matt black these sleek boot wipers are the perfect choice for sports facilities STANDARD BOOT WIPER Freestanding boot wiper for single person use, pitchside, outside communal changing areas or the teeing area of the golf course • Polyester powder coated matt black • Fully freestanding and 1029mm high • 2 individual 265mm long x 65mm wide bottom brushes with 47mm long black bristles • 2 individual 265mm long x 65mm wide bottom brushes with 65mm long black bristles • 2 rubber gripped handles • 2 recessed shoe scraping plates • Weight 6kg SP2283 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
RUBBER HEADED PUTTERS • Durable putters ideal for hire • Lightweight centre shaft with weighted head • Suitable for right and left handed players
CENTRE SHAFT PUTTER 87cm (34”) • Aluminium shaft
SP3115 Senior Black 83cm (33”) Size: 83 x 11 x 2.5cm Weight: 285g SP3116 Junior Orange 68cm (27”) Size: 68 x 11 x 2.5cm Weight: 265g each.
Size: 87 x 11 x 1.5cm Weight: 510g SP1113 each.
PLASTIC TEES 50mm • Pack of 1000
GOLF BALLS
SPORTS
GOLF
45 8
P458 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:45 Page 1
White Pitch and Putt SP1115 per 12.
SP1117 per 1000.
Range • Specially developed for use on driving ranges SP1114 per 12.
2020
Dead Balls • No bounce for crazy or mini golf • Packed in 12’s 3 each Red, White, Yellow and Blue SP1612 per 12.
FLAGS PLAIN • Superior quality tie on flags with a 2-stitch
leading edge to minimise fraying SP1232 Red, SP1233 Yellow. each.
PUTTING GREEN HOLE FLAG SET No. 1-9 • Powder coated steel
SP1230
set.
PENCILS • Pack of 720
SP1118 per 720.
HOLE TIN • Powder coated steel SP1229
each.
PLASTIC CHAIN LINK Plastic Chainlink SE275 Red/White SE345 Black/Yellow SE915 Green per 25 metres.
Links...
Barrier Posts See Page 280
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P459 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:47 Page 1
SPORTS
9 45
GY M N A S T I C S
beemat
Gym Coaching Aids from Beemat® - UK manufactured from foam, a range of equipment which will enable coaches and teachers to help beginners teach themselves and learn gymnastic skills in a safe and fun way
• 100mm wide top non slip surface • Complies with BS1892, the
BEEMAT BALANCE BEAM
gymnasium equipment standard
• Quick to lay down and easy to store • Lightweight high density polyethylene
Perfect for training new skills in a safe and fun way Features: • Wipeable and easy clean • Hook and loop fastening system to attach one or more beams together • Size 2m long x 150mm high x 300mm wide
foam inner
• Flame retardant heavy duty PVC coated nylon outer cover
• Non Slip base surface CP347 each.
BEEMAT FOLDING BALANCE BEAM
BEEMAT LIGHTWEIGHT FOAM SPRINGBOARD
Balance and precision, skill repetition, enhancing progression, pre-school gymnastics, home gymnastics. Perfect for training new skills in a safe and fun way
Allows beginner gymnasts to gain confidence in a safe manner, also useful as a mounting block for children
• 100mm wide top non slip surface • Hook and loop fastening system to
2020
Features:
attach one or more beams together • Complies with BS1892, the gymnasium equipment standard • Quick to lay down and easy to store • Lightweight high density polyethylene foam inner • Flame retardant heavy duty PVC coated nylon outer cover • Non Slip base surface • Unfolded size 2m long x 150mm high x 300mm wide • Storage Size 1m long x 300mm x 300mm SP3510 each.
Features: • Ideal as an introduction Spring Board • Helps build gymnasts confidence • Teaches correct positioning on a springboard • Comprises of dual density engineered foam inners • Flame retardant heavy duty PVC coated nylon outer cover • Non Slip base surface • Size 122cm x 61cm x 24cm SP3508 each.
BEEMAT FOLDING GYMNASTIC INCLINE WEDGE
BEEMAT GYMNASTIC MINI INCLINE WEDGE (Sky blue)
A multi-functional training aid, the cornerstone of the professional gymnastic training course. Excellent for gymnastics, pilates, yoga and stretching
• Complies with BS1892, the gymnasium equipment standard • High quality polyether foam inner • Hook and loop fixings to secure when folded • Flame retardant heavy duty PVC coated nylon outer cover Features:
Specifcation: • Size unfolded (incline wedge): 1830mm (72”) L x 1220mm (48”) W x 406mm (16”) H • Size folded (rectangular cube): 915mm (36”) x 1220mm (48”) x 406mm (16”) SP3502 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Ideal resource for pre-school gymnastic preparation, teaching forward rolls, backward rolls, pencil rolls and cartwheels, general play, can be used to compliment other apparatus Features: • Invaluable tool for gymnastics exercise • Carry handles at both sides • Designed with input from top level coaches • Dimensions 1200mm long x 600mm wide x 250mm high • Weight 3.5kg approx SP3505 each.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M N A S T I C S
46 0
P460 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:51 Page 1
BEEMAT 3-SECTION FOAM VAULTING BOXES
SPORTS
Safer than traditional wooden boxes providing a fantastic training aid ideal for building confidence in young gymnasts • 3-Sections: use individually or simply attach with hook and loop • SP3509 features special top section for beginners and smaller gymnasts • Complies with BS1892 gymnasium equipment standard • Flame retardant heavy duty PVC coated nylon outer cover - easy clean • High quality polyether foam inner • Carry handles for easy manoeuvrability Standard 915 x 960 (370 at top) x 915mm high kSP3503 each. Development 910 x 760 (320 at top) x 910mm high kSP3509 each.
BEEMAT OCTAGONAL TRAINING BLOCK MINI
• • • •
BEEMAT MAILBOX TRAINING BLOCK Affordable gymnastic training aid for teaching dive rolls, handsprings and backflips. Sturdy enough for children to push off whilst also soft enough not to cause injury if collided into • Perfect for teaching basic skill development • Convenient carry handles • High quality, polyether foam inner • Flame retardant easy clean heavy duty PVC coated nylon outer cover • Size: (H)400 x (W)400 x (D)750mm SP3506 each.
DELUXE GYM MAT
1.83m x 1.22m x 25mm Ideal for general Studio/Gym use Blue PVC covered combustion modified chipfoam Flame retardant-ignition sources 0 & 5 composite SP3500 each.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
More Gym Mats See Page 365-368
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Designed for teaching tumbling skills and to develop correct shaping for handsprings, walkovers and tick-tocks. Also used for leaps, jumps and as obstacles in training skills that require height. • Assists with balance and coordination • Octagonal shape minimises movement • Convenient carry handles • High quality, polyether foam inner • Flame retardant heavy duty PVC coated nylon outer cover easy to clean • Mini - 3-5 years • Size: (H)500 x (W)500 x (D)700mm SP3507 each.
P461 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:53 Page 1
1 46
GY M N A S T I C S
2020
SPORTS
BEEMAT FREESTANDING ADJUSTABLE BALLET BARRES
BEEMAT BALLET BAND
For practicing posture or ballet figures and other disciplines such as yoga and pilates • Portable adjustable freestanding exercise bars • Three variations, Single 110cm, Double 110cm or Double 220cm • For dance and movement • Suitable for dance/fitness studio and schools • Very smooth grip, anti-slip feet, easy-turn tightening grips • Quick and easy to assemble and dismantle • Manufactured from stainless steel
Ideal for ballet and dance training, simple and easy to use ballet bands can effectively improve muscle strength, balance, flexibility, stability and dynamic control of the hips and spine. Used to help practicing Pirouette, Grand Folded and Arabesque • For supporting strength and body tension exercises • Non-toxic and durable • Lightweight and portable • Colour: Sky Blue • Size 1120mm (2240mm Loop) x 38mm x 2.5mm SP3797 each.
SINGLE BARRE 110cm
Dimensions: • 110cm long bar • 38mm diameter thickness • 6 height adjustable between 70 and 110cm • Base width 72cm SP3501 each.
DOUBLE BARRE 110cm
DOUBLE BARRE 220cm
Dimensions: • 110cm long bar • 38mm diameter thickness • 4 height adjustable between 60 and 110cm • Base width 72cm SP3795 each.
Dimensions: • 220cm long bar • 38mm diameter thickness • 4 height adjustable between 60 and 110cm • Base width 72cm SP3796 each.
D E U
N I T
N O C
S I D
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M N A S T I C S BEEMAT FOLDING LIGHTWEIGHT GYMNASTICS MAT
Designed for gymnastic floor and movement exercises in clubs and schools the lightweight mat is covered with a non-tear hard wearing vinyl and a high quality strong PVC coated fabric 610g/m² • Ideal for all floor and movement exercises • Suitable for junior, secondary and general purpose use • Lightweight and folds for easy storage • New soft closed cell polyethylene foam • Versatile and hard wearing • Size: 1830 x 1220 x 25mm SP3798 each.
BEEMAT GYMNASTICS FLOOR BAR
BEEMAT YOGA MATS
Ideal for Gymnastics and Cross Fit exercises providing a great training station for athletes of all ages and abilities. Designed for uneven bar drills, strength training and new skills. Use the bar to safely perform squat ons, handstands, pirouettes, half-turns, push ups and tricep dips • Very smooth grip • Quick and easy to assemble and dismantle • Size: 122cm long x 16.5cm high (48" x 6.5") • Manufactured from stainless steel SP3802 each.
Extra large circular and square yoga mats perfect for yoga/fitness studios allowing a higher range of movement than standard mats. Roll up for easy storage • Offer great range of movement with no limitations • Phthalate free PVC • AZO and DOP and HM free • Clean with a damp cloth • Colour: Royal blue
D E NU
I T ON
C S DI
Circular Size: 1800mm ø x 6mm SP3799 each. Square Size: 1800 x 1800 x 6mm SP3800 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
SPORTS
Ideal for Calistenics, Gymnastics, Cross Fit and fitness training, the bars are used in gymnastics to simulate the parallel bars, for general fitness supporting body weight on hands and maintaining positions over an extending period of time • Suitable for commercial use • Each pair support up to 150kg • Very smooth grip • Quick and easy to assemble and dismantle • Size: 61cm long x 16.5cm high (24" x 6.5") • Manufactured from stainless steel • Sold in pairs SP3801 pair.
2020
BEEMAT GYMNASTIC PARALLETTE BARS
46 2
P462 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 13:56 Page 1
P463 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 14:00 Page 1
3 46
GY M N A S T I C S
SPORTS
This ActivAgility range of junior agility and linking equipment is sure to attract children with it’s bright colours and innovative additions
ACTIVBAR BOX
ACTIVSTOOLS
A junior version of the traditional Bar Box incorporating colour as encouragement for younger children. Manufactured with timber uprights, brightly coloured steel bars, and a comfortable padded vinyl top. The 1240mm long x 640mm wide top is large enough for a huge range of activities and movements. Size : Top 1240mm long x 640mm wide. Base 1200mm long x 1020mm wide. Height 680mm. Weight : 36kg SP3803 each.
Constructed from powder coated steel with a timber top, these stools can be used in the traditional way, or with linking items of equipment for a range of agility exercises. The stools have bars on three sides, with the fourth side clear in order to enable stacking for storage. 450mm Stool Size: 450mm high x 530mm long x 360mm wide at top (650mm x 600mm at bottom) Weight: 6.14kg approx. SP3812 each. 300mm Stool 300mm high x 430mm long x 360mm wide top (540mm x 520mm bottom) Weight: 5.39kg approx. SP3805 each.
2020
ACTIVLADDER
Constructed from natural timber with metal coloured rungs, this versatile ladder can be used to bridge between items of equipment or can incline to the floor providing a safe entry or exit with higher pieces. Powder coated steel end clamps provide a secure fixing to other equipment. Dimensions : 1830mm long x 100mm high x 360mm wide (internal width 300mm). Weight : 7.75kg unpacked SP3804 each.
ACTIVSNAKE BALANCE BEAM
Manufactured from natural timber from sustainable sources, with powder coated steel feet and large rubber bungs for stability, this balance beam can be used as a free standing floor beam, or for linking between other pieces of equipment. The snake graphic adds interest as well as using colours and numbers for cross curricular activities. Dimensions : Beam is 1830mm long x 140mm wide x 100mm high, overall length is 1930mm. Weight : 8.63kg approx. SP3807 each.
ACTIVSPOT BALANCE BEAM
A really versatile balance beam which can be used as a floor beam, or as a linking element between pieces of equipment. Powder coated steel feet with non-marking rubber bungs for stability with a natural timber beam, the top surface of which is 100mm wide. Dimensions : Beam section is 1830mm long x 100mm wide x 100mm high, overall length 1930mm. Weight : 6.51kg approx. SP3806 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
GY M N A S T I C S
46 4
P464 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 14:02 Page 1
SPORTS
These sets of Agility Equipment have been carefully chosen to enable the teaching of a wide variety of movement, balance and agility skills
AGILITY SET ONE Comprises: 1 x ActivBar Box 1 x ActivStool 460mm high 1 x ActivStool 300mm high 1 x ActivLadder 1 x ActivSpot Beam 1 x ActivSnake Plank SP3808 each.
Comprises: 1 x ActivStool 460mm high 1 x ActivStool 300mm high 1 x ActivFoot Plank 1 x ActivSpot Beam 1 x ActivLadder 1 x ActivTrestle Amber 780mm high 1 x ActivTrestle Green 580mm high SP3809 each.
AGILITY SET THREE Comprises: 1 x ActivBar Box 1 x ActivLadder 1 x ActivSnake Beam 1 x ActivDome Plank 1 x ActivBlock Plank 1 x Linking Equipment Trolley SP3810 each.
AGILITY SET FOUR Comprises : 1 x ActivBar Box 1 x ActivLadder 1 x ActivSnake Beam 1 x ActivDome Plank 1 x ActivBlock Plank SP3811 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
AGILITY SET TWO
P465 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 15:45 Page 1
SPORTS
5 46
HOCKEY Harrod UK Ltd are the leading manufacturers of Hockey Posts and Netting. The company works extensively with England Hockey to develop new products and all Harrod goals are approved by the Association. Harrod UK hockey posts are used for both International and training level and are the preferred choice of Universities, Leisure Centres and Schools alike.
FREESTANDING STEEL HOCKEY GOALS • Side frame can be detached from the crossbars and back bars for easier storage • Made from 50mm x 2.0mm thick square section steel • Regulation size 3.66m x 2.1m • Crossbars are supplied with synthetic net hooks • Complete with four back supports 25.4mm x 2.0mm thick and four board supporting rails for extra strength and durability • With 457mm x 18mm thick regulation size backboards painted green • Total Weight 155kg kSP427
pair.
Note: Nets NOT included, please order separately. Wheels are optional extra - see below.
HOCKEY GOAL WHEEL SET
2020
Flip-over type solid tyre fitted to the bottom plate on upright. Enables goal to be moved by one person. For use with SP427, SP1613 and SP2121 only. kSP678 per set of 4.
NOTE: To comply with BSEN750 all free-standing hockey goals must be anchored. FREESTANDING PREMIER STEEL HOCKEY GOALS • 50mm square x 2mm thick steel • Uprights and crossbars all polyester powder coated white • Uprights and crossbars feature stainless steel retaining rods to ensure net is held firmly in position • Complete with net supports, lifting handles and top backbar manufactured from 25mm square pre-galvanised steel • Lifting handles designed for use with the flip-over wheel kit
Goal with Wooden Backboards • 460mm x 18mm thick green regulation wooden backboards • 190kg (Set of 2). kSP1613 pair.
• Reconstituted PVC backboards Goal with PVC Backboards
extremely durable against high impact hockey balls • Extremely weather resistant will not crack or warp when exposed to the elements • 460mm x 18mm thick PVC back and side boards • 243kg (Set of 2). kSP2121 pair.
Note: Nets NOT included, please order separately. Wheels are optional extra - see above.
HOCKEY GOAL NETS DELUXE
Very hard wearing 2mmØ black polypropylene regulation size and mesh 3.7 x 2.1 x 1.5m. SP428 pair. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SP2121 PVC Backboards
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
HOCKEY
46 6
P466 Sports RH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 15:47 Page 1
FOLDING/WHEELAWAY STEEL HOCKEY GOALS • Regulation size - 3.66m x 2.1m • Crossbars and uprights made from
SPORTS
50mm x 2mm thick square steel, supplied with synthetic net hooks • Complete with 457 x 18mm thick regulation size backboards • Heavy duty hinged side frame and brace • Heavy duty wheel assembly with extended handle for ease of use • Large wheels ensure that goals can be transported by 2 people across grass fields • Total weight 165kg (set of 2) kSP1312 pair. Note: Nets NOT included, please order separately.
2020
London 2012 Hockey Goals
Harrod UK were the first company in the UK to design and manufacture a unique range of integral weighted goals for hockey. This market leading concept has now been widely adopted as the industry preferred method for all aluminium freestanding goals. Completely safe to use at all times, eliminating the users responsibility of attaching separate anchorage.
Features • Uprights and crossbars have a 7mm thick reinforced front wall to prevent hockey ball damage • Specially designed 50.8mm diameter back tubes allow the net to hang freely to meet FIH specifications and eliminate ball rebound • Integral net retaining system holds the net firmly in place without the use of net clips • Internal backboards can have laser cut logo at additional cost • The UK's best selling weighted hockey goal
• Polyester powder coated white
excluding net supports and backboards which are blue 397kg per set ❋SP2916 London 2012 Hockey Goals pair.
• Uprights & Crossbars made from Specification
75mm x 50mm reinforced aluminium
• Fully welded corner joints provide
superior strength and added safety
• Backbar consists of a single weighted tube with 2 puncture proof cellular rubber wheels allowing for ease of manoeuvrability • 460mm high reinforced aluminium backboard panels with extra thick impact absorbent noise reducing carpet on all inside faces
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
3mm Braided Net • 3.7m x 1.7m x 1.3m • 3mm thick Blue polyethylene net • 50mm banded edges and sewn in rope • Specifically designed for the Integral Weighted Goal SP2916 ❋SP2917 pair.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P467 Sports LH 2020.qxp 19/07/2021 20:12 Page 1
7 46
INDOOR GAMES
SPORTS
DARTS
Striker Dart Board Set • Wooden cabinet with shaped doors • Wipe-clean whiteboards on door inners for scoring • Striker bristle dartboard with super slim wire fasteners and staple-free bullseye • c/w two sets of darts • Marker pen & wiper • Checkout chart SP3066 each.
2020
Striker Dart Board Only • Competition quality bristle board PDC endorsed • High quality round wire construction • Super slim wire fasteners to increase playing area and staple-free bullseye SP3067 each.
• Extra large wipe-clean surface • c/w marker pen & magnetic Scoreboard wiper park
• Size: 400 x 570mm SP3068
each.
• Lightweight EVA • Marked with international and Striker Mat
• Set of 3
8ft throwing line SP3069 each.
Core Tungsten Darts 25g SP3071
set.
• Set of 3
Core Brass Darts 23g SP3070
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
set.
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
INDOOR GAMES POOL/SNOOKER
SPORTS
Powerglide Balls 50mm (2”) Pool Striped 16 Ball Set SP3072 set.
Snooker/Pool Cues • One piece, Ramin • Screw-on cue tips 1220mm (48”) SP248 each. 1450mm (57”) SP295 each.
Powerglide Classic 2 Piece Cue 1450mm (57”) • Poplar Shaft with painted hardwood butt • 50/50 Split with brass joint • 10mm Stick-on tip with brass ferrule SP3372 each.
46 8
P468 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 07:47 Page 1
Red and Yellow 16 Ball Set SP3073 set.
Snooker Balls Full Set SP3074 set.
Triangle Plastic • Holds 15 x 50mm ( 2”) balls • Suitable for pool or snooker SP3076 each.
Powerglide Pool Tips Screw-in Tip 10mm suitable for 1 piece cues SP248/SP295 SP3373 per 4. Stick-on Tip 10mm suitable for 2 piece cue SP3372 SP3374 per 4.
Tournament Chalk • 4 piece pack SP171 pack.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Cue Ball White SP3075 each.
P469 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 07:48 Page 1
Harrod UK are the UK’s leading manufacturer of netball posts and netting. The company works extensively with England Netball and supplies them with posts and post protectors for all home based international matches. Harrod UK posts are used at all levels and are the preferred choice of universities, leisure centres and schools alike.
2020
SPORTS
9 46
NETBALL
SOCKETED STEEL NETBALL POSTS
FREESTANDING WHEELAWAY STEEL NETBALL POSTS Designed to conform to England Netball regulations and the ideal freestanding netball post for schools/sports centre use Features • Ring height is fully adjustable to 2.5m, 2.75m and 3.05m heights • 10mm solid rings with safety collars and nets Specification • Uprights made from 50mm Ø plated steel with punched ring holes • Triangular base which does not protrude into the playing court complete with double nylon wheels and rubber pads for floor protection • Bases manufactured from solid steel bar and constructed not to be blown over under normal weather conditions • Polyester powder coated pink/green excluding uprights which are white/zinc • 39kg/set SP228 Green/Zinc SP2922 Pink/White pair. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Socketed netball goal posts are safer than the freestanding version and are the recommended netball post choice of England Netball Features • Ring height is fully adjustable to 2.5m, 2.75m and 3.05m hieghts • 10mm solid rings with safety collars and nets Specification • Uprights made from 50mm Ø plated steel with punched ring holes • 300mm deep ground sockets with integral flush fitting lids • Polyester powder coated pink/green excluding uprights which are white/zinc • 23kg/set SP894 Green/Zinc SP2923 Pink/White pair.
NETBALL NETS SP2399 Competition White pair. SP120 Practice Green/Orange SP2924 Practice White pair.
Links...
Mitre Training Bibs See Page 471 Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SURE SHOT EASIPLAY NETBALL POST • Simple and easy to use for • • • • • •
SP2727
• •
SURE SHOT TELESCOPIC NETBALL UNIT
Telescopic unit which offers height adjustment and compact storage • 50mm steel post • Pole Padding included • Powder coated base and galvanised pole • Adjustable to heights of 2.45, 2.75 and 3.05m (8', 9' and 10') • Wide, heavy base for stability • Wheels for easy movement • 38cm (15") steel powder coated ring • White nylon net • Assembly instructions provided Weight: 40kg SP3388 each.
5 - 12 year olds and primary/ junior school use Adjustable pole 1.2 - 2.7m Pole Padding included Powder coated finish 38cm steel ring White nylon net Removable ballast box to be filled with sand or water 102 x 48 x 15cm Weight: 15kg
SP2727 Black/Silver SP2278 Silver/Pink each.
SPORTS
NETBALL
47 0
P470 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 07:49 Page 1
2020
SP2278
SURE SHOT COMPACT HOOPS COMBI UNIT
Combination junior basketball and netball set. Ideal for Sports Centres, Junior and Primary schools as a versatile unit • A complete portable junior netball/basketball unit • Adjustable pole from 1.8 to 2.45m • Pole Padding included • 381mm netball ring with no ties and white net • 457mm basketball ring with no ties and white net • Melamine basketball weatherproof fan shaped backboard (90cm x 60cm) • Wheels away • Switch from basketball to netball in minutes • Requires 40kg additional ballast for maximum stability • Weight: 40kg when empty SP1858 each.
SURE SHOT TRANSPORTABLE POST • 50mm detachable steel post • Powder coated in black • Pole Padding included • Adjustable to 3 heights of 2.45, 2.75 and 3.05m
• Heavyweight triangular base
incorporating extra weight bar and two wheels • 38cm orange powder coated 16mm solid steel ring • White nylon net • Weight 40kg SP2041 each.
SP2041
Links...
Netballs/Accessories See Pages 471-472
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SP1858
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P471 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 07:50 Page 1
SPORTS
1 47
NETBALL
NETBALL RING WALL FIXED FLAT PLATE • 10mm solid steel ring • Complete with net and fixings • Total weight 5kg SP895
each.
NETBALL RINGS • Reinforced solid 10mm
2020
steel rod with safety collar • Total weight 4kg SP229 pair.
NETBALL POST PROTECTORS • Foam filled, reinforced nylon covering with extra tensioning velcro fastening
• For posts up to 50mm dia • 2.9m x 34cm x 25mm thick • Supplied in pairs kSP1550
MITRE NETBALL PRO TRAINING BIB SETS • 100% polyester micro mesh
pair.
with elasticated strap
• Team positions on back and front
• Set of 7
Medium 86-91cm SP3077 Emerald SP3078 Red SP3079 Royal SP3080 Yellow per set. Large 96-102cm SP3081 Emerald SP3082 Red SP3083 Royal SP3084 Yellow per set.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
NETBALL
47 2
P472 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 07:54 Page 1
Construction: Hand Stitched Pattern: 18P • A highly durable classic – the match day choice of clubs and schools • Made from high wear rubber to suit play on any surface • Special deep emboss gives great handling and grip • Size 5 SP3118 each.
MITRE ULTRAGRIP NETBALL
Construction: Hand Stitched Pattern: 18P • Excellent quality match and training ball with exclusive pyramid emboss offering fantastic grip and handling • Suitable for play on all surfaces, and in all weather conditions • High air retention performance bladder • Ideal ball for club and school matches • Size 5 SP932 each.
SPORTS
MITRE SHOOTER NETBALL
Construction: Hand Stitched Pattern: 18P • Soft-feel and durable construction make Intercept one of the world’s most popular training balls • The perennial choice of clubs and schools • Stylish ‘wave’ emboss doesn’t just look good – it makes the ball grippy and easy to handle • Size 5 SP3119 each.
D E U TIN
N O C S DI
MITRE ATTACK NETBALL
Construction: Hand Stitched Pattern: 18P • Strong graphic and highly visible practice netball • New extra durable and soft touch emboss gives excellent grip and handling • Makes training more fun • Now with moulded high air retention bladder for reduced maintenance • Size 5 SP2226 each.
MITRE OASIS NETBALL
Construction: Moulded Pattern: 18P • Strong graphic, moulded rubber training netball with bold grain pimple emboss for excellent feel and durablity • Suitable for all playing surfaces, both indoor and outdoors • Fitted with a low maintenance high air retention bladder SP1251 Size 5, SP1252 Size 4. each.
SURE SHOT STAR NETBALL • Superb training netball • Ideal for leisure centre, school use • Hard wearing moulded rubber cover • Latex bladder • Weight 397-454g
SP3473 Size 5, SP3474 Size 4. each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
MITRE INTERCEPT NETBALL
P473 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 07:55 Page 1
3 47
RACKETBALL KARAKAL RACKETBALLS
SPORTS
Comply with ESR specifications – Tub of 2 Competition Ball Black SP3704 per 2. Recreation Ball Blue SP3705 per 2.
DUNLOP PRO RACKETBALL BALL
DUNLOP COMPETITION RACKETBALL BALL • Low bounce official racketball match ball
The Official ball of the English National Racketball Championships • Engineering using N-1SR3 construction technology - a feature of Dunlop’s World No 1 squash ball • Delivers unparalleled playability for advanced and intermediate players SP3188 per 3.
• Ideal for beginners and
2020
intermediate players SP409 per 3.
HIRE
Prominent ‘Hire’ decals
HIRE RACKETBALL RACKET Designed specifically ‘FOR HIRE’ at Sports and Leisure Centres • High grade aluminium frame • Synthetic string, synthetic leather grip • Prominent ‘For Hire’ decals SP1475 each.
KARAKAL CRX TOUR RACKETBALL RACKET • 195g aluminium frame • Midplus head • Parallel beam • Wrist strap • 3/4 head cover SP1039 each.
SQUASH/RACKETBALL/ TENNIS RACK • Ideal storage for approx 20 squash/
racketball/tennis rackets Size: 630 x 170 x 215mm SP783 each.
Links...
Fixings not included. Note Rackets sold separately.
Racket Grips See Page 416 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Slazenger Match • Leather match quality • Official size and weight SP2730 each.
SLAZENGER ONE PIECE ROUNDERS STICK D INUE T N stick • One piece wooden O SC
with rubber grip SP2733 each.
DI
Slazenger Softcore • Synthetic ball with foam rubber softcore centre SP2731 each.
INUED
T DISCON
Slazenger Training • Synthetic training ball • Official size and weight SP2732 each.
TINUED N O C S I D
FIRST PLAY ROUNDERS DEVELOPMENT KIT
Designed to introduce children to the game of rounders. Develops striking, bowling, throwing and catching skills. Contents: 1 x Adjustable Batting Tee 1 x Adjustable Bowling Net 4 x Soft Touch Rounders Ball 4 x Soft Touch Rounders Bats 4 x Foam Balls 4 x Marker Cones 1 x Batting Tee 1 x Bowling Tee 1 x Storage Bag CP282 each.
FIRSTOUCH MINI ROUNDERS STICK
Soft touch light weight foam. 444 x 44.5mm SP1043 £6.09 each.
FIRSTOUCH MINI ROUNDERS BALL
Soft inflatable PVC. 6.75cm diameter. SP1044 each.
ROUNDERS POSTS & BASES SET
Complete set including posts and bases suitable for all ages • Posts – PVC 1.2m height • Bases – heavy duty weighted rubber • Tops – rubber end cap for safety • Set of 4 SP431 each.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Marker Sets/Cones See Page 439
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
ROUNDERS BALLS
SPORTS
ROUNDERS
47 4
P474 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 07:58 Page 1
P475 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 07:59 Page 1
5 47
RUGBY/NFL RUGBY BALLS
SPORTS
Mitre Sabre • 3 ply Vulcanised lining with low weight spec • Full union spec training ball ideal for junior training, or individual practice • Natural rubber construction. Rubber blend designed to give great grip, feel and exceptional durability • The deep emboss pimple grip ensures great all weather/all surface performance SP1767 Size 5, SP1766 Size 4. each. Mitre Squad • 3 ply 1poly, 1HTM + 1OTM lining for excellent shape and durability • 65% natural rubber compound for strong grip SP985 Size 5, SP986 Size 4. each.
WILSON NFL® OFFICIAL BALL • PVC/Rubber cover for maximum durability and all-weather performance
2020
• Butyl rubber bladder offers excellent air retention • Double white grip stripes and laces • Official TDS pattern • NFL® branded SP3202
each.
HINGED NO.3 STEEL RUGBY POSTS • Manufactured from steel tube and polyester powder coated white
• Uprights 7m long, 63.5mmø x 2mm thick • Crossbar 5.6m long, 63.5mmø x 2mm thick • All posts are complete with 910mm sockets with
RUGBY DEVELOPMENT KIT
stabilising fins and base plates
• Complete with hinged adaptors and high tensile steel bolts which make erection of the posts safer
• Stainless steel fasteners • Top uprights are fitted with caps • One piece uprights • 203kg per set ❋SP2176
pair.
SOCKETED NO. 3 STEEL RUGBY POSTS
Specification as per hinged steel, but without the hinged adaptors. Designed so that posts drop directly into the sockets • 6m out of ground height • One piece uprights • 169kg per set ❋SP600 pair.
A fun, interactive, fast-moving, non-contact, evasion game suitable for boys and girls to play together. This kit is the perfect introduction. Contains: 14 x Belts, 1 x Inflator, 1 x Whistle and lanyard, 1 x Foam rugby ball, 1 x Set of worksheets, 52 x Markers, 1 x Stopwatch, 1 x Easy-grip ball, 1 x Synthetic rugby ball, 1 x Mesh holdall CP278 each.
RUGBY POST PROTECTORS SET Details available on request.
Links...
Rugby First Aid... See Page 556 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
MINI SQUASH BALL • Designed for young up and coming squash players who are
COMP MINI SQUASH RACKET • Green Racket, choice for schools and
trying to build a passion for the game and have some fun at the same time • Official W.S.F. balls, these are made from a strong foam that bounces well SP325 per 12.
SPORTS
SQUASH... MINI
47 6
P476 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:01 Page 1
leisure centres
• Utilises titanium alloy construction with an ultra lightweight specification
• Full length racket
SP2410
each.
COMP MINI SQUASH BALL (Green) • Ideal for juniors who are getting to grips with the game of squash
• Still larger than a standard squash ball
PLAY MINI SQUASH BALL (Orange) • Ideal for juniors progressing their skills • Larger than a standard squash ball but
PLAY MINI SQUASH RACKET • Orange 24” long Racket • Utilises titanium alloy construction to deliver
with easy playability for progressing juniors SP2415 per 3.
2020
but ideal for juniors now playing squash regularly SP2414 per 3.
superb playability for an entry level frame
• Perfect development racket for players aged 7 to
10 years old SP2411 each.
FUN MINI SQUASH BALL (Red) • Designed for the young and up and •
coming players who are trying to build a passion for the game and have fun at the same time A red oversized ball for young beginners SP2416 per 3.
JUNIOR EYEWEAR • Junior eyewear with an anatomical design and adjustable
frame for a tailored fit SP2417 each.
FUN MINI SQUASH RACKET • Red shortened frame length to support correct technique and skill acquisition at a young age
• Definitive starter racket for ages 3 to 6
SP2412
each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P477 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:02 Page 1
Dunlop is the World's No.1 squash brand and Dunlop squash balls are the undisputed market leader and official ball of England Squash, World Squash Federation and the Professional Squash Association. To maximise playing experience and progression it is vital to select the correct ball.
DUNLOP SQUASH BALLS
KARAKAL SQUASH BALLS
SP1140 Pro Double Yellow spot. No.1 ball for professional, advanced and team players. SP1141 Competition Single Yellow spot. For intermediate and club players. SP1142 Progress 6% oversize ball. For improvers and recreational players. SP1143 Intro 12% oversize ball. For beginners. per 12.
WSF approved – Non marking rubber SP3700 Double Yellow dot Extra Super Slow for tournaments SP3701 Single Yellow dot Super Slow for tournaments SP3702 Red Medium speed SP3703 Big Ball 15% oversized 46mm Designed for coaching per 12.
2020
SPORTS
7 47
SQUASH
WILSON OMNI SQUASH GOGGLE • Anti-fog lenses • Offer good peripheral vision • Adjustable head strap • Scratch resistant • Wrap-around design
Ultimate Vision... Stability... Comfort... Protection DUNLOP I-ARMOUR PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR
SP393 pair.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
SP2002 Maint.
Fitness
pair.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SQUASH
47 8
P478 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:05 Page 1
Designed specifically ‘FOR HIRE’ at Sports and Leisure Centres • High grade aluminium frame • Synthetic string, synthetic leather grip • Prominent “HIRE” decals SP102 each, 25 and over each.
SPORTS
“HIRE” SQUASH RACKET
KARAKAL CSX TOUR SQUASH RACKET • Titanium Composite construction • Mid Plus Head size • Weight: 170g each.
WILSON IMPACT PRO 300 SQUASH RACKET
• Headsize 497cm2 • Stable, durable frame • All round performance • Weight 205g
SP2287
each.
DUNLOP HYPER Ti SQUASH RACKET
• Titanium alloy construction • Even balance • 485sq cm head size • Durable 197g frame weight SP2286
each.
Note Colour may vary.
Links...
Racket Grips See Page 416 SQUASH/ RACKETBALL/ TENNIS RACK • Ideal storage for
approx 20 squash/ racketball/tennis rackets Size: 630 x 170 x 215mm SP783 each.
DUNLOP “HIRE” SQUASH RACKET
• Aluminium frame with leather grip and
synthetic string SP160 each.
Fixings not included. Note Rackets sold separately.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SP3706
P479 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:06 Page 1
9 47
TA B L E T E N N I S
The Butterfly 19mm indoor playing top provides a good bounce and playing performance. The legs fold in to take up the minimal amount of storage space. Included is a Butterfly Clip net and post set, 2 bats and 3 balls. • Ideal indoor table where storage space is limited • 19mm playing surface • Protective, steel frame with magenta corner pieces • Legs fold in for storage • 2 wheels on each half for easy movement • Stores away using minimal space • Conforms to and certificate issued for the new Central European Norm (CEN) safety regulations: EN 14468-1. • Includes a Butterfly Clip net and post set • Includes 2 reverse sponge bats and 3 quality practice balls • Choice of attractive green or blue playing top with matching light silver legs and undercarriage • 3 years guarantee (table only) • Ready assembled • Delivery: 5-7 working days with a two man specialist delivery service Dimensions: In use: 275 x 153 x 77cm (L x W x H) Storage:142 x 153 x 14cm (H x W x D) Weight: 66kg kSP3205 Indoor Green kSP3206 Indoor Blue each. Outdoor version features 10mm playing surface with polyurethane coating to protect against adverse weather, outdoor net and post set, 2 polypropylene reverse rubber bats, 3 balls and full size protective cover. Weight: 71kg kSP3691 Outdoor Green kSP3692 Outdoor Blue each. Includes two reversed sponge bats and practice balls
2020
SPORTS
BUTTERFLY COMPACT 19 WHEELAWAY
BUTTERFLY SPIRIT 19 ROLLAWAY With an elegant and stylish look this table provides the quickest and easiest system for setting up your table. Combined with a quality 19mm Butterfly indoor playing top it is ideal for schools and recreational use. A Butterfly Clip net and post set, 2 bats and 3 balls are included • Recommended for school, leisure centre, recreation use • 19mm playing top with the Centrefold system • Playback facility • Protective, strong steel frame with stable magenta corner pieces • Strong, stable undercarriage • Both halves fold into a central undercarriage for easy set-up and movement • Includes a Butterfly Clip net and post set • Height adjusters on all four legs to ensure a level playing surface • Double locking system for safety and stability • Designed for economic storage • Includes bat and ball holder with 2 reverse sponge bats and 3 quality practice balls • Conforms to the new Central European Norm (CEN) safety regulations: EN 14468-1 • 3 years guarantee (table only). • Choice of attractive green or blue playing top with matching light silver legs and undercarriage • Minimal assembly required (approx 15 mins) before first use • Delivery: 5-7 working days with a two man specialist delivery service Dimensions: In use: 275 x 153 x 77cm (L x W x H). Storage: 163 x 169 x 64cm (H x W x D) Weight: 93.5kg kSP3203 Indoor Green kSP3204 Indoor Blue each. Outdoor version features 12mm plywood resin playing surface with polyurethane coating to protect against adverse weather, outdoor net and post set, 2 polypropylene reverse rubber bats, 3 balls and full size heavy duty cover. Weight: 96kg Includes two kSP3693 Outdoor Green reversed sponge kSP3694 Outdoor Blue bats and practice each. balls
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Dimensions: For play - 275 x 153 x 77cm. Storage - 161 x 158 x 55cm Colour: Green or Blue Weight: 75kg ❋SP2187 Indoor Green 19mm ❋SP2202 Indoor Blue 19mm each. ❋SP3135 Indoor Green 22mm ❋SP3136 Indoor Blue 22mm each. Outdoor version features 12mm plywood resin playing surface with polyurethane coating to protect against adverse weather, outdoor net and post set, 2 polypropylene reverse rubber bats, 3 balls and full size heavy duty cover. Weight: 87kg ❋SP3695 Outdoor Green ❋SP3696 Outdoor Blue each.
Includes two reversed sponge bats and practice balls
BUTTERFLY NATIONAL LEAGUE 22 & 25 ROLLAWAYS 22mm or 25mm Butterfly match top combined with the 8 wheel system provides economic storage and lighter rollaway benefits. Both are ideal for sports centres, schools and clubs, the 22mm for those seeking a match table at a great price, the 25mm is a quality match table. • 22mm or 25mm quality playing top • Protective, strong steel 30 x 38mm frame with stable magenta corner pieces • Supported by a heavy duty undercarriage • Includes Butterfly National League net and post set • Four independent wheels on each half • Wheel brakes on each side for use in the storage and play positions • Height adjusters on all four legs to ensure a level playing surface • Double locking system for safety and stability • Playback facility • Takes up minimal space, due to 8 wheel storage system • Conforms to and certificate issued for the new Central European Norm (CEN) safety regulations: EN 14468-1 • Choice of attractive green or blue playing top with matching light silver legs and undercarriage •3 years guarantee (table only) • Ready assembled – just add the wheel brackets • Delivery: 5-7 working days with a two man specialist delivery service Dimensions: In use: 9’ long x 5’ wide x 2’ 6” high (275 x 153 x 77cm) Storage: 5’ high x 5’ 6” wide x 2’ 4” deep (153 x 168 x 71.2cm) Weight: 128kg kSP3207 Green 22mm kSP3208 Blue 22mm each. kSP3137 Green 25mm kSP3138 Blue 25mm each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
SPORTS
BUTTERFLY EASIFOLD ROLLAWAY • Quality rollaway table • 19mm or 22mm playing surface • Top protected by strong steel frame • Clip net and post set included • 2 separate halves - both halves fold for easy movement and storage • Each half has 4 independent wheels • Stores away using minimum space • 2 Reverse sponge bats • 3 Practice quality balls • 3 Year guarantee on table only • Ready assembled
2020
TA B L E T E N N I S
48 0
P480 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:06 Page 1
P481 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:07 Page 1
SPORTS
1 48
TA B L E T E N N I S
BUTTERFLY SPACE SAVER DELUXE ROLLAWAY 22mm and 25mm • Suitable for indoor use in sports centres, recreation halls and schools • 22mm playing top • Aluminium protective edging rim • Strong undercarriage suitable for heavy use • Brakes on two wheels for safety • Space Saver unique fold and wheel away system • Height adjusters on each leg to ensure level playing surface • Wheelchair friendly - distance between table and 1st leg increased to 400mm in accordance with the paralympic requirements • Conforms with the new Central European Norm (CEN) safety regulations (EN 14468-1)
Dimensions: For play - 275 x 153 x 77cm Storage - 166 x 153 x 41cm Weight: 76kg ❋SP567 22mm each. ❋SP568 25mm each.
400mm
Note: Net/Posts NOT included. Please order separately see page 468.
2020
“Timo Boll: 7 times Mens European Champion, current top world class player from Germany.”
BUTTERFLY CENTREFOLD ROLLAWAY • Top quality, heavy duty match table designed for clubs, sports centres and international match use
• 25mm playing top • Protective strong steel frame
• Large strong wheels for
easier transportation and longer life • Wheel brakes on each half for safety • Heavy duty fold and wheel away Space Saver system • Height adjusters on each leg to ensure level playing surface • Locking levers on each half for safety • Wheelchair friendly - Distance between end of table and 1st leg increased to 400mm in accordance with the paralympic requirements • ITTF approved Dimensions: For play - 275 x 153 x 77cm. Storage - 161 x 153 x 36cm. Weight: 116kg. ❋SP1555 each.
The Space Saver...
...Folding System Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
BUTTERFLY PLAYGROUND OUTDOOR TABLE TENNIS TABLE • Suitable for leisure parks, parks, schools, hotels, camp sites and gardens • 12mm high resillient weatherproof wood playing top in green or blue • Protective metal frame 60 x 20mm • Strong metal undercarriage with transparent polycarbonate leg system • Steel net and post set • Undercarriage, frame and net and post set are galvanised and powder coated for weather protection and long life • Assembly instructions included • 3 year guarantee on table does not include any bats, balls, net and post sets etc • Can be fixed on a semi-permanent ot permanent basis Dimensions: For play - 274 x 153 x 76cm Weight: 131kg Colour: Green or Blue
❋SP2400 Green ❋SP2478 Blue each.
SPORTS
TA B L E T E N N I S
48 2
P482 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:08 Page 1
BUTTERFLY ULTIMATE OUTDOOR • An ideal table for outdoor open air sites such as beaches, parks and campsites
2020
• High resilience
weatherproof wood
• 18mm plywood top
giving a consistent bounce for good playability • Anti glare top that meets ITTF gloss standards • Extra strong playing surface coated with special Dupont Technology Paint System • Special long life galvanised steel undercarriage • Heavy duty galvanised steel net and post set • 3 Year guarantee on table only • Sockets that allow the table to be fixed into ground Dimensions: For play - 274 x 153 x 76cm Storage - 188 x 178 x 66cm Weight: Unpacked - 168 kg ❋SP2188 each.
BUTTERFLY B2000 STANDARD CONCRETE TABLE TENNIS TABLE • Steel cladded and reinforced
polymer concrete top - 30mm Surrounding white sturdy PVC Base made of polymer concrete Floor fixing straps Weight 460kg Colour - green, blue or granite green (stone character) Please state colour when ordering ❋SP2285 each.
• • • • •
Note: Please allow 2 - 3 weeks for delivery
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P483 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:12 Page 1
SPORTS
3 48
TA B L E T E N N I S
DUNLOP EVO 1500 S QUICKFOLD PLAYBACK An excellent value yet still strong and sturdy table with many features of the more expensive tables such as heavy gauge metal frame surrounding table top and a good quality net and post set. • Top: 16mm Premium Dunlop full size playing surface • Top Edge Protection: Heavy gauge metal edge banding 20mm x 30mm • Frame: Rollaway design with playback option • Legs: Height adjustment for a perfectly even playing surface • Wheels: 75mm castors with locks • Accessories Included: Dunlop NP 3000 easy clip extra strong all steel net and post supplied with table • Storage Size: Height 156cm, Width 155.5cm, Depth 70cm ❋SP2633 each.
U IN
D E
T N O C
S I D
2020
DUNLOP EVO 2500 S TOURNAMENT MAX 19 PLAYBACK Dunlop’s most popular table for the education/sports centre market – This table combines a 19mm tournament level playing top with a very sturdy supporting metal frame. A good quality net and post set comes as standard. • Top: 19mm Premium Dunlop full size playing surface • Top Edge Protection: Heavy gauge metal edge banding 20mm x 30mm • Frame: Rollaway design with playback option • Legs: Height adjustment for a perfectly even playing surface • Wheels: 75mm castors with locks • Accessories Included: Dunlop NP 3000 easy clip extra strong all steel net and post supplied with table • Storage Size: Height 156cm, Width 155.5cm, Depth 70cm ❋SP2419 each.
U IN
D E
T N CO
S I D
DUNLOP EVO 4500 S MATCHPLAY PLAYBACK 25mm match level playing top combined with a sturdy metal frame and extra strong supporting legs make this table outstanding value. Ideal where an extra strength table is required. A good quality net and post set comes as standard. • Top: 25mm Premium Dunlop full size playing surface in Blue or Green • Top Edge Protection: Heavy gauge metal edge banding 20mm x 40mm • Frame: Rollaway design with playback option • Legs: Height adjustment for a perfectly even playing surface • Wheels: 75mm castors with locks • Accessories Included: Dunlop NP 3000 easy clip extra strong all steel net and post supplied with table • Storage Size: Height 156cm, Width 155.5cm, Depth 70cm ❋SP2420 Blue, ❋SP2636 Green. each.
U IN
D E
T N O C
S I D
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
TA B L E T E N N I S
48 4
P484 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:13 Page 1
SPORTS
DUNLOP EVO 6000 HD INDOOR 22mm
2020
A double folding design makes for a very quick set up time. Just wheel into place and unfold. The net and post set will be in place automatically and ready to play. The EVO 6000 HD is a stronge, easy to fold rollaway table suitable for schools and sports centres. • Top: 19mm Premium Dunlop full size playing surface in Blue • Top Edge Protection: Heavy gauge metal edge banding 50mm • Frame: Double folding one piece rollaway with a permanent net and post set • Legs: Sturdy box section steel for a perfectly even playing surface • Wheels: 100mm castors with locks • Accessories Included: Dunlop permanent net and post supplied with table • Storage Size: Height 160cm, Width 190cm (inc integrated net), Depth 75cm ❋SP2421 each.
DUNLOP EVO 8000 MASTER EDITION ITTF 25 Dunlop’s premier table will provide many years of service and the highest quality playing experience with a full competition specification 25mm playing top. A top level table for the most demanding locations. • Top: 25mm Premium Dunlop full size playing surface in Blue • Top Edge Protection: Heavy gauge metal edge banding 20mm x 60mm • Frame: Rollaway design with playback option • Legs: Leg size: 80mm x 80mm steel tubing with height adjustment for a perfectly even playing surface • Wheels: 100mm castors with locks • Accessories Included: Dunlop NP 7000 net and post supplied with table • Storage Size: Height 164cm, Width 164cm, Depth 72cm ❋SP2422 each.
U N
D E
I T
N O C
S I D
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P485 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:17 Page 1
5 48
TA B L E T E N N I S
SPORTS
DUNLOP PIMPLE
BT10 • Good quality entry level pimple bat by Dunlop SP2834 per 12.
2020
DUNLOP 3 STAR PREMIUM BALL WHITE Fort Tournament • Ultra premium table tennis balls engineered specifically for tournament match play • Fully approved 3 star competition ball • Hand selected • ITTF Approved SP2839 per 3.
DUNLOP PIMPLE SPONGE
DUNLOP 2 STAR RECREATIONAL BALL
Pro Tour • High quality recreation ball ideal for clubs and sports centres • 2 Star Ball SP2840 per 3.
DUNLOP NET & POST SET NP3000 • Dunlop high quality net & post set suitable for leisure play • Sturdy all steel construction • This set uses a clip type fixing and the net is easily attached to the posts SP2843 NP3000 Clip Net & Post Set each. SP2850 NP3000 Net only each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
DUNLOP REVERSE RUBBER
BT20 • As BT10 but with sponge added to improve pimple rubber performance SP2835 per 12.
Pulsar • Ideal entry level reverse rubber sponge for improved playability and performance • Reverse rubber 1.5mm • 5 Ply blade SP2838 per 12.
DUNLOP 1 STAR RECREATIONAL BALL WHITE Club Champ • Suitable for all recreational and leisure play • Ideal for sports centres and schools • 1 Star Rated Training Ball SP2841 per 6.
DUNLOP NET & POST SET
NP6000 • Quick and easy to set up and suitable for high level competition tables • Dunlop high quality clip net and post set suitable for competition play • Strong long lasting clip type net and post set offers fine and easy adjustment of both height and tension of net • Sturdy all steel construction SP2844 NP6000 Clip Net & Post Set £21.00 each. SP2851 NP6000 Net only each.
INU T N SCO
ED
DI
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
DUNLOP 1 STAR TRAINING BALL WHITE
Club Training • Fantastic Training Ball Pack (144) • Suitable for all recreational and leisure play • Ideal for sports centres and schools • 144 Balls SP2842 per 144.
DUNLOP NET AND POST SET
NP7000 • Dunlop high quality net and post set suitable for competition play • Strong long lasting clamp type net and post set offers fine and easy adjustment of both height and tension of net • Supplied with black cotton net • Quick and easy to set up and suitable for high level competition tables • Sturdy all steel construction SP2845 NP7000 Screw Net and Post Set each. SP2852 NP7000 Net only each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SP3465
SP889
LION KNIGHT • Good quality reverse sponge • ITTF approved SP3465
each.
LION REVERSE CLUB • Reverse pimple surface • Excellent ball control • ITTF Approved SP889
each.
SPORTS
TA B L E T E N N I S
48 6
P486 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:18 Page 1
LION 502 REVERSE • Good quality bat
providing spin and control SP805 per 12.
LION 120 REVERSE • 6mm thick blade • Pimple-in with sponge both sides
• Excellent value for money • Straight wood handle • Taped edge
SP1278
SP1278
per 12.
SP1224 LION PIMPLE • Excellent general purpose bat for sports centres
• 6mm thick blade • Straight wood handle • Pimple out rubber both sides SP1224
per 12.
LION TABLE TENNIS BALLS
Three Star • ETTA approved • White only SP574 per 12.
Two Star • ETTA approved • White SP705 per 12.
One Star • White SP711 per 12.
PRACTICE BALLS SP29 White per 144. SP441 Yellow per 72.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SP805
P487 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:19 Page 1
7 48
TA B L E T E N N I S
SPORTS
POLYPROPYLENE BAT • 1 Piece polypropylene bat • Very durable • Red both sides • Standard size • Weight 133gms SP3698
each.
REVERSED BAT • Strong 5 ply blade with straight plain wooden handle
2020
• Red and Black reversed rubber with 1.5mm sponge • Good playability • Protective edging tape • Excellent value SP2654
per 12.
PIMPLED OUT BAT • Strong 5 ply blade with straight plain wooden handle
• Red and Black pimpled out rubber without sponge
• Protective edging tape • Excellent value SP2653
per 12.
KARAKAL RETRACTABLE TABLE TENNIS NET Ingenius design table tennis net, stretch out and clip to almost any table • Easy to install, fits any table up to 60mm rim thickness • Net automatically stretches to correct width • Stretches out to 1830mm (6’) • Regulation 150mm (6”) high • Complete with handy storage bag SP3699 each.
BUTTERFLY TABLE TENNIS SCOREBOARD • Folds for easy storage • PVC material • Full set of numbers 0 to 30 with small red game cards 0 to 5 • Essential for match or competition Dimensions: In storage - 305 x 495 x 38mm deep In use - 305 x 495 x 229mm deep SP1352 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
LION AUTOMATIC NET/POST SET
BUTTERFLY CLIP DELUXE NET/POST SET • Metal post with clip
Clip on system allows quick assembly and dismantling to meet demands of Sports Centres, Schools and Clubs. SP010 each.
on fixing system
• Clamp covered with rubber protector
• Adjustable post
with solid strong height adjuster • Net with pull through string for easy adjustment SP881 each.
SPORTS
TA B L E T E N N I S
48 8
P488 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:20 Page 1
BUTTERFLY CLIP DELUXE NET ONLY
BUTTERFLY LONG LIFE CLIP • Ideal for use in
SP883
schools and youth/ sports clubs • Solid and stable post with clip-on clamp • Nylon net with string tension SP2641 each.
each.
strong clamp and screw adjuster • Clamps covered with rubber front protector • Cotton net with easy to use string tension. SP882 each.
Net only: Use SP883 top right
BUTTERFLY CLIP • Ideal for school and leisure centre use
• Strong metal post
BUTTERFLY MATCHPLAY NET ONLY
with ‘clip on’ fixing system • Clamps covered with rubber protectors to avoid damage to table • 6’ nylon net with string tension adjuster SP2642 each. Net only: Use SP883 top right
SP884
each.
BUTTERFLY NATIONAL LEAGUE NET/POST SET • Match quality at a
very competitive price • Strong clamp with felt to protect table surface • ITTF Approved • Used in many Open Championships SP620 each.
BUTTERFLY NATIONAL LEAGUE NET SP639
each.
BUTTERFLY OUTDOOR NET & POST SET Designed for outdoor tables that do not have a fixed net and post set e.g. Butterfly Compact Outdoor and Butterfly Easifold Outdoor • Ideal for outdoor use • Strong plastic posts with ‘screw on’ fixing system • 6ft Nylon net with string tension • Clamps covered with rubber protectors to avoid damage to the table SP3697 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
BUTTERFLY MATCHPLAY NET/POST SET • Robust post with
P489 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:21 Page 1
9 48
TENNIS
SPORTS
KARAKAL COMP 27 The Karakal Comp 27 is an excellent choice for beginner and improving players. Upgraded with 7050 Alumag Alloy it also has added additional support to shaft and throat sections for additional strength and stability
• 280 gram frame weight • Fitted with Karakal PU Super Grip
• 7050 Alumag Alloy • Midsize Head • 3/4 Head Cover
SP3707 27”
each.
KARAKAL FLASH JUNIOR Karakal Flash Junior Tennis Rackets come with eye catching paintwork, co-ordinated grips and fitted with our smiley vibration dampeners as standard. Constructed from upgraded 7050 Alumag Alloy, properly balanced and weighted for our junior players, these are the ideal starter rackets
2020
• • • •
7050 Alumag Alloy Parallel Frame Midsize Head 3/4 Head Cover
SP3708 25” for Green Zone players SP3709 23” for Orange Zone players SP3710 21” for Red Zone players SP3711 19” for Red Zone players each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
WILSON FUSION XL 27”
2020
Features V-Matrix Technology, a large sweet spot for increased power, Stop Shock Sleeves for reduced racket vibration and greater control, AirLite Alloy lightweight strength. • Headsize: 723cm sq • Length: 69.9cm • Unstrung Weight: 274g SP3391 each.
WILSON US OPEN • C-Beam technology for greater power • Excellent value for money
SP2291 25” SP2292 23” SP2293 21” SP2294 19” each.
“HIRE” • Strong aluminium frame designed for hire purposes
• “HIRE” decals feature prominently • 27” Only SP1235 27” 25” 23” 21” 19”
each.
SPORTS
TENNIS
49 0
P490 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 08:27 Page 1
Links...
Racket Grips... See Page 416
TENNIS RACKET HEIGHT AND AGE GUIDE 13 years - adult Over 5’ tall Suitable for full size tennis 9 - 12 years 4’6” - 5’ tall Suitable for mini tennis green 6 - 9 years 4’ - 4’6” tall Suitable for mini tennis orange 4 - 6 years 3’6” - 4’ tall Suitable for mini tennis red and orange up to 4 years up to 3’6” Suitable for mini tennis red
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
SLAZENGER CLASSIC • Lightweight I-beam titanium alloy • Suitable for all ages offering excellent
value for money SP1751 27” 310g each.
SP1752 25” 240g SP1753 23” 220g SP1754 21” 200g each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P491 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:25 Page 1
1 49
TENNIS BALLS
2020
SPORTS
TENNIS BALLS
Dunlop Fort All Court • The iconic Dunlop Fort All Court pressurised tennis ball is suitable for all levels of play on all court surfaces and has been enhanced with the introduction of Dunlop HD core technology • The classic Dunlop Fort core has been re-mastered and re-engineered to a higher specification resulting in Dunlop HD core technology which increases the durability and maintains consistent playing characteristics in their game • ITF approved • Yellow only SP611 £14.18 per 12. Dunlop Pro Tour • The Dunlop Pro Tour ball is a premium needle felt ball designed for all levels of play on all surfaces • Dunlop HD Core gives increased durability and playability • ITF Approved SP866 per 12. Slazenger Wimbledon Ultra Vis Tennis Ball • Ultra visibility • Water resistant hydroguard cloth for superb control • ITF, USTA, FFT approved SP1853 per 12. Dunlop Trainer Bucket Ideal for coaching and teaching • Now upgraded to a much more durable woven cloth • Consistent performance and playability • Manufactured to international specifications • 60 ball bucket SP2295 each. Dunlop Trainer Ball Refill Not illustrated • 60 ball refill only for SP2295 SP3406 each.
D E U IN
NT O C IS
Slazenger Value Ball Bucket Ideal for recreational use • 60 balls with bucket • Excellent value for money SP1854 each.
D
First Quality Loose • Ideal for everyday use in Sports Centres • Yellow only SP640 per 12.
D E U IN
T N O ISC
Wilson Team Trainer Ball Bag • 96 Long lasting, pressureless tennis balls • Yellow only SP1626 each.
D
SLAZENGER TRAINING FOAM BALL • Ideal for beginners with the
look of a real tennis ball SP2114 per 12.
FOAM BALL SKINNED 8cm SP188
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
per 12.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
TENNIS
49 2
P492 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:35 Page 1
SPORTS
Harrod UK are the UK’s leading manufacturer of tennis posts and nets. The company works extensively with the LTA to develop new products and their posts and nets are the preferred option of Universities, Leisure Centres and Schools alike.
STEEL FREESTANDING TENNIS POSTS • 76mm Sq post with brass winder • Three middle sections • Detachable for easy storage • Rubber pads to protect floors • Ideal for Sports Halls and artificial surfaces • Total weight per set 64kgs kSP182
pair.
Note: Net supplied separately, see below.
TENNIS DOLLEY WHEELS
Set of 2 trolleys each with 4 x 360° swivel wheels allowing easy transportation of freestanding tennis posts kSP1623 per set.
TOURNAMENT TENNIS NET • 2.7mm Black Polyethylene for Tournament banding • Single twine throughout SP183 each.
CLUB TENNIS NET • 2mm Black Polyethylene • Resistant to water and sunlight • Single twine throughout • Double netting top
SP693
each.
STEEL IN GROUND TENNIS POSTS 76mm ROUND
This product conforms to BS EN 1510 • Manufactured from 76 x 3.2mm steel, polyester powder coated green • Heavy duty brass winder and aluminium pulley wheel • 4 steel net retaining hooks per post • 322mm deep sockets with 79mm inside diameter, fitted with stabilising base plates and flush fitting hinged lids • 26kg per set SP692 pair.
2020
use
• Heavy, strong net for long-lasting service • Resistant to water and sunlight • Black Vinyl coated bottom and side
SP696
NET ADJUSTER SET
SP694
Woven polyester band fully adjustable to eliminate problems caused by various types of base. Complete with swivel and hook for use with heavy metal ground base or plunger type socket. SP696 each.
HEAVY METAL GROUND BASE
Approximately 2.38kg. SP694 each.
PLUNGER TYPE GROUND SOCKET
SP695
SP697
Zinc plated. SP695 each.
STEEL IN GROUND TENNIS POSTS 76mm SQUARE
This product conforms to BS EN 1510 • Manufactured from 76 x 3.2mm steel, polyester powder coated green • Heavy duty brass winder and brass pulley wheel • Stainless steel net retaining bar • 359mm deep sockets with a 79mm square internal face • Flush fitting hinged lids • 33kg per set SP641 pair.
SOLID BRASS SWIVEL ADJUSTER SP697
each.
CENTRE TAPE
SP654
Woven polyester. SP654 each.
TENNIS POST HANDLE ONLY c/w SCREW SP869
SP192
each.
TENNIS POST WINDER AND HANDLE
SP192
For 76mm posts. SP869 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P493 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:43 Page 1
TENNIS... MINI
2020
SPORTS
3 49
Slazenger Mini Tennis
Mini Tennis is exactly what the name suggests - the game of tennis modified for the younger or inexperienced players, in which all the skills and tactics of the real game can be learnt and used. Mini Tennis can be played indoors or outdoors. There are 3 distinct colour coded stages: Red, Orange and Green. Starting with Red, the children play on small courts with rackets and sponge balls, as they progress, the court size, racket length, the speed of the ball, height of the bounce, and the length of a game or match all increase until they reach the full size game. Mini Tennis is great for kids! • Exciting and fun • Suits all abilities • Develops tennis skills Teaches the skills of the game • Inspires tennis interest for life • • Ensures an enjoyable experience at the tennis club
mini tennis red
This is the first stage of Mini Tennis and is aimed at children between the ages of approximately 4-8 years. The emphasis at this stage is on developing movement, co-ordination, ball skills and above all else, fun! As children progress through Mini Tennis Red they will be introduced to playing the game and can get involved in inter club leagues and competitions. Age group
Primarily 4-8 years in clubs and up to 11 years old's in primary schools which have limited facilities. Court size
12m x 6m with service boxes - this court can be a modified badminton court or a modified area of a tennis court. Both singles and doubles are played on this court. Scoring
Tie break style normally to 7 or extended to 11, or timed. This is flexible according to age and time available. Rackets (See Pages 489-490)
Depending on the size and strength of the player, rackets should be between 19” and 23” long, Coaches can advise.
SLAZENGER TOURNAMENT MINI TENNIS SET • Net and Post Set with bag • 4 Strung Rackets • 12 Shortex balls
SP1337
SLAZENGER CHAMPIONSHIP MINI TENNIS SET • Net and Post Set with bag • 4 Plastic Rackets • 12 Foam Balls Red
each.
SP1338
each.
SLAZENGER INTRO TENNIS LC BALLS • For indoor and outdoor play • LTA approved • Red - low compression beginners ball • Orange - low compression restricts height of bounce giving better control for the developing player
• Green - ideal for younger players moving from
low compression to an actual tennis ball SP3037 Red 3 Ball Polybag (in multiples of 12) per 12. SP189 Orange 3 Ball Tube (in multiples of 12) per 12. SP2189 Orange 60 Ball Bucket each. SP1464 Green 3 Ball Tube (in multiples of 12) per 12. SP2190 Green 60 Ball Bucket each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
SLAZENGER MINI TENNIS BALLS
SP753 Red • For indoor play • Approved by LTA • High quality foam ball provides a consistent bounce and flight per 12. SP219 Shortex Red • With outer skin for outdoor use per 12.
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Mini Tennis Orange introduces children to playing on a full size tennis court that is shorter in length. This stage of Mini Tennis is aimed at children aged 6 upwards, but younger children can play at this level dependent upon their ability. The low bounce of the Mini Tennis Orange ball slows the game down to a speed that will bring out the best in the children and allow them to have maximum fun! The emphasis at this stage is still on developing fundamental skills as well as playing the game, enjoying competition and hitting shots like their favourite players at the club or on television. Age group 6/7 years and upwards depending on ability and the age at which the child started to play. Court size 18m long (3⁄4 length of a full court) with an Orange base line half way between the service line and the full court base line. Singles court for Orange singles, doubles court for doubles. Scoring Tie break style, two tie breaks or best of 3 tie breaks. Rackets (See pages 489-490) Depending on the size and strength of the player but expect rackets to be between 23” - 25” long, Coaches can advise.
mini tennis green
Mini Tennis Green is the progression before children move to tennis. A full size court is used, but to keep the game at a speed that children can cope with, the Mini Tennis Green balls are slightly softer than normal tennis balls.
SPORTS
mini tennis orange
TENNIS... MINI
49 4
P494 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:46 Page 1
Competition plays a slightly more important role at this level as children are encouraged to play more matches as they progress towards the full size game. Age group
7/8 years and upwards depending on ability and the age at which the child started to play. Court size
Normal tennis court Scoring
Tie break style or proper tennis scoring with abbreviated format. e.g. One short set with a tie break at 4 - 4. Rackets (See pages 489-490)
Depending on the size and strength of the player but expect rackets to be between 23” - 26” long, Coaches can advise.
Slazenger • 19” SP769 each.
25mm x 25mm steel and polyester powder coated white • Four section centre brace to achieve good net tension • Complete with mini tennis net SP1862 pair.
• US Open 19” Wilson
Links...
SP2294 each.
Court Marker Set... ...See Page 439 WILSON STARTER TENNIS BALLS
Red • Large low compression ball • Age 8 and under • Designed for 11m (36’) courts and playgrounds • ITF approved SP3143 per 12. Orange • Low compression ball • Age 9-10 • Bounce 50% lower than normal tennis ball • Designed for stage 2 18.28m (60’) courts • ITF approved SP3144 per 12. Green • New dot and number branded ball • Pressurized green felt balls are slightly slower and easier to hit • Balls bounce 25% lower than a standard tennis ball • Perfect for full size courts, driveways and playgrounds SP3369 per 4.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
• 19” Flash Junior Karakal SP3711 each.
SLAZENGER MINI TENNIS RACKETS PLASTIC • Set of 4, 1 each Yellow, Red, Green, Blue SP1340 per 4.
Links...
More Rackets... See Pages 489-490
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
MINI TENNIS RACKETS
FREESTANDING PRACTICE MINI TENNIS POSTS • Manufactured from
P495 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:51 Page 1
SPORTS
5 49
TIMING/STORAGE
STORAGE CABINET
This space saving Large Utility Cabinet provides over 22 cu. ft of storage behind the easy– access padlockable doors, with 4 adjustable shelves and a vertical partition. Manufactured from weather resistant, UV stabilised polypropylene, it is ideal for wet or humid environments. Size: 750 x 500 x 1800mm high SU1119 each. Note: Requires assembly
AEROBIC MAT STORAGE TROLLEY • One open side for easy loading • Open frame design so mats can breathe allowing them to dry out quickly, reducing unwanted odours
2020
• Holds up to 40 x SP87, 60 x SP1795 or 120 x SP161 • Size: 1100 x 815 x 1070mm high
SP746
each.
QUANTUM 400mm • Plastic cased wall clock with
TIME OF DAY CLOCK 500mm • Suitable for a multitude of locations in todays
silver front bezel
sports, leisure, health and fitness clubs
• Glass lens • AA Battery included
• Quartz battery operated (batteries included) • Black plastic casement with shatterproof lens SE588
each.
SE611
each.
SE611
DUAL PURPOSE CLOCK 410mm • Suitable for Aerobics Studios, Gyms etc. • Features Time of Day with large second hand • Plastic casing • Water resistant • Battery operated (Not included 1 x SU116 AA see page 173) ❋SE462 each.
SE588
SE462
DUAL PURPOSE CLOCK 457mm • Features Time of Day and Pace Clock readings • Large sweep hand • With or without powder coated metal casing • Battery operated
SE446
SE679
(Not included - 1 x SU116 AA see page 173)
• Ideal for Aerobics studio, Gyms etc. ❋SE679 Without Case. each. ❋SE446 Encased. each.
Links...
More clocks and stopwatches See Page 167-173 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
UNIHOC Original 6 Red and 6 Yellow 812mm sticks with 2 balls, 2 pucks and rules. UH134 each.
UNIHOC is a versatile fun game that can be played anytime, anywhere by people of all age groups. All Unihoc equipment offers great value for money.
Fibreglass • Strong flexible high quality sticks • Size 110cm x 25mm diameter • Reinforced fibreglass shaft, high density polythene head, strengthened joint • Set comprises 12 sticks black shaft, 6 green and 6 yellow heads, 2 balls, 2 heavy duty pucks and rules UH219 each.
SPORTS
UNIHOC SETS
49 6
P496 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:51 Page 1
ORIGINAL
UNIHOC SEPARATES
FIBREGLASS
2020
Holdall Tough nylon holdall to take full set of sticks. UH138 each. Heavy Duty 7.4cm diameter Puck UH221 each. Standard 7cm diameter Puck UH112 each. Ball Perforated plastic, White UH102 each.
Links...
More Mini Goals See Page 456 JUNIOR MINI HOC GOAL • Manufactured from 22mmØ x 1.6mm thick steel • Polyester powder coated yellow • Folding side frames, detachable backbar for easy storage
• Complete with nets • Size: 600 x 900mm • Weight: 13kg per pair UH222
pair.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Hockey See Pages 465-466
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P497 Sports LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:55 Page 1
7 49
VOLLEYBALL VOLLEYBALL FLOOR FIXED POSTS • Combination posts for volleyball and badminton • Uprights and base are polyester powder coated blue • Uprights are attached to the base with a spring click and
SPORTS
can be easily detached for storage
• Low profile curved floor fixed base • 2 floor fixings required per base • Post and base protector pads and floor sockets should be ordered separately
kSP2401 Club VB4 50mm uprights pair. kSP2402 Training VB1 38mm uprights pair.
Recommended nets: Volleyball SP124/5, Badminton SP12/180 (see page 424)
CLUB/TRAINING UPRIGHT/BASE PROTECTION PADS • Designed for use with •
SP2401 and SP2402 models Manufactured from foam
2020
kSP2406 Upright Pads pair. kSP2407 Base Pads pair.
ANCHOR FITTINGS SUSPENDED FLOOR • 200mm holdfasts designed for use with a suspended floor • Now in stainless steel each.
SP677
ACCESSORIES
VOLLEYBALL NETS
Antennae in Sheath • Red and white fibreglass antennae enclosed in sheaths • For use with SP123 SP2191 pair.
Regulation • Regulation net made from 3mm braided black polyethylene • Vinyl coated nylon headband complete with PVC covered galvanised steel wire headline • Vinyl coated sidebands with enclosed wood dowels • Vinyl coated bottom band SP123 each.
Net Headline Steel (not illustrated) SP724 each.
Match (No.25) • 3mm braided black polyethylene • Vinyl coated nylon headband complete with PVC covered galvanised steel wire headline SP2408 each. Practice No.1 (not illustrated) • 9.5 x 1m Heavy Quality Black Polythene 10cm mesh bound at top only • Complete with Steel Head Line SP124 each. Practice No.2 (not illustrated) • 9.5 x 1m Heavy Quality Black Polythene 10cm mesh bound at top only • Complete with Cord Head Line SP125 each.
• As SP125 but priced per metre to suit new Wall Mounted Practice (No.2) per metre Practice System
• Remember to state length required when ordering
SP2409 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
per metre.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
VOLLEYBALL
49 8
P498 Sports RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:55 Page 1
Mikasa VXS-AP • Soft feel cover in Blue/Silver • 270 grams • Suitable for outdoor use SP1466 each.
Mikasa Squish • Childrens Volleyball • Moulded non-sting soft feel cover • 230 grams SP1857 Blue, SP2204 Pink. each.
• Reduced weight 230gms • Tri-colour machine Mikasa MGV230
stitched training ball
• Non-sting soft feel cover • Designed to reduce body
SPORTS
VOLLEYBALLS
stress in developing children SP1356 each.
Mikasa MGV180 • Reduced weight 180 grams • Tri-colour machine stitched training ball • Non-sting soft feel cover • Designed to reduce body stress in developing children SP1357 each.
• Non-sting, super soft
Molten ‘Soft Touch’ Pink rubber
• Non-slip, perfect for young
2020
beginners and general practice SP203 each.
SPORTSET PORTABLE VOLLEYBALL SET • Designed for use on grass or sand • Used at most UK Tournaments and Beach Grand Prix
• Large bore aluminium tube for strength and weight reduction
• Heavyweight strong fluorescent net • Adjustable pull-down tensioning system • Folds away into tube bag, fits the boot of any small vehicle
Assembly Can be completely assembled by two people in less than 10 minutes, simply drive in the four pegs, roll out the net, snap together the posts, hook up the guy ropes to support the net, the final net headline tension is achieved by pulling on the tension handle
• Built in net tensioner • 10 Metre extra heavyweight net • Packed length less than 1.2m • Bag also dual functions for 6 balls • Fluorescent net for twilight visibility • Adjusts to Men’s and Ladies height • Aluminium poles • Steel handle mallet • Steel ground pegs • Alloy guy tensioners • Black colour coded rope and swaged loops Kit includes
SP1354
each.
BADEN FLIP-OVER SCOREBOARD • Traditional table top scoring machine • Large 176 x 75mm numbers 0-99 for team scores • Smaller numbers 1-9 for team fouls • Overall size 610 x 305mm • Folds down so it can be easily stored away and protected
SP1353
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P499 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:57 Page 1
9 49
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
2020
P L AY T I M E
SAMBA SPEED GOALS Up and ready in just 180 seconds with just one person to assemble and no tools. Features IDP (Impact Dissipating Technology) 100 x 100mm net profile, made with FA approved 2.5mm cord, meets new head entrapment requirement • Totally maintenance free • Self weighted • Steel frame with rubber feet for maximum stability • Taped crossbar • Suitable for indoor and outdoor surfaces • Carry bag • 12-month guarantee 1525 x 915mm (5’ x 3’) SP3852 each. 2440 x 1830mm (8’ x 6’) SP3853 each. 3660 x 1830mm (12’ x 6’) SP3854 each. 3 x 2m Futsal SP3855 each.
SP3854
SP3852
MITRE FOLDAWAY POP UP GOALS • Ideal for training, easy to transport, functional pop up, foldaway goals
• Unique design, folds easily away into storage bag • Sold in pairs Size: 121 x 81 x 81cm. SP2172 pair. Size: 182 x 106 x 106cm. SP2173 pair.
SP3853
SP3855
SAMBA ALUMINIUM FOLDAWAY GOAL 155cm x 100cm (5ft x 3ft) Aluminium goal Unfold and ready to play in 10 seconds • Professional football goal post for all ages and skill levels • Designed to save time • Ideal for indoor academies, football coaches, 3 v 3, 4 v 4, school yards, training sessions and fun in the garden or park • Under 10 seconds to unfold and ready to play, fits into the boot of most cars, only 100cm x 75cm x 10cm folded flat • Foldable and lightweight - High quality aluminium frame, this goal post will last years and years • Elastic net in nylon quality that reduces the tension of a shot • Use on any surface - Grass, Astroturf, sand and indoor etc SP2169 each.
HARROD PRO SHOT GOAL • Easily assembled and dismantled • Heavy duty 68mm diameter PVC components
• Size 2.44m x 1.22m (8’ x 4’) • Completely freestanding • Virtually maintenance free • 2 x “U” style ground anchors included per goal
• Complete with heavy duty net
and net clips SP1165 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
50 0
P500 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:58 Page 1
SLAZENGER ACADEMY PLASTIC CRICKET SETS
P L AY T I M E
Excellent value plastic cricket from Slazenger Team Set Contains: 4 x Plastic Bats Size 5 2 x Plastic Bats Size 3 6 x Soft Plastic Balls 2 x Plastic Wickets Complete with carrybag SP2875 each. Size 5 Set Contains: 2 x Plastic Bats Size 5 2 x Soft Plastic Balls 2 x Plastic Wickets Complete with carrybag SP2846 each.
ACADEMY PLASTIC BATS
2020
SP2847 Size 5 each. SP2848 Size 3 each.
PLASTIC AIR BALL SP2849
each.
GRAY NICOLLS KWIK CRICKET SET MEDIUM Bowed bats for better shape, weighted and gripped like a real cricket bat, replicating real cricket more closely. Kwik Cricket sets allow play at anytime of the year, either indoor or outdoor. The Kwik Cricket sets are manufactured from high quality moulded plastic and are light but extremely tough and durable. Kwik Cricket is an approved product of the ECB. Medium Set approx age 9-11 years Includes the following items: 2 bats - 76.20cm (30in) equivalent to size 5, 2 balls, 2 stump bases, 6 stumps and 1 holdall. Note: Introduction to Kwik Cricket Pack with skill award cards (Bronze, Silver and Gold) and Ideas for Playing the Game Book available as digital downloads only. SP210 each.
KWIK STUMP SET Base c/w 3 stumps SP214 each.
KWIK BAT SP211
each.
Links...
Zoft Dodgeballs See Page 502
KWIK BALL SP216
each.
MOLTEN DODGEBALLS
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Dodgeball is a fast growing sport recognised by the Sports Councils of England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales. Size 3 SP2389 each. Size 2 Soft-touch, No-sting aimed specifically at younger players SP3193 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P501 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 09:59 Page 1
1 50
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
P L AY T I M E
SURE SHOT EASIPLAY NETBALL POST • Simple and easy
TAG RUGBY DEVELOPMENT KIT
A fun, interactive, fast-moving, non-contact, evasion game suitable for boys and girls to play together. This kit is the perfect introduction.
to use for 5 - 12 year olds and primary/junior school use • Adjustable pole 1.2 - 2.7m • Powder coated finish • 38cm steel ring • White nylon net • Pole Padding incuded • Removable ballast box to be filled with sand or water 102 x 48 x 15cm • Weight: 15kg SP2727 Black/Silver SP2278 Silver/Pink each.
Contains: 14 x Belts 1 x Foam rugby ball 1 x Easy-grip ball 1 x Mesh holdall CP278 each.
1 x Inflator 1 x Whistle and lanyard 1 x Synthetic rugby ball
52 x Markers 1 x Stopwatch 1 x Set of worksheets
2020
FIRST PLAY ROUNDERS DEVELOPMENT KIT
Designed to introduce children to the game of rounders. Develops striking, bowling, throwing and catching skills. Contents: 1 x Adjustable Batting Tee 1 x Adjustable Bowling Net 4 x Soft Touch Rounders Balls 4 x Soft Touch Rounders Bats 4 x Foam Balls 4 x Marker Cones 1 x Batting Tee 1 x Bowling Tee 1 x Storage Bag CP282 each.
Links...
Netballs See Page 472
SURE SHOT HOTSHOT
The Hotshot is a great unit for those on a budget. For children aged 6+. • Strong plastic backboard measuring 90 x 60cm (35” x 24”) • 45cm (18”) steel ring with nylon net • Steel pole • Easily adjustable between 1.2 and 2.4m (4’ and 8’) • Plastic base and ballast requiring sand or water • Straight forward assembly • Approved by England Basketball and Basketball Scotland • Weight: 15kg SP2725 each.
Links...
Basketballs See Page 430
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SURE SHOT TEAM ATTACK BASKETBALL BACKBOARD & RING • Strong anti-shock backboard and ring • Manufactured from reinforced
polypropylene resin Board size 90 x 60cm (36” x 24”) 40cm (15.75”) steel ring and nylon net Suitable for indoor/outdoor use Supplied with screws to fix the ring and wall mount fixings • Weight: 4kg CP307 each.
• • • •
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
PLASTIC CONE 230mm • Set of 4, 1 each Red,
Blue, Green, Yellow CP162 per 4.
EXPANDABLE HURDLE POLE • Extension Pole
TINUED
O- N 220cm) Cfitting DISfor(110cm to Cone tops (10cm Dia. rings) SP3497 each.
P L AY T I M E
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
50 2
P502 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:02 Page 1
PLAYM8 MULTI CONES
SP907 300mm Yellow SP908 450mm Blue SP910 750mm Red
each. each. each.
Note: Poles not included, please purchase CP381 separately.
2020
SPORTS CONES • Versatile and adaptable sports cones • Groove top to accept hurdle poles
Playm8 Multi Cones are versatile and can be used simply for training drills or marking out playing areas • Bright, colourful, strong plastic cones • Feature 3 holes down one side allowing hurdles to be created • Adjustable to three heights • Set of six cones, one each red, yellow, blue, green, orange and purple CP380 per set of 6.
PLAYM8 POLES
• Each pole measures 1000 x 28mm • Highly visible, versatile plastic poles suitable for use with cones, bases, multi-clip targets or hoop nets • Set of six one each red, yellow, blue, green, orange and purple CP381 per set of 6.
POP-UP CONE 23cm
Flexible Cone simply pops back into shape when stood on. Set of 12, Red only. CP163 per 12.
ACTIVBENCH • Available in natural lacquer finish or 4 bright primary colours • Lightweight for ease of movement • Meets provisional BS EN 913 standard • 100mm Balance rail on underside • Solid sustainable timber construction • Can be used on the incline • White rubber feet and buttons to prevent marking NATURAL LAQUER FINISH Size: 2m long x 330mm wide x 340mm high Weight: 14kg SP2044 each.
Links...
Balance Benches...See Page 350 Marking Tape/Paint... See Pages 280, 440
Natural
Red
Green
Blue
Yellow
COLOURED FINISH
Size: 2m long x 330mm wide x 340mm high Weight: 14kg SP2045 Red SP2046 Green SP2047 Blue SP2048 Yellow each. Size: 2.5m long x 330mm wide x 340mm high Weight: 18kg SP2198 Red SP2199 Green SP2200 Blue SP2201 Yellow each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P503 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:04 Page 1
P L AY T I M E
3 50
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
CP349
SOCCER PLAY BALL PACK Contents:
• 4 x Blue Soccer Play Balls • 4 x Yellow Soccer Play Balls • 4 x Red Soccer Play Balls
CP350
per 12.
PLAYTIME PLAY BALL PACK Contents:
• 4 x 200mm Smiley Face Balls • 4 x 250mm Swirly Balls • 4 x 250mm Butterfly Balls
CP349
per 12.
VINYL PLAY BALLS (Designs may vary)
Playtime 190mm CP43 each.
CP350 CP43
VINYL PLAY BALLS • Set of 4, 1 each Blue, Junior 3
CP318
2020
Green, Red and Yellow CP82 per 4.
• Set of 4, 1 each Blue, Official 5
Green, Red and Yellow CP83 per 4.
CP82
Soft Touch Playballs • PVC - require inflating • Packed in 6’s, assorted colours CP316 100mm per 6. CP317 150mm per 6. CP318 200mm per 6.
CP83
PVC COVERED FOAM BALLS CP317
CP316
PU COATED FOAM BALLS
FOAM BALL SKINNED 8cm
Rugby • Ideal for introducing young children to the basic handling and catching skills CP155 each. Football 32 Panel • 200mm Ø • Introduce younger children to develop basic football skills with this soft, safe ball CP156 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
CP38 Size 210mm each. CP39 Size 160mm each. CP40 Size 90mm each. CP41 Size 70mm each.
SP188
per 12.
Links...
Ball Nets See Page 159 Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Zoft Skin coated foam balls are constructed with medium or high weight bounce density foam and durable skin coating to stop moisture absorption. Zoft Skin balls offer excellent bounce characteristics, play qualities and durability for both indoor and outdoor use. These very popular hard wearing balls are constructed from durable foam rubber, coated with a long lasting, tough, tear resistant surface. Excellent for all age groups and popular with special needs activities, easily cleaned and can be disinfected.
easy to throw and catch CP300 300mm each. CP269 200mm each. CP270 100mm each. CP271 Oval 220mm each.
ZOFT SKIN BALLS Dodgeballs 127mm (5”) CP353 each. 152mm (6”) CP354 each. 178mm (7”) CP355 each. 203mm (8”) CP356 each.
Handball 152mm (6”) CP357 each.
FIRST-PLAY MINI RAINBOW BALL PACK • Fun colourful pack contains one each mini rainbow, basketball, rugby ball and football
Volleyball 190mm (7.5”) CP358 each.
• Very durable and suitable for both indoor and outdoor use
CP345
per pack.
FOAM DICE SET • Great for building, catching etc.
• Set of four,
Basketball 190mm (7.5”) CP359 each.
Football 203mm (8”) CP360 each.
one each Blue, Red, Green & Yellow • Size: 150 x 150 x 150mm CP296 per set.
Rugby Ball 228mm (9”) CP361 each.
MINI SHUTTLE BALLS • Set of 3 CP134 per 3.
Bell Ball 216mm (8.5”) CP363 each.
ZOFT SKIN CATCH DISC 216mm (8.5”) CP362 each.
Links...
Links...
Ball Nets See Page 159
More Dodgeballs See Page 438
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P L AY T I M E
BUMP BALLS • Excellent tactile grip making them
2020
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
50 4
P504 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:11 Page 1
P505 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:16 Page 1
P L AY T I M E
5 50
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY SENSORY TACTILE BEANBAGS Set of 4 CP364 per set.
TOUCH ...a range of latex rubber balls, non-sting with a super-soft touch
SENSORY TACTILE NUMBERS Set of 0-9 CP365 per set.
ZOFT TOUCH NON-STING BALLS • Super soft touch • Dimpled surface enhances grip • Helps quickly build confidence and ball control • Ideal for teaching new and young players • Inflate with standard needle adapter • Phthalate free
EMOJI PLAYBALLS Set of 6 CP371 per set.
• Size 2 (15cm diameter) Dodgeball
CP366 each.
• Super soft touch with Hi bounce • Inflate to size 4 or 5 Basketball
2020
CP367 each.
• 20cm diameter • Inflate to size 4 or 5 Netball
CP368 each.
ZOFT INDOOR FOAM BALLS 8cm, set of 12 CP372 per set.
• 21cm diameter • Inflated to size 4 or 5 Football
CP369 each.
OUTDOOR FOOTBALLS
Volleyball • 20cm diameter • Inflate to size 4 or 5 CP370 each.
Size 3 CP373 Size 4 CP374 Size 5 CP375 each.
MINI TENNIS STARTER SET Perfect introduction to the game of tennis Contents: 12 x Mini tennis rackets 12 x Orange 70mm foam balls 1 x Carry bag with drawstring CP376 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
MINI BADMINTON STARTER SET Perfect introduction pack for badminton Contents: 8 x Mini badminton rackets 6 x Fluff balls 6 x White shuttlecocks 6 x Yellow shuttlecocks 1 x Carry bag with drawstring CP377 each.
MINI ORIENTEERING STARTER SET Introduction pack for orienteering Contents: 10 x Orienteering 15cm flag markers 10 x Orienteering compasses 1 x Orienteering control punches (Set 10) 1 x Orienteering control cards (pack 100) 1 x Carry bag with drawstring CP378 each.
MINI TABLE TENNIS STARTER SET Ideal introduction pack for table tennis Contents: 3 x Retractable table tennis nets 12 x Intro table tennis bats 12 x table tennis balls orange 1 x Carry bag with drawstring CP379 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
P L AY T I M E
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
50 6
P506 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:18 Page 1
P507 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:19 Page 1
7 50
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
P L AY T I M E
PLAYTIME ACTIVITY TUB • 56 Piece set of specially selected equipment to keep children happy and active during playtime
Contents:1 x Storage Tub 1 x Scoop Rackets 2 x Padder Bats 2 x Rounders Balls 6 x 7cm Foam Ball 2 x Mini Tennis Rackets 10 x Markers CP283 each.
1 x 20cm Jazz Ball 2 x Frisbee 10 x Number Bean Bags 1 x Flexi Ball – 9cm 1 x Bean Bag Ball 2 x Ankle Skips 3 x Gameflow Balls
2 x TT Bats 8 x Skipping Ropes 2 x Rounders Bats 1 x Flexi Ball – 13cm 4 x Tennis Balls 2 x Katch Cups 1 x Shooting Star Ball
STORAGE TUBS ONLY
2020
CP284 Flexi Storage Tub 40L Red each. SE913 Flexi Storage Tub 75L Purple each.
FIRST PLAY PORTABLE MEGA PLAY PACK • There’s something for everyone from individual to group
PORTABLE STORAGE CHEST ONLY • PVC with clip-on lid and wheels for
activities
• Over 100 items to increase children’s activity levels and
develop individual skills Contents:1 x 20cm Soft Touch Play Ball 1 x Non Sting Netball 4 x 10cm Soft Touch Play Balls 2 x Mini Rackets 4 x Quoits 3 x Rainbow Wands 2 x 7cm Reaction Balls 6 x Urchin Balls 1 x 7cm Flexi Ball 1 x Inflator 2 x TT Bats 12 x Bean Bags 6 x Rubber Hands 2 x Stilts 1 x 20cm 4 Colour Playground Ball 2 x Padder Bats 3 x Ankle Skips 4 x Eurohoc Sticks 25 x Spacemarkers 1 x Portable Storage Chest CP285 each.
easy manoeuvre
• Size: 890 x 445 x 600mm high
1 x Non-Sting Football 10 x 7cm Foam Balls 10 x Tennis Balls 1 x Mini Basketball 2 x Catchtail Balls 2 x Pom Pom Balls 2 x Rounders Bats 1 x Easy Grip Saturn Ball 6 x Skipping Ropes 2 x Paddle Hoops 6 x Airflow Balls 6 x Rubber Feet 3 x Scoop Rackets
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
CP286
each.
Note: Colour may vary
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
50 8
P508 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:20 Page 1
GAMES ACTIVITY KIT 263 PIECE • There’s something for everyone,
from individual to group activities
storage holdalls and contains: 10 x Reaction Balls 6 x Pom Pom Balls 12 x Gameflow Balls 4 x 10cm Play Balls 4 x 16cm Play Balls 4 x 20cm Play Balls 30 x 70mm Foam Balls 2 x Non Sting Footballs 2 x Non Sting Basketballs 2 x Non Sting Netballs 12 x TT Bats 4 x Scoop Rackets 2 x 1.75m Parachutes 1 x Parachute Activities Book 10 x Marking Hands 10 x Marking Feet 12 x Animal Bean Bags 6 x Frisbees 4 x Quoits 12 x Skipping Ropes CP256 each.
P L AY T I M E
• This giant pack comes in three
10 x Marking Arrows 50 x Marker Discs 1 x Rugby Ball
12 x Padder Bats 6 x Eurohoc Sticks 4 x Marking Spots
20 x Bean Bags 8 x 24” Hoops 3 x Carry Holdalls
Contains: 2 x Catch Balls 4 x Scoop Racket Sets 12 x Skipping Ropes 1 x Set Boules 1 x Set Skittles CP266 each.
3 x Tennis Racket Sets 4 x Frisbees 1 x Foam Ring Toss 1 x Horse Shoe Toss 1 x Mesh Bag
MULTI COLOURED PLAY KIT • Over 80 pieces of equipment and storage box • Versatile set of quality equipment encourages
skill development in children Contains: 8 x Markers 8 x 2.2m Skipping Ropes 6 x Fluff Balls 4 x Airflow Balls 1 x Beanbag Ball 1 x Beanbag Frisbee 12 x 7cm Foam Balls 6 x Ankle Skips 6 x Rainbow Wands 6 x Rainbow Dice 2 x Rainbow Dance Rings 1 x Reacta Ball 1 x 8” Bump Ball 1 x Rugby Bump Ball 6 x Flat Balls 4 x Mini Rackets 10 x Number Cones 1 x Storage Box & Lid CP267 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
GAMES ACTIVITY KIT SMALL • Contains enough games for the whole class to enjoy • Comes complete with storage holdall
P509 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:21 Page 1
FIRST PLAY ACTIVITY BALL PACK • Balls for indoors or outdoors with a variety of shapes, colours and tactile surfaces • Over 50 balls contained in white mesh storage sack • Hand pump to keep the balls inflated CP301
each.
Contains: 6 x 70mm Foam Balls 6 x Zoft Balls 4 x Fleece Balls 4 x Tennis Balls 4 x Rounders Soft Touch Balls 2 x 10cm Bump Balls 2 x Urchin Balls 2 x Pom Pom Balls 2 x Reaction Balls 1 x 80mm Hedgehog Ball 1 x Non Sting Football 1 x Non Sting Basketball 1 x 28cm Sensyball 1 x Beanbag Ball 1 x 70mm Flexi Ball 1 x Scented Ball 1 x 10cm Soft Playball 1 x 15cm Soft Playball 1 x 20cm Soft Playball 1 x Massage Soccer Ball 1 x Massage Rugby Ball 1 x Foam Football 1 x Foam Rugby Ball 1 x Saturn Ball
2020
P L AY T I M E
9 50
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
FIRST PLAY LARGE BALL PACK
Contents: 4 x 10cm Soft Touch Balls 4 x 15cm Soft Touch Balls 4 x 20cm Soft Touch Balls 4 x 20cm Foam Balls 2 x Foam Rugby Balls 1 x Mesh Ball Sack CP257 each.
FIRST PLAY SMALL BALL PACK Contents: 4 x 8cm Hedgehog Balls 4 x 9cm Hedgehog Balls 4 x 6.4cm Reaction Balls 6 x 7.5cm Plastic Balls 4 x Pom Pom Balls 4 x Squeeze Balls 20 x 7cm Foam Balls 4 x Gameflow Balls 1 x Storage Bag CP258 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
51 0
P510 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:22 Page 1
FIRST PLAY HOPPY RACE PACK • Fun and exciting race pack • Contains four 50cm hoppers along with 25 marker cones for lane spacing
P L AY T I M E
• Race distances can be adjusted to suit participants needs
• Cones can be laid out to create different
tracks CP297 each.
Links...
See also... Performance Training Page 389-396 COLOUR CODED LADDER KIT
2020
Contents: 4 x 2m Ladders, 8 x 305mm Cones, 1 x Set of Worksheets. SP1648 each.
MARKING SPOTS • Set of 6 assorted colour rubber floor marking spots • Size 255 Ø x 3mm SP1760
set.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
MOVEMENT CUBE SET Contents: Set of 3 CP254 set.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P511 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:23 Page 1
1 51
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
• Six station fitness course helps develop childrens speed, movement, balance, agility and co-ordination skills • Contains course layout, time sheet, stopwatch, whistle and holdall CP290 each.
2020
P L AY T I M E
FIRST-PLAY® TRIM TRAIL
• Helps improve childrens fitness and
FIRST-PLAY® SKIP-FIT PACK agility levels Contents: 24 x 2.2m coloured skipping ropes 12 x leg skipping ropes CP291 each.
BEAN BAGS ORIGINAL
• Heavy duty nylon, bean fill CP87 per 4.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY 1 x 20cm Play Ball 6 x 7cm Foam Ball 3 x Foam Flyer 1 x Storage Box
FIRST PLAY ACTIVITY CHEST
• Open the lid and discover
65 pieces of activity play equipment • Introduces young children to the basic skills of throwing, catching, rolling, skipping and hitting CP292 each.
FIRST PLAY DANCE & EXPRESSION PACK
2020
• Children will have lots of fun creating
movement and expression routines as individuals or working as part of a team • Supplied in a storage bag Contents: 18 x Pom Poms 18 x Dance Scarves 1 x Drawstring Storage Bag CP341 each.
FIRST PLAY DANCE & MOVEMENT PACK
• Specially selected pack of
equipment to add both visual effects and sound to dance and movement activities Contents: 8 x Pom Poms 6 x Dance Rings 3 x Tap Sticks (pairs) 6 x Dance Scarves 6 x Dance Wands 6 x Wrist Jingle Bracelets 6 x Ankle Jingle Bracelets 1 x Drawstring Storage Bag CP305 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
P L AY T I M E
Contents: 4 x Bean Bags 6 x 7cm Zoft Balls 10 x Spacemarkers 4 x 2.2m Skipping Ropes 6 x Tennis Balls 1 x 16cm Play Ball 2 x Pom Pom Balls 4 x Foam Rings 2 x Rounders Balls 2 x Rounders Bats 2 x Urchin Balls 2 x Rainbow Wands 1 x 20cm Foam Ball 6 x Fluff Balls 2 x Mini Rackets 1 x 9cm Flexi Ball
51 2
P512 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:23 Page 1
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P513 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:24 Page 1
2020
P L AY T I M E
3 51
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
FIRST-PLAY MULTI COLOUR ACTIVITY HOLDALL
This 84 piece set of versatile quality equipment encourages skill development in younger children. Each item of equipment is supplied in four primary team colours. Contents: • 4 x 7cm Zoft Balls • 4 x 9cm Zoft Balls • 4 x Tennis Balls • 4 x Plastic Table Tennis Bats • 4 x 8cm Foam Balls • 4 x Quoits • 4 x Mini Rackets • 4 x Bean Bags • 4 x 10cm Soft Touch Balls • 4 x Frog Bean Bags • 4 x Turtle Bean Bags • 4 x Plastic Padder Bats • 4 x 7cm PVC Coated Foam Balls • 4 x Junior Hockey Sticks • 4 x 2.2m Skipping Ropes • 20 x Spacemarkers • 1 x Storage Holdall CP337 each.
FIRST-PLAY FLOOR MARKING PACK
This 42 piece kit of non-slip markers will allow children to use their imagination and express their creative skills to design various fun and active movement circuits. Contents: • 6 x Marking Feet • 6 x Marking Hands • 6 x Marking Arrows • 6 x Large Marking Spots • 6 x Small Marking Spots • 6 x Marking Squares • 6 x Marking Rings • 1 x Storage Bag CP338 each.
FIRST-PLAY JUNIOR FOOTBALL SKILLS PACK
This is the ideal kit for developing children’s ball control, movement, speed, agility and overall fitness levels. Each pack comes with a set of ten user friendly laminated work cards. Contents: • 4 x Blue Station Cones (23cm high) • 6 x Red Station Cones (23cm high) • 10 x Junior Footballs (Size 4) • 10 x Work Cards • 1x Stopwatch • 1 x Storage Bag CP339 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
2020
P L AY T I M E
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
51 4
P514 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:25 Page 1
PARACHUTE CANOPIES • Playing with parachute canopies brings PARACHUTE BOOKLET CP104 each.
• • •
excitement and something new to children’s group activities Helps to develop and create trust A wide variety of different games can be played as well as ball games Manufactured in Nylon, they are available in the following sizes
CP100 CP101 CP102 CP103 CP165
3.5 metre - 12 handles 5 metre - 16 handles 6 metre - 16 handles 7 metre - 20 handles 9 metre - 24 handles
each. each. each. each. each.
TARGET PARACHUTE • 1.75m with 8 handles • Use with vinyl bean bags
for childrens games CP247 each.
PARACHUTE PACK • An inclusive pack for a multitude of parachute games
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Pack comprises of:1 x 5m Parachute 4 x Frog Bean Bags 4 x 20cm Soft Touch Balls 1 x 20cm Jingling Ball 1 x Mesh Storage Net CP243 each.
10 x 7cm Foam Balls 4 x Turtle Bean Bags 1 x 45cm Soft Touch Ball 1 x Parachute Booklet
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P515 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:27 Page 1
5 51
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY HI TOWER/JENGA
Build the tower and then take turns to remove a piece and add it to the top without making the whole tower tumble. • 58 pine blocks measuring 29 x 7 x 4cm • Hi Tower builds from approximately 0.91m at the start of the game to 1.52m in play CP226 each.
P L AY T I M E
D E U TIN
N O C S DI
• Traditional Snakes & Ladder with a healthy twist, SNACKS AND LADDERS
simply land on a healthy food and climb the ladder
2020
• Land on an unhealthy food and climb down the ladder
Contents: 1 x mat 1500mm square, 4 x coloured cones and 1 x dice CP294 each.
• This giant game has a durable wipe-clean 3m square mat with a 15cm inflatable dice • The players themselves act as counters moving up the ladders and down the snakes...! GIANT SNAKES AND LADDERS CP342
each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ACTIVIT Y/G AMES/PRIMARY
51 6
P516 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:29 Page 1
CP328 each.
FIRST-PLAY® COMMANDO CRAWL • Children will have lots of fun crawling through this 3m long tunnel
• Can be used as a individual item or as part of an obstacle
course CP289 each.
P L AY T I M E
SNAKES & LADDERS
PLAY TUNNELS • Great attraction for your play areas • Reinforced see-through tunnels • Folds flat for storage • Age group 3+ years
DRAUGHTS CP330 each.
2020
CP351 550mm x 1.82m each. CP352 550mm x 2.70m each.
CHESS CP331 each.
ORIGINAL WATER WOGGLES • Numerous applications for kids play wet or dry
• Polyethylene foam
Size: 1500 x 65mm diameter Colours: Red, Green, Blue and Yellow. SW473 each.
LUDO CP329 each.
STORAGE BAG
Weatherproof and extremely hard wearing this container offers a multitude of applications, including the storage of woggles. Holds up to 30 Woggles. 760 high x 440mm dia. SU235 each.
Links...
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
More Woggle Storage Options See Page 12
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P517 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:29 Page 1
P L AY T I M E
7 51
S O F T P L AY
JIGSAW PLAY AREA • Provides perfect cushioned play area • Manufactured from cross-linked PE foam with anti-slip surface • Dovetail joints ensure mats fit together securely • Consists of centre, corner and edging pieces, thickness 14mm
2020
Area Contains: 20 x Centre mats (60cm x 60cm) 18 x Edging pieces (60cm x 10cm) 4 x Corner pieces (10cm x 10cm) CP287 each.
SOFTPLAY TUMBLING MATS • 6lb density foam covered with PVC • Available in four bright colours with velcro to make side by side attachments
• Ideal for physical play and gymnastic work Size: 180 x 60 x 5cm CP164 Red, CP172 Green, CP173 Blue, CP174 Yellow each.
SOFTPLAY DICE SET
24cm Cube (1 each, Red, Yellow, Blue and Green) CP152 per set.
• 100mm wide top non slip surface • Complies with BS1892, the
BEEMAT BALANCE BEAM
gymnasium equipment standard
Perfect for training new skills in a safe and fun way Features: • Wipeable and easy clean • Hook and loop fastening system to attach one or more beams together • Size 2m long x 150mm high x 300mm wide
• Quick to lay down and easy to store • Lightweight high density polyethylene foam inner
• Flame retardant heavy duty PVC coated nylon outer cover
• Non Slip base surface CP347
each.
Links...
More Beemat Gymnastics See Page 459-462 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
S O F T P L AY
51 8
P518 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:31 Page 1
First-play Funtime is an innovative range of softplay, carefully designed for children under five.
They can use their imagination to build their own structures from the numerous shapes whilst developing gross motor skills. All our softplay is made from combustion modified high resilient foam confirming BS5852 Part 2 Source 5 and covered with PVC coated nylon, fire retardant to BS5438.
FIRST-PLAY FUNTIME MINI BALL POOL • This smaller sized pool for younger children is 100cm across and 30cm deep • Comes complete with balls and cover for easy storage ❋CP343
each.
BALLPOOL BALLS • 75mm diameter ball • Pack of 500, 4 assorted colours Red, Blue, Green, Yellow • Recommended quantities are 2,900 per cubic metre • Other colours available on request ❋CP194
P L AY T I M E
The colourful shapes are appropriately scaled in size to suit this age group.
per 500.
BALLPOOL BALLS WASHING NET • Nylon twine net with drawstring • Place up to 600 balls in the net to assist washing each.
FUNTIME KIT TWO
Contains: • 1 x Column Bridge • 1 x Double Ramp • 1 x Humps • 1 x Stepping Stone Mat • 1 x Mountains • Size: 4000 x 500mm CP336 each.
FUNTIME KIT ONE
Contains: • 1 x Curved Slide • 1 x Cylinder Ramp • 1 x Platform • 1 x Slide • 1 x Steps • 4 x Triangle Mats • Size: 1500 x 1500 x 250mm CP335 each.
FIRST-PLAY SOFTPLAY SHAPES SET • Pack of 12 small softplay shapes in six bright colours
• Ideal for building various structures
• Easy to clean • Contains two each of each:-
Triangles, Arch, Cube, Long Cube, Cylinder, Long Cylinder CP344 set.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
CP195
P519 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:31 Page 1
9 51
S O F T P L AY SOFTPLAY ANIMAL PUZZLE MAT • Four animals, a cow, dog, dragon, elephant, together with a bird are hidden in this puzzle
P L AY T I M E
• Release them and go for a ride • When interlinked this makes a large supersoft mat size
2020
165cm x 90cm x 25cm. CP153 each.
SOFTPLAY PORTABLE PLAYBOX • Ideal for creches, nurseries and centres where softplay must be removed and stored at the end of the session • Items store on a trolley with castors and strong PVC covering case can be wheeled through any standard door • Playbox contains 19 assorted shapes for building and matching and can be made into a house, car and other structures. CP154
each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SOFTPLAY MIDI BOX • Made of heavy duty PVC this portable play box neatly packs away for storage • Containing 6 play mats which connect together with velcro to form a play area
2020
240 x 180cm together with a selection of fourteen softplay shapes CP253 each.
GIANT SOFTPLAY BOX • Sixteen large softplay pieces together with eight floor mats all easily stored inside a large PVC cover
• The mats Velcro together to form a giant play area 305 x 243cm • The range of pieces enables children to gain self confidence and to build, rock, climb, crawl and slide
• Overall dimensions of pack: 150 x 150 x 60cm Contents: 1 Pillar 30 x 30 x 60cm, 2 Cubes 30cm, 1 Ring 90cm o/d x 30cm i/d x 30cm, 2 Quarter rings 90cm o/d x 30cm i/d x 30cm, 4 Triangles 22 x 22 x 60cm, 2 Wedges 60 x 60 x 35cm tapering to 5cm, 1 Curved block 60 x 60 x 30cm ❋CP199 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
P L AY T I M E
S O F T P L AY
52 0
P520 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:32 Page 1
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P521 Playtime LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:32 Page 1
The simple & fun way of dividing your daily activities
P L AY T I M E
1 52
S PA C E D I V I D E R S
2020
INDOORS OUTDOORS
Features • Sets snap link together to enclose any shape or size area • Sets fold away for easy storage • Can be used indoor and outdoors • Facility for children to hang drawings • Easy to clean • Durable - All panels are made from rotationally moulded polyethylene STANDARD SET
Supplied already assembled. A standard set comprises of 1 red engine and 3 carriages (blue, yellow and green). Each panel is made from solid rotationally moulded polyethylene. Can be used outdoors. Specification Engine: 1000mm wide x 900mm high x 40mm thick. Weight 3.8kg. Carriage: 1000mm wide x 850mm high x 40mm thick. Weight 3.5kg. Overall size: 4000mm long x 900mm high x 40mm thick. Weight 16.5kg per set. CP228 each.
FREE STANDING POST
Recommended when fitting dividers in straight lines or outdoors. Standard colour: Grey stone finish. Complete with parts to permanently fix to floor and snap on hinge to connect to dividers 900mm high x 180mm diameter. Weight: 3kg. CP229 each.
WALL POST
Required if you wish to secure dividers to wall. Standard colour: Grey stone finish. Complete with parts to permanently fix to a wall and snap on hinge to connect to dividers 900mm high x 150mm wide x 85mm thick. Weight: 2kg. CP230 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
CP229
CP230
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
STORAGE
Extra strong RECYCLED plastic bins provide a multitude of options for storage • Manufactured from 100% recycled plastic • Heavy duty bins resist high impact damage • Durable and strong, even in cold temperatures • Virtually indestructible, strength tested to 380kg! • Nest or stackable with lids on or off • Lids snap into place and feature holes to add ties for added security
BRUTE TOTE STORAGE BIN
Made from tough commercial grade polyethylene Size: 707 x 441 x 384mm Capacity: 75.5 Litre SU1031 each.
ECONOMY STORAGE BINS & LIDS • Bins and lids sold separately Medium Bin Only, Size: 500 x 250 x 350mm SU1435 each. Large Bin Only, Size: 590 x 290 x 400mm SU1436 each. Medium Lid Only, SU1437 each. Large Lid Only, SU1438 each.
45 Litre 500 x 395 x 320mm high Weight: 2.49kg SU2225 each. 62 Litre 600 x 400 x 365mm high Weight: 3.18kg SU2226 each. 92 Litre 600 x 400 x 520mm high Weight: 4.20kg SU2227 each.
P L AY T I M E
HEAVY DUTY MULTI-USE STORAGE BINS c/w LID
52 2
P522 Playtime RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:34 Page 1
Utility Cabinet provides over 22 cu. ft of storage behind the easy-access padlockable doors, with 4 adjustable shelves, and a vertical partition • Manufactured from weather-resistant, UV-stabilised polypropylene, making it ideal for wet or humid environments • Size: 75cm x 50cm x 180cm high SU1119 each.
HOOP TROLLEY • Powder-paint coated
JUMBO STORAGE CHEST
Weatherproof freestanding storage box • Suitable for indoor or outdoor • Rollers on one side for easy movement and are lockable (padlock not supplied) • Easily assembled, no tools required • Size: 1350 x 600 x 650mm Links... SU1174 each. Note: Colours may vary.
Storage Equipment... See Also Pages 407-411
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
steel trolley designed to transport and store up to 100 hoops of varying sizes SP184 each.
HOOPS 608mm SW185 762mm SW186 914mm SW187
each. each. each.
Note: Colours may vary.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
STORAGE CABINET • Space saving Large
P523 Office LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:34 Page 1
3 52
D I S P L AY. . . N O T I C E B O A R D S
NB137
2020
OFFICE/RECEPTION
NOBO BASICS MELAMINE WHITEBOARD The functional economic choice with a non magnetic melamine writing surface suitable for moderate use and basic aluminium trim with removable pen tray. Mounting fixings included to attach the whiteboard to the wall. • Through corner mounting with fixings included • Melamine surface requires frequent cleaning • Weight 5.00kg NB136 900 x 600mm each. NB137 1200 x 900mm each.
NB140
NOBO CLASSIC FELT NOTICEBOARD Built with an aluminium frame and hidden wall fixings, the Classic board offers style and performance. • Nobo Elipse colourfast felt noticeboard • Hidden wall fixings, fixing kit included • Free Velcro® dots included • Weight 2.4kg NB139 900 x 600mm each. NB140 1200 x 900mm each.
NOBO WHITEBOARD USER KIT
• • • • • •
A complete user-kit for whiteboards Liquid Ink markers (1 x black, blue, red and green) Horizontal Marker Holder, Small Magnetic Eraser 5 x Eraser refills 125ml Nobo Spray cleaner 10 absorbent cloths 10 x 25mm magnets. NB19 per kit.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
D I S P L AY. . . N O T I C E B O A R D S
52 4
P524 Office RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:35 Page 1
NOBO FLIPCHART PAD • High quality cartridge paper prevents pen ‘bleeding’ through
• 40 Perforated sheets • A1 size 813 x 584mm NB37
each.
LIQUID INK DRYMARKERS • Premium quality bullet tip markers for easy flow writing • Bright ink colours for colourful and highly visible presentations • Pump action tip primes the marker for use • Handy reservoir window shows the ink level
• 3 in 1 Marker! Can be used on flipchart pads, OHP film and drywipe boards • Pack of 12 NB133 per pack.
Links...
Foliage Displays See Page 237-240
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Multitude of applications for Leisure Facilities, Poolside, Reception, Cafe Bar Areas, Health and Fitness Suites and Offices
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
The functional economic choice with magnetic painted steel writing surface suitable for moderate use. • Height adjustable tripod base • Supplied with adjustable pad hooks and pen tray • Painted steel surface requires frequent cleaning • Height: 1840mm • Width: 680mm • Depth: 680mm NB171 each.
OFFICE/RECEPTION
NOBO BASIC STEEL FLIPCHART EASEL
P525 Office LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:36 Page 1
2020
OFFICE/RECEPTION
5 52
D I S P L AY. . . F R A M E S
NOBO CLIP FRAMES • Provide easy access to posters etc. • Simply lift four edges, remove protection sheet and insert poster
• Anti-glare PVC cover protects from dust and dirt
• High quality anodised aluminium frame NB163 A4 NB164 A3 NB165 A2 NB166 A1
each. each. each. each.
STANDARD SILVER SNAPFRAMES 25MM • Attractive and cost-effective frame system
• Quick-change no tools required • UV stable anti-glare polypropylene glazing panel included
• Styrene back panel, frame drilled for wall mounting
• 25mm profile with mitred corners • Four sizes
SU1662 A1 SU1663 A2 SU1664 A3 SU1665 A4
each. each. each. each.
NOBO A FRAMES Ideal way to display posters and get noticed! • Two clip-down frames are served to a sturdy frame creating a free-standing, double sided display for inside or outside • Simply lift the four edges, remove protection sheet and insert poster • Anti-glare PVC cover protects from dust and dirt • High quality 32mm anodised aluminium frame • Steel back and stability bar for ultimate ridgidity NB161 A1 each. NB162 A2 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
A-BOARD SNAPFRAME SIGN • A1 board snapframe sign made in strong
aluminium frame with heavy duty steel back panels • Stable when positioned and folds away easily for storage • 32mm extruded frame with easy snap open/close poster frame and an anti-glare poster cover • Use internal or external • Visual area: 574 x 820mm SU1666 each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
D I S P L AY. . . D I S P E N S E R S / F R A M E S LEAFLET DISPENSERS • Display your information
SA52 SA53 SA55 SU1513
SA68
SU1514 SA69
SA52 Dual Purpose A4.............................. SA53 Dual Purpose A5.............................. SA55 Dual Purpose 1/3 A4........................ SA68 Free Standing 3 tier 1/3 A4.............. SU1513 Free Standing A5 Portrait ............. SU1514 Free Standing 1/3 A4 Portrait ....... SA69 Wall Mounted 3 tier A4 .................... SA70 Wall Mounted 4 tier A5 .................... SA71 Wall Mounted 4 tier 1/3 A4 ..............
MESSAGE HOLDERS SIDE ENTRY • 2mm Heat bent clear acrylic • Side entry angled SU1515 A4 Portrait. SU1516 A5 Portrait.
each. each.
2020
SA70
each. each. each. each. each. each. each. each. each.
MENU/DISPLAY HOLDER A4 Single sheet display holder in clear acrylic. NB67 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
OFFICE/RECEPTION
•
sheets with maximum impact in our range of perspex and moulded plastic leaflet dispensers Our SA52 - 55 models are dual purpose ie. free standing or wall mounted, SA68 is for free standing use only and SA69 - 71 are designed specifically for wall mounting
52 6
P526 Office RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:37 Page 1
SA71
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P527 Office LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:39 Page 1
7 52
E N T R A N C E M AT S
2020
OFFICE/RECEPTION
Stop dirt at the door… ...It is a recognised fact that 70-80% of interior soiling enters buildings via foot traffic. Good entrance matting can dramatically reduce this by stopping dirt at the door…
DAYTON Budget moisture and dirt control with our economically priced all purpose mat ideal for medium duty applications • Polypropylene fibres bonded to a vinyl backing • Dirt-hiding mottled design • Easy clean with vacuum or extraction clean • Overall height 7mm 90 x 150cm SU2203 Blue Anthracite Blue SU2204 Anthracite each. 120 x 180cm SU2205 Blue SU2206 Anthracite each.
POLYPLUSH Hardwearing all purpose mat for normal traffic areas • Continuous filament Olefin tufted yarn bonded to non-staining, slip resistant vinyl back • Absorbs over 5 litres per m2 • Quick drying • Crush-resistant - overall height 9mm 90 x 150cm SU799 Blue SU797 Grey Grey Blue each. 120 x 180cm SU800 Blue SU798 Grey each.
LUSTRE Highly effective wet absorption and dirt trapping action – laundry washable • Constructed of nylon twist fibres with nitrile rubber gripper backing and double reinforced borders • Gripper backing minimises movement on carpeted areas • Machine launderable – can also be vacuumed or extraction cleaned, or simply hosed off • Low profile 9mm overall height Charcoal Blue 85 x 150cm SU2207 Blue SU2208 Charcoal each. 115 x 180cm SU2209 Blue SU2210 Charcoal each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FURNITURE
52 8
P528 Office RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:47 Page 1
Guarantee: 5 years (components) 2 years (fabric) Stocked Colours: Black, SU1191 each.
START RANGE The highly competitive Start Range is stocked in the current most popular colours of Beech and White with Silver or White legs
CRESENT CANTILEVER WORKSTATION (RH) Dimensions (mm): W:1600 D:12000 H:730 Guarantee: 5 years
RECTANGULAR CANTILEVER WORKSTATION Dimensions (mm): W:1200 D:800 H:730 Guarantee: 5 years
Stocked Colours: Beech, White, ❋SU1685 each. (Please state surface and leg colours when ordering)
Stocked Colours: Beech, White, ❋SU1688 Right hand ❋SU1689 Left hand each. (Please state surface and leg colours when ordering)
DELUXE 2 DRAWER MOBILE PEDESTAL Dimensions (mm): W:400 D:500 H:600 Guarantee: 5 years
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Stocked Colours: Beech, White, ❋SU1686 each. (Please state colour when ordering)
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Dimensions (mm) Seat: D:530 W:950 H:430 Back: H:345 W:950 Max Weight: 115kg FR: Low Max Usage: 8 Hours Material: Leather look
OFFICE/RECEPTION
TUB SOFA LEATHER LOOK
P529 Office LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:42 Page 1
9 52
FURNITURE CONCEPT ACCESSORIES
Dimensions (mm) Seat: D:500 W:500 H:460-590 Back: H:600 W:490 Max Weight: 115kg FR: Medium Max Usage: 8 Hours Fabric: 100% Man-made fabric Mechanism: Asynchro, Torsion Control
Guarantee: 5 years (components) 2 years (fabric) Stocked Colours: Royal Blue, Charcoal, Claret, SU1682 each. (Please state colour when ordering)
D E U TIN
N O C DIS
ADJUSTABLE ARMS
CONCEPT MID BACK
Dimensions (mm) Seat: D:475 W:470 H:460-590 Back: H:400 W:420 Max Weight: 110kg FR: Medium Max Usage: 8 Hours Fabric: 100% Man-made fabric Mechanism: PCB
2020
OFFICE/RECEPTION
CONCEPT MAXI
Guarantee: 5 years (components) 2 years (fabric) Stocked Colours: Royal Blue, Charcoal, SU737B Royal Blue SU737C Charcoal each.
SU1693
pair.
CALYPSO II ACCESSORIES
CONCEPT HIGH BACK
Dimensions (mm) Seat: D:475 W:470 H:460-590 Back: H:510 W:440 Max Weight: 110kg FR: Medium Max Usage: 8 Hours Material: 100% Man-made fabric Mechanism: PCB
Guarantee: 5 years (components) 2 years (fabric) Stocked Colours: Royal Blue, Charcoal, Claret, SU1683 each. (Please state colour when ordering)
FIXED ARMS
SU1695
ADJUSTABLE ARMS
CALYPSO II
Dimensions (mm) Seat: D:450 W:470 H:590 Back: H:500 W:450 Max Weight: 115kg FR: Medium Max Usage: 8 Hours Fabric: 100% Man-made fabric Mechanism: 4PCB Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
pair.
Guarantee: 2 years (components) 2 years (fabric) Stocked Colours: Royal Blue, Charcoal, SU147B Royal Blue SU147C Charcoal each. Sports
SU1696
pair.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FURNITURE
53 0
P530 Office RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:43 Page 1
Dimensions (mm) Seat: D:390 W:460 H:450 Back: H:320 W:470 Max Weight: 115kg FR: Low Max Usage: 8 Hours Material: Polypropylene Storage: Stack 8 Guarantee: 5 years (components) 2 years (fabric) Stocked Colours: Blue, Black, SU1179 each. (Please state colour when ordering)
CLUB CHROME CLUB
Dimensions (mm) Seat: D:415 W:475 H:485 Back: H:310 W:475 Max Weight: 115kg FR: Medium Max Usage: 8 Hours Material: 100% Man-made fabric Storage: Stack 8 Guarantee: 5 years (components) 2 years (fabric)
Stocked Colours: Charcoal, Claret, Royal Blue, SU1176 each. (Please state colour when ordering)
Dimensions (mm) Seat: D:415 W:475 H:485 Back: H:310 W:475 Max Weight: 115kg FR: Low Max Usage: 8 Hours Material: 100% Man-made fabric Storage: Stack 8 Guarantee: 5 years (components) 2 years (fabric) Stocked Colours: Claret, Royal Blue, SU1177 each. (Please state colour when ordering)
The Morph Range
MORPH CHAIR WHITE Dimensions (mm) Seat: D:380 W:480 H:465 Back: H:310 W:430 Max Weight: 115kg FR: Low Max Usage: 5 Hours Material: Polypropylene Storage: N/A Guarantee: 2 years (fabric) Mechanism: Folding
MORPH TABLE WHITE
Stocked Colours: White, SU1473 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Dimensions (mm) Seat: D:760 W:1830 H:750 Material: Polypropylene Mechanism: Folding Stocked Colours: White, SU1185 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
CLUB CANTEEN
OFFICE/RECEPTION
The Club Range
P531 Office LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:45 Page 1
1 53
FURNITURE
mission is to eliminate production lead time and bring stock and Tabilo Our service to the furniture trade market, making it easy, personal, and fast.
2020
OFFICE/RECEPTION
Strata - Italian stylish polypropylene construction to EU Standard EN 5812:2009 for contract use • Stackable 8 high • Indoor and outdoor use • 3 year warranty • Weight tested to over 31 stone! • Seat height 455mm
The Milano Flip top base brings both versatility and practicality to any area
Orlando Cast iron base is one of the most popular on the market due to its excellent value, and ‘anti-spin’ construction
• Height 730mm • Simple lever unlocks and folds • • • •
• Height 730mm • Made from top grade cast iron
upper section, allowing bases to nestle together Adjustable feet Weighted for extra stability Suitable indoor and outdoor (except coastal areas) Stylish aluminium design
• •
ORLANDO CAST IRON BASE c/w MFC TOP
ORLANDO CAST IRON BASE c/w SMF TOP
Round 700mm dia. ❋SU2179 White ❋SU2180 Black each. Square 700 x 700mm ❋SU2182 White ❋SU2183 Black each. Rectangular 1100 x 700mm ❋SU2185 White ❋SU2186 Black each.
Round 700mm dia. ❋SU2173 White ❋SU2174 Beech each. Square 700 x 700mm ❋SU2175 White ❋SU2176 Beech each. Rectangular 1200 x 800mm ❋SU2177 White ❋SU2178 Beech each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
with powder coated easy clean finish Adjustable feet included for versatility in any environment Suitable for indoors or outdoors (subject to weathering)
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FURNITURE
53 2
P532 Office RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:46 Page 1
❋SU2167 Grey ❋SU2168 White ❋SU2169 Green each.
MFC Table tops suitable for wide range of commercial environments • 2mm impact resistant ABS edging • Durable, easy wipe clean surface • Heat resistant to 90 degrees C Size: 700 x 700mm Weight: 7.8 kg Size: 700mm dia Weight: 8.0 kg Size: 1200 x 800mm Weight: 15.4 kg
MILANO FLIP-TOP BASE c/w MFC TOP
❋SU2170 Red ❋SU2171 Anthracite ❋SU2172 Blue
SMF Table tops suitable for indoor or outdoor use • Resistant to weathering: sun, moisture, climate variations • Hygienic and easy to clean Size: 700 x 700mm Weight: 8.0 kg Size: 700mm dia Weight: 7.8 kg Size: 1100 x 700mm Weight: 15.4 kg
MILANO FLIP-TOP BASE c/w SMF TOP
Pic of Milano with MFC top Round 700mm dia. ❋SU2188 White ❋SU2189 Beech each. Square 700 x 700mm ❋SU2190 White ❋SU2191 Beech each. Rectangular 1200 x 800mm ❋SU2192 White ❋SU2193 Beech £ each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Round 700mm dia. ❋SU2194 White ❋SU2195 Black each. Square 700 x 700mm ❋SU2197 White ❋SU2198 Black each. Rectangular 1100 x 700mm ❋SU2200 White ❋SU2201 Black ❋SU2202 Grey £ each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
STRATA CHAIR
OFFICE/RECEPTION
Tabilo
P533 Office LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:47 Page 1
2020
OFFICE/RECEPTION
3 53
FA N S / C O O L I N G
Which type of cooling is better for me? Portable Air Conditioners v Evaporative Coolers The Right Choice for Your Facility… Cooling your facility is crucial for your customers comfort and good health, but what’s the best way to go about it? Setting up basic fans for extra air movement is cost-effective, and will get you so far, but on really warm days you have two choices
Air conditioning removes hot air from the room and leaves behind drier, cooler air. Air conditioners also remove moisture from the air as they pull out the heat, which means they are default dehumidifiers as well. This bonus feature helps make the ambient temperature of a room feel even cooler, since dry air helps your body’s natural cooling system — your sweat — work more efficiently. When your sweat evaporates, it cools your skin, and evaporation is easier in a dry climate, whether that climate is all natural or created with the help of an air conditioner. For best results, your portable air conditioner must work in a closed system. You need to keep windows closed to hold in the cold air and to keep the humidity level from rising after your unit has worked so hard to pump out all the heat. A portable air conditioner requires an exhaust hose through a window to get rid of the heat and humidity that’s being removed from the air. Air conditioners are highly effective at chilling a room in just about any circumstance, but they require a lot of electricity to do so.
to get refreshing, cool air: an air conditioner or an evaporative air cooler. Each has pros and cons, and you’ll need to understand how they work to know which one is right for your situation.
Evaporative coolers are like air conditioners insofar as they are both capable of cooling a room, but they work in completely different ways. Evaporative cooling doesn’t use chemicals to suck heat out of the air like AC does. An evaporative cooler only uses water and a fan to get the job done. The natural process of water evaporating into the air cools down things nearby. Water soaks into a cooling pad with lots of surface area in an evaporative cooler, and the fan draws warm, dry air across the damp pad causing the water to evaporate quickly, chilling the air. The resulting colder air is spread around the room with the fan so you feel cooler. Unlike a traditional air conditioner, evaporative coolers add humidity to the air instead of removing it. For this reason, it’s best to keep a window open while operating an evaporative cooler to allow a steady flow of dry, fresh air. This dry air is necessary for the evaporation to continue working efficiently, pretty much the opposite of how an air conditioner runs best, which is with closed windows. Evaporative coolers don’t need an exhaust hose making them easier to be moved from room to room. Evaporative coolers also use far less electricity than standard AC units, and they require no chemicals to cool the air, making them an eco-friendly choice.
So which type of cooling is better for you...? Evaporative Cooler if … • You want low energy bills • You want an eco-friendly
Portable Air Conditioner if … • You can easily install an exhaust hose through a window • You need additional dehumidifying in the room • You have pollen allergies to consider Portable Air Conditioners • Chill any room in about any circumstance • Cools and automatically maintains your ideal temperature • Perfect for cooling large rooms and indoor spaces
cooling system
• You need additional humidity
in the room • You have good air quality and can keep a window open Portable Evaporative Coolers • Bring down the temperature by up to 20 degrees • All-natural eco-friendly cooling uses no harmful chemicals • Uses about the same electricity as a 100-watt light bulb
Last but not least... The Right Size Whichever cooling system is right for you, it’s important to properly size your unit for best results, check the specification to see how many square metres the unit is designed to cool, Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
measure the room and purchase accordingly. An undersized unit will only disappoint because it’s not designed to keep up with a large space. Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FA N S / C O O L I N G
53 4
P534 Office RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:48 Page 1
SU2166 Blu-12HP Features • 24 Hour timer • Auto swing • A+ Energy class • Low noise level • Cooling and heating • Self evaporating system • With remote control • 1.8m length hose
Model
BLU-09CO
BLU-12HP
Area Covered Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Energy Class Power Supply Power Supply Cooling Power Input Heating Rated Current Cooling Rated Current Heating Air Volume (H/M/L) Sound Pressure Level (H/M/L) Product Dimensions (W x H x D) Product Weight
Up to 20 m3 9000 Btu/h 1 Ph/240 v/50 Hz 1010 w 5-3 A 310/280/250 m3/hour 53/51/49 dB (A) 304 x 800 x 358 mm 26.7 kg SU2165 each.
Up to 30 m3 12000 Btu/h 12000 Btu/h A/A+ 1 Ph/240 v/50 Hz 1345 w 1235 w 7A 7A 360/330/300 m3/hour 53/51/49 dB (A) 395 x 820 x 405 mm 39 kg SU2166 each.350.00
PORTABLE EVAPORATIVE COOLERS
SU1872 Multi Cool Plus 60L Evaporative Cooler Features • Large 60L tank capacity • High quality ‘honeycomb’ pads • Water inlet at front for ease of use • Multi-directional wheels for easy manoeuvrability • Motorised louvers for 4 way deflection • Water level indicator with empty tank alarm
SU1870 Dura Cool Plus 30L Medium Cooler Features • 30L tank capacity • High quality ‘honeycomb’ pads • Compact design to occupy minimal space • Multi-directional wheels for easy manoeuvrability • Motorised louvers for 4 way deflection • Water level indicator, empty tank alarm • Ice chamber
Model Area Covered Fan Blade Diameter Air Throw Power Speed Control Product Dimensions Product Weight
DURA COOL PLUS 30L MEDIUM COOLER 50 m3 180 mm 32 ft 180 w 3 500 x 385 x 850 mm 8.5 kg SU1870 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
MULTI COOL PLUS 60L EVAPORATIVE COOLER 119 m3 457 mm 45 ft 185 w 3 660 x 520 x 1090 mm 14.5 kg SU1872 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
SU2165 Blu-09CO Features • Timer • LED display • Wide swing • Automatic operation • Cooling only • Continuous drainage function • Eco efficient R32 gas • 1.5m length hose
OFFICE/RECEPTION
PORTABLE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
P535 Office LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:49 Page 1
5 53
FA N S / C O O L I N G SU2161 Cyclone 750T-W 30” Wall Mounted Fan £ each
SU813 Cyclone 650T-S 26” Pedestal Fan £ each
SU2160 Cyclone 650T-W 26” Wall Mounted Fan £ each Model Fan Diameter Voltage Phase RPM (1/2/3) Air Volume (1/2/3) Noise (1/2/3) Power (1/2/3) Product Weight
2020
OFFICE/RECEPTION
CYCLONE PEDESTAL/WALL FANS
Features • Easy assembly/installation • 3 fan speed control switch • Blades, guards and motor are powdercoated for long lasting durability • 90 degrees oscillating feature allows for wider coverage • Special fan blade designed to maximise airflow and velocity while reducing noise • Over heat protection for safety • High quality copper motor • Fully wall mounted, bracket and fixings supplied (SU2159 only) Model Fan Diameter Voltage Phase RPM (1/2/3) Air Volume (1/2/3) Noise (1/2/3) Power (1/2/3) Product Weight
CYCLONE 650T-S 26” PEDESTAL FAN 650mm / 26 inch 230 v Single 1100/1250/1400 143/174/220 m3 55/60/68 dB (A) 142/160/187 w 22 kg SU813 each.
CYCLONE 650T-W 26” WALL FAN 650mm / 26 inch 230 v Single 1100/1250/1400 143/174/220 m3 55/60/68 dB (A) 142/160/187 w 12.7 kg SU2160 each.
CYCLONE 750T-W 30” WALL FAN 750mm / 30 inch 230 v Single 1100/1250/1400 214/270/302 m3/min 58/70/75 dB (A) 175/195/240 w 15 kg SU2161 each.
SU812 Cyclone 45T-S 18” Pedestal Fan £ each
SU2159 Cyclone 45T-W 18” Wall Mounted Fan £ each
CYCLONE 45T-W 18” WALL FAN 450mm / 18 inch 230 v Single 950/1250/1400 57/69/84 m3/min 48/50/55 dB (A) 60/70/80 w 5.7 kg SU2159 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Features • Easy assembly/instalation • 3 fan speed control switch • Blades, guards and motor are powdercoated for long lasting durability • 90 degrees oscillating feature allows for wider coverage • Special fan blade designed to maximise airflow and velocity while reducing noise • Over heat protection for safety • High quality copper motor • Large sturdy 24” base (SU813 only) • Fully wall mounted, bracket and fixings supplied (SU2160/1 only)
Health Suite
Maint.
CYCLONE 45T-S 18” PEDESTAL FAN 450mm / 18 inch 230 v Single 950/1250/1400 57/69/84 m3/min 48/50/55 dB (A) 60/70/80 w 7 kg SU812 each.350.00 Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
SU2162 Cyclone 30” Drum Fan £ each
Features • Thermal protection • Speed control switch • Variable angle of air output • Ideal for cooling large areas such as gyms, warehouses • Large robust rubber wheels for easy manoeuvrability • High velocity industrial drum fan suitable for movement of hugh volumes of air • Robust unit with heavy-duty gauge steel casing, guard and frame • Handle, wheels and tilt function cradle stand allow control of airflow where it is needed • Carefully balanced and fully guarded blades provide quiet and safe operation • Fitted with BS approved plug
CYCLONE 30” HVF-75N DRUM FAN 110V OR 230V 750mm / 30 inch 110/230 v 16/13 A 190/210/260 w 1050/1150/1360 rpm 214/270/302 m3/min 60/65/70 dB (A) 17.4 kg SU2162 each.
Model Fan Diameter Voltage Plug Amp Power (1/2/3) Speed (1/2/3) Air Volume (1/2/3) Noise (1/2/3) Product Weight
SU2164 Cyclone 26” Pedestal Misting Fan £ each
CYCLONE PEDESTAL MISTING FANS
Features • Adjustable misting volume - large mist to tiny droplets • Easy maintenance - centrifugal mist system means no clogged nozzles and filtered water is not required • Multifunctional remote control: fan speed, mist volume, time • Thermal protection (low temperature rise) • Protective device means pump does not burn out if used without water • 90º oscillating angle adjustment • Safe guard protection, anti-rust • Rating: IP24 Model Speed (H/M/L) Max Misting Volume Tank Capacity and Usage Voltage Airflow Volume (H/M/L) Sound Level (H/M/L) Dimensions (W x H x D) Product Weight
CYCLONE 26” PEDESTAL MISTING FAN 4100/1250/1100 rpm 5 L/h 23L - 5 - 10 hours usage par tank 220 v 220/174/143 m3/min 68/60/55 dB (A) 678 x 1930 x 435 mm 35.4 kg SU2164 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
OFFICE/RECEPTION
CYCLONE DRUM FANS
2020
FA N S / C O O L I N G
53 6
P536 Office RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:49 Page 1
P537 Office LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:51 Page 1
AGENDA WASTE TUB • Tough, lightweight
CONICAL WASTE PAPER BIN • Sold in pairs • 11 litre capacity • Bright polished stainless
plastic Size: 308 x 308 x 386mm high. SU770 each.
steel body
• Moulded plastic base to protect floor surfaces
• Removable moulded plastic
top trim - ideal to fix bin liners in place without the ugly over-wrap showing • Matching ‘Perfect Fit’ bin liners available Size: 260mm top Ø x 310mm high SU941 per pair. PerfectFit Bag size X, SU2293, order separately, See page 283.
WALL LITTER BIN • 20 ltr powdercoated steel • Ideal where space is limited
• 2 keyhole slots in backplate for wall mounting
• Supplied in pairs only • Galvanised metal liner
WASTE PAPER BIN 12 Litre • Powder coated steel
included Size: 395 x 190 max. x 475mm high SU200 per pair.
Size: 235mm Ø x 275mm high. SU578 per 4.
2020
OFFICE/RECEPTION
7 53
LITTER BINS
BRABANTIA SILENT CLOSE PEDAL BINS • Soft closure and super-light pedal operation • Odour proof closure • Easy to clean – removable inner bucket • Non-slip base – protects the floor and keeps the bin steady • Easy to move around – smart grip in lid hinge • Inner bucket has special ventilation openings - prevents vacuum when removing the full bin liner - easy to change
• Sample pack of Brabantia PerfectFit Bags enclosed – easy to fit without ugly overwrap
BRABANTIA OPEN TOP BIN • 60 litre capacity • Brilliant Steel finish with ABS plastic lid • Extra-large opening prevents spills • Ideal for large amounts of waste • Protective bottom ring - prevents damage to the floor • PerfectFit Brabantia Bags with tie-tape available
(code H - see opposite) – easy to fit without ugly overwrap SU2144 each. PerfectFit Bag size H, SU2772, order separately, See page 283.
12 litre White 250mm Ø x 395mm high FA115 each. 12 litre Brilliant Steel 250mm Ø x 395mm high SU940 each. PerfectFit Bag size X, SU2293, order separately, See page 283.
30 litre Brilliant Steel 293mm Ø x 679mm high SU2265 each. PerfectFit Bag size O, SU2770, order separately, See page 283.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Links...
Swivel Top Bins... See Page 282-288 Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
LOCKERS
• • •
OFFICE/RECEPTION
• • • •
The popular steel Atlas locker is available in a range of doors and compartments in colour options suitable for use in NON-HUMID enviroments only
All units 1800mm high x 300mm wide x 300mm or 450mm deep 1, 2, 3, 4 or 6 door options – louvred for ventilation Coat rail and hook supplied as standard in 1 and 2 door options Attractive grey steel body with anti-bacterial paint finish and five door colour options Strong and durable – full height and corner stiffeners on all doors Two different lock options – standard key lock (2 keys supplied) or Swivel Catch option (padlock not supplied) Master key(s) on request at extra cost
300mm Deep kSU2148 One Door each. kSU2149 Two Door each. kSU2150 Three Door each. kSU2151 Four Door each. kSU2152 Six Door each. 450mm Deep kSU1499 One Door each. kSU1504 Two Door each. kSU1505 Three Door each. kSU1502 Four Door each. kSU1503 Six Door each.
NEW COLOUR OPTIONS...!
Please specify Standard Key Lock or Swivel Catch with order
Blue doors
Red doors
Light Grey doors and Steel Body
Green doors
Yellow doors
PROBE MULTI-DOOR LOCKERS PROBE MULTI-DOOR LOCKERS Features: • Available in 8 or 20 door configurations • Can be stacked to create a wall of compartments • Door Colours: Red, Blue, Yellow, Green, Silver or Smoke White
8 DOOR – Freestanding or Stackable Size: 415mm H x 900mm W x 230mm D Compartment Clear Entry: 155mm W x 155mm H kSU1780 each.
PERSONAL EFFECTS WALLET LOCKER Slim wallet locker offers convenient safe storage of all small items like keys, wallets, phones and cameras. Single Column 8 Drawer Size: 1000/920H x 250 W x 80mm D ❋SU1572 each. Double Column 16 Drawer Size: 1000/920 H x 500 W x 180mm D ❋SU1573 each. 20 Door – Freestanding, Stackable or Wall Mount Size: 940mm H x 900mm W x 300mm D Compartment Clear Entry: 155mm W x 155mm H kSU1781 each.
STACKABLE STRAPS
Allows 20 door low lockers to be securely stacked on top of each other SU1782 pack of 2.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
STEEL LOCKERS
53 8
P538 Office RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:52 Page 1
P539 Office LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 10:53 Page 1
9 53
SECURIT Y YALE CASH BOX
• 22mm electronically motorised
• Steel structure with spring lock • Gloss black finish • Easy grip handle • Black internal plastic coin tray • Supplied with 2 keys • Size: 160 x 200 x 90mm high • Weight: 0.75kg
locking bolts with 6 lever double bitted (reinforced) manual override key system, 2 Yale keys supplied. • Laser cut door (1mm gap) with reinforced hinge and mounted opening spring • Digital keypad with blue backlight • LCD display • Plastic buttons, alarm sounds on 4th incorrect entry • Combination of 3 to 8 digits • Low battery warning • Display code on/off function • Sound on/off function • Weight: 18.6kg • Size: 340 x 350 x 400mm high SU1362 each.
SU1360
each.
YALE PERSONAL SAFE
• Simple to operate programmable digital keypad with LCD display
• Pre-drilled holes and fixing bolts allow
permanent mounting to most suitable surfaces
• Two high security manual override keys supplied • Interior base lined with soft material to prevent damage to contents • Steel construction, Weight: 7kg • Size: 200 x 310 x 200mm high
2020
OFFICE/RECEPTION
YALE OFFICE SAFE
SU1361
YALE COMBINATION PADLOCK • 4 Dial resettable combination padlock • 6mm dia. chrome plated shackle • 40mm solid brass body
SU1359
each.
BRASS PADLOCK 38mm • Solid brass including lock and cylinder • Supplied with 3 keys
SU1363
each.
each.
YALE WEATHERPROOF PADLOCK CEN 3 GRADED padlock, high security, suitable for poolside and changing room use. Shackle size: 51 x 9mm Features: Solid multi layered steel body protection system • Hardened Chrome plated shackle • Weatherproof jacket • Key way cover cap to prevent rusting • 3 Keys provided as standard • Double ball bearing lock for additional security SU1764 each.
KEY CABINETS
Ensures keys are kept safe • Lockable, supplied with 2 keys • Hook number labels included • Fixings included • High quality steel finished with powder coating treatment • Cabinets available for the storage of 20, 40 or 60 keys • Supplied empty SU1417 20 Key Size: 200 x 160 x 75mm each. SU1418 40 Key Size: 200 x 160 x 75mm each. SU1419 60 Key Size: 300 x 240 x 75mm each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
KEY FOBS
Allows easy identification of keys • Supplied in a pack of 50 fobs in assorted colours SU1420 per 50. Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
TIME OF DAY 920mm MAINS 230v • Powder coated
PRO SERIES TIME OF DAY CLOCK
Aesthetically matches JPL Pro Series pace clocks • Round 3mm x 850mm diameter Dibond aluminium composite face - strong, durable, waterproof, non-corrosive • High quality UTS battery powered quartz movement • Aluminium hands • SU116 AA battery included kSU2060 each.
mild steel case with profile • Shatterproof acrylic lens detail • 230 volt mains movement ❋SE824 each.
D E U TIN
N O C S DI
TIME OF DAY CLOCK 500mm • Suitable for a multitude of locations
in todays sports, leisure, health and fitness clubs • Quartz battery operated (batteries included) • Black plastic casement with shatterproof front lens SE588 each.
DUAL PURPOSE CLOCK 410mm • Suitable for Aerobics Studios, Gyms etc.
• Features Time of Day with
large second hand • Plastic casing • Water resistant • SU116 AA battery included ❋SE462 each.
QUANTUM 400mm • Plastic cased wall clock with silver front bezel
• Glass lens • AA Battery included SE611
each.
MAINS OPERATED TIME OF DAY CLOCKS Three face sizes to suit various applications • Shatterproof lens • White dial with black print • 230v mains operated 436mm Ø Grey case Dry area only c/w Second Hand SU2057 each. 480mm Ø Grey case Dry area only ❋SU2058 each. 635mm Ø Grey case suitable for poolside or humid areas ❋SU2059 each.
LCD RADIO CONTROLLED WALL CLOCK Receives UK time code signal for 100% accuracy and auto summer/winter time changes Features: • Size 240 x 155mm • LCD digit height 65mm • Silver finished plastic case • 30 metre viewing distance • Wall or table mount • Battery operated (SU116 AA x 2 included) SU2056 each.
LCD RADIO CONTROLLED WALL CLOCK C/W CALENDAR/TEMPERATURE
Features as SU2056 above plus: • LCD digit height 52 and 22mm • Display showing hours, minutes, seconds, calendar and temperature • Switchable 12/24 hour and ºF/ºC displays SU2288 each.
SU2058 & SU2059
TIME OF DAY CLOCK 600mm BATTERY • Plastic white case with profile detail • Shatterproof acrylic lens • Battery Powered Quartz Movement • Accurate to within 3 seconds per week • AA battery included (see page 173) • Optional protection guard available, see SE704 on page 173 SE700 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Links...
Links...
Batteries See Page 173
More Clocks See Pages 169-173
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
OFFICE/RECEPTION
JPL
2020
TIMING
54 0
P540 Office RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:10 Page 1
P541 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:15 Page 1
FIRST AID
1 54
COLD/HOT THERAPY
HYPACOOL INSTANT COLD PACKS
2020
Instant cooling therapy • Pack of 24 for single use • A quick easy and mess free way of providing cold treatment during the acute stages of injury • No need to place in the freezer and ideal for emergency pitch-side use • Chemically activated packs offer instant, soothing cold therapy FA37 Standard FA270 Small Size: 230 x 140mm Size: 125 x 150mm per 24. per 24.
Cost Effective Re-Usable Hot/Cold Therapy • Re-usable (non toxic) gel filled packs for hot/cold therapy applications • Durable, burst and puncture resistant construction • Can be placed in freezer or microwave FA252 Mini 130 x 140mm per 12. FA72 Standard 165 x 270mm each. FA93 Large 200 x 300mm each.
COMPRESSION CUFF • Universal size • Use with FA37
TENSOCOLD INSTANT COLD PACK • Pack of 12 • Single use • Size: 215 x 155mm
FA144
HYPAGEL HOT/COLD PACKS
Instant Cold Pack or FA72 Re-usable Gel Pack FA237 each.
per 12.
Note: Cold/gel packs not supplied, please order separately
REUSABLE ICE BAG Instant Relief From Pain and Swelling • Reduces swelling and bruising • Simple and cost effective cold therapy • Made from rubberised fabric with aluminium screw cap • Fill with ice or cold water for instant cooling • Size: 280mmØ. FA236 each.
PREMIUM HYPAGEL HOT/ COLD PACK • Durable, burst and puncture resistant
reusable gel pack for both hot and cold therapy treatment • Soft gel keeps cold in freezer or refrigerator for cold therapy • Microwavable for heat therapy • Size: 270 x 165mm FA299 each.
HYPACOOL INSTANT HOT PACK • Instant heat therapy • No need to be heated by external heat source
• Simply squeeze the
bag and place on injured area for instant heat therapy • Ideal for treatment of muscular aches, joint stiffness, strains and sprains • Size: 125 x 150mm FA287 per 24. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
HYPACLEAN STERILE MOIST WIPES • Ideal for wound cleansing • Individually wrapped • Alcohol free aqueous solution • Conforms to BS 8599-1
requirements for Sterile Moist Wipes
• Box of 100 FA286
MOIST WIPES • Alcohol free wipes, box of 100 per 100.
Hand Disinfection • Contains 70% denatured ethanol with emollient hand gel kills 99.9% of all bacteria • Rub contains hand friendly moisturisers, emollients and special skin protection • Effective against a wide range of bacteria and viruses including MRSA • No need to wash hands after use • Pocket sized for easy portability on the move Alcohol Hand Gel 500ml Pump Dispenser Packed in 6’s FA261 per 6. Alcohol Hand Gel 50ml Packed in 12’s FA260 per 12.
ALCOHOL HAND GEL
ANTIBACTERIAL HANDWASH 500ml
Protects Against Germs & Odours • Specifically formulated to protect hands from germs • Contains moisturisers to help condition and enrich skin • Leaves hands feeling soft and smooth • Maintains skin’s pH balance • Supplied in 6’s FA265 per 6.
Links...
Nilaqua Alcohol Free Hand Sanitiser... See Page 225
ACTIVE SURFACE WIPES • Active Surface Wipes provide
protection from 99.9% of germs including MRSA, E. coli and Salmonella delivering broad spectrum pathogen protection and long lasting biological cleanliness to surfaces in seconds • Large tub containing 200 wipes (200 x 200mm) SU784 each.
DISINFECTANT CLEANER 750ml • Bactericidal, virucidal and
fungicidal cleaner for all areas requiring the highest standard of hygiene • Ready to use spray FA111 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
FA34
per 100.
FIRST AID
D R E S S I N G S / H YG I E N E
54 2
P542 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:21 Page 1
P543 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:26 Page 1
3 54
D R E S S I N G S / H YG I E N E
FIRST AID
EVOLUTION PLASTER & WIPE DISPENSERS
Ideal For Treating Minor Cuts • Each kit is supplied with 150 plasters and 50 moist wipes • Kits available with washproof or fabric plasters • Supplied in an Evolution case with quick release wall mountable bracket • Self-supporting workbench allows kit to be opened and worked with on the bracket • 29.5 x 22.5 x 11.7cm FA254 Fabric, FA255 Washproof each.
PLASTERS SEPARATES • Boxed in 100’s
2020
FA56 Washproof 7.2cm x 2.5cm per 100. FA95 Washproof 7.2cm x 5cm per 100. FA27 Fabric 7.2cm x 2.5cm per 100. FA96 Fabric 7.2cm x 5cm per 100. FA232 Blue 7.2cm x 2.5cm per 100. FA233 Blue 7.2cm x 5cm per 100.
PLASTERS ASSORTED • Sterile and individually wrapped • Assortment of 100 comprising:7.2cm x 5cm = 10, 7.2cm x 2.5cm = 50, 3.8cm x 3.8cm= 20, Finger-tip = 10, Knuckle = 10, FA32 Washproof, per 100. FA31 Fabric, per 100. FA33 Washproof Blue Catering per 100.
HEAVY DUTY FABRIC PLASTERS Long Lasting Heavy Duty Plasters • High quality hypoallergenic plasters • Assorted pack of 100 - 7.5cm x 5cm, 3.8cm x 3.8cm and 7cm x 2.5cm FA256 per 100.
ADHESIVE DRESSINGS
Enhance Healing Time • Hypoallergenic adhesive • Highly absorbent wound pad is covered with a non-adherent film to prevent strike through and reduce trauma when dressing is removed • Individually wrapped and sterile • Non-woven construction • Excellent conformability to awkward areas • Ideal for wounds to the neck, elbow or hip • Packs of 25 FA257 8.6cm x 6cm per 25. FA258 10cm x 8cm per 25.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
D R E S S I N G S / H YG I E N E COTTON COHESIVE BANDAGES
54 4
P544 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:29 Page 1
SFA WOUND CLOSURE STRIP
Strong Support & Compression • Self-adherent elastic support and compression bandage • Will not slip • Latex coating sticks only to itself and not to skin or hair • Porous, absorbent, comfortable and kind to the skin • Easy to tear laterally by hand • 98% cotton and flesh colour • Size: 6cm x 2.8m FA262 each.
FIRST AID
Reduces Scarring When Compared to Staples or Sutures • Enhances patient comfort with less chance of infection • Fast application • Size: 0.4cm x 3.8cm • Pouches of 8 - 100 pouches per box FA259 per 100.
CREPE BANDAGES
ELASTIC ADHESIVE BANDAGES • Easy maintenance of tension • Allows firm directional tension • Soft edges do not mark the skin
TAPES
Waterproof 2.5cm x 5m FA74 each. Fabric 2.5cm x 4.5m FA75 each. Microporous Paper Tape 2.5cm x 5m FA164 each.
FA97 5cm x 4.5m. each. FA98 7.5cm x 4.5m. each.
LOW ADHERENT DRESSINGS • Highly absorbent sterile padding helps draw moisture away from a wound
• The shiny film side of the dressing should be placed on the wound as it prevents the dressing from sticking
HYPACOVER SELF SEAL FINGER DRESSING • Easy to apply, no pin required • Low adherent sterile dressing pad on elastic bandage
• Provides excellent protection
and cushioning for the wound
• Held in place with adhesive strip attached to one side of dressing • Pack of 12 FA285 per pack of 12.
• Easy to apply and remove. Once placed over the wound, it should be taped in position
Low Adherent Dressing, 5cm x 5cm FA179 per 100. Low Adherent Dressing, 10cm x 10cm FA180 per 100.
ZINC OXIDE TAPE • Porous low allergy adhesive • Strong rigid support • Tearable
WATER RESISTANT DRESSING • Can be used in
swimming pools/ showers • Clear adhesive PU film dressing with pad • Size: 6cm x 8cm FA243 per 25.
FA99 2.5cm x 10m, per 12. FA100 3.8cm x 10m, per 8.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
FA63 Small 5cm x 4.5m. each. FA64 Large 7.5cm x 4.5m. each.
P545 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:31 Page 1
ARE YOU COVERED? - Equality Act 2010
“The responsibility is clearly with the building management or service providers to ensure there are suitable procedures in place to evacuate everyone including disabled people, without relying on the fire service”. Disability Rights Commission.
• Designed for greater comfort and durability, MOBYLE 1
SAVER EVACUATION CHAIR
they are ideal for patient transportation through corridors and stairwells • Versatile and manoeuvrable, these chairs are widely used for their patient comfort and user convenience • Size: Height 91cm x Width 42cm • Weight: 8.5kg • Max. load 114kg ❋FA223 each.
The Saver Safe Evacuation chair is a single user operation emergency evacuation chair. It glides down stairs easily and smoothly to ensure no heavy lifting or manual handling is required. • Lower, adjustable easy-grip handle for operator control and comfort • Lightweight, with compact profile for easy storage and use • Seat attached all round, allowing easy lateral patient transfers • Removable, adjustable head pad and comprehensive patient restraint systems to enhance patient comfort and safety • Supplied with wall bracket and cover • Size: Height 110cm x Width 43cm x Depth 69cm • Size stored: Height 110cm x Width 43cm x Depth 20cm • Depth with track deployed 93cm • Weight: 16.4kg • Max load 180kg ❋FA269 each.
2020
FIRST AID
5 54
E VA C U AT I O N / T R A N S I T
Free o
! demo e t i s n-
• Ideally suited for carrying patients up and PATIENT CARRY CHAIR
*
LIGHTWEIGHT TRANSIT WHEELCHAIR
down stairs, the wheels are set inside the frame for minimum width to allow use in confined spaces • A chest restraint with an Easi-Clip buckle and a raised seat panel enhance patient comfort and security • Finished in high quality epoxy powder coated silver paint • The seat panels and back are made in wipe clean, vinyl-coated, flame retardant nylon and may be removed for cleaning • Folds to a slim size for storage • Four wheels, a raised foot rest and lifting loops, plus a high back panel • Size: Height 125cm (124 folded) x Width 41cm • Weight: 10.1kg • Max load 114kg ❋FA268 each.
Ideal for general use on flat surfaces • Lightweight wheelchair with puncture proof hard tyres • Padded vinyl seat and half folding back canvas • Quick release foot and arm rests • Folds to 32cm width • Maximum load 115kg • 95 x 63 x 97cm ❋FA226 each.
*Available mainland UK only. Demo not available for FA226. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
E VA C U AT I O N / T R A N S I T Ideal for use in emergency situations that demand safe and fast patient removal. • Constructed from lightweight aluminium for easy lifting • Non slip carrying handles • Stirrup feet ensuring patient is off the ground • Folds in length and width to an extremely compact size for portability • Collapsible poles and hinges enable fast opening, ready for use almost instantly • Complete with storage bag • Size: L 206cm x W 54cm x H 15cm • Weight: 6kg FA09 each.
HI VIS JACKET GREEN • Ensures visibility and identification of the person in charge of first aid
• Highly visible when
brought into contact with any light source • Lightweight and easy to wear FA312 each.
FIRST AID
TWO-FOLD STRETCHER
54 6
P546 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:34 Page 1
Links...
Aquaboard... See Page 140 WIZLOC® EXTRICATION COLLAR • Essential support suitable for adults and children who have suffered suspected neck or head injuries
and safety and allows X-Rays to be taken with it on FA203 each.
Adjustable back of head support with keyhole lock pin Size indicator enabling best fit
Snap-to-lock feature secures chin
Neck access holes
Contents Qty First Aid Guidance Leaflet 1 HypaCover First Aid Dressings Medium 6 HypaCover First Aid Dressings Large 2 HypaBand Triangular Bandages 3 HypaBand Conforming Bandages, 7.5cm 2 HypaCover Eye Dressings 3 HypaPlast Washproof Plasters 60 HypaClean Sterile Wipes 30 HypaPlast Microporous Tape, 2.5cm 1 HypaTouch Nitrile Gloves (pair) 9 HypaCover Finger Dressings 3 HypaGuard Face Shield 1 HypaGuard Foil Blankets 102 Burn Dressing, 10 x 10cm 2 Burn Gel Sachets 3 Clothing Cutters 1 HypaBand Safety Pins 12 Self-seal Waste Bags 6 HypaClens Eyewash Pods (20ml) 5 HypaClens Eyewash Bottles (250ml) 2 HypaCool Instant Cold Pack 1 Whistles 6 Hi-viz Waistcoats 2 Economy Torch 2 Gas Horn 1 Mini Megaphone 1
EMERGENCY EVACUATION KIT
Be Prepared For Emergency Situations • Ideal for large incidents • Contents includes: Comprehensive First Aid Kit, Hi-viz Waistcoats, Mini Megaphone, Whistles, Torches • Lightweight and durable case to survive demanding environments Size: 110 x 25 x 35cm FA253 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
• Wizloc® is the re-usable, simple to administer and cost-effective solution to neck support • The collar can be adjusted on the patient ensuring the best possible fit, for comfort
P547 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:36 Page 1
7 54
EYE CARE EYEWASH POD STATION
FIRST AID
Wall mounted compact eye care • Dispenses up to 30 x 20ml eyewash pods • Clear instructions for use printed on front • Integrated mirror for easier self-administration • Size: 35 x 29cm • Complete with 25 x 20ml eyewash pods FA248 each.
Packed 25 x 20ml per box. FA80 per 25.
EYEWASH PODS
PICCOLO EYEWASH DISPENSER
HYPA CLENS ECONOMY EYE WASH CABINET • 2 x 500ml bottles of 0.9% sterile saline
2020
for irrigating eyes, in wall mounted cabinet
Compact eye wash kit ideal for eye irrigation FA194 each.
Contents: Eye Wash
FA302
Saline Pods 20ml Saline Mini Pods 5ml No 16 Eye Pad
each.
10 5 2
EVOLUTION EYEWASH
Alternative to FA52. Plastic cabinet with hinged front. Bracket for wall mounting. Contents: 2 x 500ml eyewash bottles, 2 x Sterile Eyepads. Size: 295 x 251 x 116mm. FA117 each.
EMERGENCY EYEWASH STATION • Complying with Health and Safety (First Aid)
Regulations, the eyewash station holds 2 x 500ml bottles of sterile sodium chloride solution • Moulded plastic wall mount unit incorporates a mirror • Size: 500 x 300 x 70mm deep FA52 each. Note: Fixings NOT included
REPLACEMENT SALINE BOTTLE 500ml. FA53 Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
each.
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
EYE CARE
54 8
P548 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:37 Page 1
CEDERROTH NEUTRALISING EYEWASH
FIRST AID AND EYEWASH KIT
A Complete First Aid & Eye Care Solution • Robust, wall-mountable eyewash station • Incorporates two 500ml bottles of sterile saline eyewash solution and 1-10 person HSE compliant first aid kit • Integrates with other Evolution kits and components FA230 each. First Aid Kit Contents First Aid Guidance Leaflet Sterile Washproof Plasters Sterile Eye Pads with Bandage Triangular Bandages Safety Pins Sterile Dressings with Pad (Med) Sterile Dressings with Pad (Lge) Moist Wipes Disposable Gloves (Pair)
1-10 1 20 2 4 6 6 2 10 1
FIRST AID FOR EYES POSTER
Step By Step Guide For Emergency Eye Treatment • Step by step instructions cover all elements of first aid for eyes • Includes sections on chemical contamination, bruised socket and arc eye injuries • Full colour illustrations • Durable laminated construction • 2 colour poster covers the four essential elements of first aid for eyes • Self-adhesive backing allows poster to be attached to any surface Size: 420 x 590mm. FA227 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
FIRST AID
Neutralises Acids and Alkalis • A revolution in eyewash application • Bottle can be locked into the (optional) wall bracket and opens automatically when removed with a twisting motion • Integrated eye cup is designed to maximise flow of solution whilst minimising spillage • Dust cap protects eye bath from contamination and also acts as an opening device • Buffered solution quickly reacts to neutralise splashes from acids and alkalis whilst washing away the dangerous substance • Eye wash solution features extended shelf life - 500ml lasts up to 4 years • Instructions are clearly printed in all major European languages FA228 500ml c/w bracket each. FA229 500ml refill only each.
P549 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:39 Page 1
9 54
FIRST AID ROOM... EQUIPMENT MODESTY SCREEN • Four fold screen • Panels 610mm wide • 41mm dia. castors • Finished in ivory covered epoxy resin powdercoat • 19mm mild steel frame treated with
FIRST AID
ironphosphate rust inhibitor
• Height 1730mm • Fully extended 2400mm
FA18
each.
EXAMINATION COUCH • Sturdy tubular steel leg construction • Adjustable backrest • Vinyl covered foam cushion • Size: 1829 x 610 x 760mm high SU811
FIRST AID CABINET
2020
Size: H 460 x W 300 x D 140mm • Sturdy metal walls • Fixed shelves • White epoxy finish • Lockable FA04 each.
• Cabinets feature 2 adjustable shelves • Strong robust construction in Smoke White • High visability 270 degree labelling complying to BS5499-1 • Reinforced doors for extra strength with 2 Point locking • Optional drawers available FIRST AID WORK STATION
kSU1575 each.
each.
Links...
More Couches See Pages 250
WYPALL COUCH ROLLS
From the Kimberly-Clark Professional Range featuring improved perforation strength, less glue and increased first sheet overlap for a more user friendly product • 76m x 51cm wide, 2-ply white • Perforated sheet size 38 x 51cm, 200 sheets per roll • Roll diameter 12.40cm including 4cm core SU1549 per 6.
BRABANTIA SILENT CLOSE PEDAL BINS • 12 litre capacity • Sample pack of Perfect Fit bags enclosed • Soft closure and super light pedal operation • Pedal stands stable with anti-tilting block • Odour proof closure • Easy to clean – removeable plastic bucket
• Size: 250mm Ø
x 395mm high FA115 White SU940 Brilliant Steel each.
COTTON BLANKETS • Cellular blankets in 100% cotton FA19 Red, FA235 Blue. each.
Links...
More Litter Bins See Pages 282-286
Note: Drawers shown not included and are an optional extra, see SU1577 on page 296.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Dimensions Height 1060mm Width 915mm Depth 460mm Weight 65kg Health Suite
Maint.
HYPAGUARD FLEECE BLANKETS • Disposable soft fleece blanket • Pale blue colour • Single use • Dimensions: 1.3 x 1.7m FA300
Fitness
each.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
F I R S T A I D R O O M . . . R E S U S C I TAT I O N
55 0
P550 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:40 Page 1
FACE SHIELD
FIRST AID
A Cost Effective Resuscitation Mask • Plastic one-way valve reduces risk of cross infection • Oval shape allows valve to fit shape of the mouth perfectly • Resuscitation protocols and pictorial instructions for use included on packaging • Single use only FA36 each.
• Laminated • 420 x 590mm
RESUSCITATION OF ADULTS POSTER FA141
each.
A Handy Resuscitation Kit • Resuscitation shield and one way valve reduces risk of cross infection • Kit stores in a handy velcro closing key fob for convenience • Complete with non-sterile, pre powdered vinyl gloves for total protection FA121 each.
RESUSCITATION FACE SHIELD A cost effective resuscitation face shield • A cost effective solution to personal protection during resuscitation • Tearable polythene pouch allows easy access to faceshield in an emergency • Porous membrane provides protection from cross infection during resuscitation • Single use only • Includes basic pictorial instructions for resuscitation FA231 each.
POCKET MASKS • Personal protection from cross - contamination • Easy to use face mask resuscitators with
one way valve for personal protection FA81 Laerdal With detachable one way valve. each. FA153 Standard With oxygen inlet. each.
FA153
FA81
Links...
Defibrillators See Pages 551-554
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
FA153 in use.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
RESUSCITATION KIT IN WALLET
P551 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:42 Page 1
2020
FIRST AID
1 55
D E F I B R I L L AT O R S
SCHILLER FRED PA-1 AUTOMATIC AED BUNDLE • The bundle includes:-
1 x FRED PA-1 Automatic AED 1 x Wall Bracket 1 x AED Automated External Defibrillator Guide Poster (for untrained personnel) 1 x AED Defibrillation and CPR Guide Poster and 3 AED Signs 1 x AED Responder Kit includes all essential equipment to perform a defibrillation including gloves, emergency foil blanket, CPR face mask, razor, clothing cutters and moist wipes • Automatically recognises difference between adult and paediatric pads and adjusts shock energy • Supplied with a 10 year warranty FA304 each.
FRED PA-1 AUTOMATIC AED • 6 year standby battery life • Pad life of 2 years • Delivers a shock when required
FRED PA-1 CHILDREN’S DEFIBRILLATION PADS • Pre-connected pads for FRED PA-1
without user intervention • Step-by-step audio guidance • Provides CPR feedback • Manufactured in Europe • 10 year warranty FA305 each.
• •
Fully Automatic in a pouch with instructions on how to use Ideal to a have a pack at hand at the time of an emergency Single use FA306 each.
FRED PA-1 ADULT’S DEFIBRILLATION PADS • Equipped with RFID tag to automatically detect their
shelf-life - device indicates when pads require replacement
• Designed for pre-connection to device, ready when needed • 2 year lifespan FA307 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
P552 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:43 Page 1
55 2
D E F I B R I L L AT O R S
FIRST AID
AED DEFIB WALL BRACKET • Improves the visibility of the AED • Durable and robust metal wall bracket • Suitable for our full range of defibrillators • Keeps the AED unit out of the way
of potential damage FA313 each.
FRED PA-1 BATTERY PACK • Disposable and non rechargeable • Capacity: more than 140 shocks at maximum energy
• Lithium/MnO2 15 V, 2.8 Ah • Compatible for use with
FRED PA-1 Defibrillator FA308 each.
AED DEFIBRILLATION & CPR POSTER • Fully coloured illustrations and clear, easy to follow instructions
• Compiled by qualified health and safety practitioners • Fully updated with the latest guidance • Laminated A2 size, 59x42cm
2020
FA309 each.
AED AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR POSTER FA310 each.
UNIVERSAL DEFIBRILLATOR CABINET c/w ALARM • Protects AED whilst allowing access in an emergency • Integrated audible alarm alerts when cabinet is open • Door window allows for easy visual inspection • Designed to fit all defibrillators • Batteries included (type: LR44 button cell) FA311 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P553 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:44 Page 1
FIRST AID
3 55
ZOLL
D E F I B R I L L AT O R S ®
ZOLL AED PLUS® AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR The ZOLL AED Plus® was the first AED with Real CPR Help® to help rescuers know when they are doing high-quality CPR. Today, the ZOLL AED Plus® continues to set the benchmark for design, dependability, durability and performance.
More than CPR
This is Real CPR Help. Only half of sudden cardiac arrest victims will initially need a shock, while 100% require high quality CPR. ZOLL offers the only AEDs that support rescuers with integrated text, voice, and visual prompts and real-time feedback on compression rate and depth to administer high-quality CPR.
5-year standard warranty (additional 2 years with registration)
2020
Smart investment with a low total cost of ownership
Once installed, the ZOLL AED Plus has the lowest total cost of ownership compared to other AEDs. Longer-lasting batteries and pads require fewer replacement parts, adding up to considerable cost savings over time and rescue readiness in a cardiac arrest emergency. Supplied with:
• Passive airway support lid • Soft carry case • Batteries - up to 5-year standby time in device,
up to 300 shocks or 13 hours of continuous monitoring
• CPR-D-padz electrodes
Note: If required Pedi-padz must be purchased separately
• First responder kit contains razor, scissors, CPR face
shield, alcohol-free wipes, moist towelette and gloves
• Operator’s guide
Fully v Semi Auto AED Fully Automatic AED will read a victim’s underlying heart rhythm and if they have a shockable rhythm, the AED will tell the rescuer to “Stand Clear” and will administer a shock automatically to the victim. Semi-Automatic AED will read the victim’s underlying heart rhythm and if it detects a shockable rhythm, it will prompt the rescuer to push the Shock Button in order to deliver the electrical shock. Note: Neither Fully nor Semi Auto AED will deliver a shock to a patient if they do not need it.
ZOLL AED Plus Accessories CPR-D padz® FA317 each.
Pedi-padz® II (Paediatric electrodes) FA318 each.
ZOLL AED Plus Automatic FA315 each. ZOLL AED Plus Semi-automatic FA316 each. AED Plus Wall Mounting Bracket FA319 each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
ZOLL
D E F I B R I L L AT O R S
55 4
P554 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:46 Page 1
FIRST AID
®
ZOLL AED 3® AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR Enhanced Real CPR Help®
The ZOLL AED 3 has proven Real CPR Help technology with enhanced features, including full colour images that guide users through the rescue.
RapidShock Analysis
RapidShock™ Analysis technology enables the shortest rhythm analysis for more continuous lifesaving CPR. Minimising the pre-shock pause and providing more CPR can improve patient outcomes.
Integrated Paediatric Rescue
Universal pad design provides rescuers with a single, confident solution to treat both adult and paediatric victims of SCA by using the same set of electrode pads and simply activating child mode.
6-year standard warranty (additional 2 years with registration)
WiFi® Connectivity
2020
Easily manage your suite of devices via the cloud. ZOLL’s Programme Management solution helps you monitor and manage all of your AEDs and will immediately notify you of a failed self-test so you can be sure you are prepared for an emergency. Supplied with:
• ZOLL AED 3 Battery Pack Disposable lithium Ion (up to 5 years standby time)
• CPR Uni-padz® Universal (Adult/Paediatric) electrodes (5-year shelflife)
• Rescue Accessory Pack containing scissors, nonlatex gloves, barrier face shield, medi-swab and towelette
• One free year of PlusTrac, Operator’s Manual, Quick Start Guide and Rescue Reference Poster
Fully v Semi Auto AED Fully Automatic AED will read a victim’s underlying heart rhythm and if they have a shockable rhythm, the AED will tell the rescuer to “Stand Clear” and will administer a shock automatically to the victim. Semi-Automatic AED will read the victim’s underlying heart rhythm and if it detects a shockable rhythm, it will prompt the rescuer to push the Shock Button in order to deliver the electrical shock. Note: Neither Fully nor Semi Auto AED will deliver a shock to a patient if they do not need it.
ZOLL AED 3 Accessories ZOLL AED 3 Battery pack FA322 each. CPR Uni-padz® Universal FA323 each. ZOLL AED 3 Carry Case FA324 each.
FA323
ZOLL AED 3 Wall Mounting Bracket FA325 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
ZOLL AED 3 Automatic FA320 each. ZOLL AED 3 Semi-automatic FA321 each.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P555 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:47 Page 1
5 55
KITS & REFILLS... SPORT
2020
FIRST AID
SPORTS KIT
Contents prepared for sports application as detailed right. FA119 Haversack Standard • Tough, water resistant • Five internal compartments • Double zip closure • Adjustable shoulder strap each.
LIFEGUARD KIT CONTENTS
Assorted washproof plasters Emergency foil blanket Face shield resuscitation device Guidance leaflet Instant cold pack Large sterile wound dressing Disposable gloves (pairs) Wound wipes antiseptic
10 1 1 1 1 1 2 4
Assorted fabric plasters Assorted washproof plasters Blister dressings Clinical waste bag self seal Cooljel bottle 50ml Emergency foil blanket Extra large dressing Eye pad with bandage sterile Eye wash sterile 150ml Face shield resuscitation device Guidance leaflet Instant cold pack Large sterile wound dressing Disposable gloves (pairs) Leukostrip (pack of 4) Medium sterile wound dressing Dressing scissors Microporous tape 2.5cm Opsite post-op (assorted sizes) Plastic trigger spray empty 250cc Safety pins Triangular bandage non-woven Petroleum Jelly 170g Virucidal disinfectant spray 30ml Wound wipes antiseptic Zinc oxide strapping 4cm Antiseptic cream 15g Conforming bandage 7.5cm Crepe bandage 5cm Eyewash pods 20ml Non adherent dressings assorted
LIFEGUARD KIT • Portable kit in water resistant bum-bag • Adjustable waist band
FA92
each.
FA119 20 20 5 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 5 2 1 1 12 3 10 -
FA118 20 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 12 1 10 1 1 1 2 4
FA156 20 20 5 5 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 5 2 2 1 3 1 12 3 1 2 10 1 -
Links...
Shirts, Shorts etc... See Page 144
COMPACT SPORTS KIT • The ideal easy
access basic first aid kit • Soft zip bag • Contents detailed above FA118 each.
FIRST RESPONSE TEAM KIT
Top of the range comprehensive kit for any venue • Easy to locate products in a large visible water-resistant case FA156 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SPORT KIT CONTENTS
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
Complies with FA Treatment Bag Recommendations • Approved by several County Football Associations • Ideal for football teams as well as general sports first aid applications • Contains all of the items needed to treat a minor injury on the playing field • Includes bandages, sterile wounds dressings, sterile eyewash and waterspray bottles • Supplied in a water-resistant run on bag • Size: 36 x 28 x 16cm. FA154 each.
es with Compli elines FA Guid
Contents
First Aid Guidance Leaflet 1X HypaCover Sterile Eye Dressing 1X HypaBand Triangular Bandage 1X HypaBand Conforming Bandage 1X HypaBand Crepe Cotton Bandage 1X HypaPlast Microporous Tape 2X HypaCover Low Adherent Dressings, Assorted 1X HypaGuard Flat Face Shield 2X HypaClens Eyewash Pods, 20ml 1X HypaGuard Foil Blanket 10X HypaClean Moist Wipes, Alcohol Free 20X HypaPlast Pink Washproof Plasters, Assorted 2X Personal Protective Packs 2X HypaCover Sterile Dressings, Assorted 12X HypaBand Safety Pins, Assorted 1X HypaCool Instant Cold Pack
Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 10 20 2 2 12 1
RUGBY FIRST AID KIT
Developed For Contact Sports • Contains a variety of products for managing injuries sustained from contact sports, including an Ice Pack, Elasticated Adhesive Bandage, Foil Blankets and more • Includes a comprehensive range of other essential First Aid supplies such as Plasters, Bandages, Wipes, Sterile Wound Dressings, Tapes and Eyewash etc • Supplied in a water resistant run on bag • Size: 36 x 28 x 16cm FA267 each.
s with Compliedelines i RFU Gu
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Contents
First Aid Guidance Leaflet Sterile Dressing Assorted Sterile Eye Pad with Bandage Triangular Bandage Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m Crepe Bandage 5cm x 4.5m Crepe Bandage 7.5cm x 4.5m Allsport EAB 7.5cm x 4.5m Microporous Dressing Tape Safty Pins Gauze Swabs, 8 ply (5) Resuscitation Face Shield Antiseptic Wipes 20ml Sterile Eyewash Pods Sterile Washproof Plasters Disposable Gloves (Pair) Low Adherent Dressing Assorted Single Use Instant Cold Pack Self Seal Waste Bags Silver Foil Survival Blanket Scissors Small Spray Bottle Zinc Oxide Tape Assorted
Qty 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 6 1 1 10 2 20 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2
SPORTS FIRST AID KIT SMALL • Ideal for a wide variety of team and contact sports • Suitable for treating wounds, muscle
2020
FOOTBALL FIRST AID KIT
and ligament injuries, eye injuries and includes a face shield for performing CPR • 59 Items supplied in a high-quality nylon bag FA303 each.
Contents
First Aid Guidance Leaflet Moist Wipes Sterile Dressing Assorted 20ml Sterile Eyewash Pods Sterile Eye Pad with Bandage Sterile Washproof Plasters Triangular Bandage Disposable Gloves (Pair) Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m Low Adherent Dressing Assorted Crepe Bandage 5cm x 4.5m Single Use Instant Cold Pack Crepe Bandage 7.5cm x 4.5m Self Seal Waste Bags Allsport EAB 7.5cm x 4.5m Silver Foil Survival Blanket Microporous Dressing Tape Scissors Safety Pins Small Spray Bottle Gauze Swabs 8 ply (5) Zinc Oxide Tape Assorted Resuscitation Face Shield Polythene Apron
FIRST AID
KITS & REFILLS... SPORTS
55 6
P556 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:48 Page 1
Qty 1 10 2 2 1 20 6 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 6 1 5 2 1 1
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P557 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:49 Page 1
FIRST AID
7 55
K I T S & R E F I L L S . . . S TAT U T O R Y Organisations such as Leisure Centres require statutory First Aid kits to enable them to comply with the Health & Safety Executive’s ACOP L74 (Approved Code of Practice). Kits in this section meet the minimum requirements as recommended by the HSE (Health & Safety Executive).
STATUTORY FIRST AID KITS • All contents detailed in chart opposite • Packed in Evolution Plastic Case
FA172
or Economy Square Plastic Box, 1-10 also in a Compact Vinyl Wallet
STATUTORY 1-10 KIT
Up to 10 person contents Evolution Plastic Case 295 x 251 x 117mm FA172 each. Economy Square Plastic Box 270 x 215 x 50mm FA289 each. Compact Vinyl Wallet 240 x 300mm FA284 each.
FA284
FA84
2020
STATUTORY 11-20 KIT
Up to 20 person contents Evolution Plastic Case 295 x 251 x 117mm FA84 each. Economy Square Plastic Box 270 x 215 x 85mm FA290 each.
FA85
STATUTORY 21-50 KIT
Up to 50 person contents Evolution Plastic Case 295 x 350 x 117mm FA85 each. Economy Square Plastic Box 360 x 270 x 85mm FA291 each.
FA289
Wall Fixing Bracket Medium • For FA172 and FA84 Kits. FA241 each. Wall Fixing Bracket Large • For FA85 Kit. FA242 each. Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
FA290
FA242
FA241
Health Suite
FA291
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
K I T S & R E F I L L S . . . S TAT U T O R Y EVOLUTION 1-10 PERSON CATERING KIT • Designed for Food Handling Environments • Contains blue products especially suited for catering
STATUTORY REFILLS ONLY
and food handling applications each.
CATERING REFILL ONLY
FA155 10 Person refill as detailed below each.
FIRST AID
REFILL Standard • 10 Person refill as detailed below FA173 each. REFILL Medium • 20 Person refill as detailed below FA86 each. REFILL Large • 50 Person refill as detailed below FA87 each.
• Contents clearly identified on back of case • Size: 295 x 251 x 117mm. FA150
55 8
P558 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:50 Page 1
REFILL SEPARATES
2020
FA38 Eye Pads pack of 6. FA39 Triangular Bandages pack of 6. FA40 Safety Pins pack of 36. FA41 Medium Dressings pack of 6. FA42 Large Dressings pack of 6. FA250 Disposable Gloves pack of 6.
Kit Contents First Aid Guidance Leaflet Washproof Sterile Plaster, Pink Washproof Sterile Plaster, Blue Eye Pads with bandage Triangular bandages Safety Pins Medium Sterile Dressing 12x12cm pad Large Sterile Dressing 18x18cm Pad Individually Wrapped Wipes Disposable Gloves (pair) Blue Disposable Gloves (pair) Blue Plastic Fingerstalls Burn Jel Sachets (3.5g) Blue Plastic Strapping
FA172/173/284/289 1-10 Kit 1 20 2 4 12 6 2 10 1 -
FA84/86/290 11-20 Kit 1 40 4 6 12 9 3 10 2 -
FA85/87/245/291 21-50 kit 1 60 6 8 12 12 4 20 3 -
FA150/155 1-10 kit 1 20 2 4 12 6 2 10 1 -
The HSE Approved Code of Practice (ACOP L74) March 1997 states that “The contents of first aid containers should be examined frequently and should be re-stocked as soon as possible after use. Sufficient supplies should be held as back-up on site. Care should be taken to discard items safely after the expire date has passed”.
DELUXE SHATTERPROOF ABS CASES ONLY • Manufactured from durable ABS plastic with rubber seal • Supplied complete with a secure, quick release wall bracket • Clear contents dividers keep supplies organised within case • Secure rotating catches • Highly suited to damp or dusty environments FA89 Large 400 x 300 x 150mm. each. FA201 Medium 310 x 210 x 120mm. each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P559 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:51 Page 1
FIRST AID
9 55
K I T S & R E F I L L S . . . S TAT U T O R Y
BRITISH STANDARD COMPLIANT WORKPLACE FIRST AID KITS In recognising the need to ensure that current workplace first aid provision is adequate and appropriate, the British Healthcare Trade Association has been working with the British Standards Institute (BSI), to create a new British standard for first aid kits in the workplace. These enhanced kits are based upon the minimum requirements set out by the Health & Safety Executive (HSE) in their approved code of practice L74. The contents of these new kits take into account more modern and functional products encompassing a wider range of common workplace risks and are therefore more comprehensive than previous HSE compliant kits. BRITISH STANDARD WORKPLACE FIRST AID KITS
Refill Small • As detailed in the table below FA279 each. Refill Medium • As detailed in the table below FA280 each. Refill Large • As detailed in the table below FA281 each.
FA292
BS COMPLIANT SMALL KIT Contents as detailed below Evolution Plastic Case 300 x 230 x 120mm FA275 each. Economy Square Plastic Box 270 x 215 x 50mm FA293 each. Compact Vinyl Wallet 240 x 300mm FA292 each.
2020
BS COMPLIANT REFILLS ONLY
First Aid Kits For All Workplaces • Fully stocked and BS 8599-1:2011 compliant • All contents detailed in chart below • Packed in Evolution Plastic Case, Economy Square Plastic Box, Small also in a Compact Vinyl Wallet
FA277
FA275
FA276
BS COMPLIANT MEDIUM KIT Contents as detailed below Evolution Plastic Case 300 x 230 x 120mm FA276 each. Economy Square Plastic Box 270 x 215 x 50mm FA294 each.
BS COMPLIANT LARGE KIT Contents as detailed below Evolution Plastic Case 300 x 330 x 120mm FA277 each. Economy Square Plastic Box 360 x 270 x 85mm FA295 each.
FA294 FA293
BS 8599-1 British Standard Compliant First Aid Kits
FA295
BS Compliant Kits First Aid Guidance Leaflet HypaCover First Aid Dressing, 18x18cm HypaBand Safety Pins HypaPlast Washproof Plasters HypaPlast Microporous Tape, 2.5cm x 5m HypaPlast Finger Dressing HypaGuard Foil Blankets Clothing Cutters HypaCover First Aid Dressings, 12x12cm HypaBand Triangular Bandages HypaCover Eye Dressings HypaClean Sterile Wipes HypaTouch Nitrile Gloves (pair) HypaGuard Face Shields Burn Dressings, 10x10cm HypaBand Conforming Bandages HypaClens Sterile Eyewash
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
FA275/292/293 Small Kit 1 1 12 40 1 2 1 1 4 2 2 20 6 1 1 1 -
Maint.
Fitness
FA276/294 Medium Kit 1 2 12 60 1 3 2 1 6 3 3 30 9 1 2 2 -
Sports
FA277/295 Large Kit 1 2 24 100 1 4 3 1 8 4 4 40 12 2 2 2 -
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
mezzo features and benefits...
Carry Handle
Translucent Front with at a glance stock control
HSE Compliance
One Clip Easy Opening
Compartmentalised Interior
FIRST AID
K I T S & R E F I L L S . . . S TAT U T O R Y
56 0
P560 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:52 Page 1
Wall Mounted Bracket
FA187 Mezzo 20 persons each. FA188 Mezzo 50 persons each.
FA139 Standard 20 person REFILL Includes items in contents table. each. FA192 Standard 50 persons REFILL Includes items in contents table. each.
plaster dispenser
Once used the dispenser can be refilled with your choice of plasters! • The ideal fabric and washproof plaster kit with ‘at a glance’ stock control for refilling! FA196 each. Contents: Fabric and W/proof Kit
Assorted Fabric (sterile) 100 Assorted W/proof (sterile) 100
First Aid
Guidance Leaflet Plasters Eye Pads Triangular Bandages Safety Pins Medium Dressings Large Dressings Gloves (Pairs) Wipes
REFILLS
PICCOLO FABRIC AND WASHPROOF PLASTER DISPENSER
Contents:
20
50
1 40 4 6 12 9 3 4 10
1 60 6 8 12 12 4 6 20
Persons Persons
Carry Handle
One Clip Easy Opening Plaster Compartmentalised Interior
Translucent Front with at a glance stock control
Wall Mountable Bracket
plasters
WALLACE CAMERON PLASTERS FA197 Washproof Assorted per 150. FA198 Fabric Assorted per 150.
Assorted/Shaped (150) Assorted x 150 Includes: size a 7cm x 4.8cm size b 3.8cm x 3.8cm size c 7cm x 2.4cm
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
MEZZO FIRST AID DISPENSER • First Aid for up to 20/50 persons available in the Mezzo Dispenser • Meets the minimum approved code of practice
P561 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:53 Page 1
1 56
K I T S & R E F I L L S . . . S TAT U T O R Y FIRST AID GRAB BAG
FIRST AID
Complete with HSE Compliant Statutory 21-50 First Aid Content • Durable, water resistant nylon bag • Double zip closure - Reflective strips • Nylon contents holders to separate and prioritise items • Rear pocket for additional storage FA245 each. Note: HSE 21-50 content details page 558.
2020
FIRST AID AND EYEWASH KIT
A Complete First Aid & Eye Care Solution • Robust, wall-mountable eyewash station • Incorporates two 500ml bottles of sterile saline eyewash solution and 1-10 person HSE compliant first aid kit • Integrates with other Evolution kits and components • Size: 295 x 350 x 117mm FA230 each. First Aid Kit Contents 1-10 First Aid Guidance Leaflet Sterile Washproof Plasters Sterile Eye Pads with Bandage Triangular Bandages Safety Pins Sterile Dressings with Pad (Med) Sterile Dressings with Pad (Lge) Moist Wipes Disposable Gloves (Pair)
1 20 2 4 6 6 2 10 1
DELUXE SHATTERPROOF ABS CASES ONLY • Manufactured from durable ABS plastic with rubber seal • Supplied complete with a secure, quick release wall bracket • Clear contents dividers keep supplies organised within case • Secure rotating catches • Highly suited to damp or dusty environments FA89 Large 400 x 300 x 150mm. each. FA201 Medium 310 x 210 x 120mm. each.
STATUTORY REFILLS ONLY • Detailed on page 558
FA173 REFILL Standard 10 Person refill each. FA86 REFILL Medium 20 Person refill each. FA87 REFILL Large 50 Person refill each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Links...
Wall Brackets See Page 557 Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
FIRST AID STATION LARGE Comprehensive wall-mounted first aid station • Large British Standard 8599-1 First Aid Kit with 2 tamper-proof studs • Includes moist wipe, eye wash pod and pilfer-proof Salvequick plaster dispensers • Updatable A5 first aider identification sign • Includes primary survey, CPR and eyewash guidance with colour illustrations FA301 each. Note: For First Aid Kit contents see FA277 on Page 559.
First Aid 21-50 Kit
First Aid Guidance Leaflet Sterile Washproof Plasters Sterile Eye Pads with Bandage Triangular Bandages Safety Pins Sterile Dressings with Pad (Med) Sterile Dressings with Pad (Lrg) Moist Wipes Disposable Gloves (Pair)
Qty
Eyewash Kit
Qty
Body Fluid Disposal Kit (2 Application)
Absorbent Powder 10g Virucidal Disinfectant Spray 30ml Clean-up Pack
Qty
Small Burn Kit
Qty
500ml Sterile Eyewash Bottles Sterile Eye Pad Dressings Clear Shelf
MULTI PURPOSE FIRST AID POINT A comprehensive First Aid Point for managing a wide range of workplace accidents and emergencies from first aid, through to burns, eye care and biohazard disposal • Includes a HSE Compliant 21-50 Person First Aid Kit and Emergency Eyewash Kit containing Sterile Eyewash and Dressings • Point also features a 2 application Body Fluid Disposal Kit with personal protection products for the user and a Burns Kit stocked with Water Jel dressings for the optimum treatment of burns injuries • First Aid and Emergency Eyewash Kits feature a self supporting workbench allowing them to be opened and worked with whilst on their brackets • Quick release kit brackets allow the kits to be taken to the accident location. The First Aid and Emergency Eyewash Kits feature carrying handles for ease of use • Photo luminescent ‘First Aid’ identification signs make the kits easy to locate in dark and smoky environments • Bracket labels clearly identify when kits are missing • Additional kits may be added to the first aid point at any time allowing endless expansion possibilities • Contents are clearly identified on the back of each kit in English, French, German, Dutch, Portuguese, Italian and Spanish • Kit size (cm): 29.5 x 25.1 x 11.7 (Eyewash), 14.7 x 23 x 8 (Burns & Biohazard), 29.5 x 35 x 11.7 (First Aid). FA221 each.
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
First Aid Guidance Leaflet Water-Jel information Leaflet Burn Dressing (5x15cm) Burn Dressing (10x10cm) Burnjel Sachets (3.5g) Safety Pins Conforming Bandage Disposable Latex Gloves (Pair)
1 60 6 8 12 12 4 20 3
2 2 1
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 3 6 2 2
Note: The following kits can also be purchased individually:FA85 Statutory Kit 21-50 (details on page 558), FA117 Emergency Eyewash Kit (details on page 547), FA238 Body Fluid Disposal Kit (details on page 566).
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
FIRST AID
K I T S & R E F I L L S . . . S TAT U T O R Y
56 2
P562 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:54 Page 1
P563 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:55 Page 1
3 56
POSTERS/SIGNS/BOOKS GUIDANCE POSTERS • Clear step by step instructions • Laminated A2 Posters, 420 x 590mm
FIRST AID
• Snap frame available
Resuscitation of adults Action for chemical spills Electric shock treatment First Aid for Children Safe Manual Handling Kitchen Hygiene Food Allergies and Anaphylactic Shock FA298 First Aid for Exposure to Chemicals each.
2020
FA141 FA128 FA129 FA151 FA211 FA296 FA297
Links...
Clip Frames See Page 526 COSHH GUIDANCE POSTER • Size: 420 x 590mm.
FA246
COSHH RISK ASSESSMENT PACK • Step by step guidance on how
each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
to conduct a COSSH risk assessment
• Contains 8 tear-out forms so user could
complete 8 separate assessments per pack FA247 each.
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
POSTERS/SIGNS/BOOKS
WORKPLACE FIRST AID MANUAL • New 80 page edition, updated with the latest
WORKPLACE FIRST AID GUIDE POSTER • Laminated general guidance on immediate
who run first aid courses • Step by step guidance with full colour illustrations FA314 each.
FIRST AID FOR EYES • Laminated 420 x 590mm each.
FIRE SAFETY LOG BOOK • Keeps Critical Fire Safety
FIRST AID
resuscitation and first aid protocols
• Compiled by highly qualified professionals
First Aid in the leisure centre etc • Size: 420 x 590mm FA82 each. FA227
56 4
P564 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:56 Page 1
information in one place
• Includes tips on Staff
ACCIDENT BOOK • Required by law, every business must hold an accident book to record accidents to employees and visitors
• Satisfies all requirements of the Social Security
Administration Act 1992 and Data Protection Act 1996
• Space to record a total of 53 incidents
HSE LAW POSTERS • The approved 2009 Health and Safety Law Poster
• Redesigned to be more
FA217
readable and colourful
each.
• Compiled by qualified health & safety practitioners
• Available in A2 and A3 sizes to make it more accessible
FA249 A2 (594 x 420mm) each.
FA283 A3 (420 x 297mm) each.
Links...
More Signs See Pages 146-148
ACCIDENT FOLDER • Provides a quick and easy
INFORMATION SIGNS
Foamex 600 x 100 x 2mm SE204 First Aid → SE205 → First Aid each. Foamex 300 x 400 x 2mm. SE166 First Aid Post each, 10 and over each.
method for cataloguing and referencing completed Accident Report forms • Supplied complete with index card with sufficient space for 54 Accident Book entries • Folder includes useful guidance notes on the rear to ensure you comply with the law FA218 each.
Links...
More Signs See Pages 293-294
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Training, Fire Drills, Fire Alarms, Fire Extinguishers, Emergency Lighting and Fire Doors • Easy to use format FA216 each.
P565 First Aid LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:58 Page 1
FIRST AID
5 56
PROTECTION EMERGENCY BLANKET HOLDALL • Ideal storage for Emergency Blankets • Offers easy dispensing of wraps at evacuation points • Holds 100 plus x FA21 • Size 490 x 430 x 110mm FA171 each.
Note: Blankets not included.
EMERGENCY BLANKETS • Made from kelvalite, an ultra-efficient insulation material • Ideal for those in shock or for wrapping around casualties with hypothermia
• Radient heat reflectance over 90% • Two sizes
LOCKABLE WALL CABINET c/w FOIL BLANKETS • Lockable, double door cabinet • Contains 240 emergency foil blankets • Foil blankets supplied in boxes of 6 for easy storage and distribution
FA21 Standard 2150 x 1500mm each. FA282 Compact 1000 x 1500mm each.
• Ensures that foil blankets are always available where a high number may be needed
• Size 600 x 500 x 200mm each.
2020
FA288
Links...
More Gloves See Page 292 NITRILE GLOVES Disposable, non-sterile general purpose ambidextrous gloves
• Latex free • Powder free • Packed 100 each size per box
SU1812 Medium SU1813 Large SU1814 Extra Large per 100.
VINYL GLOVES • Seamless, ambidextrous, sensitive • Lightly powdered • Beaded cuffs • Pack of 100
MEDICAL GLOVES LATEX • Packs of 100
FA109 Lightly Powdered Medium, FA110 Lightly Powdered Large. per 100. FA145 Powder Free Medium, FA146 Powder Free Large. per 100.
SU475 Blue Medium, SU487 Blue Large. per 100. SU471 Clear Medium, SU486 Clear Large. per 100.
GLOVES POLYTHENE DISPOSABLE • Pack of 100 singles FA35
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Health Suite
Maint.
Fitness
per 100. Sports
Office Playtime Reception First Aid Clearance
PROTECTION
56 6
P566 First Aid RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 11:59 Page 1
EVOLUTION BODY FLUID DISPOSAL KITS • Designed for the containment and disposal
SHARPS DISPOSAL BOXES
Strong secure bins for the disposal of contaminated sharp objects, which are non-toxic when incinerated. Boxes carry the British Standards Institute kite mark and the United Nations symbol. FA178 1 Litre each. FA112 4 Litre each.
•
packs and absorbent granules with deodouriser Contents clearly identified on back of case
Clean Up Pack Contains:Pair Disposable Gloves, 2 x Non-Woven Cloths, Scraper and Scoop, Disinfectant Wipe, Yellow Biohazard Disposal Bag, Polythene Apron
CLINICAL WASTE BAGS Self seal. Size: 205 x 285mm. Pack of 50. FA113 per 50.
FIRST AID
of any kind of body fluid spillage
• Available in 2 and 6 application sizes • All kits contain disinfectant spray, clean-up
FA238 2 Applications Size: 147 x 230 x 81mm each. FA239 6 Applications Size: 295 x 350 x 117mm each.
When powder is sprinkled over body fluid, powder instantly forms a gel and binds liquid and semi liquid accidents for quick removal FA240 each.
BURNAID BURNS KIT
SHARPS DISPOSAL UNIT SINGLE
Ideal for the safe disposal of contaminated needles and syringes. Conform to BSI 7320 and UN 3HI/Y/S98. Kit contains: 1 x Single sharps disposal unit, 1 x Pair plastic forceps, 1 x Biohazard disposal bag, 1 x Disinfectant wipe, 1 x Instruction sheet. FA177 each.
BODY FLUID DISPOSAL KIT SINGLE • Compact kit for the containment and disposal of body fluid spillages
• Single application in durable plastic wallet • All kits contain disinfectant spray, clean-up packs and
absorbent granules with deodouriser Pair Latex Gloves, Polythene Apron, Scraper and Scoop, 2 x Non-Woven Cloths, Yellow Biohazard Disposal Bag and Disinfectant Wipe
• Clean-up packs contains:
Contents: Description Absorbent Powder 10g Virucidal Disinfectant Spray 30ml Clean-Up Pack FA220 each.
Economical Treatment Of Burn Injuries • Includes Burnaid burn dressing which is sterile gel impregnated Burnaid dressings:• Contain over 90% water • Cooling properties of dressing help halt progression of burn and minimise further tissue damage • Consist of a 3mm thick pad of open cell foam impregnated with Burnaid gel • Dressing is non-adherent and non-toxic Size: 14.7 x 23 x 8.1cm FA263 Contents Qty FA263 each. First Aid Guidance Leaflet 1 BURNAID Burnaid Burn Dressing (10x10cm) 2 DRESSING ONLY Burnaid Gel Sachets (3.5g) 3 10 x 10cm Safety Pins 12 FA264 each. Conforming Bandage 2 Disposable Vinyl Gloves (Pair) 2
Qty 1 1 1
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
2020
ABSORBENT POWDER 100g
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
P567 Clearance LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 12:01 Page 1
7 56
CLEARANCE... WHILE STOCKS LAST
CLEARANCE
ELITE KICKBOARD
Engineered for optimum buoyancy, improve leg strength and kick technique. Ergonomic design for comfort and excellent arm support. EVA SW1140 each.
SEA SQUAD SWIM VEST RED/PINK
2020
Learn to Swim Stage 2 product. Helps child to learn swim strokes without the restriction of armbands. SW2243 Red 2 - 4yrs SW2244 Pink 2 - 4yrs each.
BELEGX
Provides sufficient buoyancy for an intensive workout in deep water. In shallow water the BElegx demonstrates its qualities as a buoyancy tool, an all rounder which does not need any additional fixing material. Material: EVA. SW2620 pair.
BOOM SPLICE MUSCLEBACK Colour: Black/White Leg Height: Medium SW3037 36” SW3038 38” SW3039 40” each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
SEA SQUAD KICK BOARD Learn to Swim Stage 3 product. Ideal product to improve swim technique for juniors. EVA
SEA SQUAD ARMBANDS
SEA SQUAD SWIM SEAT Learn to Swim Stage 1 product. Ideal product to introduce a child to water. 0 - 12 months 11kg max SW2603 Blue SW2604 Pink each.
AQUATWIN II
BEnamic
GALA LOGO
SW2179 Red SW2180 Pink each.
Training with BEnamic specifically targets the upper body. Variable grip positions - different muscle groups can be activated SW2893 each.
SCULPTURE LUNALUSTRE 1 PIECE
Maint.
Fitness
Aquatic fitness can be so effective: Simply strap the AquaTwins onto your feet and you are ready to start your workout. AquaTwins offer notches for thumb and fingers SW2618 Small (36-41) Red SW2643 Large (42-46) Blue pair.
Colour: Black/Pink Leg Height: Medium SW2809 34” SW2810 36” SW2811 38” SW2812 40” each.
PLACEMENT THINSTRAP
Colour: Black/White Leg Height: Medium SW3112 40” SW3113 42” each.
Health Suite
Learn to Swim Stage 2 product. Speedo proudly presents our first PVC free armband! TPU 2 - 6 yrs - up to 25kg SW2176 Red SW2175 Pink pair.
†SW2832 8yrs / 26” / 65cm †SW2833 10yrs / 28” / 70cm each.
Sports
Office Playtime Reception
First Aid Clearance
CLEARANCE... WHILE STOCKS LAST
56 8
P568 Clearance RH 2020 co.qxp 20/07/2021 12:04 Page 1
STORAGE PODS
Eliminate clutter with these cleverly designed storage pods. 12 Compartments Size: 860 x 660 x 200 mm deep ❋SU1626 Coloured each. ❋SU2080 Black each. 20 Compartments Size: 1060 x 860 x 200 mm deep ❋SU1627 Coloured each.
BRIGHTWELL MODULAR AUTOMATIC HAND DRYER
HEAVY DUTY WALL MOUNTED HAIR DRYER
51 litre capacity steel self-closing bin. Manufactured from ‘Zintec’ pre-treated steel sheet. Top overlaps body to conceal plastic bag if used. Galvanised metal liner included. Size: 310 x 310 x 895mm high SU858 each.
MARSDEN M-160 GYM & FITNESS SCALE STAINLESS STEEL
JUNGLE GYM® XT
2 8’ industrial suspension straps 2 Integrated easy-wipe handles and Easy-In Foot Cradles™ & Duro-Link™. 2 Comfortable adjustment buckles. 2 Non-scuff door anchors. 1 Wall chart, DVD with brochure. SP2598 each.
APOLLO HIGH AEROBIC STEP
CROSS TRAINING & FITNESS GLOVES
SUPER DRIED AEROBIC RUBBER BANDS
SUPER DRIED AEROBIC RUBBER ROLLS
Ideal for strength training, weight lifting and general fitness training A leather palm with soft padding. Half finger design with pull-on/pull-off tabs. Breathable two layer stretch-spandex. Wrap around wrist support. SP3608 Medium SP3609 Large pair.
Super Dried Rubber Bands offers the latest innovation in the Cold Rubber Curing Process 150 x 1200mm. Individually packed. SP918 Yellow, Light - 0.40mm each. SP919 Pink, Average - 0.55mm each.
Super Dried Rubber Rolls offers the latest innovation in the Cold Rubber Curing Process Supplied in 25m rolls x 150mm. Ready to cut to required size. SP2100 Yellow, Light - 0.40mm SP2101 Pink, Average- 0.55mm SP2102 Purple, Strong - 0.70mm each.
D
Fi tn es
s
400mm square stepping surface with 4 x risers. Anti-slip durable mat on step, non-marking rubber floor pads. Maximum weight limit 100kg. SP3359 each.
• EXER CISE • COND ITION ING • REHA BILITA TION
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
• 15 x 12 • Supe 0cm r Dried
Rubber for
optim um
flexibilit y
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
2020
Suitable for the heaviest demand and designed for Public Leisure Centres. 5500rpm motor speed for quick drying. SU1455 each.
EXER
Specification: Power supply: Mains or rechargeable battery. Capacity 200kg. Increments 100g. Base: 320 x 420mm. Overall: 870 x 420 x 320mm SU1714 each.
PUSH FLAP LITTER BIN
BAN
Slim and compact, powerful design. High level of performance; low running costs Size: 260 x 145 x 140mm (H x W x D) Weight: 1.2kg SU1712 each.
CISE
For monitoring residual pH value and balanced water condition. SE281 each.
CLEARANCE
PALINTEST CHLORINE/pH/BALANCED WATER POOLTESTER KIT
P569 Clearance LH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 12:07 Page 1
9 56
CLEARANCE... WHILE STOCKS LAST
2020
CLEARANCE
TOESOX LOW RISE BLACK Low rise profile hugs your foot below the ankle and features ToeSox patented non-slip sole for secure footing on any surface. The perfect pair of grip socks for Pilates, barre, yoga and dance. Made with organic cotton. SP3601 Large pair.
PRO-BOX CHAMP-SPAR BOXING GLOVES
MULTI PURPOSE TRAINING GLOVES
PRO-BOX CLUB PUNCHBAG MITTS
Designed as a multi-function glove for circuit training. High quality neoprene with padded rubber knuckles and maxigrip rubber palm. Velcro fastening strap Ideal crossover glove for pads, speedballs, light bags and weight training SP2528 Large. pair.
CLUB ESSENTIALS HEADGUARD
High quality synthetic leather ‘Open Face’ head guard. Padded with light weight air cushion, safety foam filling. Velcro fastening chin and back strap. SP2446 Black Large each.
MITRE PLASTIC GOALS
Plastic portable football goals in 42mm diameter plastic frame in heavy grade material. Includes easy to follow instructions, goal frame, net, net clips and stakes. SP3384 305 x 183cm (10’ x 6’) each. SP3385 244 x 122cm (8’ x 4’) each.
Swimming Pool Play Pool Area Changing Area
Hand stitched gloves made from carbon patterned tough PU Extra wide hook & loop wrist closure ‘safety bar’ system – easy on/off. Excellent wrist support. Durable super soft moisture wicking lining - quick drying between sessions Black/Gold SP3721 10oz SP3722 12oz SP3723 14oz SP3724 16oz pair.
White/Gold SP3725 10oz SP3726 12oz SP3727 14oz SP3728 16oz pair.
PRO-BOX INNER GLOVES
Leather Pre-shaped for comfort. SP1998 Pink Medium, SP1999 Blue Small. pair. Help to keep punchbag mitts dryer and smelling sweeter! Ideal for multi-user situations. Washable. SP1493 pair.
PRO-BOX HEAVY WEIGHT PUNCH BAG BRACKETS Metal brackets for suspending punch bag from wall. Fixings not included. Folding 61cm (2’) supports up to 35kg SP2007 each.
MITRE PLASTIC GOALS
Maint.
Fitness
Foldable metal goal with all-weatherresistant coated frame and nylon net. Ideal for garden use and easy to store. SP1842 183 x 91cm each.
MINI SHUTTLEBALLS
Plastic portable football goals in 42mm diameter plastic frame in heavy grade material. Includes easy to follow instructions, goal frame, net, net clips and stakes. SP3384 305 x 183cm (10’ x 6’) £49.00 each. SP3385 244 x 122cm (8’ x 4’) £21.95 each.
Health Suite
MITRE EASY FOLD GOAL
CP134
Sports
per 3.
Office Playtime Reception
First Aid Clearance
CONDITIONS OF SALE
ORDERLINES PRICES GUARANTEED TO FEB 28th 2021
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
8. 8.1
8.2 (a) (b) (c) 8.3
8.4 8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
9. 9.1 (a) (b)
(c) (d)
9.2
10. 10.1
10.2 10.3
10.4
10.5
Risk and property Risk of damage to or loss of the Goods shall pass to the Buyer: when the Seller notifies the Buyer that the Goods are available for collection: or in the case of Goods to be delivered to the Buyer’s premises or otherwise at the time when the Seller has tendered delivery of the Goods to the carrier. Notwithstanding delivery and the passing of risk in the Goods, or any other provision of these Conditions, the property in the Goods shall not pass to the Buyer until the Seller has received in cash or cleared funds payment in full of the price of the Goods and all other goods agreed to be sold by the Seller to the Buyer for which payment is then due. Until such time as property in the Goods passes to the Buyer, the Buyer shall hold the Goods as the Seller’s fiduciary agent and bailee, and shall (at no cost to the Seller) keep the Goods separate from those of the Buyer and third parties and properly stored, protected and insured against “all risks” and identified as the Seller’s property. Until that time the Buyer shall be entitled to resell or use the Goods in the ordinary course of its business, but shall account to the Seller for the proceeds of sale or otherwise of the Goods, whether tangible or intangible, including insurance proceeds, and shall keep all such proceeds separate from any moneys or property of the Buyer and third parties and, in the case of tangible proceeds, properly stored, protected and insured. Until such time as the property in the Goods passes to the Buyer (and provided the Goods are still in existence and have not been resold), the Seller shall be entitled at any time to require the Buyer to deliver up the Goods to the Seller and, if the Buyer fails to do so forthwith, to enter upon any premises of the Buyer or any third party where the Goods are stored and repossess the Goods. Upon being requested to deliver up the Goods to the Seller, the right of the Buyer to resell or use the Goods in the ordinary course of its business shall cease. The Buyer shall not be entitled to pledge or in any way charge by way of security for any indebtedness any of the Goods which remain the property of the Seller, but if the Buyer does so all moneys owing by the Buyer to the Seller shall (without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Seller) forthwith become due and payable. Warranties and liability Subject to the conditions set out below the Seller warrants that the Goods will correspond with their specification at the time of delivery and will perform substantially in accordance with any written specification for the Goods. Provided that this warranty does not extend to parts, materials or equipment not manufactured by the Seller, in respect of which the Buyer shall only be entitled to the benefit of any such warranty or guarantee as is given by the manufacturer to the Seller. The above warranty is given to the Seller subject to the following conditions: the Seller shall be under no liability in respect of any defect in the Goods arising from any drawing, design or specification supplied by the Buyer; the Seller shall be under no liability in respect of any defect arising from fair wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, abnormal working conditions, failure to follow the Seller’s instructions (whether oral or in writing), misuse or alteration or repair of the Goods without the Seller’s approval; the Seller shall be under no liability under the above warranty (or any other warranty, condition or guarantee) if the total price for the Goods has not been paid by the due date for payment. Subject as expressly provided in these Conditions, and except where the Goods are sold under a consumer sale (as defined by the Sale of Goods Act 1979), all warranties, conditions or other terms implied by statute or common law are excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law. Where the Goods are sold under a consumer sale (as defined by the Sale of Goods Act 1979) the statutory rights of the Buyer are not affected by these Conditions. Any claim by the Buyer which is based on any defect in the quality or condition of the Goods or their failure to correspond with specification shall (whether or not delivery is refused by the Buyer) be notified to the Seller within 7 days from the date of delivery or (where the defect or failure was not apparent on reasonable inspection) within a reasonable time after discovery of the defect or failure. If delivery is not refused, and the Buyer does not notify the Seller accordingly, the Buyer shall not be entitled to reject the Goods and the Seller shall have no liability for such defect or failure, and the Buyer shall be bound to pay the price as if the Goods had been delivered in accordance with the Contract. Where any valid claim in respect of any of the Goods which is based on any defect in the quality or condition of the Goods or their failure to meet specification is notified to the Seller in accordance with these Conditions, he Seller shall be entitled to replace the Goods (or the part in question) free of charge or, at the Seller’s sole discretion, refund to the Buyer the price of the Goods (or a proportionate part of the price), but the Seller shall have no further liability to the Buyer. Except in respect of death or personal injury caused by the Seller’s negligence, the Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer by reason of any representation, or any implied warranty, condition or other term, or any duty at common law, or under the express terms of the Contract, for any consequential loss or damage (whether for loss of profit or otherwise), costs, expenses or other claims for consequential compensation whatsoever (and whether caused by the negligence of the Seller, its employees or agents or otherwise) which arise out of or in connection with the contract for the supply of the Goods or the use or resale of the Goods by the Buyer, except as expressly provided in these Conditions. The Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer or be deemed to be in breach of the Contract by reason of any delay in performing, or any failure to perform, any of the Seller’s obligations in relation to the Goods, if the delay or failure was due to any cause beyond the Seller’s reasonable control. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, strikes, lock-outs or other industrial actions or trade disputes (whether involving employees of the Seller or of a third party) shall be regarded as causes beyond the Seller’s reasonable control. Insolvency of buyer This clause applies if: the Buyer makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to an administration order or (being an individual or firm ) becomes bankrupt or (being a company) goes into liquidation (otherwise than for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction): or an encumbrancer takes possession, or a receiver is appointed, of any of the property or asserts of the Buyer: or the Buyer ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on business: or the Seller reasonably apprehends that any of the events mentioned above is about to occur in relation to the Buyer and notifies the Buyer accordingly. If this clause applies then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Seller, the Seller shall be entitled to cancel the Contract or suspend any further deliveries under the Contract without any liability to the Buyer, and if the Goods have been delivered but not paid for the price shall become immediately due and payable notwithstanding any previous agreement or arrangement to the contrary. General Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other under these Conditions shall be in Writing addressed to that other party at its registered office or principal place of business or such other address as may at the relevant times have been notified pursuant to its provision to the party giving the notice. No waiver by the Seller of any breach of the Contract by the Buyer shall be considered as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision. If any provision of these Conditions is held by any competent authority to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part the validity of the other provisions of these Conditions and the remainder of the provisions in question shall not be affected thereby. Any dispute arising under or in connection with these Conditions or the sale of the Goods shall be arbitration by a single arbitrator appointed by agreement or (in default) nominated on the application of either party by the President for the time being of the Institute of Arbitrators. The Contract shall be governed by the laws of England in all respects.
Tel: 01788 542777 E-mail: sales@JPL.co.uk • Online: JPLennard.com
I N F O R M AT I O N
7. 7.1 (a) (b)
2020
Interpretation In these Conditions: “Buyer” means the person whose order for Goods is accepted by the Seller “Goods” means goods (including any instalment of goods or any parts for them) which the Seller is to supply in accordance with these conditions “Seller” means J P Lennard Limited whose registered office is at Swift Point, Rugby, Warwickshire “Conditions” means the standard terms and conditions of sale set out in this document and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes any special terms and conditions agreed in writing between the Buyer and the Seller “Contract” means the contract for the purchase and sale of the Goods “Writing” includes telex, cable and facsimile transmission 1.2 Any reference in these Conditions to any provision of a statute shall be construed as a reference to that provision as amended, re-enacted or extended at the relevant time. 1.3 Paragraph headings of these Conditions shall not affect their interpretation. 2. Basis of the sale 2.1 The Seller shall sell and the Buyer shall purchase the Goods in accordance with any written order of the Buyer which is accepted by the Seller, subject to these Conditions which shall govern the Contract to the exclusion of any other terms and conditions. 2.2 No variation to these Conditions shall be binding unless agreed in Writing between the Buyer and the Seller. 2.3 The Seller’s employees or agents are not authorised to make any representations concerning the Goods unless confirmed by the Seller in writing. In entering into the Contract the Buyer acknowledges that it does not rely on, and waives any claim for breach of, any such representations which are not so confirmed. 2.4 Any advice or recommendation given by the Seller or its employees or agents to the Buyer or its employees or agents as to the storage, application or use of the Goods which is not confirmed in Writing by the Seller is followed or acted upon entirely at the Buyer’s own risk, and accordingly the Seller shall not be liable for any such advice or recommendation which is not so confirmed. 2.5 Any typographical, clerical or other error or omission in any sales literature, quotation, price list, acceptance of offer, invoice or other document or information issued by the Seller shall be subject to correction without any liability on the part of the Seller. 3. Orders and Specifications 3.1 The Seller reserves the right to require any order to be confirmed in Writing. 3.2 The Seller reserves the right to demand before any order is accepted the payment by the Buyer of a deposit where the Goods ordered are to be produced adapted designed or altered to a specification provided by the Buyer. 3.3 The quantity, quality and description of and any specification for the Goods shall be those set out in the Seller’s catalogue and (where appropriate) the Buyer’s order (if accepted by the Seller). 3.4 The Seller reserves the right to make any changes in the specification of the Goods which are required to conform with any applicable safety or other statutory requirements or which do not materially affect their quality or performance. 3.5 No order which has been accepted by the Seller may be cancelled by the Buyer (except with the agreement in Writing of the Seller and on terms as the Seller shall require) (Provided that if the Goods have not been altered, designed, produced or adapted to the Buyer’s stated requirements, any order may be cancelled subject to the payment by the Buyer of up to 25 per cent of the order price). All invoices and delivery references must be quoted. 3.6 Any goods returned for credit will only be accepted if accompanied by invoice and delivery references. Where Goods have been correctly supplied they will only be accepted back if unused and in the same condition (including all packaging) in which they were supplied. In such cases a handling charge of up to 25 per cent of the Purchase Price shall apply. 4. Price of Goods 4.1 The price of the Goods quoted in the Seller’s current catalogue shall be valid until the date therein. 4.2 Notwithstanding 4.1 the Seller reserves the right to increase the price of the Goods to reflect any increase in the cost to the Seller which is due to: (a) any factor beyond the control of the Seller (such as, without limitation, any foreign exchange fluctuation, currency regulation, alteration of duties, significant increase in the costs of labour, material or other costs of manufacture). (b) any change in delivery dates, quantities or specifications for the Goods requested by the Buyer, or (c) any delay caused by any instructions of the Buyer or failure of the Buyer to give the Seller adequate information or instructions. 4.3(a)All prices are ex-works and where the Seller agrees to deliver the Goods to the Buyer’s Premises or any other location, the Buyer shall be liable to pay the Seller’s charges for transport, packaging and insurance save that the Seller shall bear such costs and charges where the total price of the Goods ordered and delivered exceeds £500.00 nett in the case of deliveries to anywhere in the UK mainland or £1000.00 nett elsewhere in the UK. In such cases, delivery will be by carrier without guaranteed delivery times. 4.3(b)Carriage will be charged on all product codes marked ❋ 4.4 The Seller will on request arrange “next day” delivery if required by the Buyer, subject to: (a) the existence of sufficient stocks (b) the payment by the Buyer of all delivery transport and insurance charges and (c) where required by the Seller, payment for the Goods and carriage on or before delivery. 4.5 The price is exclusive of value added tax which the Buyer shall be liable to pay. 5. Terms of payment 5.1 The Seller shall be entitled to invoice the Buyer for the price of the Goods on or at any time after delivery of the Goods, unless the Goods are to be collected by the Buyer or the Buyer wrongfully fails to take delivery of the Goods, in which event the Seller shall be entitled to invoice the Buyer for the price at any time after the Seller has notified the Buyer that the Goods are ready for collection or (as the case may be) the Seller has tendered delivery of the Goods. 5.2 The Buyer shall pay the price of the Goods together with any transport charges payable within 30 days of the date of the Seller’s invoice, notwithstanding that delivery may not have taken place and the property in the Goods has not passed to the Buyer. The time of payment of the price shall be of the essence of the Contract. Receipts for payment will be issued only upon request. 5.3 If the Buyer fails to make any payment on the due date then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Seller, the Seller shall be entitled to: (a) cancel the contract or suspend any further deliveries to the Buyer; (b) appropriate any payment made by the Buyer to such of the Goods (or the goods supplied under any other contract between the Buyer and the Seller) as the Seller may think fit (notwithstanding any purported appropriation by the Buyer); and (c) charge the Buyer interest (both before and after any judgement) on the amount unpaid, at the rate of two per cent per annum above Barclays Bank base rate from time to time. 6. Delivery 6.1 Delivery of the Goods shall be made by the Buyer collecting the Goods at the Seller’s premises at any time after the Seller has notified the Buyer that the Goods are ready for collection or, if some other place for delivery is agreed by the Seller, by the Seller delivering the Goods to that place. 6.2 Any dates quoted for delivery of the Goods are approximate only and the Seller shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of the Goods howsoever caused. Time for delivery shall not be of the essence unless previously agreed by the Seller in writing. 6.3 Where the Goods are to be delivered in instalments, each delivery shall constitute a separate contract and failure by the Seller to deliver any one or more of the instalments in accordance with these Conditions or any claim by the Buyer in respect of any one or more instalments shall not entitle the Buyer to treat the Contract as a whole as repudiated. 6.4 If the Seller fails to deliver the Goods for any reason other than any cause beyond the Seller’s reasonable control or the Buyer’s fault, and the Seller is accordingly liable to the Buyer, the Seller’s liability shall be limited to the excess (if any) of the cost to the Buyer (in the cheapest available market) of similar goods over the price of the Goods. 6.5 If the Buyer fails to take delivery of the Goods or fails to give the Seller adequate delivery instructions at the time stated for delivery (otherwise than by reason of any cause beyond the Buyer’s reasonable control or by reason of the Seller’s fault) then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Seller, the Seller may: (a) store the Goods until actual delivery and charge the Buyer for the reasonable costs (including insurance) of storage: or (b) sell the Goods at the best price readily obtainable and (after deducting all reasonable storage and selling expenses) account to the Buyer for the excess over or charge the Buyer for any shortfall below the price under the Contract 6.6 Where the Seller agrees to arrange delivery of the Goods to the Buyer the carrier shall be deemed to be the Buyer’s agent. 1. 1.1
57 0
P570 COS RH 2020.qxp 20/07/2021 12:07 Page 1